r? f' ft^ fr & 5 ^ ^* f'
Class B;V\oo\
Book .'^ 1 5
GopyrigM'N?-
COFffilCUT DEPOSm
1
0.57R
Price 25 Ceivt.
PALDINGS
RULES
The Evolution of a Champion
Edited by
Samuel Hardy
how to build a tenms court^/ |
#^HowTo Conduct A TouRJNAMENT ^
_ National Dams Cup Championships Contests
\
WiUiamT.Tilden2nd
National Champion
CAN SPORTS PUBUSHING COMR 45 ROSE STREET, NEW YORK
\v.y
\0^^)^j!{]^^g^^^
WE
Bi
s'eiim !l FoS'^DATii^q^^^
•AH
i
mm
ilBiiilii
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Red Cover Series, 25c. Blue Cover Series. 10c. Green Cover Series, iOc.
No. IR. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ATHLETIC ALMANAC. . . . Price 25c.
No. 3R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL GOLF GUIDE Price 25c.
No. 90R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ICE HOCKEY GUIDE. . . . Price 25c.
No. 55U. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL SOCCER FOOT BALL GUIDE. . Price 25c.
No. 57R. SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL Price 25c.
No. 59R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL RECORD. . . . Price 25c.
No. IGOR. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL GUIDE Price 25c.
No. 200R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL FOOT BALL GUIDE Price 25c.
No. 700R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASKET BALL GUIDE. . . . Price 25c.
No. IC. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL GUIDE Ce^^^) . Price 25c.
No. 2C. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ICE HOCKEY GUIDE (""iStttT) • Price 25c.
No. 9. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL INDOOR BASE BALL GUIDE.. . Price 10c.
No. 7A. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL WOMEN'S BASKET BALL GUIDE Price 10c.
No. 12 A. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ATHLETIC RULES (A. A. U.). . Price 10c.
No. 350. No. 365. No. 9.
No. 80R No. 81R. No. 82R.
Group i. Base Ball
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c. No. 202. How to Play Base Ball
How to Score [ners")
Base Ball for Boys ("Begin- Spalding's Official Indoor Base Ball Guide (including rules for Playground Ball) "Red Cover" Series, each number 25c No. 59R. Official Base Ball Record No. lOOR. Official Base Ball Guide No. 79R. How to Pitch How to Bat How to Umpire Knotty Base Ball Problems How to Organize a League How to Organize a Club How to Manage a Club How to Train a Team How to Captain a Team How to Catch; How to Run Bases. New. In one volume How to Play the Infield and Outfield Positions. En- tirely new. In one volume. Ready Reckoner Percentages. Spalding's Official Base Ball Guide (Canadian Edition)
Foot Ball
"Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
No. 200R. Official Foot Ball Guide
No. 47R. How to Play Foot Ball
No. 55R. Official Soccer Guide
No. 39R. How to Play Soccer
No. 108R. Official College Soccer Guide
No. 83R
No. 96R. No. 97R.
No. 98R. No. IC.
Group II.
Group III. Tennis
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c. No. 157. How to Play Lawn Tennis "Red Cover" Series, each number 25c. No. 57R. Spalding's Tennis Annual No. 3C. Canadian Lawn Tennis
Guide No. 2R. Strokes and Science of Lawn
Tennis No. 76R. Tennis for Girls (Miss Ballin) No. 84R. Tennis Errors and Remedies No. 85R, Tennis for Girls (Mile. Leng- NO.102R. "The Kid" [len)
No. 103R. The Club Player No. 104R. The Expert
Group IV. Goll
"Green Cover" Series, each number 10c. No. 2P. How to Learn Golf "Red Cover " Series, each number 25c, No. 3R. Spalding's Golf Guide', with
revised rules No. 4R. How to Play Golf [Leitch) No. 63R. Golf for Girls (Miss Cecil
Group V. Basket Ball
"Blue Cover " Series, each num,ber 10c. No. 7A. Spalding's Official Women's
Basket Ball Guide No. 193. How to Play Basket Ball "Red Cover " Series, each num.ber 25c. No. 700R. Spalding's Official Basket
Ball Guide
Specially Bound Series of Athletic Handbooks
Any 25 cent book listed in Spalding's Athletic Library will be bound in flexible or stiff covers for 50 cents each ; or any two 10 cent books in one volume for 50 cents. One 25 cent book or two 10 cent books will be bound in leather in one volume for 75 cents. Mention style binding preferred.
(Continued on the next page. Prices subject to change without notice.)
SPALDING'S ATHLEIIC LIBRARY
Red Cover Series. 25c. Blue Cover Series, 10c. Green Cover Series, luc.
Group VI. Skating and Winter Sports
"Blue Cover '' Series, each number 10c. No. 14 Curling
"Red Cover " Series, each number 25c. No. 8Pw. The Art of Slcating No. 20R. How to Play Ice Hockey No. 72R. Figure Skating for Women No. 90R. Spalding's Officiallce Hockey Guide and Winter Sports Almanac (speed skating and ski records, snow- shoeing and curling rules) No. 2C. Ice Hockey Guide (Canadian Edition)
Group VII. Track and Field Athletics
"Blue Cover' Scries, each number 10c.
No. 12a Spalding's Official Athletic Rules, A. A.U.
No. 255 How to Run 100 Yards
No. 317 Marathon Running
No. 342 Walking for Health and Com- petition
"Green Cover'' Series, each number 10c.
No. 3P. How to Become an Athlete
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. IR. Spalding's Official Athletic Almanac
No. 45R. Intercollegiate Official Hand- book
No. 48R. Distance and Cross Country Running
No. 70R. How to Be a Weight Thrower
No. 94R. Olympic Games of 1920
No. 95R. Official HandbookNew Eng- land Intercollegiate A. A.
No. IIOR. Relay Racing
Group VIII. School Athletics
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c. N0.6IR. School Tactics and Maze Run- ning : Children's Games No. 74R. Schoolyard Athletics
Group 1\. Water Sports
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 36R. Speed Swimming
No. 37R. How to Swim
No. 91R, Intercollegiate Swimming
Association Guide No. lOGR. Science of Swimming No. 107R. Swimming for Women
Group X. Games for Women and Girls
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c. No. 7a Spalding's Official Women's
Basket Ball Guide "Red Cover" Series, each number 25c. No. 38R. Field Hockev Guide No. 89R. Learning Field Hockey
Group \I. Lawn and Field Games
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c. No. 201 How to Play Lacrosse "Red Cover " Series, each number, 25c. No. 6R. Cricket, and How to Play It No. 43R. Archery, Roque, Croquet, English Croquet, Lawn Hockey, Tether Ball, Clock Golf, Golf-Croquet, Hand Tennis, Hand Polo, Wicket Polo, Badminton, Drawing Room Hockey, Garden Hockey, Basket Goal. Pin Ball, Cricket No. 86R. Quoits, Lawn Bowls, Horse- shoe Pitching and " Boccie. '
Group .\II. Miscellaneous
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 13 American Game of Hand Ball
No. 364 Volley Ball Guide
"Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
No, 49R. How to Bowl
No. 105R. Camps and Camping
Group XIII. Manly Sports
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c. No. 282 Roller Skating Guide
"Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
No. IIR. Fencing Foil Work Iliustra-
No. 19R. Professional Wrestling [ted
No. 21R. Jiu Jitsu
No. 25R. Boxing
No. 30R. The Art of Fencing
No. 65R. How to Wrestle
No. 78R. How to Punch the Bag
Group XiV. Calisthenics
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. lOR. Single Stick Drill
No. 16R. Team Wand Drill
No. 22U. Indian Clubs and Dumb
Bells and Pulley Weights No. 24R. Dumb Bell Exercises No. 73R. Graded Calisthenics and
Dumb Bell Drills
(Continued on next page. Prices subject to change without notice.)
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Red Cover Series, 25c. Blue Cover Series, 10c, Green Cover Series, 10:^^.
Group W. Gymnastics
"Bine Cover" Series, each number 10c. No. 254. Barnjum Bar Bell Drill No. 287. Fancy Dumb Bell and March- ing Drills
'"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 14R. Trapeze. Long Horse and Rope Exercises
No. 40R. Indoor and Outdoor Gym- nastic Games
No. 52R. Pyramid Building
No. 56R. Tumbling for Amateurs and Gx'ound Tumbling
No. 67R. Exercises on the Side Horse; Exercises on Flying Rings
No. (ISli. Horizontal Bar Exercises ; Exercises on Parallel Bars
Group XVI.
Home Exercising
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c. No. 161. Ten Minutes' Exercise for No. 185. Hints on Health [Busy Men No. 325. Twenty-Minute Exercises "Red Cover' Series, each number 25c. No. 7R. Physical Training Simplified No. 9R. How to Live 100 Years No. 23R. Gee Well ; Keep Well No. 33R. Tensing Exercises No. 51R. 285 Health Answers No. 51R. ^Medicine Ball Exercises,
Indigestion Treated by Gymnastics;
Physical Edncatioti and Hygiene No. 62R. The Care of the Body No. 64R. Muscle Building ; Health by Muscuiar Gymnastics
Spalding Score Books, Competitors* Numbers, Etc.
BASi: r.ALL SCORE BOOKS. M:i(le in three styh'.s — Morse tXus. 1. 3. 4, 5 and M); A. (J. Spaldiug styh- (Nos. 2 and S): John B. Foster style (No. F). The Spalding style has diamond shaped spaces for scoring.
POCKET SIZE.
No. 1. Paper cover, Morse style, 7 games Each $0.20
No. 2. Board cover, Spalding style, 22 games " .50
No. 3. Board cover, Morse style. 46 games ♦' 1.00
No. F. Board cover. Foster (reporters') style. 79 games " l.fjO
No. M. Board cover, Morse style. 79 games " 1.50
No. S. Board cover, Spalding style, Vj games " 1.50
CLUB SIZE.
No. 4. Morse style. S-'ixlO^ in., 30 games Each $2.00
No. 0. Morse style, S%xlO->3 in., 79 games " 3.00
Score Cards, 1 game Dozen .10
BASKET BALL SCORE BOOKS.
No. 10. Paper cover, 10 games Each $0.2o
No. 11. Board cover. 25 games "' ."'0
No. A. Collegiate, paper cover. 10 games " .20
No. B. Collegiaie, board cover, 25 games " .50
TRACK AND FIELD. TENNIS AND GOLF SCORE CARDS. No. TF. Olympic Score Card: for outdoor and indoor track and tiehl
athletic meets: used in A.A.U. championships Each ?0.0.J
No. H. Tennis Score Card, endorsed by leading umpires: used in
national championships, new and improved design; for five
sets: in two colors Dozen .''•>
No. L. Golf Score Sheets: used in leading tournaments: size 22x28 in.:
match play or medal play (specify which is wanted). Each .30
COMPETITORS' NUMBERS.
Used in A.A.U. , intercollegiate and interscholastie championship events.
Made up in sets (1 to 50. 1 to 100, etc.).
Manila paper Per number $0.0/! Linen backed Per number $0.12
Letters. A, B. C, D, etc., on manlla paper, for relay races. .Per letter .05
Any of the above mailed postpaid on receipt of price. American Sports Publishing Company, 45 Rose St., New York
JULIAN S. MTRICK.
New York. PrP«1den» ClnU^d Stafps Lawn Tennl- A«ncUtlon.
^1 n i — Si'Ai.niN<; ••Rld Cover Si;itii:s oi
rZT. r" I AriiiirrK Haxduooks
No. 57R
spalding's 4-
Tennis Annual
EDITED BY
SAMUEL HARDY
1922
PUBLISHED HY
AMERICAN SPORTS PUBLISHING CO.
CJ I — , 4.5 Rose* Street, New York
n
Ji
linn .J "
Copyright, ]922, by American Sports Piiihlisliin? (Company.
A. Y T..'»'«-li SecreturN , Kif-^l
Dwight F. Davis (at top). Vice-rivsul.-nt. ,^^ "^''7-^"!'; .'*„,,* >. J 1 (left), Treasurer, Wasbingtop. D. C,. and Cbari.-. (.a. laud, h \ational Bank Building, Pittsburgh, Pa «
OFFICERS OF THE UNITED STATES LAWN TENNIS ASSOCIATION
©CI.A659884
MAY --I 1922
^4^^6-1
^\^ PARI
(y - ,-^ •, CONTENTS. PAGE
Editorial Comment 7
Review of the 1921 Season V.>
The Evolution of a Champion 33
The Davis Cup Contest 45
Impressions of American Tennis — Zenzo Shimidzu 57
English Championship at Wimbledon 59
Davis Cup Players at the White Plouse 63
Exhibition Matches for Devastated France 63
The National Chanipionship 65
National Championship Doubles 71
Women's Tennis in 1921 75
National Women's Championships 77
National Women's Clay Court Championships ■ 89
National Clay Court Championships 91
Intercollegiate Tennis 93
Intercollegiate Championships 95
Tour of the Oxford-Cambridge Team 97
National Indoor Championships, 1922 98
National Indoor Women's Championships 99
Tennis Among the Younger Players 101
National Junior Championships 103
East vs. West 117
New England Championships 118
New York Tournaments 127
Middle States Championships 139
Middle Atlantic Championships 153
Western Championships 159
Southern Championships 175
Missouri Valley Championships. . '. 179
Southwestern Championships 184
ilntermountain Championships 185
rJNorthwest Championships 187
^California Championships 191
V^Pacific Northwest Championships 199
j ^National Tennis Rankings 201
r^^, Ranking of First Ten Since 1885 210
^s^omen's Ranking Since 1913 212
. Tennis Ranking Lists for Clubs 213
^Vj'rogressive Tennis 214
• Champions of Previous Years 215
^ American Forces in Germany 237
PART II — United States Lawn Tennis Association.
Speciai, Chapters on Court Construction and Accessories of the Game.
See Contents on Page 239.
PART III — Rules of Lawn Tennis and Tournament Regulations. r.**"^^ Fnllowing Page for List of Tournaments, Rtc]
TODKNAMBNTS, 19:J1.
Altoona and Blair County, Ta 146
Apawamis Club Women's 136
Ardsley Club Women's 136
Arizona 185
Arkansas Valley 183
Atlantic Yacht Club 150
Bay Counties 196
Beach Haven 150
Bergen County, N. J 152
Berkshire County 121
Border States 184
Bristol County 122
British Columbia Mainland 200
Brooklyn City 134
Brooklyn Heights 134
California 191
Carnegie Tech 147
Castle Point 152
Central California 197
Central New Jersey 150
Central Pennsylvania 146
Championships of the Carolinas 177
Chicago Tennis Association 161
Church Cup 144
Cincinnati 170
Cleveland 169
Colorado 185
Connecticut , 125
Connecticut Women's . . . .' 126
Cooperstown Country ('lub 136
Country Club of Brookline 120
Country Club of Westchester 135
Cuban 177
Delaware 147
Delaware Valley 145
Des Moines 181
Detroit 173
District of Columbia, Tennis in 153
Druid Hill Park 155
Eaglesmere ; 146
Eastern New York 135
Eastern Pennsylvania 141
Engleside Tennis Club 151
Essex County, Mass 120
Essex County, N. J 152
Fairfield County 126
Field Club of Greenwich 126
Fort Worth 184
Georgia 175
Georgia Tech 176
Green Meadow Country Club 136
( Jreensboro, N. C 176
Harlem Tennis Club 133
Hotchkiss Cup 158
Housatonic Valley 122
Idaho 189
Illinois State 159
Indiana 170
Indianapolis, Tennis in 171
Inland Empire 199
Inlet Terrace Club 150
Intercity Doubles 169
Interlake 169
Intermountain 185
International at Niagara 138
Interstate 181
Kansas 180
Kansas City, Tennis in 179
Kentucky 177
Lake George 137
Lake Placid 138
Lehigh Valley 146
Ivong Island 133
Longwood 119
Longwood Women's 120
Maine 12K
Manhattan Doubles 131
Massachusetts 118
Mercer County, Pa 146
Metropolitan Clay Court 130
Metropolitan Grass Court 129
Metropolitan League 131
Metropolitan Women's 131
Michigan l72
Middle Atlantic 153
Middle States 139
Milwaukee, Tennis in 174
Minneapolis 188
Minneapolis Municipal 187
Minnesota 187
Missouri 179
Missouri Valley 17H
Montclair Women's 150
Mountain Lake Park 156
Nassau Country Club 134
National Boys' 103
National Clay Court 91
Natioual Doubles 71
National Father and Son 73
National Girls' 105
National Indoor, 1922 98
National Indoor Junior 105
National Indoor Women's, 1922 99
National Junior 103
National Mixed Doubles 87
National Singles 65
National Veterans' Doubles 73
National Veterans' Singles 69
National Women's 77
National Women's Clay Court 89
Nebraska 181
New Bedford Country Club 122
New England 118
New England Intercollegiate 118
New England Sectional Doubles 122
New Hampshire-White Mountains... 125
New Haven Open 126
Newport Invitation 123
Newton Centre Doubles 120
New Jersey 149
New Jersey Coast 151
New Jersey Tennis League 149
New York Sectional Doubles 129
New York State Clay Court 128
New York Women's 129
Norfolk Country Club 126
North and South 176
North Carolina 176
North Jersey 151
North Shore, Mass 121
North Side, New York 131
Northern California Interclub 197
Northern Indiana 171
Northwest 187
NorthAvest Iowa 181
Nyack Club 137
Ohio 167
Ojai Valley All-Comers' 198
Ojai Valley Intercollegiate 198
Oklahoma 182
Old Dominion 157
Oregon 200
Pacific Coast 191
Pacific Coast Doubles 192
Pacific Northwest 199
Pacific Northwest-British Columbia... 200
Panama Canal Zone 177
Pelham Country Club Women's 135
Peninsula 156
Pennaylvania 138
Pennsylvania Women's 141
Philadelphia and District 145
Philadelphia, Tennis in 141
Portland Country Club 156
Powelton Club 136
Quaker Ridge 136
Queensboro . . . : 133
Rhode Island 122
Rhode Island Clay Court 123
Ridgefield Tri-County 138
St. Louis American Legion 180
San Francisco W3
Seabright Invitation 127
Sears-Roebuck Association 167
Seventh Regiment Tennis Club 138
South Central Iowa 181
South Dakota 189
South Shore, Mass 121
Southampton Invitation 127
Southern 175
Southern Intercollegiate 175
Southern Idaho 189
Southern Massachusetts Clay Court . . 121
Southern Ohio 170
Southern Tier of New York 137
Southwestern 184
Staten Island Cricket Club 134
Suburban League 156
Sullivan County 137
Swimming Club, Bar Harbor 125
Tennessee 177
Travers Island Challenge Cup 134
Tulsa, Okla 183
Twilight Park 137
Ulster County, N. V 138
University of Michigan 172
Utah Collegiate 185
Virginia 157
Virginia Hot Springs 158
Washington State 199
Westchester County 135
Western 15!)
Western Western Western
Intercollegiate 161
Maryland 155
Massachusetts 121
Western Michigan 173
Western New Jersey 151
Western Pennsylvania 147
Westfield, N. J 151
Westmoreland County, I'a 147
White Sulphur Springs 156
Wisconsin 173
Women's Intercity at Newport 124
Woodstock Country Clul) 171
Wyoming 186
Yale Al.iinni 135
Acker, Grevel 108
Alonzo, M 53
Anderson, Frank T... 132
Anderson, Fred C 72
Anderson, Fred G 72
Anderson, J. 0 116
Appel, K. P 108
Bagby, Philip 178
Bailey, John T 164
Bancroft, Miss Leslie.. 84 Bayard, Miss Martha.. 142
Bernstein, Morton 104
Bettens. Philip 190
Black, R. C, Rules Sec. 2 Browne^ Miss Mary K. 76 Bundy, Mrs. May Sutton 79
Burton, R. P 164
Canfield, Miss Marion.. 194 Carpenter, MissVirginia 142
Chandler, Edward 190
Charest, C. M 154
Clothier, William J.... 36
Cohen, Miss Dora 194
Cole, Mrs. B. E 83
Conlin, Edward C 28
Darrough, Paul G 182
Davis Cup 44
Davis, Dwight F 2
Day, J. F 164
Dean, L. M 48
Fyzee, A 48
Gardner, Carl R 190
Garland, Charles 2
Gilbert, J. B 49
Gilleaudeau. Miss H... 82
Goodwillie, Walter 112
Goss, Miss Eleanor 80
Green, A. L., Jr 162
Grove, Miss Margaret.. 88
American Forces in Germany 236
Carnegie Tech 148
Chicago Tennis Association 160
Davis Cup Draw, 1922 54
Druid Club 154
Exhibition Doubles, Hoboken 152
BzhlbltlOD Match, White House Court 62 Oennantown Cricket 01«b 27«
ILLUSTRATIONS.
(Juyton, O. F 164
Hardy, Sam 6
Hawk, Dr. Philip B... 68
Hawkes, J. B 50
Hayes, Walter T 90
Heilbron, Louis 194
Herd, Clifton B 162
Hires, Miss Marjorie... 178
Hubbel, A. P
Hunter, Francis T
Ingerslev, Vagn
Jacob, S. M
Jessup, Mrs. Marion Z Johnson, Wallace F... Johnston, William M.
Kenfield, J. F 168
Kumagae, Ichiya 20
Larned, William A 32
Leech, A. Y., Jr 2
Leighton, Miss M. F... 166
Liebes. Martin 194
Lott, Thomas 112
Lowe, F. Gordon 49
McCune, Miss Anna 194
McCune, Miss Lucy 194
McGlinn, Thomas 112
McLoughlin, M. E 38
Maguire, Al 112
Mallory, Mrs. F. 1 74
Mercur, Fritz 107
Michel, Mrs. A. G 166
Murray, R. Lindley.... 40 Myrick. J. S.. .Frontispiece
Neer. Philip 94
Neeves. George A 164
Niles, Nathaniel W... 26
Norton. B. I. C 58
Osgood, Franklin T.... 106 Peach. Norman 50
Raymond, Mrs. Edward S6 Keichenbach, Ellsworth 112
Rice, Lawrence B 24
Rice, Ralph L 168
Richards, Vincent 12
Rietz. W. A 178
Roberts, Roland 191
Ryan, Miss Elizabeth.. 60
Saglowsky, Julius 100
Scully, Miss Emily 166
Seavey, Miss Evelyn... 178
Shimidzu, Zenzo .56
Sleem, Mahomed 48
Speice, Charles T 182
Squair, A. M 162
Stickney, C. F 190
Strachan, J. R 191
Suhr. Herbert 190
Suhr, Miss Winifred... 194
Tegner, Erik 52
Thelen, J. H 178
Tilden, William T., 2d. 8 Townsend, Miss Anne B. 140
Turnbull, O. G. N 49
Voshell, S. Howard 22
Walsh, Miss Phyllis... 140
Ward, Holcombe .34
Washburn, Watson M.. 16 Watson, Charles, 3d.... 106
Wear, W. P 112
Weber, James 168
Weber, Jerry 168
Weller, A. B 166
Williams, Paul B 238
Williams, R. N.. 2d.... 18
W'ills, Miss Helen 102
Wood, Chas., Jr 104
Woosnam, Max 49
Wright, Beals C 35
Minneapolis Municipal Association 188
Oxford -Cambridge Team 96
Penn Charter School 110
Philadelphia Coll. of Osteopathy 148
St. John's Prepj Danvers 110
Univ. of Pittsburgh 148
UnlT. of Utah 186
Tale-Harrard Team 9€
SAMUEL HARDY. New York. Captain of the team that brought the Davis Gup back- Editor Spalding's Lawn Tennis Annual.
to America.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Editorial Comnnient
THE SPORTING SPIRIT.
From time to time there come? from some tennis player a protest against the uncompromising attitude of the governing tennis bodies toward some question of ethics that he considers outside their jurisdiction. These protests are sincere and they arise from the mistaken idea that all that should be required of a player is gentlemanly conduct on the court and the observance of the commonly accepted rules of tennis ethics. Any supervision of his conduct off the court he looks upon as an infringement of his personal liberty.
These players do not realize that the best development of tennis demands from them an adherence to the spirit as well as to the letter of true sportsman- ship. They recognize that the theft of a point or an outburst of temper against some decision are faults that no decent player commits, yet they frequently condone those minor offenses that, if allowed to go unrebuked by the governing bodies, would work incalculable injury to the morale of the game. Certain players of note have been inclined to look lightly upon their promises to play in some tournament. After sending in their entries they have telegraphed at the last moment canceling their engagements, greatly to the annoyance of the committee in charge, who probably had advertised their appearance, and to the exasperation of those who had purchased season tickets in order to witness the play of well known champions. Some few players have even been known to delay their arrival purposely in order that an opponent might become flustered by the delay.
In view of these occurrences, tennis authorities have taken a decided stand. They now demand that a player fulfill the engagements that he makes with either a tournament committee or an opponent, that he neither embarrass a committee by arriving late nor handicap an opponent by failing to appear ready for play at the time scheduled. If he fail to appear on time he is not only defaulted; he is, within the Metropolitan district, debarred from play in all other tournaments until he has fulfilled the sentence imposed by the governing body. This is usually in the nature of a reproof, with a warning not to offend again, but in some instances the player is suspended for a few weeks, during which time his entry is not accepted in any tournament. The hearty co-opera- tion of a large majority of the players and the meek submission of most offenders is a tribute to the spirit of fair play, a spirit that enters so largely into the game of tennis. Tennis demands from its followers that their lives shall con- form to the standards of a gentleman on or off the court. Real sportsmanship is, after all. a question of character; it implies honesty, unselfishness and courtesy.
-O
THE COURT OF THE FUTURE.
Mr. J, C. Parke, in his recent book on tennis, attributes the proficiency of the young players, of other countries than his own, partly to hard courts. He says that the hard court produces a faster game because the players must take the
WILLIAM T. TILDEN, 2d, National Cliami , n Ranked
Born in Germantown, Pa., February 10, 1893; height, 6 feet 1 inch; weight, 165 lbs. Tilden is master of all styles of play and has at his command a bewil- dering variety of strokes. He habitually interchanges his top-spin drive with h heavily undercut slice, uses one of a dozen different services, and varies th«' length and pace of his strokes so that his opponent is never quite sure what sort of shot to expect. Variety is the essence of his game. Added to an une- (jualled repertoire of strokes, Tilden possesses uncommon fleetness of foot, which, coupled with his extraordinary reach and suppleness, enables him to return nearly every ball. He thus is able to keep in play many balls that are to most players unreturnable. Combined with this unparalleled equipment is a tennis brain of the first order, which makes him quick to discern, and to profit by, the mistakes of an opponent. Tilden plays tennis the year round and Is therefore never out of practice. He hai a great love for the came and 1b widely known for hli interest in boys' tennl*. Pk«to. ® bj M. LeTlck, M. T.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 9
high-bounding ball on the rise. There is no doubt that Mr. Parke has called attention to an important factor in the development of fast modern tennis. A player no longer waits, when making a stroke, for the bail to descend, but advances to meet it, and strokes it shortly after it leaves the ground and long before it has reached the top of its bound, thus saving time and maintaining the rapid pace of the ball.
Wherever hard courts are used there has been a noticeable development of fast players, as in America, Australia, France, South Africa and Japan. On the Pacific Coast, where play is almost entirely upon asphalt, both the men and women players have become noted all over the world for their fast aggressive game, England, on the other hand, where grass courts have always pre- dominated, has of late fallen behind in the race for international honors. At Wimbledon every event has for several years gone to a foreigner. There are other factors, it is true, that have contributed to the loss of her old supremacy; but there is no doubt that lack of hard courts has been one of the causes of her inability to cope successfully with the faster game of foreign players. This is a fact that is evidently recognized, since numerous hard courts are now being laid down all over the country.
Will the hard court, then, become the court of the future? Granted that it makes for faster tennis and that the men who play fast tennis are the only ones who are winning the important championships of the world, it is logical to assume that the coming generation of players will demand the court that produces the winning game. There are other reasons why hard courts are gradually superseding those of turf; namely, their adaptability to any climate, the lower cost of maintaining a truly level surface, and the fact that they can be used practically all the year, instead of only in summer. It is only in Eng- land and in small sections of America and Australia that turf courts are now used, and even in these favored localities a perfect grass court is exceedingly rare. The average grass court has an uneven patchy surface that is incapable of producing the best grade of tennis, and it is only the grandstand courts that are really good. The great championships of England, America and Australia are still played on turf, but the courts are always so damaged by a single week of tournament play, especially if spikes are used, that several weeks are re- quired to restore them. On the other hand, a clay court can be repaired in a single day, and one of asphalt, cement, or wood requires no attention whatever.
England will no doubt continue to hold her Wimbledon meeting on grass, since the turf there is exceptionlly fine, and because, also, her traditions will act as a powerful factor in keeping her loyal to grass; but there are indications that she also will soon hold a hard court championship, as the new Wimbledon grounds are plarmed to include a dozen hard courts and a grandstand. Already in Europe there is held a "world's" hard court championship, and our national clay court championship has been a fixture for over a decade.
The rapid growth of tennis throughout America during the past few years has resulted in the building of many hundreds of hard courts and very few on grass. There are thousands of young players who have never seen a grass court. Will they eventually demand a hard court championship that will equal in importance, if not surpass, the grass events? At present the American grass court championships are the only ones of importance, either to our players or to foreigners. They are operated under the direct supervision of the National Association, and are held in the most prominent cities of the Atlantic Coast.
WILLIAM M. JOHNSTON Ranked No. 2
Born in San Francisco, Cal., November 2, 1894; height 5 ft. S^^ inches; weight, 125 pounds. There are many persons who, watching Johnston's perfect style and the no less perfect execution of his strokes, cannot understand why he is beaten by champion Tilden. The answer lies in the lack of variety in Johnston's game. The execution of his strokes is flawless, but Tilden has discovered the proper way of handling these beautiful shots and Johnston is unable to change to another style of play, while Tilden so varies his own game that no one is ever quite certain what sort of bound the next ball will have. Johnston's fore- hand drive is famous for its pace and accuracy. It is taken shoulder high on a rising ball with a peculiar grip that makes it almost a reverse smash. His backhand is slightly undercut and is struck so hard that it is a potent weapon of offense. He volleys wonderfully well from near the service line, a position necessitated by his short reach and stature, but his kills from this diflScult volleying position are noted for their decisiveness and accuracy. Johnston is a player of the aggressive type, one who chooses to win or lose on his own eflforts rather than to keep the ball In play until his opponent errs. He was national champion in 1915 and 1919. B. Levlck, N. T., Photo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 11
Tlie national clay court championships are allotted to the Middle West, where grass courts have almost ceased to exist, but few of our first ten players ever attend the meeting, which has, therefore, never acquired the prestige that comes from a large and distinguished entry. The grass championships are successful not because they are played on turf, but because they are held in New York, Philadelphia or Boston, and are backed by all the power of the National Asso- ciation. If the grass and the clay championships were interchanged, so that the clay court events were held in the East and those on turf in the West, the former would at once become the more important of the two events. It would attract the same Eastern entry and also draw certain hard court players who are now deterred from entering the Nationals because of their unfamiliarity with grass. In view of the tremendous increase in the number of hard courts and their effect in developing international players, would it not be wise for the National Association to interest itself more actively in the national clay court champion- ships? They could offer prizes commensurate with the importance of a national event, encourage all prominent players to attend the meeting, and bring the full Aveight of their power to the aid of the Western Association, to which organiza- tion they have allotted the management of these championships.
THE AGE TO STOP TENNIS.
There is an unfortunate tendency in America to consider tennis a game suit- able only for youth. Many players still in their early thirties, some even younger, are spoken of as veterans. One constantly hears of some promising junior who has abandoned tennis for golf, fearing that the more strenuous exercise of tennis may injure his constitution. This attitude is so at variance with that of England and Scotland, where one sees men of forty, fifty, sixty, and even seventy, playing not only doubles but singles, that the question naturally arises, "What is the proper age to stop playing tennis?"
A. E. Crawley, the English writer, claims that the time to stop is when one dies! He cites several instances of well known men who, having given up sport and taken to a life of inactivity, have suffered a complete collapse, not because of any lesion but as the result of the sudden change in their habits. On the other hand, he points with pardonable pride to certain men of his country who, refusing to believe in the limitations of middle age, have kept on in sport and achieved successes that may well be envied by younger men. Gore was forty- four when he won his first Wimbledon championship, and today, although he is not far from sixty, bias few equals in England. Ritchie was close to fifty when he beat Williams in 1921. Balfour, who is now nearing seventy, still plays good doubles, and is as keen about the game as a boy. There are hundreds of such men in Britain, men long past middle age, who are active members of local clubs and whose youth and vigor testify to the value of continued play.
Practically all young Americans are obliged to enter business after leaving school or college, but this is no reason why they should abandon sport. On the contrary, the confinement of ofi&ce work makes it the more necessary that some form of regular outdoor exercise should be taken, and in this respect tennis by far the best and the most pleasurable method known to keep fit. The running and leaping, the quick turns of the body and the deep breathing, which are all a part of the game, keep the muscles pliable and hard, and th^jl
VINCENT RICHARDS Ranked No. 3
Born in New York City, March 20, 1903; height, 5 feet 3 inches; weight, 125 pounds. Richards' great natural aptitude for tennis was early encouraged by F. B. Alexander, and later by Tilden, the influence of the latter being more apparent in his play. When but fifteen years of age Richards succeeded in winning the National Doubles Championship with Tilden, which insured him constant first-class practice thereafter. Richards' game is not yet perfectly rounded, as he lacks a safe forehand drive and has only a defensive backhand. Most of his kills are made at the net, which he reaches by means of a fore- hand slice that he follows in very rapidly. Once in this position he is absolutely sure of himself. With the possible exception of Johnston he is the best volleyer in America. It is extremely diflQcult to pass him and extremely dangerous to lob, as his smashing is decisive and accurate. Richards is a fine match player. The one thing needed to make his game truly first-class is a good driving game. When he acquires a defensive forehand drive and an offensive backhand drive, be will become one of the irreat players of the world. B. Levick, N. Y., Photo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 13
profuse perspiration which accompanies these quick movements is one of the best safeguards to health.
It is true that it is not possible for the average man to follow the round of summer tournaments, but it is a simple matter for anyone to join one of the many tennis clubs that now exist throughout the country and play as often as he likes. There he can always find players of his own class with whom he can have an hour's brisk exercise every evening. The interclub matches and the yearly tournament that these clubs always hold will help to keep up his keenness for the game and at the same time serve as a healthful change from his daily work. Then men of thirty or forty who now crowd their yearly exercise into a month's vacation, would be far better off, physically and mentally, if they would play tennis regularly. Age is largely a matter of habits, and the man who is constantly renewing his youth and enthusiasm by keeping up his interest in a sport such as tennis, a game in which one loses oneseK entirely, is adding years to his life and at the same time making that life a fuller one.
O
BEHIND THE SCENES.
How little the spectators at a tournament realize the extent to which their pleasure and interest are dependent upon the men behind the scenes. Knowing nothing of tournament organization, hearing no word of the work that has preceded the event, they focus their attention upon the well known players whom they have come to see and attribute the success of the tournament to the presence of these men and women. They do not stop to think that the proper functioning even of a tournament, requires the services of at least a dozen men and women who voluntarily give up their time and energy to the preliminary dull routine that is so necessary for success. For weeks they are busy attending to a multitude of minor details, the securing of entries, the rearrangement and preparation of courts, the erection of grandstands, of extra tents, the problem of refreshments, the entertainment of players; in short, the thousand and one details that call for time and thought and patience.
During the actual week of play some of the committee are obliged to devote their whole time to the work. Their houses are thrown open to players, their domestic arrangements changed to conform to the needs and convenience of their player-guests, and their tempers frequently put to severe tests by the failure of some subordinate to fulfill his duties, or by lengthy arguments with some sensitive player who feels that he has a grievance. Yet in spite of all this, these silent workers continue, year after year, to sacrifice themselves in order that credit may come to their home club. Personal differences are forgotten and members of various committees work shoulder to shoulder during the week of play. The players are fully aware of the thought that has been exercised in their behalf and are ever eager to return to those places where a nice attention to detail has materially added to their comfort. But the visiting public accepts without thought the presence of famous champions, the clock-like scheduling of the daily matches, the convenient seating arrangements, the proximity of the refreshment booths. Too much credit cannot be given to the men and women behind the scenes, many of whom occupy some obscure position on a sub- committee that the public does not even know exists. Their unselfish devotion is a high tribute to the clubs that develop such a spirit and to the game that can call forth such untiring devotion.
WALLACE F. JUHNSON
Kaukc'd No. 4
Born in Merion, Pa., July 13, 18S9; height, 5 feet lOVa inches; weight, IGO pounds. Johnson owes the high place that he has maintained in America's First Ten to the intelligent use of his strokes rather than to their own excellence. His one good stroke is a forehand slice, of which he is complete master. His backhand is a defensive slice and he never drives or plays at the net if it is possible to stay back. His plan is to keep the ball in play until his opponent misses. He therefore confines himself to the back court, where his extreme agility, helped by a fine constitution, his deep lobs from difficult positions, and an occasional attacking shot, form an armor of defense that few players have been able to penetrate. He constantly changes the pace of his forehand slice, shooting it straight down an alley or wafting It gently over the net without altering his position, so that his opponent is often caught on the wrong foot. His backhand slice is usually cross-courtod without much speed, and a turn of the wrist can alter it from a deep shot to a floatf-r just over the net, or to a perfect lob If his opponent is at the net. Johnson has twice been runner-up for the National Ohampionthlp. B. Lerlck, N. T., Pboto.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL LS
WOMEN'S TENNIS.
Wlieii in 1920 Americci won back the Davis Cup without the loss of a single match, her men were universally accorded first place in international tennis. It cannot be said that our women players hold -a like position. Although it is true that in Mrs. Mallory we have a champion of the first order, a player who by hard work, untiring devotion to the game and great match playing powers has established herself as one of the greatest women players of the world, it must not be forgotten that she is American only by marriage, and that her success is due not so much to the training she has had in America as to her determination and vigor of mind, qualities due to character rather than to environment. In the same class with her are Miss Browne and Mrs. Bundy, but even these three players, good though they are, cannot be said to hold in international tennis a position comparable to that of our men.
There has been a gratifying increase in the number of good women players, but their game is about on the same plane as that of our best players ten or fifteen years ago. There is no player at present whose game can definitely be said to surpass in excellence that of May Sutton in her prime, and there are few players even today who can equal her. Why is it, then, that our women's tennis has stood still while that of our men has advanced in such an extra- ordinary manner? The answer lies in the fact that our men have produced something new in tennis, while our women still play the type ctf game that was common a decade or two ago.
Twenty years ago it was England, the cradle of tennis, that held the first place. Our best men had tried in vain to win her championships, while she succeeded more than once in winning ours. This was because we tried to beat her at her own back-court game, or by the then new American volley attack unaccompanied by sound ground strokes. It was only when we combined our net game with the offensive drives of the British and added a new element — speed— that an irresistible combination resulted. The increased speed is the result not only of a faster but of a new method of making ground strokes, the ball being taken on the rise before its pace has decreased. Thus a new type of tennis was developed, a game of such sustained action, such terrific speed, that it is no wonder that the old style game went down before it.
The tennis of our womn has undergone no such revolution, and it has there- fore remained on practically the same level for many years. There are perhaps more good women volleyers today than there ever were, but this is true of England and France as well as America.
The winning game is still the old back-court game, as so well exemplified in the play of Mrs. Mallory. American women must, if they are to prove themselves superior to the players of other nations, follow the footsteps of our men. They must learn the fast modern game that men play, taking the ball on the rise, closing in for a kill at the net after preparing the way by a forcing ground stroke, and speeding up their service. They must combine the service of Miss Goss with the volleying of Miss Browne and the back-court game of Mrs. Mallory, and learn to take the ball on the rise as Tilden, Johnston and Williams do. A number of years will be necessary to produce players of this type, years of constant practice on hard courts — the harder the better.
The modern game, however, will never be a possibiHty while our women continue to burden themselves with their present unathletic tennis costume.
WATSON WASHBURN Ranked No. 5
Born June 13, 1894, in New York City; height 6 feet % inch; weight, 165 pounds. Wtshburn began playing when eight years of age and won the interscholastic title when sixteen and seventeen, later playing on the Harvard team. In 1919 he won the A.B.F. Championship in France, and in 1920 and '21 was a member of the Davis Cup team. Washburn plays a well-rounded game of great severity, excepting overhead. His forehand is a peculiar slice that is often mistaken for a drive. It is an undercut stroke without top-spin, has very good length, a low trajectory, and great speed when delivered from the right to the left court. His backhand is sound, being both a weapon of defense and one of aggression. His service is the American twist and is not strong enough to permit his following It to the net. He prefers this advance on his second shot, and his volleying is so excellent, particularly on low forehand shots, that he usually wins the point when in this position. His judgment is at all times sound, and this, coupled with hiB usual ability to cover court and hit strong net game, keeps him well to tbe front of America'! players. B. LeTlck, N.T., Pboto.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 17
Every French woman player of note, and several of the young British players, have already begun to "Lenglenize" th^ir apparel, and while their scant costume is the object of pronounced sniffs from some of the older, more conservative element, the resulting greater freedom of action is so obvious that it is merely a question of time when a standard athletic costume for women will be looked upon as a matter of course. The fast game of tennis absolutely demands freedom of movement, untrammelled by clinging skirts and long sleeves, and the sooner this is recognized the sooner will our women be able to advance their standard of tennis.
O
OUR CHAMPION.
xNo American tennis player has ever won so much glory, both for himself and for America, as William T. Tilden, 2d, winner of every important tennis title in the world and holder of innumerable minor home championships. In winning the British and American championships of 1920 and '21, Tilden achieved such fame that he placed American tennis on a plane never before attained by any American champion, and won for himself not only the admira- tion of tennis fans but of the whole sport loving world. To what inherent genius, to what dogged determination to win success he owes his present unrivalled position, perhaps he himself could not tell; but that it has been a long hard pull he will be the first to admit.
America is proud of her champion, and justly proud. We glory in his successes, in which we have a share, and we take pride in his unswerving devotion to the younger players, in his books of instruction for them, in his untiring efforts on their behalf. It is well known that wherever he travels he is always surrounded by a group of youngsters eagerly seeking information, and many a morning has been given over to their coaching even when a big match was scheduled for the afternoon.
In Tilden we have a champion whose unselfish devotion to the game he loves is such that he has become an object lesson to all lovers of tennis. He stands first in tennis not only because of his fine game but because he has done, and is now doing, more for the development of boys' and juniors' tennis in America than any former American champion. His rare sportsmanship, his willingness to play at all times in distant exhibition matches in order to help out some club or school, and his uniform cheerfulness, have won for him many friends; but his most devoted adherents are those armies of boys all over the country with whom he has worked and played, and in whose interest he is constantly laboring.
Ranked No.
Born of American parents in Geneva, Switzerland, January 29, 1S91; height, 5 feet 11% inches; weight, 155 pounds. Williams' style shows the effect of his early Continental training, his racket grips being European rather than Amer- ican. His beautifully executed ground strokes, played with a free and effortless style, are undercut and give length to his strokes, making his singles game very effective. He invariably takes the ball on the rise, even when he has forced his opponent well out of court, and this habit has caused him to lose many points that might have been won by more conservative play. On the other hand, his brilliant daring scores for him many shots that- the average player would not even attempt to return. The speed of his game is terrific. Both services are very fast, he hits with severity overhead, always placing well, and his high volleys come off his racket like a bullet. H(? is also adept at drop-volleys and half volleys. Williams" brilliant play always insures him an interested and an appreciative audience, just as his attractive personality wins for him many friends and admirers. Williams was American eliampion in WH and 1916, and was captain of the Davis Cup team in 1921, when, with Washburn, he played successfully in the doubles agalnat Japan.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL t ^"^
Review of the 1921 Season
By Paul B. Williams, Field Secretary U.S.L.T.A.
Ciiajiges accompany every activity of mankind. In a sport so personal aii<l Imman as tennis, changes take on particular significance because they mark progress or the lack of it. While its fundamentals have endured almost without change from its early days, there are, nevertheless, so many differences between each of the successive seasons which mark the development ot" tennis, that the best picture of the sport's growth may be obtained by determining the particu- lars in which the season of 1921, for instance, differed from its predecessors.
There were no notable innovations either in the rules or in the organization o^ tennis during 1921, but there were numerous changes lor the better, which showed a surprising development and promised much for its future. Chief among these must be mentioned the great increase of international interest in the sport. This was shown not only by the vigorous competition between nations but by the development abroad of several players who must be accorded a high rank whenever an effort is made to determine the leaders of the game. The various styles of play exemplified by William T. Tilden, 2d, of the United States, Zenzo Shimidzu of Japan, Manuel Alonzo of Spain, Messrs. Deane, Fyzee, Jacob and Sleem of India, B. I. C. Norton of South Africa and J. 0. Anderson of Australia, show conclusively how widespread has been the develop- ment of tennis and how different may be the technique of the game among its leading exponents.
International Scope of Tennis.
Being the champion nation the United States received the challenges for the Davis Cup contest on March 15, and when the draw was made then it included twelve challenging nations: Argentina, Australasia. Belgium, Canada, Czecho- slovakia, Denmark, France, Great Britain, India, Japan, the Philippines and Spain. There were several newcomers in the list. Never before had Argentina. Czecho-Slovakia, Denmark, Japan, the Philippines, India or Spain challenged for this trophy. In fact, there never had been so many entries for any one international sporting event. The most that had ever entered for one sport in ^he Olympic Games was ten, which had been regarded as a record until this draw for the Davis Cup contest.
Unfortunately, it developed that some of the challenging nations were unable to compete when the time for their matches arrived. Financial depression in South America prevented the team from Argentina from meeting Denmark. The Philippines team was in the Orient for the Far East Games and could not reach the United States in time for the match there against Japan. Even in the face of these withdrawals the contest was remarkably successful. The strength of this world-wide interest was shown by the fact that a suggestion that the Davis Cup contests take place every two years instead of annually, met with no support abroad. The nations apparently felt that the yearly competition for the Davis Cup has done so much to promote tennis that it would be a backward , step to lessen the frequency of competition. '
The tennis public of the United States had a chance to realize more strongly, perhaps, than anywhere else in the world, the tremendous strides that had been
J
^
ICHIYA KUMAGAE Banked No. 7
Bom in Tokio, Japan, September lu, ls91; height, 5 feet 4 inches; weight, 130 pounds. Kumagae learned his tennis on the hard courts of Tokio, and it was not until he had developed his game by several seasons of tournament play in America that he won a place among the First Ten. He is a sturdily built, tireless back-court player with a powerful left-handed forehand drive which he delivers with a pronounced top-spin. His service is the American twist and is well placed rather than severe. He delights to draw an opponent to the net and whip fast drives past him. His accuracy in this respect is amazing, consid- ering the speed of his shots. At times he varies this shot by employing a lob- drive delivered with the same motion, especially if his opponent is too near the net. In the back court he hits with great severity and accuracy, both forehand and backhand, and his wonderful condition enables him to prolong rallies and to outsteady or outplay most men who attempt to beat him from this position. At the net he is not so good, his low volleying being defective, but high volleys he treats with great severity. His preference for high bounding balls, obtained by his early training on hard courts, makes his game more eCfectlve on a hard sur- face than on grase, but so forceful la hia all-around play that even on turf he ka« few eqaals. ». Lerlek, N.T.. Photo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 21
made in the game during the past twenty years. Teams from Denmark, Japan, India, British Isles and Australasia played in this country. There is something to grip the imagination in the spectacle of a team from Denmark greeting one from Australasia. Each had traveled thousands of miles for that particular match, and when it is remembered that this was true not only of those par- ticular teams but of the representatives of Japan and British Isles and India as well, the universal appeal of tennis is the more readily realized.
Many Fine Players Abroad.
Not only that, but it was shown more clearly in 1921 than in any previous season that no nation has a monopoly on playing ability. It is true that the chief honors fell to the United States, which successfully defended the Davis Cup against Japan, Moreover, William T. Tilden, 2d, in addition to winning the championship of the United States, won the world's hard court champion- ship at St. Cloud and won the challenge round of the world's championship at Wimbledon. In addition, Mrs. MoUa Bjurstedt Mallory won the championship of the United States after defeating Mile. Suzanne Lenglen, whose triumphs in England had established for her a reputation of invincibility.
The development, however, of players like Norton, Sleem, Alonzo and others who might be named, shows clearly enough a broadening of the sport which will doubtless mean, in years to come, some rearrangements of the tennis map. It is by no means certain that the honors of future years will be divided between Australasia, England and the United States. Many other countries have players who are striving to inscribe their names upon the roll of those whom the followers of the game honor, and it seems only a question of a few years before this may be accomplished.
One of the season's innovations was the holding for the first time of the men's national championship at the Germantown Cricket Club in Philadelphia. The policy of rotation of championships having been approved by the Associa- tion's annual meeting, it followed naturally that the Germantown Cricket Club's application to hold this event should be granted. If there had been any mis- givings as to the wisdom of this course, they were more than answered by the successful management of the championship there. Not only was the public interest in the event most flattering to Philadelphia, but the management of every detail of the tournament left nothing to be desired. The significant fact lies not so much in the success achieved by the Germantown Cricket Club as in the proof that the game's expansion has developed a public interest in that city, as perhaps in others, that gives adequate support to a tennis event of such magnitude.
Women's Championship Notable.
Assignment of the men's championship to Philadelphia made it necessary to move the women's championships, which for many years had been played at the Philadelphia Cricket Club. Its new location was at the West Side Tennis Club, and there were some who felt that this change also might not be for the best interests of the sport. The complication of the schedule resulting from the number of Davis Cup matches that had to be included, made it necessary to hold the women's championship beginning August 15. Even on this date the event attracted a fine entry and was so cordially supported by the public as to demonstrate a keen demand for tennis events of that caliber.
■m^
S. HOWAKD VOSHELL Ranked Nu. 8
Born in Boston, Mass., September IS, 1888; height, 5 feet 9% inches; weight. ItJO pounds. Voshell is one of the few remaining players of the McLougliliii school of tennis. His victories are due to a service of exceptional severity and line net play, rather than to the excellence of his ground strokes. He is a left- handed player. His service and his smash are delivered with great power and arc always well placed. His second service is fully as hard as his first, and as he always follows it to the net, where he volleys with great shrewdness, it is his chief asset. His volleying of low balls is exceptional, but he is happiest when an opponent lobs to him. His ground strokes are mediocre, especially his )>ackhand. His forehand is a sliced drive, rarely cross-courted, and is not sun- enough to gain him the net often in an interchange of back-court play. Hf therefore" chops his return service, depending on his clever volleying to block the return, rather than on the speed of his chop. Toshell plays in so many tourna- ments that he sometimes lacks the keenness that is particularly essential to victory in the strenuous type of game that he has elected to play, and there- fore loses Bome matches that he ehould win.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 23
The participation of Mile. Suzanne Lenglen lent an international aspect to ihe tournament. Her unfortunate illness doubtless deprived the championship of some sensational features, but it is true, nevertheless, that this loss was in great degree offset by the remarkable play of Mrs. May Sutton Bundy and Miss Mary K. Browne, both of Los Angeles. It is doubtful if there ever has been in the history of American sport so inspiring a spectacle as Mrs. Bundy's remarkable "comeback." When it is remembered that she was playing at Wimbledon in 1907, her great effort to win the championship from Mrs. Mallory takes on added luster. Miss Browne, too, deserves the most cordial praise, and it is doubtful if the great performances of these two players could be duplicated anywhere else in the world. All this is said without detracting in the slightest degree from the honor due to Mrs. Mallory for her exceptional performance. Seldom has her display of skill and determination been excelled, and her achievement at Forest Hills in 1921 won for her hosts of new admirers.
Progress in Intercollegiate Tennis.
Although not spectacular, the growth of the game in the colleges was more significant of the future than any single event during the season. As a resuh <tf the change in the date of the championship from fall to early summer, tlie increased entry list of 1920 was still further enlarged. More than sixty I)layers represented twenty-five colleges competing for this title at the Merion Cricket Club in Philadelphia. These colleges were so widely scattered through- out the United States that the competition was truly national. This was brought out in the semi-finals, in whicli were players from Oregon, Indiana, Texas and Massachusetts. The fact that their being so widely separated might have been regarded as merely chance. One should not ignore, however, the further fact that these players had only a few seasons before been competing in the junior events fostered by the United States Lawn Tennis Association. Reflection upon this point leads to the conclusion that there must be throughout the country a surprisingly large number of young players who have been competing under this system of tournaments and have thus raised the standard of their play over that which prevailed before the plan was put into operation.
New Method of Ranking Approved.
An innovation that attracted considerable attention in 1921, and is believed to have been a real step forward, was the change in the method of ranking. This was instituted by the annual meeting, which instructed the committee to rank twenty men in singles instead of the much larger number that in previous seasons had ranged from 125 to 165. The reason for this change was tlie opinion firmly held by many delegates, that it was practically impossible to make accurate comparisons of records involving players in widely separated parts of the country, after a few leading men had been considered.
The ranking committee's task being simplified because of the smaller number it had to consider, there was much less liability for error in its findings. Its report was received with practically unanimous approval — something that had not been true of previous reports. Furthermore, by publishing with the findings of the national ranking committee the rankings that had been made by the local committees in each of the twelve sections of the United States, a truly national and comprehensive ranking list was made public. From the reception
I.AWIiEXCK i;. KICE Kauked No. 9
Born in Newtonville, Mass., June 6, 1897; height, 6 feet 1 inch; weight. 15.". pounds. A season of consistent fine play has won for Rice a well-earned posi- tion among the First Ten. He is a product of the modern school of sound all around play, his game being a combination of fast, deeply played ground strokes and consistent net play. Rice's forehand drive is, perhaps, his greatest asset, as it is used not only as a point winner but as a means of gaining the net. His game presents no glaring weakness and is not noted for any highly specialized stroke; it is merely the result of Intelligently applied strokes and tactics, coupled with a persistence and a vitality that has earned him the vie tory in many hard-fought matches. He has a sound backhand that can be either defensive or aggressive, as the occasion demands. He is extremely hard to pass at the net, owing to his good anticipation of the direction of approaching I'alls, great activity, and the ability to put away lobs. A season or two more ■ >f tournament play should advance him Btill further toward the top of the First Ten. Jones. Boston Herald. Photo
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 25
accorded this innovation it seems likely to endure for next season and become the accepted practice for lawn tennis in the United States.
The establishment of section rankings was an incident that marked the growth during the season of another important tendency that will doubtless have much to do with the development of the sport in this country. This is the growth in numbers and influence of the sectional associations. When the constitution of the United States Lawn Tennis Association was revised in 1920. it provided for an increased measure of "home rule" to the local bodies by authorizing the organization of tennis center and sectional associations. These were started by the Western and California Sections, which were followed a year later by the Pacific Northwest and Missouri Valley Sections.
Progress in Sectional Organizations.
Although the idea was thus well established in the West and Middle West, il had never taken hold in the East until the Metropolitan Lawn Tennis Associa- tion was reorganized in the spring of 1921. This had been mainly a league for interclub matches in the previous years of existence. Several tennis enthusiasts saw, however, a chance through an active local association to provide the machinery for developing still further tennis interest in the Metro- politan area, and particularly to improve the management of tournaments.
When they undertook to organize the Metropolitan L.T.A. they found a field ready for their operations, and it was only a short time before more than 80 clubs were enrolled. With practically unanimous support thus secured for their programme, it was relatively an easy matter to put into effect regulations for the control of tournaments and other tennis activities that at first glance seemed stringent. Experience proved, however, that they worked for the best interests not only of the players but of the clubs as well. Consequently, before the season ended, there was complete co-operation, with a resultant improve- ment in tournament play that the most sanguine would have believed impossible at the beginning of the season.
Nor was this the only outgrovrth of the Metropolitan Association's work. When it was apparent that so much could be accomplished by local co-operation, some of the leaders conceived the idea of organizing a sectional association to do for the section as a whole what the Metropolitan had accomplished in its own territory. There were obvious difficulties, for in many respects the two organizations faced conditions that differed widely. The chief strength of the Metropolitan lay in its large number of clubs and players within a small area. The chief weakness of the sectional body was its relatively small number of players scattered over a much larger territory. But even in the face of con- ditions that might have been regarded as unfavorable, the work of organization proceeded and in the spring of 1922 it seems likely that the New York Section will come to be one of the most important in the game.
Tennis Umpires Association Active.
While 1921 saw no radical changes in the work of the Tennis Umpires Association, the season was one of progress. Effort had been made during preceding seasons to standardize the activities of the umpires so that they might be operating throughout the United States along uniform lines. This policy had to be amplifipH and wnrkpd out in jrrfiater detail in 1921. Moving
NATHANIEL W. NILES Ranked No. 10
liorn in Boston. Mass., July 5, 18S6: height, o feet 11 inches; weight, 160 pounds. Niles won the interscholastic championship in WOO when he had played only tw<i years. lie encouraged this natural aptitude for the game by constant tourna- ment play for many years, and he soon won a place among the First Ten. His line all-around play has served to keep him in this position longer than any of his contemporaries with the possible exception of Wallace Johnson. Niles' ground strokes have good length and exceptional severity, and they are used with sound judgment to gain his advance to the net, where his volleying and placing earn him many kills. Of late he has depended more on his back-court iday for victories, as he can outsteady most players who attempt to beat him ai I his style of play. His fine ground strokes make him a dangerous man 1o a nci player. The depth of his shots makes him more formidable in singles than in doubles, as his drives do not drive quickly and can therefore be well handle<l iiy an expert volleyer; but he places so well that lie has won many doubles championships. Niles" all-around game has never, perhaps, been quite first - '•lass, but it has no glaring weakness to mar it. He plays in beautiful form. • •overs a vast amount of court, and has scored many victories over a number of AmericHK Kroatost players. E. Lcvirk, N. Y., Phntn.
SPALDINCS TENNIS ANNUAL 27
lie mens championship to Philadelphia was in many respects a good thing lor he umpire, because it necessitated that many new men should be drafted t<» :arry on the work that is bound to be localized wherever the championship i^ ilayed.
The plan of organization had been modified slightly so that the umpires unctioned through a standing committee of the United States Lawn Tennis V.ssociation, of which R. Clifford Black was chairman, rather than being ;stablished as a separate organization with officers, by-laws, etc. The National Vssociation had paid the bills of the Umpires Association since its inception, in he belief that the work was distinctly for the best interests of the game. As 10 membership fee was charged the umpires, their organization had no revenue md the plan adopted seemed to be the simplest way to carry on the work to he satisfaction of all concerned.
Consistent effort was put forth in 1921 to enlist the support of the clubs for he umpires, by having each club appoint a committee of umpires who would :o-operate with similar groups from other clubs in that locality to officiate at he sanctioned tournaments in that particular city. The result was satisfactory, ind while the increase of membership was not what had been anticipated, it vas regarded favorably because it included only working members. The value »f such membership was evident at the men's championship, to revert to Philadelphia for a moment, for there Charles H. Beard, the local chairman, was ible to provide a corps of officials who could handle most of the championship natches. With this indication of what could be done in one city when necessity irose, those interested in the umpire's activities were encouraged to believe hat they had hit upon a sound method of organization.
This opinion was strengthened during the season by the organization of an impires' association in England, this being patterned largely upon the similar )ody in the United States. Reports carried back to England by tournament )layers and others who had seen the improvement in tournaments here through he efforts of the Umpires Association, made the organization of such a body I logical step there. It followed, in most respects, the principles developed )y the umpires of this country. During 1922 it is expected to become an im- )ortant factor in the tournaments of the British Isles. In Australia, too, there s discussion of forming a similar body, and if it has not already taken effect )y the spring of 1922 it is likely that an umpires' association will be organized )efore many months pass.
To Improve Tournament Management.
The increased scope and authority of sectional or other local organizations md the activity of the Tennis Umpires Association, indicated to close followers »f tennis the steps that should be taken in 1922 to safeguard the future of the ^ame and improve the standards of play. In his report to the Executive Com- nittee of the National Association, Charles Garland, the secretary, pointed out hat each year an increasing number of players take up tennis. This is due to he progress of the junior programme and to the growing numbers who play ennis on municipal courts. Unless provision is made for these players to ;ompete under proper auspices, so that they learn not only the playing rules )ut the unwritten law of the sport as well, they lose part of the advantages hey might otherwise derive.
Consequently, Mr. Garland declared, it is the duty of the National Association md every organization interested in tennis, to put forth every effort during
s
EDWARD C. CONLIN, Npw York. First President of the Tennis Umpires Association and Member of the D.S.L.T A Rules Committee, 1919-21. Mr. Conlin was Umpire of the final matches in the National Championships from 1915 to 1920, inclusive. He has unselfishly devoted much time to promoting eflBciency among tournament oflScials, a task for whicll kn 1« well qnallfled by reaflon of bis lonr experience.
i^
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 29
the next few years to improve the management of tournaments. This will require constant attention to detail, but the benefits will more than compensate for the sacrifices involved. Acting on this suggestion a committee was appointed of which Haddon Ivins was chairman, Mr. Ivins having been in charge of the Metropolitan Association's efforts to promulgate and enforce strict tournament rules. With the assistance of S. Wallis Merrihew of the Rules Committee and Mr. Black, chairman of the Umpires Association, suggested rules for the con- duct of tournaments sanctioned by the U.S.L.T.A. were proposed to the annual meeting. During 1922 these will be transmitted to the clubs so they may try them and suggest revisions.
New Method of Reporting Tournaments.
In co-operation with the Ranking Committee and the Association's office, this committee worked out also a new method of presenting tournament reports. It has been the practice for the U.S.L.TA. to send to every club holding a sanctioned events, a set of blanks which requested, first, the name and address of the players competing in each event, and, second, the result of play in each event, tabulated round by round. The Association has always had trouble in securing the prompt return of these blanks, sometimes as many as twenty per cent of the clubs being delinquent.
There appeared to be a variety of reasons why the reports were delayed, and after studying all these the committee concluded that most of the diffi- culties would be removed by sending to the clubs, in advance of the tournament, a complete set of draw sheets for each event. These provide for a draw of 32 or 64 entries, and by using the sheets as a unit any number of players can be accommodated. Each sheet will be marked to denote the tournament for which it is issued. The tournament committee will use it to make the draw, writing down the name and address of each player, in the first round, according to the usual practice. The results of matches will be recorded as the event proceeds.
When it is finished all the chairman has to do is to remove it from the bulletin board, put it in an addressed and stamped envelope furnished by the U.S.L.T.A. and return it to the Association's office. There it will be copied for the Guides, for American Lawn Tennis and the Ranking Committee, thus relieving the club of any responsibility in those matters. It is felt that this method will be welcomed because it will relieve the committees of what has been quite properly regarded as a thankless and tiresome job.
Seeding the Draw.
In connection with the management of tournaments the season of 1921 was marked by the beginning of another important change, namely, seeding the draw. For years there had been more or less discussion of this proposal, but it was desultory and of no effect. In 1921, however, the draw for both the men's and the women's championship resulted in what many were pleased to call an unequal distribution of the playing strength. Thereupon the discussion of seed- ing crystallized and at the meeting of the Executive Committee of the National Association during the championship, R. Norris Williams, 2d, was named chair- man of a committee to study this problem.
Mr. Williams' committee promptly got into communication with the leading players and learned, to the surprise of many followers of the sport, that senti-
30 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
raent was almost unanimously in favor of seeding. Consequently the committee drafted regulations to carry out this idea, which were adopted by the annual meeting. In 1922 seeding will be legalized and every tournament sanctioned by the U.S.L.TA. will be drawn in accordance with the new regulations. While this innovation is, of course, a decided change from the method long followed, it has behind it such a weight of tennis opinion that it is expected to prove satisfactory both to the players and the followers of the game.
Another matter which claimed the attention of the tennis public during 192 L was the Association's attitude toward exhibition matches at which gate receipts were charged. The Association had not sanctioned such events until 1917, when it organized a series of them for the benefit of the Red Cross. Similar matches were played in 1918 for the War Department Commission on Training Camp Activities. The matter came up again in 1921 when some matches were arranged for the benefit of the American Committee for Devastated France.
This organization had underwritten the expenses of Mile. Suzanne Lenglen on her trip to the United States, in the expectation that she would play a series of matches for their fund. When she was unable to complete the tour, the com- mittee was faced with a loss of about $2,000. Then Mr. Tilden and others volunteered to play a series of matches to make up this deficit, and more than enough was realized from their matches to cover the committee's threatened loss.
Matches for "Gate" Discouraged.
Then the Association began to receive requests for similar matches from all kinds of organizations, some interested in tennis and others concerned merely with a chance to make what looked like "easy money." It was soon apparent that the practice involved so many dangers for the future of tennis that the Association would be v^dse to discourage all exhibition matches at which gate receipts are charged. The Executive Committee adopted a resolution to this effect which was issued to all the members of the United States Lawn Tennis Association, as well as to the players who might be approached to take part in such matches. This policy was confirmed by the annual meeting.
Decision to discourage the matches was based upon a number of considera- tions. First is the fact that exhibition matches to interest the public must be between high ranking players. In the tournament season such matches interfere with the sanctioned tournaments and it requires only the limited experience of 1921 to show what a real menace they might become to the proper manage- ment and development of the game. They exaggerate the importance of money in the public mind and lay the competing players open to a very general suspicion that they are "getting something on the side." This of course is not the fact; but the idea persists, when the leading figures of an amateur sport are seen "barnstorming" in matches for a gate, that the amateur standards after all are merely a matter of form.
The most obvious fault of such matches, however, is the fact that they place upon the National Association the obligation of choosing between organiza- tions which are to receive the sanction. Once the principle of approv- proving such matches is established, the Association will receive so many requests that it can only grant part of them. The disappointed ones can immediately assume that favoritism has been shown and the way is open for constant criticism and fault finding. Recognizing these difficulties, the Execu- tive Committee thought it much the wisest pourse to face them properly and
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
31
act with courage and foresight. Consequently, effort will be made in 1922 to discourage still further the practice of giving exhibition matches for gate receipts, and in this course the Association is believed to have the support of the friends of tennis throughout the country.
What About the Future? At the threshold of a new season it is appropriate to consider the past with an eye to what it indicates for the future. Tendencies in tennis seem to be to maintain its amateur standards, to strengthen the hands of tournament com- mittees so that they may improve the management of these events, and in general to do everything possible to increase the enjoyment of the sport on the part of those who play and watch it. The increase of the game's popularity among the thousands of sport-lovers in the United States brings to it annually a host of participants. These constant accessions have given tennis a momentum which is sweeping it forward to establish new records for numbers who play. The opportunity for improvement, therefore, lies not in still further increasing the appeal of the game, for that takes care of itself. It is now the duty of those who know it as the best of the amateur sports, to improve its management so as to maintain and safeguard those advantages. It seems probable that the growth of 1922 will be along those lines and for that reason it will be a season of unusual interest and influence upon the future of the game.
DRAW FOR THE DAVIS CUP CONTEST OF 1922.
Challenges for the 1922 Davis Cup contest were received by the United States from fourteen nations. Immediately after the closing date of March 15, the draw was made by officers of the United States Lawn Tennis Association and resulted as follows:
FiRST Round
Canada
France
Belgium
Australia
Hawaii
Czecho-Slovakia
Spain
Philippines
Roumania
India
Italy
Japan
Second Round Denmark (bye) \
^
Third Round
Semi-Final
Final
British Isles \ (bye) /
WILLIAM A. LARNED. Won Intercollegiate Championship, 1892; won National Singles Championship, 1901, 1902, 1907, 1908, 1909. 1910, 1911 (resigned title 1912). Larned is regarded as the most perfect example of form, for in style and execution his strokes were flaw- less. The ground strokes were exceptionally well-developed. If any character- istic stood out more than others, it was perhaps the remarkably sharp angles he gave his shots and a phenomenal control of the ball. E. Levick, NY., Photo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 33
The Evolution of a Champion
By Paul B. Williams.
What makes a champion?
Easy to ask — but hard to answer.
Hard, partly because a champion is the result of several factors which are bound to be variously interpreted, this observer emphasizing a certain aspect of the champion's game and another a different one. Like that famous query, "How long is a piece of string?" the answer is: "It all depends." After due attention has been given to strokes, skill, strategy and the other elements of a winning game, it still remains as a fact that a champion is largely a self-made man, if there is any such person. That is, he possesses certain characteristics, difficult of analysis and not subject to hard and fast definition, but which are peculiar to him because he has developed them, that help him to scale the heights.
Even though all these difficulties of analysis are recognized, it remains true that argument about champions, past and present, is one of the most cherished prerogatives of all those who follow the ball. That ball may be of the base, foot, golf or tennis variety. No matter. The real enthusiast always is more keen about the "dope" than about his own game, which is meant to indicate the last word in keenness. And that is why the scroll of a score of years in tennis is being unrolled — to examine the great players of that comparatively recent period in an efifort to learn what progress the game has made.
So let's return to the question: "What makes a champion?" Not merely speed of hand and foot, nor strength, nor skill of stroke, nor stamina, nor science, nor strategy, nor self-control, nor the spark of genius that smolders until a crisis and then flashes into the fighting spirit that dares all — to win! To understand more easily what makes a champion, it may be well to consider some things that do not.
Not orthodoxy, certainly, which may be defined as the player's conformity to the accepted theories of stroke execution or strategy. Strokes may be perfect according to the classic standards of the game and the possessor thereof still be far outside the championship ranks. On the other hand, a player may vary his game widely from the accepted standards — in short, be unorthodox — and still become a champion. Witness Norman E. Brookes, one of the world's greatest, who has been the despair of those who would uphold the accepted order in tennis; and yet without regard for their criticisms of his unorthodox methods, Brookes has gone on winning matches year after year, until he has become one of the game's historic figures.
Nor is it physical qualifications which make a champion. One would be foolish to deny that speed of foot, agility, endurance, reach and similar factors are an asset to the player who would win the honors of the court, but those things alone will not put names on the world's famous trophies. Tennis players are of sufficiently generous nature and so much more keen for the sport than for personalities that hardly any of them resent being used for purposes of comparison. With that in mind it is fair perhaps to contrast Lyle E. Mahan
[Continued on page 37]
m&m&&0Mms&9S'
'^
J0
r
HbLCOMBE WARD. Won Intercollegiate Doubles Championship (with Dwight F '^^^^^iJ^^'^^^^^ National Doubles Championship (with Davis), 1899, 1900. 1901. and (with Beals O Wright) 1904. 1905. 1906; won Doubles (with Davis) at Wimbledon,, 1901; won National Singles Championship, 1904. Ward originated the American tjjast service, which by many observers is credited with more influence on the develop- ment of the modern game than any one factor in recent years. He could also volley exceedingly well, these two shots being more highly <Jeveloped than any othere. E. Levick. N.Y.. Photo.
BEALS O. WitluHT. Won Interscholastic Championship, 1898, 1899; won National Doubles Champion- ship, 1904, 1905, 1906 (with H. Ward) ; won National Singles Championship, lauo In addition to the service and volley which Wright had at his command he used a chop stroke with telling effect. Although possessed of plenty o£ speea he varied it with the chop so successfully that the change of pace ^as verydis- concerting to opponents. In addition to his strokes, Wnght was an extremelj resourceful strategist. E. Levick. N.T.. Photo.
WILLIAM J. CLOTHIER. Won Intercollegiate Championship, 1902; won National Singles Championship, 1906. Ground strokes predominated in Clothier's game, for his height and reach gave him a physical equipment to cover court that permitted him to place reli- ance upon ground strokes to w^in points, instead of depending upon an aggressive net attack. His game could properly be described as "sound" without being flashy or overemphasizing speed. E. Levick, N.Y., Photo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 37
with Ichiya Kumagae or Zenzo Shimidzu. Mahan, while possessed of great reach, strength, sound strokes, strategy and court-covering ability, has not achieved the position in tennis reached by the little Japanese who are hardly more than half his size. Dozens more might be cited, but this contrast will serve as well as any other to show that neither size, nor speed, nor strength, is the whole story.
Continuing the analysis, it is plain also that the specialized development of one or two strokes will not by itself produce a champion. There is no more famous illustration in tennis than the chop stroke of Wallace F. Johnson. True, this is not his only asset, but it is the outstanding characteristic of his game. He is an unique figure because of the prominent position he has held for a dozen years, but while he has won many titles with that same chop stroke, he has never hewn out a national singles championship with it. If the backhand is mentioned there is one name that occurs instantly — Theodore Roosevelt Pell. It is acknowledged as the greatest backhand in the world, and yet — it never won a championship for "Teddy" Pell. Or consider Willis E. Davis' service or the shots that have been developed by half a dozen other players of prominence. The fact that these might have been remarkably fine has not offset the weakness that followed developing one shot at the expense cf others.
An exception that apparently proves this rule might be cited in S. H. Smith, whose famous forehand was the terror of all who opposed him on English courts. In his day he beat the best Americans mainly with that one shot, coupled with an uncanny ability to run backward faster than many run forward. A different illustration might be cited in Robert D. Wrenn, who won national championships more by his fighting spirit and self-control than by any par- ticular command of strokes. Malcolm D. Whitman is another of the present "veterans" whose playing twenty years ago had a marked influence upon the sport.
From the foregoing it may be apparent that a champion must possess com- bined resources that are effective when used together so that each supplements the rest. Physical ability? Yes. Strokes? Yes. Strategy? Yes. Self-control? Yes. Fighting spirit? Yes. And, of course, the sportsmanship that accom- panies all these other qualifications. How then, has the game improved in twenty years? Courage is courage, in 1900 or in 1922. So are self-control and strategy. As for physical ability, Wrenn played football, baseball and hockey; Clothier played football, polo and hockey; Earned, baseball and hockey— besides tennis — so it would appear that the recent leaders have hardly improved upon the all-around athletic ability of the "oldtimers." That narrows the argument down to strokes, and here it is that even the "oldtimers" are willing to admit that the present game is better than it was two decades back — mainly^ in the severity of ground strokes. The present generation is hitting the ball harder, in the opinion of the most competent critics, but that is about as far as veterans will go in yielding the palm to the present generation.
If Lamed had not developed ground strokes to such perfection, succeeding generations would have lacked the splendid model he set for them. If Holcombe Ward had not learned how to make the ball do undreamed of things with the American twist service, another avenue of progress would have been closed. If Dwight F. Davis had not shown the possibilities in overhead play, or Deals
[Continued on page 43]
i
MAURICE E. McLaughlin.
Won Interscholastic Championship, 1909-; won National Singles Championship, 1912, 1913; won National Doubles Championship (with T. C. Bundy), 1912, 1913, 1914. The severity of McLoughlin's service and overhead game, together with )iis ability at the net and the speed of his attack, were the outstanding char- acteristics of his play. His ground strokes were not developed so highly and wore regarded as the only weaknesses in his game. E. Levick, N.Y., Photo.
It, i\uiiliiS vViL,l^iAiUo, ^a. \\on Intercollegiate Championship, 1913, 1915; won National Singles Champion- ship, 1914, 1916. Williams has often been described as an artist in the production of his strokes. He plays all his shots equally well, but because he goes in to take the ball on the rise he has a fraction less time to devote to every shot than do his opponents. This, coupled with the severity of his strokes, makes it necessary for him to be "on his game" to win. When he is right Williams is frequently described as being unbeatable by any of the modern players.
E. Levick, N.T., Photo.
ROBEUT LINDLEY MURRAY. Won National Singles Championship, 1918. Murray's game reverts to the type developed by McLoughlin, for its main strength is service, smash and volley. Being an athlete of remarkable vitality and speed, Murray has won many matches mainly by the severity of his attaelr, for if forced to fall back upon ground strokes he lacks the command of these essentials to win consistently.
E. Levick. N.Y., Photo.
WILLIAM M. JOHiNiSTON. Won National Singles Championship, 1915, 1919; won National Doubles Champion- ship (with C. J. Griffin). 1915, 1916, 1920. Johnston's style is considered as being developed on the soundest combination of fundamentals of any since Lamed. His service is reasonably severe and very accurate. His forehand drive ia described as carrying more pace than that of any of his contemporaries. His backhand is good and his volleying is exceptionally fine. B. Levick, N.Y., Photo.
WILLIAM T. TILUEN, I'.l, Won National Doubles Championship (with V. Richards), 1918, 1921; won National Singles Championship, 1920, 1921; first American to win Challenge Round at Wimbledon 1920, 1921. Tilden apparently combines the strong points of his predecessors, for his ground strokes are sound in execution and varied in character. He possesses a truly remarkable service both for its severity and accuracy. On all shots overhead he is deadly and he volleys well. Added to these qualities are his knowledge of strategy and his genius for doing the unex- pected. Moreover, he has an almost ideal physique for tennis. He is one of the closest students of the sport and brings to a discussion of its various phases a wealth of interesting and original ideas. E. Levick. N.Y., Photo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 43
C. Wright had not demonstrated what superb volleying can do, these factors would not have been so prominent in American tennis today.
Then think of Maurice E. McLoughlin, who changed the world's conception of tennis by his sizzling speed. McLoughlin took the game out of the category of more or less pleasant diversions and made it a sport of tremendous public appeal, largely by his impetuous, dashing, dazzling attack. Sheer speed was "Maurie's" strength — that and his personality. Since the "California meteor" flashed across the tennis firmament tennis has never been the same, for he gave an element that has become one of the component parts of the sport.
In the game of R. Norris WiUiams, 2d, reappear some of the traits that made Larned a stylist — perfection of stroke. To this Williams added severity, speed and a dash of smiling genius that refused always to play a shot "safe" but preferred a bit of audacious daring. Robert Lindley Murray reverted a bit to the McLoughlin school and added to the public esteem of a game that em- phasized speed, even at the expense of safety.
Then came William M. Johnston, even more like Larned than any of the others. Johnston's strokes are regarded as models for all who would strive to reach perfection. Sound in every particular, their very soundness is attested by the fact that a youngster of Johnston's slender physique could get such speed in his shots. The severity of his game has been remarked by all who have watched him in action, but even more notable is his characteristic that in the easy speech of the locker room is always referred to as "guts." Any follower of competitive sports knows the meaning of that term. It is much more expressive than nerve, determination, courage, tenacity or a dozen words that might be used to characterize the player who never admits defeat until the last shot is made.
Latest, and by many regarded as the greatest of them all, is William T, Tilden, 2d, the present champion. Tilden has the physical attributes of a champion — height, remarkable speed of hand and foot, agility and stamina. Of strokes he has the greatest assortment and perhaps under the most perfect control of any player that has yet appeared, although Doherty's admirers will argue that point. Added to these physical characteristics are mental qualifica- tions of the highest order, for he is an extremely close student of the game with a real genius for its problems and a scientific willingness to experiment.
To supplement this brief survey of the recent champions so that tennis followers may trace for themselves the development of various elements in the game, a summary of the principal characteristics of each title-holder since Larned's time, is included in the caption which accompanies the photographs with which this article is illustrated. It must be obvious that the writer cannot assume to present these short comments as the last word upon styles of play ihat have been the basis of voluminous writing and endless discussion. What is set forth is merely suggestive, so that each student of the game may trace for himself the development of factors that are now combined in the perform- ance of champions. After study and deliberation he may draw his own conclusions, and simply to aid that process the comments are given for purpose of comparison.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL ^ 1 45
The Davis Cup Contest
DAVIS CUP WINNERS.
1900— America. 1908— Australia. L91t^
1901— America. 1909— Australia. 1916 ( Pomnetition
1902-America. 1910-Australia.* ^gj^ h ^o Competition.
1903— British Isles. 1911— Australia. 19V '
1904— British Isles. 1912— British Isles. 1919— Australia.
1905— British Isles. 1913— America. 1920— America.
1906— British Isles. 1914— Australia. 1921— America. 1907— Australia.
"" *The holders werp unchallensed.
Of the twelve countries that challenged for the Davis Cup, only five sent representatives to play in the United States, the remaining ties either being defaulted because of transportation difficulties, or played abroad. Seven countries new to this contest entered the competition — Argentina, Czecho- slovakia, Denmark, the Philippines, Spain, India and Japan, the last named reaching the challenge round.
BRITISH ISLES vs. SPAIN— FIRST ROUND.
The first tie was played on hard courts at Herndon, May 23, 24 and 25. Lowe, Lycett, Woosnam and Crawley made up the British side, Spain relying on M. Alonzo and the Count de Gomar. Some of the best tennis of the entire contest resulted, the visitors being aggressive, quick-footed and determined up to the last stroke. In defeating Lowe, Alonzo scored the only win for his side, although de Gomar carried Lycett to five sets.
Singles — F. G. Lowe (British Isles) d. Count de Gomar (Spain), 6/3. 4/6,6/1,6/0; lost to M. Alonzo (Spain), 6/8,1/6,6/8. R. Lycett (British Isles) d. M. Alonzo, 6/4,6/2,6/4; d. Count de Gomar, 6/1,6/8,7/9,6/3,6/2. Doubles— R. Lycett and M. Woosnam (British Isles) d. M. Alonzo and Count de Gomar (Spain), 2 6,9/7,6/2,6/2.
BELGIUM vs. CZECHOSLOVAKIA— FIRST ROUND.
The tie between Belgium and Czecho-Slovakia, the first ever held between these two countries, was played at Prague in June, and resulted in a victory for the visitors by three matches to two. Three of the matches went to five sets, and the tie, as so often happens, was decided by the doubles, won by Belgium after she was two sets down.
Singles — J. Washer (Belgium) d. Ardelt (Czecho-Slovakia), 4/6,7/5,7/5. 6/3; lost to Zemla (Czecho-Slovakia), 6/3,3/6,7/9,6/2,2/6. Lammens (Bel- gium) d. Ardelt 6/3,6/2,4/6,6/1; lost to Zemla, 6/2,6/4,6/2. Doubles— Washer and Lammens (Belgium) d. Zemla and Just (^ Czecho-Slovakia), 4/6,3/6,8/6, 6/4,6/0.
AUSTRALIA vs. CANADA— FIRST ROUND.
An Australian team composed entirely of new men played their first tie against Canada at Toronto, July 23, 26 and 27. The tie was played on clay
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 47
and was greatly interfered with by rain. The visitors lost but two sets in the five matches played, Captain Peach electing to stand aside in favor of Anderson, Hawkes and Todd.
Singles— J. 0. Anderson (Australia) d. E. H. Laframboise (Canada), 4/6, 7/5,6/0,6/2; d. P. Bennett (Canada), 6/3,6/0,6/2. J. B. Hawkes (Australia) d. Bennett, 8 '6,6/4,6/4. C. V. Todd (Australia) d. Laframboise, 6/2,6/3,6/8, 6/2. Doubles— Anderson and Todd (Australia) d. Bennett and G. D. Holmes
(Canada), 6/2,6/3,6/1.
BRITISH ISLES vs. AUSTRALIA— SECOND ROUND.
The tie between the British Isles and Australia was held at the Allegheny Country Club, beginning August 4, just six years after the commencement of the war. Rain interfered seriously with practice and handicapped the British team, which had just come from a country whose courts had been hardened by a two months' drought. Australia elected to play her team which won at Toronto, and won the tie by three matches to two. Anderson defeated both Lowe and Woosnam and won the doubles with Todd, after Hawkes had dropped both his matches. The winning pair were two sets to one down at the beginning, and won the last set only at 6/4.
Singles — J. O. Anderson (Australia) d. Woosnam (British Isles), 4/6,6/2, 6/4,6/4; d. F. G. Lowe (British Isles), 6/2,6/3,3/6,6/2. J. B. Hawkes (Australia) lost to Lowe, 4/6,4/6,1/6; lost to Woosnam, 3/6,6/0,9/7,3/6,3/6. Doubles — Anderson and Todd (Australia) d. Woosnam and 0. G. N. Turn- bull (British Isles), 4/6,9/7,4/6,6/2,6/4.
INDIA vs. FRANCE— SECOND ROUND.
The upset of the year was the fall of France before India. The tie was played in Paris at the Racing Club, July 16, 17 and 18. Gobert did not play owing to an injured ankle, but the French team, composed of Laurentz, Samazeuilh (the French champion), and Brugnon, were looked upon as likely winners, with something to spare. As it turned out, India won four of the five matches played, Sleem's unexpected victories over Laurentz and Samazeuilli turning the scale in favor of India. Deane gained a fine victory over Brugnon, just getting home in the fifth set, at 8/6. Combined with Fyzee, he completed the French rout by capturing the doubles against Laurentz and Brugnon. Samazeuilh's win over Capt. Jacob was the only French victory.
The sudden death of William H. Laurentz at the early age of twenty-seven years, was a shock to his many American friends. He died of influenza on Tuesday, March 7, 1922. Mr. Laurentz played in Davis Cup ties for France in 1912, 1919, 1920 and 1921. He first came into prominence when, at the French Covered Court Championships at Antweil in 1911, and before the com- pletion of his seventeenth year, he defeated the late A. F. Wilding in the final round.
Singles— M. Sleem (India) d. W. H. Laurentz (France), 4/6,6/2,3/6,6/2, 6/0; d. J. Samazeuilh (France), 6/1,6/3,6/3. L. S. Deane (India) d. J. Brugnon (France), 6/3,4/6,7/5,4/6,8/6; S. M. Jacob (India) lost to Sama- zeuilh, 3/6,6/8,5/7. Doubles — Deane and A. Fyzee (India) d. Laurentz and Brugnon (France), 6/1,2/6,5/7,6/2,6/4. tContinued on page 5ii
J. O. Anderson, Norman Peach and J. B. Hawkes. AUSTRALASIAN DAVIS CUP TEAM, 1921.
Photo by International.
, SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 51
AUSTRALIA vs. DENMARK— THIRD ROUND.
Australia scored her third win at Cleveland in August, winning all five matches, only one of which went beyond three sets. The Danish team was captained by Erik Tegner, a fine player in his day but a man who often beats himself. Tegner was supported by Ingerslev and Henriksen, the former play- ing the only close match of the series.
Singles — J. O. Anderson (Australia) d. Ingerslev (Denmark), 6/0,6/1,7/5; d. Tegner (Denmark), 6/0,6/2,6/1. N. Peach (Australia) d. Tegner, 7/5,6/2. 6/4; d. Ingerslev, 3/6,6/2,6/0,3/6,6/2. Doubles — Anderson and Todd (Austra- lia) d. Tegner and Henriksen, (Denmark), 6/3,6/3,6/2.
JAPAN vs. INDIA— THIRD ROUND.
Japan gained her way into the third round by the default of the Philij)- pines and Belgium, and played her first tie in August at the Onwentsia Club, Lake Forest, 111., against India. An injury prevented Capt. Jacob from partici- pating, and A. Fyzee substituted. Japan won all five matches, only the doubles going the full five sets.
Singles — Z. Shimidzu (Japan) d. M. Sieem (India), 7/5,2/6,6/0,6/2; d. A. Fyzee (India), 6/2,6/1,9/7. I. Kumagae (Japan) d. M. Sleem (India), 9/7. 6/1,6/1; d. Fyzee, 3/6,6/3,6/3,9/7. Doubles— Shimidzu and Kumagae (Japan) d. A. Fyzee and L. S. Deane (India), 6/1,6/1,2/6,2/6,6/0.
JAPAN vs. AUSTRALIA— FINAL ROUND.
Newport was the site of the final round. Play began the morning of August 25 and lasted for three days. Shimidzu had little difi&culty in defeating Anderson, who was never at his best, but dropped a set to Hawkes, Kumagae, suffering from a cold, had all he could do to defeat either of his opponents, both Anderson and Hawkes taking him to five sets. The doubles was the only match won by Australia, Anderson and Todd again combining successfully.
Singles— Z. Shimidzu (Japan) d. J. 0. Anderson (Australia), 6/4,7/5,6/4; d. J. B. Hawkes, 4/6,6/2,6/3,6/2. I. Kumagae (Japan) d. Anderson, 3/6,6/4, 2/6,7/5,6/2; d. Hawkes, 3/6,2/6,8/6,6/2,6/3. Doubles— Anderson and C. V. Todd (Australia) d. Shimidzu and Kumagae (Japan), 4/6,6/4,8/6,6/0.
UNITED STATES vs. JAPAN— CHALLENGE ROUND.
The challenge round was played at Forest Hills, N. Y., September 2, 3 and 5, in extremely hot weather. The challengers used only Kumagae and Shimidzu, holding Kashio in reserve. Tilden and Johnston played the four singles for America, resting during the second day, when Washburn and Williams opposed the Japanese pair. The opening match was between Johnston and Kumagae. The latter still suffered from a cold, and throughout the entire series of matches was distinctly below form, but it is doubtful if he
[Continaed on page 65]
VAGN INGBRSLEV. ERIK TEGNBR.
Denmark's Davis Cnp Players, 1921.
I
M. ALONZO. Spain's DaviB Cup player who played the final round with B J C. Nort<m ^-^^^.^
™*l_,i_i. m nt^nohln at ^TimbledOn. tMww ^j
Spain's uaviB ^jup pmj'ei y»"w ti jI- HnfUrt Championflhip at Wimbledon.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
55
would have proved the equal of Johnston in any case. The Californiari won comfortably in straight sets, two of which were 6/2.
Tilden was expected to score a straight-set win against Shimidzu, but he found his opponent at the very top of his game, and came within two strokes of losing the match himself in straight sets. The air was stifling, and Tilden could not summon enough energy to attack at the net until after the resting interval. Revived by a shower, he attacked fiercely at the close of the match, winning almost as he pleased, Shimidzu being troubled by a cramp brought on by the prolonged rallies of the first three sets.
Washburn and Williams should have won their doubles in straight sets, but missed a golden chance when leading by two sets and 'vantage game in the third. The fourth set was better fought and went to deuce before America won. The Cup was now safe, but the succeeding matches were played with as full zest as though the trophy depended upon the outcome. Johnston mastered Shimidzu in four sets and Tilden defeated Kumagae in three.
Singles— W. T. Tilden, 2d, (U. S.) d. Z. Shimidzu (Japan), 5/7,4/6,7/5, 6/2,6/1; d. I. Kumagae (Japan), 9/7,6/4,6/1. W. M. Johnston (U. S.) d. Kumagae, 6/2,6/4,6/2; d. Shimidzu, 6/3,5/7,6/2,6/4. Doubles— R. N. Williams, 2d, and W. M. Washburn (U. S.) d. Shimidzu and Kumagae (Japan), 6/2, 7/5,4/6,7/5.
The summary of the matches follows:
|
Argentine Denmark |
)^ Denmark J by default |
-^ |
||
|
Spain British Isles ( '.anada Australasia |
\ British Isles, J 4 to 1 \ Australasia, / 5toO |
1 I Australasia, i 3 to 2 |
- Australasia, 5 to 0 |
.Japan, |
|
Japan Philippines Czecho-Slovakia Belgium |
1 Japan, J by default ) Belgium, 1 3 to 2 |
1 [ Japan, 1 by default J |
. Japan, 5 toO |
4 to |
|
India France |
\ India, / 4 to 1 J |
^ |
||
|
Challenge Round |
||||
|
United Japan |
States 1 United i. i 5to0 |
5tates, |
Member of Japan's Davi trophy in 1921.
ZENZO SIII.MIDZU. Cup tpani, which challenged the holders for the Underwood & Underwood, Photo.
'^ SPALDING^ TENNIS ANNUAL 57
My Impressions of American Tennis
By Zenzo Shimidzu.
Zenzo Shimidzu proved to be the sensation of the 1921 tennis season. His fine reputation, won at Wimbledon in 1920 and '21, where he reached the finals, was more than sustained in the Davis Cup matches, which brought him to this country, and in his tournament play after he became acclimated.
Shimidzu's forehand grip is so faulty that his perfect passing shots are the more astounding. He takes the ball low, with an upward scoop-like motion that is characteristic. This peculiar top-spin drive can be turned into a perfectly disguised lob by a turn of the wrist. His back hand grip is orthodox, and his shots from this position are hit with full force, so that he often passes a man at the net when the stroke is made from back of the base line. His service appears to be a simple matter to deal with, aa it is not severe, but such is not the case. It is delivered shoulder-high with a reverse twist and is always placed with the utmost precision. Owing to its low trajectory it cannot be hit freely and is therefore the cause of many returns out of court.
Like his teammate, Kumagae, Shimidzu prefers the back-court to the net game, and such is his extraordinary agility and stamina that no one has yet succeeded in beating him at this style of play. This explains, in some measure, his success in England, where play is so generally confined to the back-court. Shimidzu's low forehand volleys are poorly executed, owing to his faulty grip, but his backhand volleys and his reverse smashes are first-class. He is a better doubles player than Kumagae, but neither man can yet be considered wholly proficient at the doubles game.
Shimidzu's appreciation of the good shots of his opponents was so genuine, and his smile always so ready on these occasions, that he gained for himself a wide and deserved popu- larity. He proved himself a cheerful loser, a courteous winner, and a thorough sportsman on all occasions. — Editor.
Actual observation and simply hearing are two different things which apply to my first impression of American lawn tennis. I had heard quite a lot about the lawn tennis of America, and my actual observation not only confirmed the stories told me but was much more impressive and convincing.
From the beginning I realized that the speed and pace were faster than that of which I had any previous conception, and at first I seemed unable to cope with such speed and pace. To me it felt as if the balls were much heavier than English balls, and as they traveled so speedily it required extra efforts on my part to return and hit the ball. I often wondered if the courts were larger.
The turf of American courts is softer and the grass a little longer than those of English courts, which makes it difficult to play on the grass with ordinary rubber-soled shoes. I was compelled, therefore, to use shoes with spikes, which are quite suitable to me now, and more than two weeks of hard practice were required in order to acclimatize with the American atmosphere.
I was more than surprised to find that the younger generation of lawn tennis players in the United States is very conspicuous and that there are so many good players among young aspirants, such as Vincent Richards, Arnold Jones- Marshall Allen and Phil Neer, but at the same time there are not many good players among the veterans, which is quite the reverse in England.
I am inclined to think, however, those younger players are lacking in steadi- ness with the exception of Richards and Allen. Therefore they may do better if they cultivate ground strokes a little more so as to be able to play the whole court game, like Johnston, Tilden or Williams. I believe that unless Australia, England or Japan produces wonderful tennis experts in the near future, the Davis Cup will remain in the United States for some time to come.
B. I. C. NORTON. ,,, „ South Africa.
oZmS W. t'tI'J^I'V^'''^ '' Wimbledon, where he was defeated by the
Pboto by International.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 59
English Championship at Wimbledon
William T. Tilden, 2d, successfully defended his title at Wimbledon, Satur- day, July 2, by outplaying the challenger, B. I. C. Norton of South Africa, after losing the first two sets. In addition to Tilden there were entered in the tourna- ment from the United States, J. D. E. Jones and his son Arnold, Francis T. Hunter and Axel Gravem, the latter a Rhodes scholar from California. Mrs. Franklin I. Mallory, Miss Elizabeth Ryan and Miss Edith Sigourney entered the women's events.
In the first day's play Gravem lost to Diemer Kool of Holland, 6/4,4/6,5/7, 6/4,6/3. Hunter defeated Hillyard, 6/3,6/2,6/0. Norton won from Masterman, the latter making his best stand in the third set, which he won. The score was 6/4,6/4,10/12,6/2. W. A. Ingram defeated Arnold Jones, 6/1,6/2,4/6,6/3. That eliminated the entries from the United States with the exception of Hunter. In the second round the latter drew a terrific fight with Haughton and won, 4/6, 6/3,3/6,7/5,6/2. Norton beat Harrison, 6/3,6/2,6/1. Hunter still going strong and battling bravely won his third round match after another driving fight. His score this time against Davson was 7/5,6/3,1/6,5/7,9/7. Norton won from Wheatley, 6/4,6/4,6/3.
Still working bravely and playing more tennis, seemingly, than any player in the tournament. Hunter won the fourth round from Sleem, 2/6,7/5,3/5,6/4. Norton ,had an easy time with Jacob, whom he defeated 6/1,6/1,6/2. In the fifth round there were left Shimidzu and Lycett, the former winning; Alonzo and Kingscote, the latter losing to the Spanish player; Hunter and Campbell, the former winning after another extended match, 6/2,7/5,3/6,6/4; and Norton and Mayes, with Norton the winner, 4/6,6/2,6/2,6/2.
Five sets were necessary in each match to decide the semi-finals. Hunter was subdued by Norton, 6/0,6/3,5/7,5/7,6/2, and Alonzo defeated Shimidzu, 3/6,7/5,3/6,6/4,8/6. Then came the final round, which Norton won from the Spanish champion, 5/7,4/6,7/5,6/3,6/3.
The challenge round between Norton and Tilden was played on the twelfth day of the tournament. Tilden was not at his best and lost the first set, 4/6, slipping on many simple shots. In the second set Norton was victor, 6/2. Tilden had no success with his drives and was outplayed at the net. In the third set, after some of Tilden's friends had begun to give up hope, his game began to tighten visibly, while Norton's fell away. In the sixth game the champion brought off in succession two of the most perfect drop shots imagin- able, and took the next game to love. He did another at the beginning of the seventh game, which dropped dead even beyond Norton's speed to reach it. Tilden won the set, 6/1. In the fourth set Norton was completely off his game and Tilden again won 6/0.
With the beginning of the final set Norton improved in his play. Tilden led at 6/5. In an attempt to ace Tilden's service Norton put the next return into the net, then ballooned the following one, a typical lightning service, and try- ing for a drop off the third, he again hit into the net. This gave Tilden a lead of 40-love, but two gets brought him to 40-30. Then Tilden gathered himself for a true tiger-slash service and sent the ball hurtling down the center line for an ace past Norton's forehand, giving him the game, set at 7/5, and the match.
T,j,. n ^■. ■ ^"^^ ELIZABETH liYAX.
Photo by International,
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 61
In the doubles final Randolph Lycett and Max Woosnam, the last British Davis Cup pair, won the title, undefended by R. N. Williams, 2d, and C. S. Garland of the United States, by a three-set victory over the brothers, F. G. and A. H. Lowe. The winning pair were a far better combination and their opponents' individualism and lack of concerted volleying had little chance against them. They ran away with the first two sets, 6/3,6/0, and took a lead of 3/1 in the third set. But the Lowes, serving remarkably well, forced the set to 7/5 before Lycett and Woosnam captured it and the match.
Mrs. Mallory lost to Miss Ryan on the seventh day of the tournament and that, like some other results of the series, was not expected to happen as it did. In the first set, placing a hard service well and driving excellently, fore- hand and backhand, the American champion scored point after point, while Miss Ryan strove desperately to get her chop shots working. When Miss Ryan stormed the net she was cleanly passed by beautifully placed drives from the American, who created no small sensation by taking the first set to love, Mrs. Mallory eased at the beginning of the second set and the lapse was fatal. Her opponent's service cramped her returns, and this open d the way for Miss Ryan, whose famous drop shots began to come off repeatedly for numerous points. The California girl went ahead to 5/1, but Pvlrs. Mallory braced, and her backhand passes when Miss Ryan came in on her service restored the balance and she pulled up to 4/5. Miss Ryan then stayed back and drove fierce chops to Mrs. Mallory's backhand, taking the game and set. The next set was well-contested, but Miss Ryan won.
A great surprise was the defeat of Mrs. Mallory and Tilden by Miss Howkins and Woosnam in the mixed doubles. The deciding factor was the brilliance of Miss Howkins. Miss Ryan and Lycett gained the title, Woosnam and Miss Howkins losing unexpectedly and easily, 6/3,6/1, after their magnificent pre- vious successes. In the women's doubles Mile. Lenglen and Miss Ryan re- peated their victory of 1920, beating Mrs. Beamish and Mrs. Peacock, 6/1,6/2. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Alonzo d. Sliimidzu. 3/6,7/5,3/6,6/4,8/6- Norton d Hunter, 6/0,6/3,5/7,3/7.6/2. Final round — Norton d. Alonzo, 5/7,4/6,7/5,6/3,6/3 ' Challenee round— Tilden d. Norton, 4/6.2/6,6/1,6/0,7/5. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round- Lowe and Lowe d. Deane and Jacob, 6/1,6/8,4/6,6/0,12/10: Lycett and Woosnam d Norton and Roper Barrett, 8/6,2/6,6/3,6/4. Final round— Randolph Lycett and Max Woosnam d F Gordon Lowe and A. H. Lowe, 6/3,, 6/0,7/5. Challenge round— Randolph Lvcett and Max Woosnam d. R. Norris Williams and Charles S. Garland (holders) by default W^OMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. Satterthwaite d. Mrs. Clavtcm, 8/6,6/2 • Miss Ryan d Mrs. Peacock, 8/6,6/4. Final round— Miss Elizabeth Ryan d. Mrs. Satterthwaite 6/1 6/o' Challenge Round — MUe. Suzanne Lenglen (holder) d. Miss Elizabeth Ryan ' 6/2 6/0 ' WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. Beamish and Mrs. Peacock d Mrs Crad- dock and Miss M. McKane, 6/2,6/1; Miss Ryan and Mile. Lenglen d. Miss Shepherd and Miss Howkins, 6/2,6/0. Final round— Mile. Suzanne Lenglen and Miss Rvan (holders) d Mrs. E. A. Beamish and Mrs. Peacock. 6/1.6/2. '
AMERICANS WIN AT ROEHAMPTON. In the tournament which was held at Roehampton during the week of June 13, Francis T. Hunter of the United States won the men's singles after a severe battle with A, H. Fyzee, In the women's singles Mrs. Franklin I, Mallory won from Miss P. L. Howkins. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— A. H. Fyzee d. I. A. Godfree, 6/0.8/6- F T TTimt-pr d. J. D. P. Wheatley. 6/1,6/1. Final round-Francis T. Hunter d Dr 'a' H VWtZ 1/6.1/6.8/6,6/1.6/3. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round-Mrs. Mallory d Mrf' Parton' 6/2.6/3; Miss P. L. Howkins d. Miss E. E. Tanner, 6/0.6/0. Final round-Mrs Mn^f« Bjurstedt Mallory d. Miss P. L. Howkins. 6/1.6/2 ""**
|
7~ |
>H |
|
— ■- |
■< |
|
^^^~ |
s |
|
= '^ |
&h' |
|
7- ~ |
^ |
|
>i |
c a |
|
s |
|
|
a: |
|
|
< ' |
|
|
.-a |
|
|
Choi |
C |
|
ni X- |
^ |
|
'j-j s |
e |
|
^2 |
H |
|
^2 |
5 |
|
a^ |
^ |
|
0)"^ |
|
|
•C 05 |
s |
|
■^'C |
a |
|
2S |
Eh |
|
A^^ |
^ |
|
•goi |
C |
|
>2 ~ |
s |
|
§1 |
|
|
SCO |
^ |
|
c |
5 |
|
.5&; |
2 |
|
^ |
|
|
1^ ?' |
|
|
CS |
|
|
u "^ |
;:; |
|
l-J K^ |
si
I *
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 63
Davis Cup Players at the White House
On May 6, 1921, the members of the Davis Cup team were entertained as the guests of President Harding. For the first time in the history of the game the country's foremost players gave an exhibition on the White House court. Both President Harding and his secretary, George B. Christian, Jr., are ardent followers of tennis and the affair was most enjoyable. In the party of visitors were Julian S. Myrick, president of the U.S.L.T.A. ; Samuel Hardy, captain of the 1920 Davis Cup team; William T. Tilden, 2d, Watson Washburn, R. Norris Williams and Wallace F. Johnson.
By burning gasoline on a very wet court the matches were played as scheduled. Fine rallies and clever shots kept the gallery thoroughly interested. Tilden defeated Williams in one set, 8/6. Then Williams and Washburn paired up and defeated Tilden and Johnson, 6/1,6/3. Another set was played at the request of Mrs. Harding, in which Tilden and Williams won from Wash- burn and Johnson, 9/7. President and Mrs. Harding, members of the Cabinet and several members of the Diplomatic Corps were interested spectators in the distinguished gallery.
Exhibition Matches for Devastated France
Although the illness of Mile. Suzanne Lenglen quite upset the plans of the committee having in hand the tour for the benefit of devastated France, a splendid effort was made to carry out the programme and it went through suc- cessfully in spite of the inconveniences to which the organizers had been put. Approximately $10,000 was raised. The scores of the various matches follow:
Oct. 9, Orange Lawn Tennis Club, South Orange, N.J.— W. T. Tilden, 2d, d. Vincent Richards, 4/6,6/4,6/4; Miss Leslie Bancroft and Tilden d. Mrs. F. H. Godfrey and Richards 6/2,4/6.
Oct. 9, Short Hills Club, Short Hills, N. J.— Tilden d. Richards, 6/4,6/4; Mrs. Godfrey and Tildpn d. Miss Bancroft and Richards. 6/2.6/4.
Oct. 12, Green Meadow Country Club, Harrison, N.Y.— Tilden d. Richards, 2/6,6/3,7/6: Mrs. Franklin I. Mallory d. Miss Eleanor Goss, 6/4; Mrs. Mallory and Tilden d. Miss Goss and Richards, 4/6,6/0,6/4.
Oct. 15, Hartford Golf Club, Hartford, Conn.— Miss Goss d. Miss Bancroft, 6/0,6/3; Tilden d. Richards, 7/5,3/6,6/3; Miss Goss and Richards d. Miss Bancroft and Tilden, 8/6.
Oct. 18, New Haven Lawn Club, New Haven, Conn.— Tilden d. N. "VV. Niles, 7/5,6/2; Tilden and Arnold W. Jones d. T. Banks and L. E. Williams, 6/2,6/2.
Oct. 21, Morristown Field Club, Morristown, N.J. —Tilden d. Watson Washburn, 6/3,6/2; Mrs. Mallory d. Miss Bancroft, 6/1; Mrs. Mallory and Washburn d. Miss Bancroft and Tilden. fi/4.6/3.
Oct. 22, Jackson Heights Tennis Club, New York— Tilden d. Richards, 7/5,4/6,6/4; JtTTss Bancroft d. Miss Martha Bayard, 7/5; Miss Bancroft and Tilden d. Miss Bayard and Rich- ards. 6/4.
Oct. 23, Ardsley Club, Ardsley-on-Hudson, N.Y.— Tilden d. Richards, 6/0,4/6,7/5; Tilden and Richards d. Niles and Wallace F. Johnson, 7/5,6/4.
Oct. 27, Elizabeth Town and Country Club, Elizabeth, N. J.— Tilden d. Richards. 8/6, 6/4,7/9,6/0.
Oct. 28, Terrace-Kings County Tennis Association, Brooklyn, N.Y.— Tilden d. Richards, 6/4,7/5; Johnson and Washburn d. Tilden and Richards, 8/6,4/6,6/1.
Oct. 29, New Rochelle Tennis Club, New Rochelle, N.Y.— Richards d. Tilden, 4/6,6/3; Niles d. R. N. Williams, 2d, 6/4; Niles d. Johnson, 6/3; Tilden and Johnson d. Williams and Niles, 6/4,6/4.
Oct. 30, Amackassin Club, Yonkers. N.Y.— Williams d. Niles, 6/2,5/7; Tilden d. Richards. 6/4.6/2: Tildpn and Richards d. Williams and Niles, 9/7,6/2.
f>. -..jiteif**
. OS
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 65
The National Championship
The fortieth national championship was played September 9-19, at the Ger- mantown Cricket Club, Philadelphia, Pa. It was a brilliant affair and a most fitting climax to a season replete with thrilling events.
William T. Tilden, 2d, was the central figure and again covered himself with glory. He lost only one set, that to Johnston, and in winning the title added his second leg to the three-year cup in competition since 1911. Tild3n"s victory was clean-cut and indicative of tremendous reserve power, combined with his ability to come through in a pinch. Many had thought his severe season would prove too much for him, that he would crack under the strain of the title event — but he did not; in fact, he showed no signs of doing so, and proved conclu- sively he is without peer in the tennis world.
Tilden had no easy task to reach the finals. In the third round he met Zenzo Shimidzu, the wonderful little Japanese, who had given him such a struggle in the Davis Cup matches. Shimidzu, played well, but Tilden rose to superior heights and won in straight sets, 6/4,6/4,6/1. The day after this match brought together the David and Goliath of the courts, Tilden and Johnston. It was a great match, not as thrilling or as close as their memorable 1920 meeting, but nevertheless a fierce struggle. The tennis was well nigh perfect. Each man, realizing the importance of the match, played at first rather care- fully. Johnston volleyed beautifully and, taking advantage of his opponent's errors, captured the first set, 6/4. Tilden, in the second set, literally drove his way to a 7/5 victory. The third set saw Johnston by remarkable volleying gain the lead of four games to two, only to see Tilden by terrific smashing and two beautiful gets, even the score and run out the set, 6/4. In the fourth set Tilden had the bit in his teeth. He started like a whirlwind and in the most miraculous way made backhand and forehand drives with such accuracy and sting that Johnston could not cope with them, Tilden ran out the set and with it the match, 6/3.
As was predicted, this match determined the champion. Tilden, in the semi- finals, took Willis E. Davis into camp in straight sets. Davis played well the first set and by magnificent serving held the champion to 10/8, but he could not maintain the pace and Tilden ran away with the next two sets, 6/2,6/1. The day for the finals was overcast and a fine drizzling rain continued aU the forenoon. Tilden and Wallace F. Johnson met in the final round on a wet, treacherous court. Rain seemed imminent, but the match was started. John- son's tricky sliced shots plainly had Tilden worried. The latter was not able to cover the court with his usual speed, while Johnson proved ever dangerous by ability to slice the ball from one sideline to the other. It was nip and tuck all the way till 8/8 in games, when the rain came down in torrents, causing postponement until the following Monday.
On Monday everything was to Tilden's liking. The court was hard and fast. Starting at a pace which caused the large gallery to gasp, Tilden proceeded to give Johnson one of the worst beatings of his career. Nothing Tilden tried could miss; he drove like mad; his overhead was terrific. There was no stop- ping him. Try as he would, Johnson could not stem the tide; no one could have done so. The victory was complete and in straight sets, 6/1,6/3,6/1.
66 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
There were 108 contestants for the title and the tennis was both interesting
and spectacular. Each day brought forth good matches, and a brief review by
rounds follows: ^ „
First Round.
Tilden opened the tournament with a game that carried the popular veteran, Irving Wright, off his feet in straight sets. Watson Washburn disposed of A. D. Thayer with ease, Vincent Richards and E. T. Herndon had a good match in which Herndon took the third set, while J. O. Anderson, the Aus- tralian star, had an interesting battle with Lawrence E. Rice. The New Englander took the first set at 6/1, but Anderson, by brilliant work, took the next three sets. One of the best matches of the tournament took place in this round. Francis T. Hunter and Fred C. Anderson, both New Yorkers, had a terrific struggle. Hunter finally winning out in five sets. Hugh Kelleher played well against "Bill" Johnston, each set going to 6/4. There were, however, no upsets in this round.
Second Round.
The biggest surprise occurred when Stanley Pearson defeated N. W. Niles. The Philadelphian, after losing the first two sets, swept Niles off his feet and took the match at 5/7,3/6,6/3,6/4,6/3. Willis E. Davis had difficulty with C. V. Todd of Australia in another five-set encounter, in which the Californian dropped the first two sets. Richards took care of Walter Hayes in straight sets. The feature match of the round was a beautiful exhibition between Wallace Johnson and Watson Washburn. These two famous tacticians played keen, brilliant tennis. Washburn was favored to win, but Johnson had one of his super-days. He outguessed Washburn frequently and passed him in uncanny fashion for score after score. The match went to five sets, Johnson winning, 6/3,5/7,2/6,6/3,6/3. _
Third Round
In this round Vincent Richards and Johnston were brought together. The result was undoubtedly the most spectacular match of the tournament. Rich- ards had been conceded a chance to take a set, but not nearly to eliminate his older rival. The lad lost no time in exhibiting a most marvelous array of shots, which carried Johnston off his feet. The Californian could not cope with the volleying and overhead brilliance and Richards ran out the first two sets, 6/2,6/3. Johnston steadied and took the third set at 6/3. The fourth was a hummer. Richards simply could not keep up the pace and Johnston took this set, 9/7. This marked the turning point, Richards weakened and Johnston rather easily won the final set, 6/2. Tilden's match with Shimidzu did not come up to expectations and he won in straight sets. R. Norris Williams dis- posed of Howard Voshell in straight sets, while Willis Davis retired Phil Neer in three out of four.
Fourth Round.
The high light of this round was Tilden's victory over Johnston. There were several other matches well worthy of note. R. Norris Williams, picked as a possible finalist, suffered defeat at the hands of J. 0. Anderson. The tall Australian's powerful service and forehand drive gave Williams all kinds of trouble. The match went to the limit, and Anderson's victory was well earned at 6/3,6/3,2/6,4/6,6/4. Wallace Johnson had some difficulty in meeting Howard Kinsey's clever game, but after two sets Johnson ran out the match with comparative ease. The score was 4/6,8/6,6/2,6/1.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 67
In the longest match of the tournament in the matter of games. Willis Davis won from the former champion, William J. Clothier. It was all that Davis could do to cope with the smooth steady brilliancy of veteran Clothier. A total of 61 games were played, almost a record for the national, Davis winning by the score of 9/7,5/7,14/12,6/3.
Fifth Round.
With the exception of the Willis Davis-Robert Kinsey match, won by Davis after five torrid sets, all the matches were won rather easily and in straight sets. Johnson beat Craig Biddle, J. O. Anderson disposed of Francis Hunter, while Tilden did not allow F. Gordon Lowe of England a set.
Semi-Final Round. Wallace Johnson and J. 0. Anderson disputed for the right to meet Tilden. Anderson, after the defeat of Williams, was regarded as capable of beating Johnson, but the match was no sooner started than Johnson proved to be the very clever, dangerous player that he can be when put to the test. His pet shot, the low slice, bothered the Australian and by placement after place- ment he played the game of tiring his opponent. The result was Johnson's entrance into the finals by the score of 6/4,3/6,8/6,6/3.
On the whole the tournament was admirable. The good play was well distributed, and in spite of the criticism of the open draw, this tournament drew the largest crowds per day that ever followed the national championship. In addition to the efficient work of the Germantown Cricket Club's com- mittees, it is well to note the very excellent work done by the Tennis Umpires Association. Besides the capable Philadelphia Association, it was a pleasure to see what great help was contributed by loyal tennis men from other cities.
The success of the tournament was due to splendid co-operation between players, officials, club members, visitors and the thousands of tennis enthu- siasts who made the event a financial success. The summaries:
NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIP SINGLES.
FIRST ROUND.
"Winner. Score Opponent. Winner. Score Opponent.
Howard 0. Kinsey L. C. Putnam A. W. Jones Olin .1. Sweet
6/1, 6/3, 6/4 6/0, 6/1, 6/1
E. C. Oelsner J. P. Stockton Frank T. Anderson Fred C. Baggs
4/6, 5/4. 9/7, 6/0 6/2. 6/2, 6/1
E. M. Edwards John M. Vannemau. Jr. J. 15. Adoue. Jr Eric T. Wood
6/3, 7/9. 5/7, 6/a, 6/1 6/1, 6/3, 8/5
A. Wallis Myers Paul W. Gibbons S. Howard Voshell Ichiya Kumagae
2/6, 6/0, 6/1, 3/6, 7/8, 0-40, default default
Watson Washburn A. D. Thayer \V. W. Ingraham Xorman Peach
6/0, 6/2, 6/2 6/3, 6/1, 6/4
Wallace F. Johnson Fred M. Mercur It. N. Williams, 2d Sydney Thayer
6/1, 6/3. 6/4 6/0, 6/2, 6/1
G. A. L. Dionne Rowland Evans Robert LeRoy Ignacio de la Borbolla
7/5, 7/5. 10/8 6/4, 6/2, 6/3
Carl Fischer Seiichiro Kashio John B. Hawkes William Rosenbaum
default 6/2, 6/3, 6/3
Francis T. Hunter Fred C. Anderson W. Stuart Symington C. Colket Caner
6/3, 5/7. 6/3, 3/6, 6/3 default
Morton Bernstein William A. Lamed James 0. Anderson Lawrence B. Rice
default 1/6, 6/2. 6/3, 6/3
R. L. Baggs Charles S. Garland Hugh Tallant B. Lindley Murray
default default
G'orge King James D. Ewing Dean Mathey A. H. Chapin, Jr.
6/3, 6/1, 6/4 default
DR. PHILIP B. HAWK,
Philadelphia.
National Veterans' Champion.
Marceau Photo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
69
Winner. Score. Opponent.
Andrew S. Morgan L. 0. Kamber
6/4, 6/2, 4/6, 6/2
F. Gordon Lowe J. L. Werner
default
Theodore M. Banks, Jr P. R. Edralin
default
John W. Dudley .Nicholas Garcia
default
Stanley W. Pearson James M. Davies
6/3, 6/2, 6/4
N. W. Niles Milo G. Miller, Jr.
6/1. 6/0 6/2
William M. Johnston.. . .H. G. M. Kelleher
6/4, 6/4, 6/4
Edward C. Hall M. T. Ackerland
2/6, 3/6, 7/5, 8/6, 7/5
Walter T. Hayes L. Harry Richards, Jr.
6/1, 6/1, 6/0
Vincent Richards E. T. Herndon
6/1, 6/1. 3/6, 6/4
FIRST ROUND— Continued. Winner.
Parker 6/4, 6/4, 6/2..
Biddle 6/2, 6/1, 6/1..
Crawford 10/8, 6/3, 6/4.
Hammett 6/4, 6/2„ 6/2..
Knight 6/4, 6/2, 6/1..
H. Kinsey 6/2, 6/4, 6/4.
SECOND ROUND. Robinson Mathey
Score. Opponent.
Marshall Allen John Hennessey
6/2, 7/5, 6/1
Zenzo Shimidzu Arthur C. Nielsen
6/1, 6/1, 6/1 W. T. Tilden, 2d Irving C. Wright
6/0, 6/0, 6/1 P. L. Goldsborough Manfred Goldman
6/2, 7/5,. 6/2
John A. Magee A. J. Gore
4/6, 6/0, 2/6, 7/5, 8/6 Phil Neer Lyman Tremaine
6/2, 6/1, 9/7 Clarence V. Todd Geo. S. Groesbeck
6/1, 6/1, 6/0
Willis E. Davis Harold Ingersoll
default
Gerald D. Emerson Percy S. Osborne
6/3, 6/4, 5/7, 6/1 Leon D. Turenne Armand L. Bruneau
6/0, 6/4, 10/8
. . Gilmore ,. Pennock . . . Golden Hathaway Oelsner
Edwards. 4/6, 6/4, 6/4, 4/6, 6/4 Myers
W. F. Johnson 6/3,5/7,2/6.6/3,6/3. Washburn
Fischer 6/3,6/1,6/4 Dionne
Hunter 6/2. 6/3, 6/3 Bernstein
King 6/1, 6/2, 6/0 Baggs
Frank Anderson. 6/4, 6/1. 7/5 Jones
Voshell 6/2, 2/6, 6/4, 6/4 Adoue
Williams 6/1, 7/5, 6/2 Ingraham
Hawkes 6/1, 6/2, 6/3 LeRoy
J. 0. Anderson.6/1, 6/0, 7/5 Symington
THIRD ROUND.
Biddle 4/6, 6/4, 6/1, 6/3 Parker Lowe
Hammett ..6/3, 3/6, 6/2. 6/4 Crawford
H. Kinsey 6/2, 6/3. 10/8 Knight
W. F. Johnson. 6/0. 6/1. 6/2 Edwards
Hunter... 4/6, 1/6, 6/4, 6/3, 6/0 Fischer
Frank Andelson.6/2, 6/3, 12/10 King
Williams 7/5, 6/3, 6/2 Voshell
J. 0. Anderson. 10/8, 6/0, 6/3 Hawkes
..default Tallant
Lowe 6/2, 6/2, 6/2 Morgan
Banks 6/3. 6/3, 9/11. 6/2 Dudley
Pearson .5/7, 3/6, 6/3, 6/4, 6/3 Niles
Wm. Johnston.. 6/4, 6/1, 6/4. HaU
Richards 6/3, 6/4,, 6/4 Hayea
Shimidzu 6/3. 6/0, 12/10 Allen
Tilden 6/2,6/1,6/4.. Goldsborough
Neer 6/2, 10/8, 6/2 Magee
Davis ...4/6, 3/6, 6/4, 6/3, 6/3 Todd
Emerson ...6/3, 6/8, 6/4, 6/4 Turenne
Clothier 6/1, 6/0, 6/2 Taylor
Rogers 6/1. 6/4, 6/2 Martin
Gallon 6/a, 6/1, 6/2 Neely
R. Kinsey. Fall
.6/3, 6/2, 6/2. .7/5, 6/1, 6/2.
Watson Wilson
Mathey Banks
6/4, 11/9. 6/4..
Pearson 6/3, 6/3, 6/4...
W. Johnston. 2/6. 3/6, 6/3, 9/7, 6/2. Richards
Tilden 6/4, 6/4, 6/1 Shimidzu
Davis P/3, 6/4, 2/6, 6/4 Neer
Clothier 6/1, 6/4 6/1 Emerson
Gallon ..6/4. 2/6, 6/2, 10/12, 6/2 Rogers
R. Kinsey 6/0, 6/0, 6/3 Fall
FOURTH ROUND.
Biddlp 6/1, 3/6, 6/3, 6/1 Hammett Lowe 6/2, 6/3, 6/3 Pearson
W. F. .Johnson. 4/6. 8/6, 6/2, 6/1.. H. Kinsey Tilden 4/6, 7/5, 6/4, 6/3.. Wm. Johnston
Hunter 6/3, 6/3, 6/1. Frank Anderson Davis 9/7, 5/7, 14/12, 6/3 Clothier
J. 0. Anderson. 6/3,6/3,2/6,6/4,4/6. Williams R. Kinsey 6/0, 6/1, 6/4 Gallon
FIFTH ROUND.
.. Biddle Tilden 6/4, 6/3, 6/4 Lowe
. Hunter Davis 6/3, 4/6, 6/4, 1/6, 6/4.. R. Kinsey
SEMI-FINAL ROUND.
F. Johnson. 6/4, 3/6. 8/6. 6/3. J. Anderson TiTdon 10/8 6/2, 6/1 Davis
FINAL ROUND. William Tilden, 2d 6/1, 6/3, 6/1 Wallace F. Johnson
W. F. Johnson. 6/0, 6/3, 6/4.. J. O. Anderson .6/1, 6/3, 6/4
W
NATIONAL VETERANS' CHAMPIONSHIP. Dr, Philip B. Hawk of Philadelphia won the veterans' championship in singles from a small field. In the semi-final Dr. Hawk defeated John C. Neely, 6/1,6/0, and T. W. Stephens won from 0. J. Sweet, 9/7,11/9. The final round found the Doctor still going well and he defeated T. W, Stephens, 6/1,6/0.
F
i
WILLIAM T. TILDEN, 2D, AND VINCENT RICHARDS. National Doubles Champions.
E. Levick, N. Y., Photo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 71
National Championship Doubles
The national doubles championship of 1921 was won by William T. Tilden, 2d, and Vincent Richards at the Chestnut Hills courts of the Longwood Cricket Club, Boston, during the week of August 22. It was the second victory for Tilden and Richards, the first having been scored in 1918. William M. John- ston, who with Clarence J. Griffin had won in 1920, played in 1921 with Willis E Davis of San Francisco. The runners-up to Tilden and Richards were Wat- son Washburn and R. Norris Williams, 2d, who had been a winning pair in doubles throughout the season.
The field was the most representative ever entered for the national doubles, although the East predominated over the West. In the first round the Min- nesota pair eliminated the players from Missouri. The Boston team defeated the Baltimore representatives. Williams and Washburn retired a team of Pacific Coast players, Neer and Davies. Tilden and Richards were too strong for the Georgia pair. In the battle between the British-Australia combination of Gilbert- Yencken and the Andersons, Fred G. and his son Fred went down after a hard fight of four close sets. The Kinsey brothers took the measure of the Seattle youngsters, Allen and Taylor, who played better as they went on, but not quite well enough to win.
Irving Wright and Guild were pitted against Johnston and Davis in the second round and found them too strong. The Kinsey brothers were too skill- ful for the Gilbert-Yencken internationalists. Dell and Bundy defeated the English players, Gordon Lowe and Wallis Myers, and WiUiams and Bastian were too strong for the British team of Woosnam and Turnbull. The sensa- tion of the round was the manner in which Johnson and Gardner pressed Richards and Tilden for five sets, but the latter pair finally settled to their stride and then held the final set their own way.
The third round found Williams and Bastian still playing admirable tennis. They took the second set away from Tilden and Richards after the latter team had been compelled to work hard to win the first at 7/5. After that the cham- pions stirred their game to a faster speed and won the next two sets. Voshell and Hardy were the real sensation of the third round, as they pushed Williams and Washburn to five sets and came within an ace of defeating them.
The semi-finals were between Williams and Washburn and Johnston and Davis in one half. The Californians won the first set, 8/6, after a long struggle. Then the Easterners came through with a 6/3 victory. In the next set up to 5/3 it was aU Johnston and Davis. There the Eastern players began to con- centrate their attack on Davis and then they triumphed. The fourth set was easy for the East. In the other half of the semi-finals the Kinsey brothers were matched against Richards and Tilden, but they could not take a set from them try as hard as they would. The second set was the best played, the score being 9/7 in favor of the champions.
For twenty-three games in the final match between Tilden and Richards on one side and Williams and Washburn on the other, the battle was absolutely even. Then Washburn was broken through and the eventual winners had scored their first advantage. There was an unusual amount of lobbing and Tilden and Richards did most of it. They found it paying them throughout
FRED G. ANDERSON. FRED C. ANDERSON.
National Father and Son Champions for three successive years.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 73
the match. The tremendous set ended when Washburn was broken through in the twenty-fourth game, principally on Williams' errors.
In the second set the struggle was continued with equal stubbornness until 11/10 was reached. Tilden began the service again, winning easily. Every point was keenly contested until 5-all. Then Richards' delivery was taken from him when he lost the last point by netting an easy return. This seemed to be a fine opportunity for the opposing pair, but Washburn suffered a re- verse when he lost his own service in the next game. Tilden served the twenty- first game, ending with a speedy delivery which Williams could not return. The latter was then broken through on errors for the set. After the brilliant display of the first two sets the third and decisive set was very tame and was won by Tilden and Richards, 6/1. The summaries:
FIRST ROUND— M. B. Hutchinson and Clarence Sanders d. W. Ray Brown and W. Hasse, 6/2,6/3,4/6,6/1; J. W. Wheelwright and J. W. Foster d. C. M. Charest and W. H. Sweeney, 3/6,6/2.4/6,8/6,6/1: R. N. Williams 2d, and Watson Washburn d. Phil Neer and James Davies, 6/2,7/5,6/1; R. Dana and C. K. Shaw d. T. B. Plimpton and C. G. Plimpton, 6/3,6/2,2/6,6/0; H. V. Greenough and G. T. Putnam d. Lawrence Rice and Clyde Curley, 8/6,1/6,5/7,6/2,6/4; S. H. Voshell and Sam Hardy d. A. N. Reggio and E. B. Benedict, 6/0, 6/3,6/0; H. C. Johnson and (;. P. Gardner, Jr., d. A. W. Jones and W. W. Ingraham, 6/3, 4/6,6/2,9/7; W. T. Tilden and Vincent Richards d. B. M. Grant and C. V. Smith, 6/1,6/2,6/1; L. F. Williams and S. Bastian d. T. R. Pell and L. E. Mahan, 6/4,12/10,7/5. J. B. Gilbert and A. Yencken d. F. G. Anderson and F. C. Anderson, 6/4,4/6,7/5,7/5; R. Kinsey and H. Kinsey d. M. Allen and Wm. Taylor, 6/2,6/4,7/5. SECOND ROUND:— W. M. Johnston and Willis Davis d. H. Gould and I. C. Wright, 6/2,6/1,6/1; Hutchinson and Sanders d. Wheel- wright and Foster, 5/7,6/3,6/4,9/7; Williams and Washburn d. Dana and Shaw, 6/2,6/0,6/3; Voshell and Hardy d. Greenough and Putman, 6/3,6/4,6/3; Tilden and Richards d. Johnson and Gardner, Jr., 6/3,4/6,6/1,1/6,6/0; Williams and Bastian d. M. Woosnani and 0. N. Turn- bull, 5/7,6/3,6/3,6/4; Kinsev and Kinsey d. Gilbert and Yenoken, 6/2,6/2,6/4; B. Dell and H. H. Bundy d. F. G. Lowe and A. W. Myers, 6/2,6/4,6/1. THIRD ROUND— Johnston and Davis d. Hutchinson and Sanders, 6/4.0/1^,7/5: Williams and Washburn d. Voshell and Hardy, 6/3,4/6,6/4,3/6,6/3; Tilden and Richards d. Williams and Bastian. 7/5,4/6,6/2,6/2; Kinsey and Kinsey d. Dell and Bundy, 6/2,6/2,6/3. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Williams and Washburn d. Johnston and Davis. 6/8,6/3,8/6,6/1; Tilden and Richards d. Kinsey and Kinsey, 6/3,9/7,6/4. FINAL ROUND— William T. Tilden, 2d, and Vincent Richards d. R. Norris, Williams, 2d, and Watson Washburn, 13/11,12/10,6/1.
NATIONAL FATHER AND SON CHAMPIONSHIP.
For the third year in succession Fred G. Anderson and his son Fred C,
of Brooklyn, N. Y., won the annual Father and Son championship, played
during the meeting of the Longwood Cricket Club, August 22, at the same
time as the national championship doubles. Of the sixteen teams that were
entered, none defaulted. The third winning of the trophies by the Anderson,
gave them permanent possession of the prizes which had been offered by W. D.
Hadsell of the West Side Tennis Club in 1919. The finals summaries:
SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Anderson and Anderson d. Chapin and Chapin, 6/8,6/2,6/0; Wear and Wear d. Grant and Grant, 6/3,4/6,6/0. FINAL ROUND— Fred G. Anderson and Fred C. Anderson d. J. W. Wear and W. P. Wear, 8/6.6/4.
NATIONAL VETERANS' DOUBLES.
The first veterans' doubles was played during the national doubles meet at the Longwood Cricket Club and brought out an entry list of six teams. The winners were J. D. E. Jones and Arthur Ingraham. The summaries:
FIRST ROUND— J. D. B. Jones and A. Ingraham d. H. W. Warner and G. W. Case, 6/3,10/S: T. W. Stephens and F. G. Anderson d. C. P. Smith and W. P. Emerson, 8/6,6/4. SECOND ROUND— Jones and Ingraham d. E. Sheafe and C. B. Wilbar, by default: T. W. Stephens and F. G. Anderson d. Dr. Andrews and C. F. Wales, 6/8,6/3,6/3. FINAL ROUND J. D. E. Jones and Arthur Ingraha-n d. Or '1. W. Stephens and F. G. Anderson, ii/ I, i •
MRS. FRANKI.IX
MAi>LuKi
Ranked No.
NEW YORK
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 75
Women's Tennis in 1921
By Florence A. Ballin.
The season of 1921 was the best and most important in women's tennis. It was the second year that the all-summer schedule was in force, and the result was a complete justification of the system inaugurated in 1920, whereby the national tournament was put near the end of the summer with a string of preliminary tournaments preceding it, instead of at the beginning of the summer, as formerly. Not only was the standard of play much higher than before, but the number of players was greater and the interest in general more widespread. One of the most satisfactory features of 1921 was the agreeable surprise shown by a number of committees over the unmistakable success of women's events for the first time included in their tournaments. All over the United States tennis enthusiasts are beginning to realize that "pat-ball," hour long rallies and constant lobbing are matters of history in women's tennis, and that their present day game is of almost as much interest to the spectators as to the players.
The spring tournaments were for the most part purely practice tournaments and largely local as to entries. But the latter part of July the tournaments took on a more serious note with the arrival in the East of Mrs. Bundy and Miss Browne and with the re-entry into the lists of Mrs. Jessup and Miss Goss, and later of Mrs. Maliory, fresh from her European trip. The top players were tuning up for their expected and hoped-for encounter with Suzanne Lenglen; the standard of play was better than ever before, and became generally better as the players improved their game by playing against and watching the best American players.
The entry lists of all tournaments were large and the outside interest shown in the games was greater than before. The default of Mile. Lenglen to Mrs, Maliory was most unfortunate. Despite it the women's national tournament proved a substantial success, having gained during the first days of play the interest of the public, an interest which it is hoped will result in many addi- tions to the ranks of players in 1922. In fact, we rather owe Mile. Lenglen a vote of thanks, for unless she had invaded our shores, the chances are very slight that Mary Browne and Mrs. May Sutton Bundy would have come out of retirement and delighted everyone with their play. That would have been a loss indeed! As it was, the tournament was the best and most representative ever held in the United States.
The mixed doubles was staged with the men's doubles at Longwood, a wise change, as can readily be seen by glancing at the entry list. Teams composed of the top ranking players of both sexes were drawn, and the result was a revelation, in this country anyway, of what mixed doubles might be. Miss Browne and William Johnston defeated Mrs. Maliory and William T. Tilden in the finals.
And so on to the end of the season and the departure of Mrs. Bundy and Miss Browne to California, followed with the best wishes of all so fortunate as to know them, or see them play. The approaching season of 1922 is awaited with keen interest by those who have women's tennis at heart, for big advances should be ^parent in the number of players and in the quality of their game.
MISS MAKY K. BROWNE
LOS ANGELES
Ranked Xo. 2.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 77
National Women's Chiampionships
By Florence A. Ballin.
The national women's championships were held for the first time at the West Side Tennis Club at Forest Hills, N. Y., in 1921. Misgivings were felt at first at the thought of having this tournament played on the scene of so many wonderful men's battles. The standards to be followed were very high, and many people said that it would be impossible to arouse the necessary interest in "just women's tennis" to make the event a success.
Word came, however, of the entry of Mile. Suzanne Lenglen, and all fear vanished. Interest in her playing was greater probably than in that of any other tennis player we have had as a visitor. Closely following this announce- ment came word that both Mrs. May Sutton Bundy and Miss Mary Browne would come from California to help defend our title from foreign conquest. As a result, the entry list, including as it did the names of Mile. Lenglen, Mrs. Mallory, Mrs. Bundy, Miss Browne, Mrs. Jessup (Marion Zinderstein) and Miss Goss, to mention only a few of the best, was as representative as possible, and a high standard of play was assured. The only regret was that Mrs. Wightman was unable to be present.
Then came a series of near catastrophes — enough to wreck almost any pro- gramme— but this tournament rose triumphant over adversity, and, after a day or two of uncertainty, finished in a blaze of glory with a wonderful final match between Mrs. Mallory and Miss Browne.
The first blow came with one of the most uneven draws that ever came out of a hat. Bunched in one quarter were the names of Lenglen, Goss, Mallory and Jessup; Bundy and Raymond in the next quarter, while in the upper half Miss Browne reigned supreme.
Then came the default of Mile. Lenglen to Mrs. Mallory. The former had been obliged, on account of an at^ck of bronchitis, to postpone her sailing several times, so that she finally arrived two days before the tournament started. Miss Goss consented to put off her first round match with Mile. Leng- len one day, to enable the latter to become slightly more accustomed to her surroundings. Sunday and Monday Mile. Lenglen practiced with Mr. Hardy and others, delighting the audience with her grace and skill. When Tuesday dawned Miss Goss was ill and forced to default to her opponent.
After much thought, and after conferring with both contestants, the com- mittee decided to stage Mile. Lenglen's second round match, all other second round matches having been played that day. After waiting half an hour till the completion of a stirring three-set encounter between Mrs. Cole and Miss Bancroft, which held the attention of the spectators to the last point, despite the eagerly awaited attraction that was to follow. Mile. Lenglen and Mrs. Mallory ran past a battery of cameras to the court. Then the crowd sat back to watch one of the most spectacular matches ever played.
During the warming-up, every one noted with pleasure the ease and grace with which Mile. Lenglen handled herself and her racket. Her feeling of "at-homeness" and of assuredness was apparent, while Mrs. Mallory seemed grim with determination. She felt the tremendous responsibility that was hers
[Continued on page 81.]
y
MRS. MARION ZINDERSTEIN JBSSUP
Ranked No.
WILMINGTON, DEL.
MRS. MAY SUTTON BUNDY
LOS ANGELES
Ranked No. 4.
;_4L
mnti. 1HBS JKSHn. isf She msisieB. tiMt ane
lUBfc to lie JWiUij^WlMi
ISb^ to be tShai ^ntk a
tiuBL it MiK tne gme JlzaS ano. the Id^i (tuywily <■ tiK^ pv^T ^wtt.
1» kft dbot adfeer sbnt ^ Ilien due ^maiid aQUft siMw ^wtijr sbl^ ^«a&
She bad to ontptaor oar iiosi mat poo^vsr, «ia» ^mIm qk "^'aiiiiQ aan. ffwanipg %o Jekt aiiL one asea im^ ^dnck bfttiKsefi Mis. MaitaiTe^ ifeer iram arian inr pot Jbaai dsiw ^«itk Iter oasUNMrv a&8aEaiMs&. .%t
MISS HELEN (JILLEAUDEAU
MAMAROXECK.
Ranked No. 6.
MRS. B. E. COLE . . .... NORTH ANDOVER, MASS.
Ranked No. 7.
.MISS i.i:si.ii'; r,.\\(i;(ii'-
WKsr M-:W|-()X, MASS.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 85
spare. The battle was nip and tuck until in the second set Miss Browne missed a chance to make the score 4/3, with her own serve to follow. Thereat Molla took heart — not that she ever lost it, but she had been pretty well worried — and ran out the set, 6/4. The third set found Miss Browne tired from her exertions of the two previous sets, and she was unable to stop Mrs. Mallory, who had completely found herself and won the match, 4/6,6/4,6/2. The cheers that rose were as cordial for the loser in her plucky fight as they were for the winner, whose game had risen to unequaled heights in the hard series of matches from which she had come victorious. Every one felt that there would seldom be a chance to see another such struggle between two women players.
The finals of the doubles which followed were rather in the nature of an anti-climax. Owing to the necessary defaults of the Lenglen-Mallory and the Goss-Jessup teams, much of the interest in this event had disappeared, as the outcome seemed a foregone conclusion, none of the remaining teams being up to the standard of these others. Miss Browne and Mrs. Williams won with considerable ease from Mrs. Morris and Miss Gilleaudeau.
The junior events were disappointing owing to the few entries. A great deal of interest was shown however in the play of Miss Wills, who won the singles. She is a player of rare promise.
All in all, it was a great week for women's tennis. Starting with the first day's match between Mrs. Mallory and Mrs. Jessup, every day found at least one splendid contest that held the interest of the gallery from beginning to end on the enclosed courts, proving that on its own merits women's tennis has made a place for itself in the world of sports. The summaries:
WOMEN'S SINGLES.
FIRST ROUND— Mrs. C. V. Hitchine d. Mrs. B. F. Stenz, 4/6,6/4,6/4; Mrs. Cyrus Clark d. Miss Jessie M. Gott, 6/2,4/6,6/3; Mrs. Percy Wilbourn d. Mrs. S. J. Strauss, 6/0,6/.2: Miss Deborah N. Seal d. Miss Alice Bayard, 6/1,6/2; Miss Mildred M. Willard d. Mrs. N. W. Niles, 6/3,6/8,8/6; Mrs. Gilbert Harvey d. Miss Katherine O'Rourke, 6/0„6/0; Mrs. Stuart Greene d. Mrs. S. H. Waring, 6/1,6/1; Miss Janet B. Travell, 4/6,6/3,6/3; Miss Martha Bayard d. Mrs. Rawson L. Wood, 6/2,6/1; Mrs. B. V. Lynch d. Miss E. Ward Hugus, default; Miss Leslie Bancroft d. Miss Marie Wagner, 9/7,7/5; Mrs. B. E. Cole d. Miss Clare Cassel, 9/7,6/3; Miss M. K. Browne d. Miss Brenda Hedstrom, 6/1,6/1; Mrs. DeForest Candee d. Mrs. Albert Humphries, 6/4,7/9,6/4; Miss Eleonora Sears d. Miss Caroma Winn, 6/4,8/6; Miss Edith Sigourney d. Mrs. E. 0. Duble, 6/0,6/0; Mrs. David C. Mills d. Mrs. Mabel D. Straffin, 6/1,6/1; Miss Katherine Gardner d. Mrs. J. C. Brush, 7/5,6/1; Mrs. H. P. Falk d. Mrs. C. McWilliam, 6/0,6/3; Miss Louise B. Cattus d. Mrs. Nathaniel Dain, 6/2,6/2; Miss A. Sherwood d. Mrs. W. H. Pritchard, 6/3,7/5; Miss Florence Sheldon d. Mrs. Walter Ellis, 7/5,6/3; Mrs. F. I. Mallory d. Mrs. John B. Jessup, 7/5, 6/0; Miss Suzanne Lenglen d. Miss Eleanor Goss, default; Miss Virginia Travell d. Miss Bertha F. Sexton. 6/2,6/3; Mrs. Edward Raymond d. Mrs. M. B. Huff, 13/11,6/2; Mrs. Robert LeRoy d. Mrs. Frank H. Godfrey, 6/4,7/5; Miss Phyllis Walsh d. Mrs. Paul Martin, 6/1,6/1; Miss Margaret S. Grove d. Miss Mary E. Case, 6/4,6/2; Miss Helen Gilleaudeau d. Mrs. Edna Welty, 6/1,5/7,6/2; Mrs. Theo. Sohst d. Mrs. John E. Bailey, 6/1,6/2. SECOND ROUND— Mrs. Hitchins d. Miss Clark, 6/1,6/0; Mrs. Wilbourn d. Miss Seal, 6/2, 6/3; Miss Willard d. Mrs. Harvey, 9/11,8/6, def . ; Mrs. Greene d. Miss Travell, 6/0,6/1; Miss Bayard d. Mrs. Lynch. 6/2,6/3; Mrs. Cole d. Miss Bancroft, 5/7,8/6,8/6; Miss Browne d. Mrs. Candee, 6/0,6/3; Miss Sigourney d. Miss Sears, 6/2,6/1; Miss Gardner d. Mrs. Mills. 6/3,6/1; Mrs. Falk d. Miss Cattus. 6/1,6/0; Mrs. Sheldon d. Miss Sherwood, 6/2,8/6; Mrs. Mallory d. Miss Lenglen, 6/2, def . ; Mrs. Bundy d. Miss Travell, 6/0,6/0; Mrs. Raymond d. Mrs. LeRoy, 6/2,6/2; Miss Walsh d. Miss Grove, 8/10,8/6,7/5; Miss Gilleaudeau d. Mrs. Sohst, 6/3,6/2. THIRD ROUND— Mrs. Hitchins d. Mrs. Wilbourn, 6/1,6/3; Mrs. Greene d. Miss Willard, 6/1,6/0; Mrs. Cole d. Miss Bayard, 6/4.7/5; Miss Browne d. Miss Sigourney, 6/0,6/3; Mrs. Falk d. Miss Gardner, 6/2,6/4; Mrs. Mallory d. Mrs. Sheldon, 6/0,6/1; Mrs. Bundy d. Mrs. Raymond, 6/3,6/2; Miss Gilleaudeau d. Miss Walsh, 6/0,6/3. FOURTH ROUND— Mrs. Hitchins d. Mrs. Greene, 8/6,6/2; Miss Browne d. Mrs. Cole, 6/1,6/2; Mrs. Mallory d. Mrs. Falk, 6/2,6/1; Mrs. Bundy d. Miss Gilleaudeau, 6/1,6/2. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Miss Browne d. Mrs. Hitchins, 6/3,6/0; Mrs. Mallory d. Mrs. Bundy. 8/6,6/2. FINAL ROUND— Mrs. Mallory d. Miss Browne, 4/6,6/4,6/2.
MRS. EDWARD i;.\Y.M(i\
HARTSDALE, N. Y.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 87
WOMEN'S DOUBT.ES. FIRST ROUND— Mrs. Robert LeRoy and Mrs. C. V. Hitchins d. Miss A. Hooker and Mrs. C. McWilliams, 6/:!, 6/1; Miss PhylUs Walsh and Miss Margaret Grove d. Mrs. F. I. Mallory and Miss Lenglen, default; Miss Marie Wagner and Miss Clare Cassel d. Mrs. E C. Duble and Miss Marjorie Knox, 6/1,6/0; Mrs. G. L. Chapman and Mrs. Marehall McLean d. Mrs. R. A. Pope and Mrs. M. L. Burt, 6/4,6/3; Miss M. K. Browne and Mrs. L. Williams d. Miss J. and Miss V. Travell, 6/1,6/1; Mrs. E. W. Raymond and Mre. Frank Welty d. Mrs. Stuart Greene and Mrs. S. F. Weaver, 6/3,6/2; Miss Edith Sigourney and Mrs. Rawson Wood d. Miss G, Delia Torre and Miss C. Winn, 6/4,7/5; Mrs. H. T. Eaton and Miss Edith Handy d. Mrs. Walter Ellis and Mrs. W. H. Pritchard, 7/5,7/5; Mrs. L. G. Morris and Miss Helen Gilleaudeau d. Miss Mary Case and Miss G. Hopper, 6/2, 6/1; Mr.«!. B. E. Cole and Mrs. F. L. Godfrey d. Mrs. Barger Wallach and Miss Helen Hooker, 6/2,6/2; Mrs. Cyrus Clark and Miss Katherine O'Rourke d. Miss Eleanor Goss and Mrs. John B. Jessup, default; Miss A. Sherwood and Miss B. W. Wonham d. Mrs. Percy Wilbourn and Mrs. N. W. Niles, default; Mrs. J. C. Brush and Mrs. Theo. Sohst d. Miss Alice Bayard and Miss B. Hedstrom, default; Miss Virginia Carpenter and Miss Ceres Baker d. Miss D. Seal and Miss M. Willard, 6/4,6/0; Miss Martha Bayard and Miss Leslie Bancroft d. Mrs. M. B. Huff and Mrs. B. F. Stenz, 6/4,6/3; Miss Eleanora Sears and Miss Helen Wills d. Mrs. J. E. Bailey and Miss Bertha Sexton, 6/0,6/1. SECOND ROUND— Miss Walsh and Miss Grove d. Mrs. LeRoy and Mrs. Hitchins, 6/8,6/1,6/3; Miss Wagner and Miss Cassel d. Mrs. Chapman and Mrs. McLean, 6/4,6/2; Miss Browne and Mrs. Williams d. Mrs. Raymond and Mrs. Welty, 7/5,6/4; Mrs. Eaton and Miss Mandy d. Miss Sigourney and Mrs. Wood, 6/4,3/6i,7/5; Mrs. Morris and Miss Gilleaudeau d. Mrs. Cole and Mrs. Godfrey, 6/3,6/3; Mrs. Clark and Miss O'Rourke d. Miss Sherwood and Miss Wonham, 6/1,6/4; Mrs. Brush and Mrs. Sohst d. Miss Carpenter and Miss Baker, default; Miss Bayard and Miss Bancroft d. Miss Sears and Miss Wills, 6/1,9/11,6/2. THIRD ROUND — Miss Wagner and Miss Cassel d. Miss Walsh and Miss Grove, 5/7.6/3, 6/1; Miss Browne and Mrs. Williams d. Mrs. Eaton and Miss Handy, 6/3,6/2; Mrs. Morris and Miss Gilleaudeau d. Mrs. Clark and Miss O'Rourke, 6/2,6/4; Miss Bayard and Miss Bancroft d. Mrs. Brush and Mrs. Sohst, 6/1,6/1. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Miss Browne and Mrs. Williams d. Miss Wagner and Miss Cassel, 6/4,6/2; Mrs. Morris and Miss Gilleaudeau d. Miss Bayard and Miss Bancroft, 6/1,6/4. FINAL ROUND— Miss Browne and Mrs. Williams d. Mrs. Morris and Miss Gilleaudeau, 6/3,6/2.
NATIONAL MIXED DOUBLES CHAMPIONSHIP.
The national championship for mixed doubles was played on the courts of the Longwood Cricket Club, Chestnut Hills, Mass., August 22, and was won by Mies Mary K. Browne and W. M. Johnston from Mrs. Franklin I. Mallory and "William T. Tilden, 2d, in three sets. In the semi-finals Mrs. Mallory and Tilden defeated Mrs. Bundy and Robert Kinsey and Miss Browne and Johnston were successful against Mrs. Godfrey and Max Woosnam of England. The summaries:
FIRST ROUXI]— Mrs. M. S. lUmdy and Robert Kinsey d. Mrs. L. G. Morris and L. E. Mahan, 6/3,7/5; Miss Brendu Hedstrom and P. Neer d. Miss Fenno and N. Turnbull, 6/4,9/7: Miss R. Newton and F, C. Anderson d. Miss Baker and H. L. Godshall, 0/6,6/2, 6/4: Mi-s. L. R. Williams and H. Kinsey d. Miss K. Gardner and H. Guild, 7/5,6/2. SECOND ROUND— Miss Eleanora Sears and Willis Davis d. Miss Jenks and J. Nicholl, 6/2,6/0; Mrs. M. B. Mallory and Wm. T. Tilden, 2d, d. Miss Sigourney and N. W. Niles, 6/3,6/4; Mrs. B. E. Cole and Sam Hardy d. Mr. and Mrs. G. P. Gardner, Jr., 6/4,6/4; Mrs. Bundy and R. Kinsey d. Miss Hedstrom and Neer, 7/5,6/1; Mrs. Williams and H, Kinsey d. Miss Newton and Anderson, 9/7,6/4; Miss Mary Browne and W. M. Johnston d. Miss Bayard and M. Allen, 6/3,6/1; Miss F. H. Godfrey and Max W^oosnam d. Miss J. Green and A. J. Gore, 6/2,6/2: Miss Leslie Bancroft and S. H. Voshell d. Mrs. Ellis and A. N. ReggiQ, 6/2,6/2. THIRD ROUND— Mrs. Mallory and Tilden d. Miss Sears and Davis, 6/4,7/5; Mrs. Bundy and R. Kinsey d. Mrs. Cole and Hardy, 6/3,6/1; Miss Browne and Johnston d. Mrs., Williams and H. Kinsey, 6/4,9/7; Mrs. Godfrey and Woosnam d. Miss Bancroft and Voshell, 6/3,2/6,6/4. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Mrs. Mallory and Tilden d. Mrs. Bundy and Kinsey, 6/3,8/6; Miss Browne and Johnston d. Mrs. Godfrey and Woos- nam, 6/4,4/6,6/2. FINAL ROUND— Miss Mary K. Browne and William M. Johnston i. Mrs. Franklin I. Mallory and William T. Tilden. 2d, 3/6,6/4.6/3.
MISS .MAUCAlil'lT (IKO^'K
E\V YORK
Ranked No. 10.
SPALDINGS TENNIS ANNUAL 89
National Women's Clay Court Championships
During the week of July 4 the women players took possession of the Park Club at Buffalo, N. Y., for the second annual national clay court championships held separate from those of the men. Mrs. B. E. Cole of Boston won the singles title, and paired with Mrs. Frank Godfrey, also of Boston, was success- ful in the doubles. As Mrs. Godfrey was the runner-up in singles the repre- sentatives of the Massachusetts capital held the stage throughout the meet.
The most interesting match was that in which Miss Brenda Hedstrom, a former Buffalo city champion, defeated Miss Ruth Wise of Cleveland, 6/3,3/6, 6/4, In the semi-final of the tournament Mrs. Godfrey had no difficulty to win from Miss Knox, whose back-court driving game seemed to be especially adapted to that of Mrs. Godfrey. In the other semi-final Miss Bancroft and Mrs. Cole were very evenly matched, the former losing because she played continuously for safety, which gave Mrs. Cole abundant opportunity to recover.
In the first round of the doubles Miss Bancroft and Mrs. Lynch defeated Miss Ruth Wise and Miss Ruth King, the Cleveland city champions. In the final Mrs. Cole and Mrs. Godfrey faced Miss Bancroft and Mrs. Lynch and won both sets, 6/3,8/6. The summaries:
FIRST ROUND— Mrs. Frank Godfrey d. Miss Butt, 6/1,5/0, default: Miss R. Wise d. Miss C. Thompson, 6/0,6/0; Miss L. Bancroft d. Miss .T. McGovern, 6/1,6/3: Miss D. Reisel d. Miss M. Cook, 6/0,4/0 (default). SECOND ROUND— Mrs. Godfrey d. Mrs. Lynch. 6/1, 6/1 (default): Miss B. Hedstrom d. Miss R. Wise, 6/3,3/6,6/4; Miss G. French d. Miss M. Williamson, 6/1,6/2; Miss Bancroft d. Miss R. King,, 6/1,6/2; Mrs. B. Cole d. Miss Cole, 6/1,6/0; Miss V. Yates d. Miss F. Boland, 6/0,6/2. THIRD ROUND— Mrs. Godfrey d. Miss Hedstrom, 6/3,5/7.6/3; Miss Knox d. Miss Bush, 6/2,6/1; Mrs. Cole d. Miss Yates, 6/1,6/3. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Mrs. Godfrey d. Miss Knox, 6/0.6/1: Mrs. Cole d. Miss Bancroft. 6/4,6/3. FINAL ROUND— Mrs. B. Cole d. Mrs. Frank Godfrey, 6/0,6/3.
DOUBLES: SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Mrs. Godfrey and Mrs. Cole d. Miss Stockton and Miss Yates; Mrs. Lynch and Miss Bancroft d. Miss McGovern and Miss Bush, 6/1,6/1. FINAL ROUND— Mrs. Godfrey and Mrs. Cole d. Mrs. Lynch and Miss Bancroft, 6/3,8/6.
i^^^^'^- 1^. I
K O r E^ 5
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 91
National Clay Court Championships
After an interval of ten years Walter T. Hayes of Chicago again won the national clay court championship, held in 1921 on the courts of the Chicago Tennis Club, June 27 to July 4. With R. Norris Williams, 2d, Hayes is the only other tennis player to be a double winner of the coveted title, and the remarkable part of his success is that he had not won since 1911, when he led the field of that year. He was also winner of the doubles, paired with Clifton B. Herd, formerly of California.
One hundred players were drawn in the singles. Throughout the week of the tournament the heat was very oppressive and the torrid weather conditions no doubt accounted for the rather unusual scores in many instances. For the first three rounds the results were such as might have been expected in a field where so many players of merit were competing. In the fourth round the sensations began to be displayed a little. Herd defeated Hennessey in that round and put an end to the aspirations of the young Indiana champion. James Weber lost in three sets to Hubbell, and Hayes, eventually the winner of the tournament, accounted for Boyden in the fourth round.
In the fifth round HubbeU continued his attack on the Weber representation by defeating Jerry, former captain of the Yale team, very decisively, 6/2, 6/0,6/2. Squair was matched against Burdick, who plays from Indianapolis now, and it was a hard hitting duel in which Burdick lost the first two sets, rallied and won the next two, and then seemed to fall a victim to the heat, which by that time was sapping the energy of almost all of the players. Herd defeated Vories in straight sets, of which only the first was close. At the start Herd undertook to play Vories from the baseline, but the University of Chicago star forced matters and brought Herd up to the net.
The best match of the round was that between Joe Armstrong and Hayes. Both players rushed the ball mainly from the baseline and tney hit from corner to corner awaiting an opening for a run to the net to finisn tne point. In the first set Hayes was a strifle steadier and in the second each player won his service to 6-all, from which Armstrong won by playing up to the net after chopping deep to Hayes' backhand return. In the third set Armstrong clearly outplayed Hayes, but in doing so seemingly exhausted himself. His strokes lost their former pace, and Hayes, who was quick to see tnat tailing off, assumed the offensive and literally wore Armstrong down to a point where he could make little or no defense.
Squair outplayed Hubbell in the semi-final, but he wavered badly toward the finish. In the match between Herd and Hayes the former started aggres- sive play and led at the beginning of the first set, having point-set twice at 5/4, only to make costly errors wtien the set seemed to be surely his. The rallies were long and at 5-all Herd slowed up noticeably, Hayes winning, 7/5. He gained confidence with this victory and the remainder of tne match was his.
In the final against Squair the steadiness of Hayes won the championship for him. In the third set Squair led at 4/2, but Hayes plodded along unperturbed, and his consistent and uniform work eventually won the set and match.
In the doubles the outstanding teams were Hayes and Herd and Burdick and Hennessey, and all four contestants played through to the finals without
92 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
being called upon to show any unusual skill. When the final was on it was again evident that Hayes' steadiness was a factor with which to be reckoned, and combined with Herd's speed their rivals were unable to win a set. Hennessey was not in his best form and his blunders were costly. Hayes and Herd kept the ball continually in play and their game was not one of defense, as they shot constantly for openings and finished most of the rallies with clean placements, either from the net or from the back-court. The summaries:
NATIONAL CLAY COURT SINGLES.
FIRST ROUND— John Kenfield d. J. A. Mcllwain, 5/7,6/0,6/0; J. J. Forstall d. Walter Goodwillie, 5/7,6/1,6/4; George O'Connell d. Henry Raeder. Jr., 6/1,13/11; George Lott d. Frank Kirkeley. 6/2,6/1; H. A. Knox d. H. A. Lunn, 6/2,6/2; Ralph Burdick d. George Neeves, 6/2,4/6,6/3; A. W. Shaw d. J. F. Day, 6/0,4/6,6/4; R. H. Tinsman d. Jack Paul, 6/2,6/2; J. J. Armstrong d. J. 0. Durant, 6/1,6/0; R. A. Johnson d. J. C. Belden, Jr., 6/2, 4/6,6/3; A. R. Kaiser d. M. B. Joyce, 6/0,6/0; Durant Smith d. Clyde Rosenberger, 6/4,6/2; S. G. Burkland d. Don Turner, 6/1,6/0; H. F. Prussing d. John McLaren, 5/7,8/6,6/1; C. E. Swarts d. 0. R. Seller, 6/4,2/6,6/3; G. K. Smith d. Homer Carr, 4/6,10/8,6/0; Preston Boy- den d. Benjamin Adler, 6/2,6/3; J. E. Anderson d. Henry Magnussen, 6/1,6/4: D. F. Wiley d. S. E. Bates, 7/5,6/4; H. E. James d. Fred. Trischler, 6/4,6/2. SECOND ROUND— D. Tavlor Ward d. C. 0. Carlstrom, 2/6,7/5,6/2; Kenfield d. M. V. Cornica, 9/7,6/2; Forstall d. J. Greeley, 6/1,6/1; Burdick d. Knox, 6/2,10/8; Paul W. Ferris d. A. W. Reid, 1/6,6/2, 6/2; Shaw d. Jack Harris, 6/0,4/6,6/4; Tinsman d. R. J. Shoemaker, 7/5,6/2; Armstrong d. Johnson, 6/1,6/0; Kaiser d. Paul Hartney, 6/1,6/1; Burkland d. Smith, 6/3,6/4; Prussing d. Swarts, 6/4,5/7,6/3; Boyden d. G. K. Smith, 6/1,5/7,6/0; Anderson d. E. Reichenbach,, 6/1, 6/2; W. T. Hayes d. Wiley, 6/0,6/2; James d. Bert Gans, 6/0,6/1; John Hennessey d. L. H. Waidner, 6/3,6/3; Jack Eaglesfield d. Hennig Hultman, 6/1,6/0. THIRD ROUND— Jerry Weber d. S. M. Singleton, Jr., 6/2,6/0; James Weber d. Ward, 6/1,6/2; A. P. Hub- bell d. Kenfield, 10/8,6/3; Forstall d. O'Connell, 7/5,8/6; Burdick d. Lott, 6/0,6/3; Shaw d. Ferris, 6/3,6/1; Alex Squair d. Tinsman, 6/0,6/2; Armstrong d. Kaiser, 6/3,6/2; Burkland d. Prussing, 6/4,6/3; Boyden d. A. L. Green, Jr., 6/4,6/4; Hayes d. Anderson, 6/2,6/4; Clifton Herd d. Jamee, 6/4,6/1; Hennessey d. Ralph Rice, 6/1,6/4; Harry Vories d. Arthur Wold, 6/2,6/1. FOURTH ROUND— Jerry Weber d. Ingersol. 8/6,6/2; Hubbell d. James Weber. 6/4,4/6,6/0; Burdick d. Forstall, 6/2,7/5; Squair d. Shaw, 6/0,8/6; Armstrong d. Burkland. 6/0,6/2; Hayes d. Boyden, 6/2,6/0; Herd d. Hennessey, 5/7,6/1,6/1; Vories d. Eaglesfield. 7/5,6/4. FIFTH ROUND— Hubbell d. Jerry Weber, 6/2,6/0,6/2; Squair d. Burdick, 6/1,6/2, 4/6,6/2; Hayes d. Armstrong, 6/3,6/8,0/6,6/1,6/1; Herd d. Vories, 9/7,6/1,6/3. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Squair d. Hubbell. 6/2,6/1,6/8,6/1; Hayes d. Herd, 7/5,6/2,6/0. FINAL ROUND— Walter T. Hayes d. Alex. Squair, 6/0,6/2,6/4.
NATIONAL CLAY COURT DOUBLES.
FIRST ROUND— Vories and Shaw d. Browne and Cornica, 6/4,6/3,6/4; Goodwillie and Lott d. Ward and O'Connell, 9/11,6/8,7/5,9/7,8/6; Armstrong and Boyden d. Rice and Wylie, 6/2,6/1,6/1; Herd and Hayes d. Burkland and Joyce, 6/1,6/3,6/4; Hubbell and Inger- sol d. Ferris and McGrath, 6/3,6/1,6/1; Singleton and Tinsman d. Johnson and Hoppe, 5A. 6/3,7/5,6/3; Frankenstein and Fogelson d. Smith and Tritschler, 6/3,7/9,6/3,6/2; Levy and Kinsel d. Knox and Burlingame, 6/4,8/10,6/2,5/7.6/0; Hennessey and Burdick d. Magnussen and Hultman, 6/2,6/2,6/3. SECOND ROUND— Vories and Shaw d. Goodwillie and Lott. 8/6, 5/7,6/4,12/10; Armstrong and Boyden d. Neeves and Wiley, 6/1,6/1,6/3; Herd and Hayes d. Carlstrom and Forstall, 6/4,8/6,8/6; Miller and Kenfield d. Hubbell and Ingersol, 6/0,6/3. 6/3: Hennessey and Burdick d. Levy and Kinsel, 6/3,6/2,6/2; Green and Squair d. Grove and Dahly, 6/3,6/1,6/1. THIRD ROUND— Armstrong and Boyden d. Vories and Shaw, 6/1. 6/2.6/3; Herd and Hayes d. Miller and Kenfield, 6/2,2/6,6/1,6/4; Weber and Weber d. Fi*ankenstein and Fogelson, 6/3,6/3,6/3; Hennessey and Burdick d. Green and Squair, 4/6, 6/1,6/4,6/4. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Herd and Hayes d. Armstrong and Boyden. 6/2.6/1, 4/6.6/1; Hennessey, and Burdick d. Weber and Weber, 6/1,6/3,4/6,6/2. FINAL ROUND— Clifton B. Herd and Walter T. Hayes d. John Hennessey «nd Ralph Burdick, 6/1,6/3,6/2.
1
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNliAL 93
Intercollegiate Tennis
By W. S. Jamison.
The 1921 season showed conclusively that tennis has "arrived" as a sport to be played in colleges of all sizes and in every part of the country. There are several instances to prove this fact. Take, for example, the intercollegiate tournament, held the last week in June at Haverford, Pa.: Sixty entries, rep- resenting twenty-eight institutions, showed the number of colleges actively inter- ested, and from a geographical viewpoint there could be nothing more striking than the semi-final round. Here was one man from New England, one from the Middle West, one from the Southwest and one from the Pacific Coast. Such distribution proves that the growing popularity of tennis is not confined to a particular locality, but that the game is having a national expansion.
There were several outstanding features of the 1921 college season. One was the visit of the team made up of men from Oxford and Cambridge Universities. Captained by Harold C. McCarthy, the visitors played a number of matches with picked teams from colleges in the East. The American game was victorious in most instances, but the benefits derived from the visit of college rivals from England were such as to promote understanding and friendly international rivalry among university men. Why would it not be a very good plan in 1922 to send a representative college team to England? The Davis Cup idea applied to collegs tennis is worthy of consideration.
The members of the Intercollegiate Committee of the United States Lawn Tennis Association deserve particular praise for their work in the development of the game. The exhibition matches played during the tournament in June between college stars of former years were highly interesting and greatly appreciated. Dwight F. Davis and Holcombe Ward, intercollegiate champions in their time and famous as a doubles team in national tournaments early in the present century, played a three-set match with William A. Earned and William J. Clothier, former national champions. The value of the match, aside from the reason that all are nationally known players, is the fact that it was as undergraduates that they began their tennis, a game that they are able to play, and play well, years after their college careers are over.
It would be an excellent thing for the game if more of the best players of the country could spare a short time for coaching and instructing the teams of their alma mater. William T. Tilden, 2d, is one of the men interested in this field and has agreed to coach the University of Pennsylvania team in 1922. R. N, Williams, 2d, at Harvard and Dean Mathey at Princeton are other experts who are doing good work in this direction.
Another angle to this success of college tennis finds its root in the develop- ment and supervision of junior tennis throughout the country. It is only in recent years that boys, before entering college, got much attention in tennis circles. The National Association's work among the juniors during the past five years is nearing fruition. Boys now entering college play tennis of 'varsity caliber, and by virtue of having played in school they make college tennis a better and faster game. Tennis in the colleges will continue to grow. The seed of a great game and good sportsmanship has fallen on fertile soil.
I
PHILIP NEER,
Leland Stanford University.
Intercollegiate Champion.
Photo by International.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL ^^
Intercollediate Championships
Tennis has come up so rapidly that few realize it is now a major sport in many colleges. The Universities of Texas, Utah, Washington, Indiana, Michigan. Minnesota, California, Leland Stanford, Colorado, Wesleyan, Kenyon, Ohio State, Oberlin, Western Reserve and Wooster are among those which award a major letter to the members of the tennis team. The University of Pennsyl- vania, Yale, Harvard and Princeton honor with the major letter any member of their team winning an intercollegiate title. It seems to be only a question of time when every institution of learning will recognize tennis as a major sport — many factors point in that direction.
Last fall Dr. R. Tait MacKenzie, physical director at the University of ^Penn- sylvania, took a census of the freshman class. In answer to the question, "What is your favorite sport?" tennis was a close second to base ball. Another interesting bit of information is taken from figures at Amherst College, which is significant as an example of the trend of sports in the smaller colleges. Out of 462 men enrolled in autumn sports in 1921, 127 men played tennis. Football was next in popularity with 52.
The intercollegiates were held at the Merion Cricket Club, Haverford, Pa., the week of June 27. Sixty-one players, representing twenty-eight colleges, took part and for the first time since the tournament has been played the college net title went to the Pacific Coast.
Phil Neer, representing Leland Stanford University, played championship Tennis throughout the week and by sheer brilliance and driving play captured the top honors by a victory in the final round over J. B. Fenno, Jr., of Harvard, whose heady playing had been one of the features of the week. The match went to the limit and Neer won with the aid of a powerful service and deadly cross-court driving. The score was 3/6,6/1,6/4,1/6,6/1.
As close as the singles had been, it remained for the final round of the doubles to furnish the most evenly contested match of the week. Edmund Levy and Wallace Bates, the California stars, had a battle royal with two sons of Harvard, J. B. Fenno, Jr., and E. W. Feibleman. The match was nip and juck the whole way, but Feibleman's brilliant net play, combined with Fenno's accurate placements, proved too much for the Californians and Harvard won, 6/4,7/5,10/12,3/6,6/4.
MacNeil Drumwright of the University of Texas played well, reaching the £emi-finals, as did Fritz Bastian from Indiana University. Drumwright defeated Levy in the fourth round, while Bastian eliminated Carl Fischer. There were s-everal interesting exhibition matches played by former collegiate champions. Watson Washburn paired with Beals Wright and defeated Wallace Johnson and Dean Mathey in a well contested match. Following this, a doubles match, pairing W. A. Earned and W. J. Clothier against Holcombe Ward and Dwight Davis, proved one of the features of the week. Ward and Davis won in a rhree-set tilt.
The annual meeting of the Intercollegiate Lawn Tennis Association was held during the week. Syracuse University was admitted to membership and the following officers were elected for the ensuing year: Philip Neer, Stanford, president; L. E. Williams, Yale, vice-president; C. M. Shipway, Princeton, treasurer; Wallace Bates, University of California, secretary.
-I!Ai;\AKli TEXXIS TEAM.
Underwood & Underwood, Photo.
OXFORD-CAMBRIDGE TENNIS TEAM.
Underwood & Underwood, Photo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 97
Tour of the Oxford- Cambridde Team
The tour of the Oxford-Cambridge players in the United States was inter- esting, agreeably enjoyed and full of entertainment. On the last day of the intercollegiates at Philadelphia a match was played which resulted as follows:
SINGLES— Phil Neer (Stanford) d. H. C. McCarthy (Cambridge), 6/1,6/2; Clark Hopkins (Oxford) d. Carl Fischer (Pennsylvania), 7/5,6/4; R. R. P. Barbour (Oxford) d. W. T. Mal-
lery( Cornell), 6/3, 6/0; Andrew Morgan (Pennsylvania) d. M. D. Horn (Cambridge), 4/6, 6/4,6/3; Fritz Bastian (Indiana) d. T. W. Lowry (Cambridge), 6/1,6/1; R. N. Bradley (Harvard)
d. 0. F. Hepburn (Oxford), 10/8,6/1. DOUBLES— James Davies and Neer (Stanford) d.
McCarthy and Horn (Cambridge),, 6/1,5/7,6/2; McNeil Drumwright and C. E. Granger (U.
of Texas) d. Hopkins and Barbour (Oxford), 6/4,6/1; Fischer and Morgan (Pennsylvania)
d. Lowry (Cambridge), and Hepburn (Oxford), 6/8,6/3,6/0.
On July 5 and 6 the visiting players engaged against the combined Yale- Harvard team at Newport and the outcome of that match was as follows:
SINGLES— Williams (Yale) d. Barbour (Oxford),, 6/2,6/4,6/3; McCarthy (Cambridge) d. Duane (Harvard), 6/1,9/7,4/6,6/3; Buudy (Yale) d. Lowry (Cambridge), 6/4,8/6,6/3; Fenno (Harvard) d. Hopkins (Oxford), 6/0,6/2,6/4; Horn (Cambridge) d. Holmes (Harvard), 6/1,6/2,6/1; Wheeler (Yale) d, Hepburn (Oxford), 6/0.6/4,3/6,6/3. DOUBLES— J. B. Fenno and Morris Duane (Harvard) d. H. C. McCarthy and M. D. Horn (Cambridge), 6/2,1/6, 6/3,8/6; Clark Hopkins and R. R. P. Barbour (Oxford) d. L. E. Williams and F. M. Bundy (Yale), 0/6,6/4,6/2,6/8,6/4; 0. F. Hepburn (Oxford) and T. W. Lowry (Cambridge) d. G. M. Wheeler (Yale) and Holmes (Harvard), 6/4,6/2,6/2.
Team match won by Yale-Harvard, 5 matches to 4.
On July 7, the day after the match with the Yale-Harvard players, the
visitors met a picked team from the West Side Tennis Club and played against
it at Forest Hills, N. Y. The results were as follows:
SINGLES— Ichiya Kumagae (WS) d. T. C. McCarthy (Cambridge), 6/1,6/1; W. M. Wash- burn (WS) d. Clark Hopkins (Oxford), 6/3,6/1; S. H. Voshell (WS) d. R. R. P. Barbour (Oxford), 7/5,6/1; T. R. Pell (WS) d. M. D. Horn (Cambridge), 6/3,6/1; L. E. Mahan (WS) d. 0. F. Hepburn (Oxford), 6/1,6/2; F. C. Baggs (WS) d. T. W. Lowry (Cam- bridge), 6/1,6/2. DOUBLES— T. R. Pell and Karl Behr (WS) d. McCarthy and Horn, 6/0., 6/0; Kumagae and Beals C. Wright (WS) d. Hopkins and Barbour, 6/2,6/2; W. M. Hall and Mahan (WS) d. Lowry and Hepburn, 6/1,6/4
The Princeton players were met on the Seabright courts July 8 and 9 and the outcome of the matches was as follows:
SINGLES— J. L. Werner (Princeton) d. Clark Hopkins (Oxford), 6/0,6/1,8/6: E. T. Hern- don (Princeton) d. H. C. McCarthy (Cambridge), 6/0,6/1,6/0; R. R. P. Barbour (Oxford) d. C. Shipway (Princeton), 6/2,6/3,6/4; P. M. Dixon (Oxford) d. H. Brawner (Princeton), 10/8,6/1,6/2; Harold Taylor (Princeton) d. M. D. Horn (Cambridge). 7/5,6/8,6/4,6/4; Howard (Princeton) d. O. F. Hepburn (Oxford), 3/6,6/3,6/2,6/2. DOUBLES— T. W. Lowry and Hepburn (0-C) d. Miller and Howard, 6/4,6/1,4/6,7/5; Hopkins and Barbour (0-C) d. Ship- way and Taylor, 6/2,1/6,6/4,9/7; Werner and Herndon (P) d. McCarthy and Dixon, 4/6,7/5, 2/6,7/5.
Princeton won the team match, 5 matches to 4.
On July 12 the Oxford-Cambridge players competed against a team of the Rockaway Hunt Club at Cedarhurst, L. I. The feature of that series was the victory of R. R. P. Barbour of Oxford over Malcolm D. Whitman, national champion of the United States in 1898, 1899 and 1900. The summaries:
SINGLES— R. R. P. Barbour (Oxford) d. M. D. Whitman (RHC), 3/6.6/4,7/5; Beals C. Wright (RHC) d. H. C. McCarthy (Cambridge). 6/0.6/1; E. P. Larned (RHC) d. Clark Hopkins (Oxford), 6/1,6/2; M. D. Horn (Cambridge) d. F. W. Gwynne (RHC), 6/4,6/8,6/2; P. M. Dixon (Oxford) d. James Hill (RHC), 7/5, default; T. W. Lowry (Cambridge) d. A. B. Ells (RHC), 6/3,0/6,6/1; 0. F. Hepburn (Oxford) d. Seton Porter (RHC). 6/2,4/6,6/2. DOUBLES— Whitman and Hill (RHC) d. McCarthy and Dixon. 8/6.5/7.6/5; Hopkins and Barbour d. Wright and Larned. 4/6,7/5,7/5; Hepburn and Lowry d. Porter and R. M. Miles. 6/1,1/6.6/3.
Oxford-Cambridge won the team match. 7 matches to 3.
98
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
National Indoor Championships, 1922
The first men's national title to change hands in 1922 was the national indoor cham- pionship, March 25, at the Seventh Regiment Armory, New York City. Francis T. Hunter played consistent tennis throughout the tour- nament and took the final honors from Frank T. Anderson, who was defending his title as 1921 champion. Anderson went into the final round a favorite, but Hunter, who had been playing well all winter, won the match in decisive manner. The tournament established a new record for entries — 74 — the largest number ever placed in this cham- pionship. Among the outstanding features of the tournament were the victory of Frank Anderson over S. Howard Voshell, twice for- mer indoor champion, and the defeat in the doubles of W. T. Tilden, 2d, and his youth- ful partner, "Sandy" Wiener of Philadelphia. G. Carlton Shafer, a familiar figure in in- door championships and three times doubles title-holder, reached the semi-final round in singles, where he was defeated by Hunter, 6 1,6/3. Paired with Dr. George King, Westchester champion, Shafer reached the final round of doubles.
Both of the final matches brought out good tennis, the Anderson-Hunter match be- ing particularly brilliant. The match was replete with smashing services and wicked driving. Hunter uncovering many times a terrific forehand drive that Anderson was unable to cope with. Anderson's service, which is very fast and difficult to handle in- doors, gave Hunter some trouble at first. S. Howard Voshell and Frank Anderson took the doubles title by defeating G. Carl- ton Shafer and Dr. George King in a four- set match. Anderson and Voshell possessed too much speed in services and drives for their opponents, although Shafer and King played heady tennis. The finals summaries:
SINGLES- Semi-final round— Frank T. Anderson d. S. Howard Voshell, 9/11,6/3,7/5; Francis T. Hunter d. G. Carlton Shafer, 6/1.6/3. Final round— Hunter d. Anderson, 6/4,1/6, 7/5 6/2. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— G. Carlton Shafer and Dr. George King d. Clarence E 'Unterberg and Paul S. McHugh, 6/1,6/2: Frank T. Anderson and S. Howard Voshell d. Herbert L. Bowman and .1. Harry Steinkampf, 6/2,6/4. Final round— Anderson and Voshell d. Shafer and Dr. King. 3/6.6/1.9/7,6/2.
FRANCIS T. HUNTER,
New York. National Indoor Champion.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 99
National Indoor Women's Championships
1922
Mrs. Molla Bjurstedt Mallory retained her title as national indoor champion in the tournament beginning March 20, 1922, on the covered courts of ihe T ongwood Cricket Club, at Chestnut Hill, Mass.
For the second time during the winter she was opposed in the final round by Miss Leslie Bancroft, whose indoor playing had been consistently brilliant. Miss Bancroft forced matters in the first set and at one time was within one point of winning. She hit with great strength and placed her speedy drives deep enough ro give Mrs. Mallory difficulty in finally taking the set at 7/5. Jn the second set Miss Bancroft could not withstand the speedy shots that Mrs. Mallory unleashed, and after winning the first game. Miss Bancroft dropped six in a row.
Paired with W. T. Tilden, 2d, Mrs. Mallory retained another of her numerous titles by defeating Mrs. Frank H. Godfrey and R. Norris Williams, 2d, in the mixed doubles final. The match went to the former pair in straight sets, 6/2, 7/5. Tilden's work was sensational and Mrs. Mallory continued the fast pace she had set in the singles.
The only change in titleholders came in the women's doubles. Here Mrs. Marion Zinderstein Jessup, co-holder in 1921 with Mrs. George Wightman, teamed up with Mrs. F. H. Godfrey. Mrs. Mallory played with Mrs. L. G. Morris, her 1921 partner. These teams met in the final round and Mrs. Jessup and Mrs. Godfrey won the championship, 6/4,6/3.
Aside from Mrs. Mallory, Mrs. Jessup and Miss Bancroft were the out- standing players. Mrs. Jessup played brilliant tennis up to the semi-final round, where she was defeated by the driving speedy pace of Miss Bancroft,
WORLD'S COVERED COURT CHAMPIONSHIPS, 1922. The world's covered courts championships for 1^22 were held at St. Moritz, Switzerland, February 16 and succeeding days. The finals summaries follow:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Cochet d. Larsen. 6/2,6/1,6/2; Borotra d. De Mor- pui-go, 3/6,6/3,6/2,6/1. Final round— Cochet d. Borotra, 4/6,2/6,6/3,6/3,6/0. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Simon and Martin d. Petersen and Thayssen. 8/6,6/4,1/6,6/3; Cochet and Borotra d. Brugnon and DuPont, 2/6,11/9,6/4,6/3. Final round— Cochet and Borotra d. Simon and Martin, 2/6,6/0,6/1,6/4. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Mme. Golding d. Mile. Bourgeois, 6/2,6/3; Mme. Vaussard d. Mme. Monk, 6/0,6/1. Final round- Mme. Golding d. Mme. Vaussard, 6/2,7/5. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Final round— Mme. Golding and Mme. Vaussard d. Mile. Bourgeois and Mme. Canivet by default. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Mme. Golding and M. Borotra d. Mme. Vaussard and M. Decugis, 6/3.6/4.
JULIUS SAGLOWSKT,
Indianapolis. National Boy Champion.
t
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 101
Tennis Amon^ the Younger Players
By Charles Garland.
The national championships for juniors, boys and girls in 1921 were marked by three events of special interest. The graduation of the junior champion, Vincent Richards, from that class by reason of laving reached the age limit established by the by-laws; the winning of the singles championship for boys by an entrant from the Middle West, and the phenomenal play of a young contender from California who triumphed in the championship for girls.
Vincent Richards was the boy champion before entering the junior ranks. He won the junior championship three years in succession. His record of victories in events for boys and juniors — both singles and doubles — for a number of years has been wonderful and surpassed that of any player since the inauguration of national championships in these branches.
The entry of Julius Saglowsky of Indianapolis in the national singles for boys was not attended by any blast of trumpets indicating that he had acquired unusual skill, and this being his first appearance in national tennis, or, indeed, in tournaments beyond his home circle, he was merely considered as one in a score of others of the average type. It soon became evident that his game was of a superior quality, closely resembling that displayed by Vincent Richards in his earlier years, and the prediction was freely made that this young boy champion should develop into a player of great skill if proper opportunities are available and employed. This champion, it will be noted, is from the Middle West, thus demonstrating that the established methods of development are showing results throughout the entire country.
Too much cannot be said in the way of favorable comment on the play of Miss Helen Wills of California, the new champion in national singles for girls. "Her play was phenomenal, her poise and self-control being most remarkable considering her youth," was the rather fitting expression of one of the leading women players.
The season of 1921 showed much improvement both in the play of the boys and girls entered in the various tournaments and in the interest manifested by the general public in this branch of tennis. It is the aim of the National Association to foster in every possible way the development of play among the younger class, and as a means to that end representatives have been selected in some 50 districts who are giving time and thought freely to the many prob- lems arising in these various communities, particularly with reference to educa- tional institutions and municipal tennis courts. These efforts should have the hearty support of all members of the Association through the holding of local tournaments for juniors, boys and girls, as competition of this nature will do much to improve the quality of play.
A
MISS HELEN WILLS,
San Francisco. National Girls' Champion.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 103
National Junior Championships
For the third year in succession the massive Goddard Weld Saunders Bowl will have inscribed on it the name of Vincent Richards, who has thrice won the national junior championship of the United States. His victory in 1921 was achieved on the courts of the Longwood Cricket Club, August 22. The runner-up was Arnold W. Jones of Providence. Jones was paired with William W- Ingraham and this team won the doubles. The runners-up were Franklin T. Osgood of Pleasantville, N. Y., and Louis B. Dailey, Jr., of East Orange, N. J.
In the singles Richards was too fast for his field, although in the final round Jones carried him to a 9/7 set before Richards won. The first keen opposition encountered by Richards was in the third round, when Charles Wood, Jr., of New York, took him to an 8/6 set after Richards had won the first two, 6/4,6/1.
In the second round there was a keen contest between Ingraham and Jones, which virtually was to decide the player who would meet Richards in the final, as it was agreed that both Ingraham and Jones had a chance to go that far. The match was won by Jones, but only after a scoring record which was an indication ot the hard fight between the young players. The score was 9/11, 7/5,6/3,2/6,6/0. There were other good matches in the second round and also in the third, and the players worked so hard in the early rounds that when they came to the semi-finals their tennis was comparatively tame.
In the doubles Jones and Ingraham started with a hard match in the first round when they played against Godshall and Coffin. They were easily successful in the next over Hooper and Shaw and triumphed with something to spare in the semi-final over Wood and Bernstein, The final was not a bit diflficult for them. The summaries:
JUNIOR SINGLES. FIRST ROUND— Morton Bernstein d. Alden Briggs, 7/9,4/6,6/4,6/2,6/2; Arnold W. Jones d. Lawrence Phillips, 6/0,6/1,6/0; W. W, Ingraham d. E. Reichenback, 6/0,6/1,6/0; H. Godshall d. Wm. P. Wear, 6/4,5/7,6/3,6/0; F. T. Osgood d. Wm. H. Bierman, 4/6,6/1,6/2, 7/5; Vincent Richards d. Fred. Mercur, 6/2,6/1,6/4; Berry Grant d. H. Orme, 6/4,6/1,2/6, 6/2; Kier Boyd d. A. M. Lanciaux, 6/1,6/2,6/1, SECOND ROUND— J. F. Whitebeck d. Fred. C. Waltz, 6/1,6/0,6/1; Bernstein d. Clifford Marsh, 7/5,6/2,6/3; Jones d. Ingraham, 9/11,7/5,6/3,2/6,6/0; Osgood d. Godshall, 6/3,6/1,4/6,6/4; Richards d. Grant, 6/2,6/0,6/1; Charles Wood, Jr. d. Boyd, 6/3,6/2,6/3; Milo Miller d. Louis Dailey, Jr., 9/7,6/4,5/7,7/5; Harry Coffin d. W. D. Hooper,, 6/3,7/5,6/1. THIRD ROUND— Bernstein d. Whitebeck, 2/6, 6/1,7/5,6/1; Jones d. Osgood, 6/4,2/6,6/3,2/6,8/6; Richards d. Wood, 6/4,6/1,8/6; Coffin d. Miller, 6/1,6/1,2/6,9/7. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Jones d. Bernstein, 6/3,6/2,6/1; Richards d. Coffin, 6/3,6/3,6/3. FINAL ROUND— Vincent Richards d. Arnold W. Jones, 6/3,7/5,9/7.
.JUNIOR DOUBLES. FIRST ROUND— A. W. Jones and W. W. Ingraham d. H. Godshall and H. Coffin, 7/5, 6/4,6/2. SECOND ROUND— W. H. Bierman and R. Rosebrough d. B. Grant and C. Nun- nally, 3/6,6/3,8/6,7/5; A. W. Jones and W. W. Ingraham d. W. D. Hooi^er and C. D. Shaw, 6/0,6/1,6/1: C. M. Wood, Jr., and M. Bernstein d. W. Goodwillie and G. Scott, 10/8,6/0,7/5,7/5. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— F. T. Osgood and L. B. Dailey d. Bierman and Rosebrough, 6/2,6/1,6/3; Jones and Ingraham d. Wood and Bernstein, 6/3,6/2,6/1, FINAL ROUND— Jones and Ingraham d. Osgood and Dailey, 6/1,6/1,6/3.
NATIONAL BOYS' CHAMPIONSHIPS.
In the national boys' championships, which were held on the courts of the Longwood Cricket Club, August 22, the field was made up of promising young players and the championship in singles was won by Julius Saglowsky of Indianapolis. On his way to the final Saglowsky defeated Meredith Jones, the
MORTON BERNSTEIN. CHARLES WOOD. JB.
Team of New York junior players who reached the semi-final round in the National Junior Doubles and played well in the Singles at Longwood. Both are ranked amonB the First Ten Juniors.
SPALDING-S TENNIS ANNUAL 105
youngest member of the family that is so prominent in tennis, and also Greyel Acker and George Lott. A well-balanced net game helped the young champion perceptibly. James L. Farquhar, who was champion in 1921, did not compete. In the boys' doubles the winners were McGlinn and Valentine. They lost the first set in the final to Acker and Sealey, who started as if nothing could defeat them, but McGlinn and Valentine had too much reserve power for them. The summaries:
BOYS' SINGLES.
FIRST ROUND— W. M. Jones <J. Palmer Sealy, G/2,6/3. SECOND ROUND— K. P. Appel d. A. Infjrabam, Jr., 6/3,4/6,6/1; George Lott d. Malcolm Hill, 6/3,6/1 ;Grevel Acker d. F. Miles Valentine, 6/3,7/5; Julius Saglowsky d. M. W. Jones, 6/1,6/3; Sam Ewing d. Bryant Grant, 6/2,6/2; David O'Loughlin d. Ed. H. Uhler, 6/2,6/3; Thomas McGlinn d. A. C. Ingraham, 6/8,6/2,8/6; Charles Nunnally d. Chester J. Moore, 5/7,6/4,6/4. THIRD ROUND— George Lott d. K. P. Appel, 6/2,6/4; Julius Saglowski d. Grevel Acker, 6/3,6/3; David O'Loughlin d. Sam Ewing, 5/7,6/0,6/3; Thomas McGlinn d. Charles Nunnally, 6/4, 6/1. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Julius Saglowsky d. George Lott, 4/6,8/6,6/2; Thomas McGlinn d. David O'Loughlin, 6/1,11/9. FINAL ROUND— Julius Saglowsky d. Thomas McGlinn, 3/6,6/2,6/0.
BOYS' DOUBLES.
FIRST ROUND— A. C. Ingraham and R. B. Owen d. W. I. Schiller and B. Levenson, default. SECOND ROUND— Miles Valentine and T. McGlinn d. E. K. Uhler and M. Lewis, 6/3,6/4; Malcolm Hill and H. L. Johnson, Jr., d. Ingraham and Owen, 6/2,8/10,8/6; Grevel Acker and P. Sealey d. M. W. Jones and A. Ingraham, Jr., 9/7,4/6,9/7; Sam Ewing and George Lott d. B. Grant and Chas. Nunnally, default. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Val- entine and McGlinn d. Hill and Johnson, 6/2,6/2; Acker and Sealey d. Ewing and Lott, default. FINAL ROUND— McGlinn and Valentine d. Acker and Sealey, 3/6,6/4,6/3.
NATIONAL GIRLS' CHAMPIONSHIP.
Entries for the national championship of girls in singles, played at the West Side Tennis Club on Long Island, August 15, were few and the competition rather one-sided owing to the unmistakable superiority of Miss Helen Wills over the field. The summaries:
GIRLS' SINGLES.
FIRST ROUND— Miss Helen Wills d. Miss Ceres Baker, 6/1,6/2; Miss Jane Brooks d.
Miss Anna E. Brooks, 6/2.3/6,6/4; Miss Virginia Carpenter d. Miss Adelaide E. Hooker,
6/2.6/2. SEMI-FINAL ROUND— Miss Wills d. Miss Brooks, 6/1,6/1: Miss Carpenter d.
Miss Helen Hooker, 6/4,1/6,6/2. FINAL ROUND— Miss Wills d. Miss Carpenter, 6/3,6/3.
NATIONAL INDOOR JUNIOR CHAMPIONSHIPS. Edgar F. Dawson of Fordham Prep won the national indoor championship, which was held on the courts of the Seventh Regiment Armory during the week of December 26. The runner-up was Morton Bernstein of the Harlem Tennis Club. The final match was played with an intensity that aroused the spectators to excited appreciation and Dawson was successful over Bernstein, 6/3,6/4,2/6,8/10,6/4. In the doubles Jerry Lang and Dawson were paired and won from Bernstein and John F. Whitbeck, 6/0,7/5,6/4. The boys' indoor singles were played at the same time and Greville Acker of St. Paul's School was successful over O. Orser of Washington High, 6/1,8/6.
INTERSCHOLASTIC SINGLES CHAMPIONSHIP OF PHILADELPHIA.
The interscholastic singles of Philadelphia, which was played on the courts of the University of Pennsylvania, beginning May 27, was won by Earl Bart- lett, who represented Penn Charter School and defeated H. Colburn, of the West Philadelphia High School in the final, 1/6,6/4,6/3,6/4. The match was well fought, but steadier work by Bartlett gave him the victory.
;,^:-^-?3^^
CT'^
/
SPALDING'S TENrJS A::r;iiAL
10-
NORTH PHILADELPHIA CENTER CHAMPIONSHIPS. Over one hundred entries in singles, doubles and mixed doubles took part in the North Philadelphia Center championships for girls, boys and juniors at the Philadelphia Cricket Club, the week of June 13. Miles Valentine, won the boys' singles, while McGlinn and Rauth won the boys' doubles. Miss Vir- ginia Carpenter captured three titles by winning the girls' singles, paired with Miss G. Harris the girls' doubles, and with ^ Earl Bartlett the mixed doubles. M. B. Huff, ^^
Jr., won the junior singles, and with W. Pot- '^^^
ter Wear he won the doubles. ^ '-
SAN FRANCISCO JUNIOR ACTIVITIES.
Promotion of junior activities was one of the features of tennis in San Francisco dur- ing 1921. Early in May Miss Philomene Hagan, Supervisor of the San Francisco play- grounds, assisted by her various playground directors, ran what was probably the largest juvenile tournament ever attempted in the United States. Over one thousand boys and girls, all under nineteen years of age, en- tered the competitions. There were three classes in the boys' events: Class 1, ages 12 to 14; Class 2, ages 14 to 16, and Class 3, ages 16 to 18. Wallace Bates and Howard Kinsey assisted Miss Hagan by playing exhi- bitions at the various playgrounds.
The Golden Gate Park Junior Club was reorganized during the early part of the year under the sponsorship of Howard Kin- sey. Monthly tournaments were held, such as class singles, handicap singles and handi- cap doubles tournaments. The new crop of juniors is very promising. In Louis Heil- bron and Martin Liebes, the club can boast of two great players for their age.
. The Golden Gate Girls' Junior Club was reorganized by Mrs. M. Wales Kress and Robert E. Law. This club was handled in the same manner as that of the boys. The San Francisco Chronicle, at the suggestion of Leon Strauss, tennis editor, sponsored a monster juvenile tournament for boys and girls under sixteen years. Two hundred and fifty boys entered the competition, which was won by Martin Liebes, who defeated Louis Heilbron in the finals. Besides these activi- ties there were junior events in the various championships.
FRITZ MERCUR,
Harrisburg, Pa. Pennsylvania State Junior Champion; Hani hnrg City Champion; No. 7 in National Junior Rnking.
Renner, Photo.
„,, ^'^'//w n,, "*v > y:^
^<^1-
K. P. APPEL. GREVEL ACKER.
Two of New York's younger players who made a creditable showing in the
National Bojs' Championship at Longwood and are Ranked among the First
Ten Boys. E- Levick. N.Y. Photos.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 109
RESULTS OF JUNIOR TOURNAMENTS.
BRISTOL COUNTY CHAMPIONSHIP, NEW BEDFORD CLUB, APRIL 16. Semi-final round— Booth d. Holden, 6/2,7/5; Holland d. Davenport, 7/5,1/6,9/7. Final round— H. Holland d. E. Booth, 10/8,6/3,6/3.
AGAWAM HUNT CLUB, APRIL 23. Semi-final round— Bell d. Thompson, 1/6,6/4,6/3; Chase d. Paige, 6/i,6/3. Final round- Bell d. Chase, 6/3,4/6,6/3,6/2.
FALL RIVER COUNTRY CLUB, APRIL 30. Semi-final round— Thomson d. Crossley, 6/2,6/2; Davenport d. Wood, 6/3,6/1. Final round — S. Thompson d. J. P. Davenport, 3/6„6/l, 2/6,6/4,6/3.
ST. PAULS SCHOOL, MAY 30. SINGLES— Final round— Winston Guest vron. DOUBLES: Final round— F. F. Symington and Harold D. Reps won.
INTERSCHOLASTIC TOURNAMENT, ST. PAUL TENNIS CLUB, JUNE 3. Semi-final round— Norton d. Youngbauer, 4/6,6/1,6/4; Chambers d. Caton, 6/3,6/1. Final round— J. Chambers d. M. Norton, 6/0,6/3,6/1.
SOUTH ATLANTA PARKS ASSOCIATION, JUNE 13. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Grant d. Regan, 6/0,6/0,6/1; Van Winkle d. Everett, 2/6. 8/6,6/1,6/4. Final round— Grant d. Van Winkle, 6/1,6/1,6/4. DOUBLES: Semi-final round- Van Winkle and Armstrong d. McClune and Everett, 6/1,12/10,6/3; Grant and Nunnally d. Whitten and White, 6/3,6/2,6/1. Grant and Nunnally d. Van Winkle and Armstrong, 6/3, 6/2,6/1.
CLEVELAND DISTRICT CHAMPIONSHIP, JUNE 18. Semi-final round— Schuster d. Shapiio, 5/7,0/4,6/3; Stevens . d. Carran, 6/1,7/5. Final round— Schuster d. Stevens, 7/5,6/3,4/6,4/6,6/4.
FOREST PARK CHAMPIONSHIP, JUNE 20. Semi-final round— Lauciaux d. Pesolano, 6/3,6/3,6/4; Martin d. Spencer, 6/8,6/0,6/2,6/2. Final round— Lanciaux d. Martin, 4/6,6/0,6/2,6/1'.
HARTFORD TENNIS CENTER, HARTFORD GOLF CLUB, JUNE 25. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Thalheimer d. Langdon, 6/0,6/0; Walz d. Comstock, 4/6, 9/7,6/2. Final round— Walz d. Thalheimer, 7/5,6/2. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Thal- heimer and Comstock d. Vreeland and Donchiau, 6/2,6/1; Walz and Langdon a bye. Final round— Thalheimer and Comstock d. Walz and Langdon, 7/5,6/4.
PACIFIC STATES CHAMPIONSHIP, BERKELEY TENNIS CLUB, JUNE 26. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Bettens d. Heilbron, 6/1.6/1; H. Suhr d. Chandler, 0/6.6/S, 6/4. Final round— H. Suhr d. Bettens, 6/3,4/6,6/3,0/6,6/3. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Basham and Dreiseke d. Van der Leith and Welch, default: Bettens and H. Suhr d. Chand- ler and T. Stow, 10/8,7/5. Final round— Phil Bettens anrl H. Suhr d. John Basham and Dreiseke, 4/6,6/1,6/2,6/3.
WILMINGTON TENNIS CENTER, DU PONT COUNTRY CLUB, JUNE 27. Semi-final round— Hoopes d. Moore, 4/6.6/1,6/0; Thatcher d. Shaw, 6/3,6/3. Final round— Hoopes d. Thatcher. 6/4.6/2,6/3.
PITTSBURGH ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION, JULY 5. Semi-final round— Reed d. O'Connor, 4/6,6/3,4/6,6/0,6/1; Boyd d. Turbett, 6/3,6/0,7/5. Final round— Boyd d. Reed. 6/2,6/8,3/6,6/4,9/7.
BROOKLYN JUNIOR CHAMPIONSHIP, TERRACE-KINGS COUNTY. JULY 6. Semi-final round— Stokum d. Bradley, 6/4,6/4; Dawson d. Moore, 7/5,6/4. Final round— Dawson d. Stokum. 0/6,6/3.ri/l,6/4.
ST. LOUIS CENTER CHAMPIONSHIP. ST. LOUIS A. A., JULY 8. SINGLES: Semi-final round— White d. Edwards, 6/2,6/3; Bierman d. Rosebrough, 6/2,6/4. Final round— W. H. Bierman d. Richard Rosebrough, 6/3.6/4,7/5. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Stuckman and Hopkins d. Meurer and Wilson, 6/4,9/7; Bierman and Rosebrough d. Lueders and Cash, 6/4,7/5. Final round— W. H. Bierman and R. Rosebrough d. Stuckman and Hopkins, 6/3,6/2,6/4.
CHAMPIONSHIP OF NEW JERSEY, ENGLESIDE TENNIS CLUB, JULY 9. Semi-final round— Glore d. Webster. 6/2,6/4; Watson d. Bliss. 6/3.6/1. Final round- Charles Watson, 3d. d. A. R. Glore, 10/8,9/7,6/3.
COUNTRY CLUB OF WESTCHESTER, JULY 11. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Bradley d. Husted, 6/3,2/6.6/2: Dailey d. Rawlins, 6/4,6/1. Final round— L. B. Dailey, Jr., d. R. Bradley, 6/3,6/4,6/1. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Kuhn and Glore d. Stoddard and Cobb, default: Osgood and Dailey d. A. Bradley and Rawlins, 6/1,6/2. Final round— F. T. Osgood and L. B. Dailey, Jr., d. Ernest Kuhn and A. R. Glore. 7/5.fi/0.
1, Allan Wallis. Mgr. : 2, 11. Hadlev; 3, T. McGlinn: 4. R. Stafford; 5, Dr. C. A. Strong, Coach: 6, R. Reeves; 7, L. Colket; 8, E. Bartlett, Capt. : 9, T. Holloway; 10, S. Clark.
PENN CHARTER SCHOOL, PHILADELPHIA.
J. C. Riley, Mgr.: \' \ \:in I'.iin n, E. c. (;., i. Stadt'l.
ST. JOHN'S PREPARATORY SCHOOL, DAXVERS, MASS.
Sanborn Photo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 111
DETROIT CITY CHAMPIONSHIP, DETROIT TENNIS CLUB, JULY 11. Final round — Won by Frank W. Donovan, Halfway, Mich.
AUSTIN (TEX.) TENNIS CENTER, JULY 13. ^ SINGLES: Final round— Albert Love won. DOUBLES: Final round— Albert Love and Edward Mather won.
CHAMPIONSHIP OF PENNSYLVANIA, CYNWYD CLUB, JULY 23. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miller d. Maguire, 4/6,7/5,6/2: Mercur d. Hodge, 6/2,0/1. Final round— F. Mercur d. Milo Miller, Jr., 6/0,6/4,6/2. DOUBLES: Semi-final round- Hodge and Colburn d. A. Maguire and Craft, 6/1,6/2; Miller and Watson d. Olhausen and Valentine, 6/2,6/4. Final round— Miller and Watson d. Hodge and Colburn, 6/0, 6/3,4/6,6/3. BROOKLYN TENNIS CENTER, TERRACE-KINGS COUNTY ASSOCIATION, JULY 25. Semi-final round— Farquhar d. De Biaso, 6/2,6/2; Osgood d. Stokum, 6/1,6/2; Osgood d. Fartiuhar, 6/2,6/3,4/6,6/3.
LAKE GEORGE CLUB. JULY 25. Semi-final round— Weisman d. Mainthow, 6/1,6/4; A. McAneny d. W. McAneny, 6/2,7/5. iinal round— Alan Weisman d. A. McAneny, 6/2,6/0.
PACIFIC NORTHWEST CHAMPIONSHIP, VICTORIA TENNIS CLUB, JULY 25. Semi-final round— Proctor d. Westerman, 6/2,6/0,6/0; Ross d. Muma, 7/5,6/4,0/6,8/10,11/9. Final round— Ross d. Proctor, 7/5,6/3,5/7,7/5.
RUMSON SCHOOL TOURNAMENT. VICTORY PARK, JULY 25. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Cheezzi d. Crane, 6/3; Porter d. Sammon, 4/0, default. Final round— Porter d. Cheezzi, 7/5,1/6,6/4. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Crane and Porter d. Johnson and Ziegler, 6/3; Howart and Cheezzi d. Schulz and Murphy, 6/0. Crane and Porter d. Howart and Cheezzi, 6/4,6-3.
RUMSON COUNTRY CLUB. JULY 26. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Potts d. J. Riker, default; White d. R. Strauss, 6/3,6/1. Final round— White d. Potts, 8/6,6/0. DOUBLES: Final round— H. Potts and H. Scott d. L. Bdston and J. Riker, 6/0.6/1.
BATHING AND TENNIS CLUB, JULY 29. Semi-final round — Van Ryan d. Moore, 8/6,6/2; Cook d. Lewis, 6/1,6/0. Final round— H. Cook d. Van Ryan, 6/1,6/1,6/0.
WEST SIDE TENNIS CLUB, AUGUST 1. Semi-final round— Bernstein d. Stewart, 6/2,6/1; Dailey d. Kuhn, 6/2,6/1. Final round— M. Bernstein d. L. B. Dailey, 6/0,6/4,6/1.
INTERSTATE TOURNAMENT, SIOUX CITY TENNIS ASSOCIATION, AUGUST 1. Semi-final round— Godshall d. Moore, 6/1,6/0; Coffin d. Lamar, 6/1.6/1. Final round— Godshall d. Coffin, 6/1,6/0.
PITTSBURGH TENNIS CENTER, PITTSBURGH A. A., AUGUST 1. Semi-final round— Boyd d. O'Loughlin, 6/2,6/3,6/2; Reed d. Johnson, 6/3,6/1,6/4. Final round— K. Boyd d. L. Reed, 6/1,6/1,4/6,6/3,4/6.
ASHEVILLE TENNIS CENTER, ASHEVILLE COUNTRY CLUB, AUGUST 1. Semi-final round— Coxe d. Wagener, 7/5,6/1,6/3; Morton d. Stephens, 2/6,7/5,6/2,6/1. Final round— Coxe d. Morton, 6/3,6/i),6/l.
DENVER TENNIS CENTER, DENVER TENNIS ASSOCIATION, AUGUST 6. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Risley d. Hale, 6/1,6/3,6/1: Gale d. Obenauer. 3/6,6/2,4/6, 6/4,6/4. Final round— R. Gale d. A. Risley, 3/6,7/5,6/3,5/7,6/3. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Bosworth and Gale d. Hupp and Risley, 6/1,6/0,6/3; Obenauer and McGuire d. Laverty and Birney, 4/6,6/1,6/4,6/2. Final round— Bosworth and Gale d. Obenauer and McGuire, 4/6.6/4,6/3,6/3.
MARYLAND STATE CHAMPIONSHIP, BALTIMORE COUNTRY CLUB, AUGUST S.
SINGLES: Semi-final round— Silverman d. Goldstein, 6/3,7/5; Welman d. Hayden, 6/2, 6/0. Final round— A. Silverman d. W. We'nian. 6/2.6/4.6/2. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Silverman and Steward d. Turnbull and Haden, 6/1,6/2; Welman and Goldstein d. Lela- velle and Wasserman, 6/4,6-2. Final round— W. Welman and M. Goldstein d. A. Silverman and R. W. Steward, 2/6,7/5,5/7,6/4,8/6.
BUFFALO TENNIS CENTER. PARK CLUB. AUGUST 8. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Marsh d. Dreyfuss, 6/4,6/2,8/6; Wilson d. Keenan, 6A.6/3. 6/4 Final round— Marsh d. Wilson, 6/3,6/2,6/4. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Burns and Cuddy d. Hatch and Abbott. 6/3.6/4.4/6. t/6.6/:i!: KeLv aua Coteu- ,. i»ievl'uss and x-(;.and
6/4.6/3.2/6.6/4.
1, Thomas McGIinn, National Boys' Doubles Champion (with Miles Valentine). 2, Wjlliain rotter Wear. No. 10 in National Junior Ranking. 3, Al Maguire, No. 7 in National Boys' Ranking.
TRIO OF PHILADELPHIA JUNIOR PLAYERS.
1, Thomas Lott, ChicHuo li
2, EllswortJi lU'icli.-iil.inh, Runner-up.
TRIO OF CHICAGO JUNIOR PLAYERS.
.'liaiiijiion : Sciui-flnalist National Ihi.v.-' Cliampiouship, ago Junior Champion, and Walter Goodwillie (3),
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL US
WASHINGTON STATE CHAMPIONSHIP, SEATTLE TENNIS CLUB, AUGUST 9.
Semi-final round— .Marion d. Langlie, 6/3,7/5; Ross d. Proctor, 6/0,6/0. A. Ross d. A. Marion, 2/6,6/0,6/4.
DELAWARE VALLEY CHAMPIONSHIP, MILFORD FIELD CLUB, AUGUST 16.
Semi-final round— Malhame d. Saydah, 6/3,6/1; Woodford d. Carrol, 3/6,6/3,6/2. Final round— W. Woodford d. E. Malhame. 6/l,fi/2.6/0.
BORDER STATES CHAMPIONSHIP, SEPTEMBER 23.
Semi-final round — Williams d. Cooke, 6/1,6/2; Ferguson d. Chew, 6/3,3/6,6/3. Williams d. Ferguson, 6/0,6/0,6/4. CALIFORNIA STATE CHAMPIONSHIP, BERKELEY TENNIS CLUB, SEPTEMBER 3.
SINGLES: Semi-fipal round- Bettens d. Suhr, 2/6,7/5,8/6; Chandler d. Ragan. 6/3,6/2. Final round— Phil Bfettens d. Chandler, 7/5,6/4,i,/o. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Basham and Chandler d. Kadke and Vinson, 6/3,5/7,6/1; Bettens and Suhr d. Smith and Ragan, 7/5,6/3. Final round— Bettens and Suhr d. Basham and Chandler, 6/4,3/6,7/5,7/5.
ARIZONA STATE CHAMPIONSHIP. Final round— won by .1. Williams from K. Melcher, 6/3,6/3.
WASHINGTON (D. C.) TENNIS CENTER. SINGLES: Final round — Lawrence A. Phillips won. DOUBLES: Final round— Lawrence A. Phillips and' Donald Dudley won.
RESULTS OF BOYS' TOURNAMENTS.
NEW BEDFORD COUNTRY CLUB, APRIL 16. Semi-final lound— Holland d. Rycroft, 8/6,10/8; Besse d. Foster, 6/1,2/6,6/0. Final round —Holland d. Besse, 6/3,4/6,6/1,6/1.
ALL CALIFORNIA GRAMMAR SCHOOL, APRIL 21. SINGLES: Semi-final round — Kelley d. Timms, 6/0,6/4; McCarter d. Bryant, 6/4,6/4. Final round— Kelley d. McCarter, no score given. DOUBLES: Final round- McDonnel and Smith d. Kosub brothers, 0/0,6/2,6/3. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Ellen Friend and E. McCarter, San Antonio, won by default.
OJAI VALLEY TWENTY-THIRD INTERSCHOLASTIC, APRIL 21. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Godshall d. White, 6/2,6/2; Cofl[in d. Call, 6/3,6/4. Final round— H. L. Godshall d. H. I. Coffin, 6/2,6/4. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— White and Call d. Bryant and Allen, 6/4,4/6,6/4; Godshall and Coffin d. Carpenter and Morse, 6/0,6/1. Final round— Godshall and Coffin d. White and Call, 6/1,6/1.
AGAWAM HUNT CLUB, APRIL 23. Semi-final round— Ingraham d. Dana, 6/1,6/1; Jones d. Chase, 6/1,7/5. Final round— Ingraham d. Jones, 6/3.6/0.
FALL RIVER COUNTRY CLUB, APRIL 30. Semi-final round — Jones d. Delano, 6/2,6/1; Ingraham d. R. Owen, 6/4,8/6. Final round— A. C. Ingraham d. M. W. Jones, 1/6,6/3,6/2.
TACOMA CENTER TOURNAMENT, MAY 30. Semi-final round — Reynolds d. McQuiter, 6/1,6/2; Stevens d. Smith, 6/4,9/7. Final round R. Reynolds d. R. Stevens, 6/2,6/2.
ST. PAUL'S SCHOOL. MAY 30. Final round— Grey D. Richman won.
BOYS' CHAMPIONSHIPS OF THE SOUTH, ATLANTA, GA., JUNE 13. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Grant d. McClatchey, 6/4,3/6,6/4; Mansfield d. Harper, 6/1, 6/0. Final round— Grant d. Mansfield, 6/3,6/3. DOUBLES: Semi-final round — Grant and Mansfield d. Edwards and Simpson, 6/1,6/2; Armstrong and Strickler d. Goldin and Hey- man, 11/9,6/4. Final round— Grant and Mansfield d. Edwards and Simpson, 7/5,6/3. COUNTRY CLUB OF WESTCHESTER, JUNE 13-17. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Acker d. Whitbeck, 6/2,6/1; Phipps d. MacWattv, 6/2,6/3. Final round- G. Acker d. 0. Phipps, 6/3,6/2. DOUBLES: Won by Guest and Phipps, default.
NORTH PHILADELPHIA TENNIS CENTER, JUNE 13. . SINGLES: Final round— Miles Valentine d. Neil Sullivan, 6/2,3/6,6/3. DOUBLES: Final round- T. B. McGlinn and Chas. Rauth d. Davie and Dickson, 6/2,6/2. SPRINGFIELD TENNIS CENTER, JUNE 20. SINGLES: Final round- Won by A. C. Ingraham. DOUBLES: Final round- Won by Julius Appleton and Charles E. Bassin.
114 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
HARTFORD TENNIS CENTER, JUxXE 25. SINGLES; Semi-final round— Ingraham d. Owen, 6/1,6/3; Wright d. Conklin, 7/5. S/6. Final round— Ingraham d. Wright, 6/2,6/1. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Owen and In- graham d. Sloane and Beckwith, 6/1,6/0; Conklin and Day d. Smith and Wright, 2/6,7/5, 6/3. Final round— Owen and Ingraham d. Conklin and Day, 6/3,6/3.
PACIFIC STATES CHAMPIONSHIP, BERKELEY TENNIS CLUB, JUNE 26. Semi-final round— Dunn d. Robb, 6/0,7/5; Heilbron d. Kemp, 6/1,6/0. Final round— L. Heilbron d. F. M. Dunn, 6/0,6/3.
WILMINGTON CENTER. DU PONT COUNTRY CLUB, JUNE 27. Semi-final round— Moore d. Walker, 6/2,6/1; Irone d. Wooley, default. Final round- Moore d. Ironp. 6/0.6/0.
PITTSBURGH ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION, JULY 5. Semi-final round— McCabe d. Bunting, 6/3,6/4; Arnold d. Ross, 6/1,6/2. Final round— A. McCable d. E. Arnold 6/0,6/4.
CONNECTICUT STATE CHAMPIONSHIP, COUNTRY CLUB OF NEW CANAAN, JULY 5. Semi-final round— Moore d. Debevoise, 6/2,6/4; Greenway d. Beams, 6/1,6/2. Final round — W. Moore. 2d, d. G. T. Greenway. 7/5,6/2.
AUSTIN (TEX.) TENNIS CENTER, JULY 13. SINGLES: Final round— Walter Bailey won. DOUBLES: Final round- Harry Schlitter and Frank Cheatham won.
ST. LOUIS TENNIS CENTER CHAMPIONSHIP, JULY 13. SINGLES: Semi-final round- Mac Smith d. Kroll, 6/2,6/3; Eggman d. Browning, 6/1,6/2. Final round— Teddy Eggman d. Mac Smith, 6/2,6/3. DOUBLES: Semi-final round — Flam- mang and Phillips d. Scherck and Hoxie, 7/9,6/3,6/2; Eggman and Smith d. Schoelch and Sandidge, 6/1,6/1. Final round — Teddy Eggman and Mac Smith d. J. F. Flammang and Phillips. 3/6,6/2,6/0.
EDGEWOOD CLUB, JULY IS. ♦
Semi-final round— Lester d. Neff, 6/1,6/0; Servick d. Dermitt, 6/3,6/2. Final round- Lester d. Servick, 4/6.6/3.7/5.
CHAMPIONSHIP OF PENNSYLVANIA, CYNWYD CLUB. JULY 23. SINGLES: Semi-final round— A. Maguire d. Goldman, 6/1,6/2; Valentine d. McGlinn, 3/6,6/2,7/5. Final round— M. Valentine d. A. Maguire, 6/3,4/6.6/1. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— A. Maguire and Ewing d. Hofkin and Perchuk, 6/2,6/1; Valentine and McGlinn d. W. Maguire and J. Maguire, 6/1,6/.'. Final round— Valeniine and McGlinn d. Ewing and Maguire. 6/3.6/2.
PACIFIC NORTHWEST, VICTORIA TENNIS CLUB, JULY 25. Semi-final round— Hoogs d. Ayton, default; Reynolds d. Langley, 2/6,6/4,6/4. Final round— J. Reynolds d. R. Hoogs, 6/4,6/1.
BATHING AND TENNIS CLUB, JULY 29. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Magee d. Bowe, 6/4,7/5; Reed d. Perry, 6/3,6/0. Final round — Magee d. Reed, 7/5,6/3. DOUBLES: Semi-final round — Magee and Allen d. Bone and Brown, 6/2,6/1; Read and Edwards d. Hammond and Scott, 6/1,6/2. Final round— Magee and Allen d. Read and Edwards, 6/4,6/3.
RUxMSON COUNTRY CLUB, JULY 29. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Armstrong d. McKesson, 4/6,7/5,7-5; Bramhall d. Potts, 7/5,6/2. Final round— K. Bramhall d. Armstrong, 6/2,6/0. DOUBLES: Semi-final round- Potts and Bramhall d. Tucker and Tucker, 6/0,6/0. Final round— Potts and Bramhall d. McKesson and Armstrong, 6/0,6/4.
INTERSTATE CHAMPIONSHIP, SIOUX CITY TENNIS ASSOCIATION, AUGUST 1. Semi-final round— Lewis d. Lamar, 6/3,6/0; Burbank d. Flannagau, 6/3,6/2. Final round —Lewis d. Burbank. 6/3,6/2.
SECTIONAL TOURNAMENT, WEST SIDE TENNIS CLUB, AUGUST 1. Semi-final round— Sealey d. Wilson, 6/2,6/2; Miller d. Alexander, 7/5,7/5. Final round— P. Sealey d. J. Miller, 6/0,6/8,6/3,6/4.
ASHEVILLE TENNIS CENTER, ASHEVILLE COUNTRY CLUB, AUGUST 1. Semi-final round— Pettiway d. Malone, 6/2,6/4; Waddell d. Whiting, 6/2,6/3. Final round— Waddell d. Pettiway, 6/2,6/4.
PITTSBURGH TENNIS CENTER, PITTSBURGH A.A., AUGUST 1. Semi-final round— O'Loughlin d. Semans, 6/1,6/3; McCabe d. Lester, default. Final round — D. O'Loughlin d. Alfred McCabe, 6/2,6/0.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 115
CHAMl'IOXSHIP OF FAIQMOUNT PARK, WOODFORD COURTS, AUGUST 6. Semi-final round— Soskin d. Julius, 6/2,5/7,6/3; Altman d. Noffliin, 3/6,7/5,6/1. Final round— Altman d. Soskin. fi/2.6/1.
DENVER TENNIS CENTER, DENVER TENNIS ASSOCIATION, AUGUST 6.
SINGLES: Semi-final round— Simpson d. Stapp, 6/2,6/4: Bosworth d. Milstein, 8/6,7/5.
Final round— A. Bosworth d. E. Simpson, 6/1,6/0. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Mockett
and Buchmann d. Shubert and Stewart, 6/0,6/1: Milstein and Boswortb d. Parker and
Sprul, 6/0,6/0. Final round — Milstein and Bosworth d. Mockett and Buchmann, 6/0,6/4.
BUFFALO TENNIS CENTER. PARK CLUB, AUGUST S. Semi-final round— McCarthy d. Lewis, 6/3,6/4; Hoffman d. Millard, 6/2,6/4. Final round— J. Hoffman d. H. McCarthy, 5/7,6/2,6/2,6/0.
CALIFORNIA ^TATE CHAMPIONSHIP, BERKELEY TENNIS CLUB, SEPTEMBER 3. Semi-final round— Liebes d. Grattan, 6/2,6/3; Heilbron d. Holman, 7/5,4/6,6/3. Final round— M. Liebes d. Heilbron, 7/9,6/2,6/3.
FOREST PARK TENNIS CLUB. Semi-final round— Owen d. Dinsmore, 6/0,6/2; Ingraham d. Berliner, 6/0,6/0. Ingraham d. Owen, 7/5,6/4.
WASHINGTON (D. C.) TENNIS CENTER. SINGLES: Final round— Guy King won. DOUBLES: Final round— Millard Lewis and Edward Ehler won.
RESULTS OF GIRLS' TOURNAMENTS.
ALL-CALIFORNIA GRAMMAR SCHOOLS, OJAI VALLEY TENNIS CLUB, APRIL 21. SINGLES: Final round— Miss Adelaide Thompson, San Antonio, d. Miss Betty West- ridge, Pasadena, Cal., 6/2,6/4. DOUBLES: Miss Kathryn Train and Miss Hortense Clark, Ojai, d. Miss Virginia Drapeau and Miss M. Marengo, San Antonio, 6/0,6/2.
FIFTEENTH INTERSCHOLASTIC, OJAI VALLEY CLUB, APRIL 21. SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Gamble d. Miss Haskell, default; Miss Probashasky d. Miss Steward, 6/3,6/3. Final round — Miss Ii-ene Probashasky d. Miss Gamble, 6/0,6/1. DOUBLES: Miss Patterson and Miss Gamble d. Miss Saxby and Miss Davidson, 6/3,6/2: Miss Bristol and Miss Probashasky d. Miss Lovekin and Miss Monsar, 6/1,6/3. Final round —Miss Bristol and Miss Probashasky d. Miss Patterson and Miss Gamble, 6/3,6/0.
NORTH PHILADELPHIA TENNIS CENTER, JUNE 13. SINGLES: Final round— Miss Virginia Carpenter d. Miss McFadden, 6/0,6/2: Miss Vir- ginia Carpenter and Miss G. Harris d. Miss B. Geary and Miss Martin, 4/6,6/0,6/4.
PACIFIC STATES CHAMPIONSHIP, BERKELEY TENNIS CLUB, JUNE 26.
Semi-flna) round— Miss Lucy McCune d. Miss Winifred Suhr, 6/4,4/6,6/1: Miss Helen W..
Wills d. Miss Margaret Jenkins, default. Final round— Miss Helen Wills d. Miss Lucy/ McCune, 7/5,5/7,6/4.
CONNECTICUT STATE CHAMPIONSHIP, COUNTRY CLUB OF NEW CANAAN, JULY 5. Semi-final round — Miss H. Hooker d. Miss A. Hooker, 6/4,6/4; Miss Ceres Baker d. Miss Louise Wilson, 6/1,6/3. Pinal round— Miss Ceres Baker d. Miss Helen Hooker, 6/3,6/0.
LAKE GEORGE CHAMPIONSHIP, JULY 25. Semi-final round— Miss H. McCaw d. Miss Anne Homer, 6/3,6/3; Miss Katherine Homer d. Miss Josephine Tarafa, 6/4,6/3. Pinal round— Miss Katherine Homer d. Miss H. McCaw. 6/1,6/3.
COUNTRY CLUB OF WESTCHESTER, AUGUST 1. Semi-final round— Miss Jane Brooks d. Miss A. B. Brooks, 6/4,7/5; Miss Mary Rawlins d. Miss Charlotte Church, default. Final round— Miss Jane Brooks d. Miss Mary Rawlins default.
DENVER TENNIS CENTER, DENVER TENNIS ASSOCIATION, AUGUST 6. Semi-final round — Miss Ella James d. Miss Katherine Hawkins, 6/2,6/3; Miss Beverly Sheldon d. Miss Stella La Vielle, 6/1,6/4. Final round— Miss Ella James d. Miss Beverley Sheldon, 6/1,2/6,6/2.
CALIFORNIA STATE CHAMPIONSHIP, BERKELEY TENNIS CLUB, SEPTEMBER 3. Semi-final round- Miss V. Patton d. Miss Humphreys, 6/3,6/4; Miss L. McCune d. Miss C. Swartz, 6/2,6/3. Final round— Miss Lucy McCune d. Miss Virginia Patton, 6/1,6-1.
WASHINGTON (D. C.) TENNIS CENTER. SINGLES: Helen Sinclair won.
J. O. ANDERSON. Member of the Australasian Davis Cup Team, 1921.
Photo by International.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 117
East vs. West
The annual intersectional match between the East and West was played for the first time in Chicago on the new turf courts of the South Side Tennis Club, September 23-25. The West triumphed by the narrow margin of a 19/17 fifth set in which James 0. Anderson of Australia defeated William T. Tilden, 2d, in the ninth match of the series. The West won five matches and the East four of the nine that were played.
James 0. Anderson and John B. Hawkes, Australian cup visitors, accepted an invitation to play for the West. William M. Johnston was to have played No. 1 for the West, but sudden illness made it impossible for him to take part. In his place Clifton B. Herd was pressed into service. William T. Tilden, who had been made captain of the Eastern team, had a task on his hands to get his players together, as Williams, Washburn. Wallace Johnson and Sam Hardy found it impossible to play.
The opening match was between Herd and Arnold W. Jones of Providence. At the start Herd found it hard to get under way because he had been playing on clay courts all of the year, but when he had mastered the difference between clay and turf he improved wonderfully and won in three sets. Marshall Allen of Seattle was too good for Carl Fischer of Philadelphia. Allen would not let Fischer get up to the net, in which the latter excels. In the doubles of the first day the East won with Voshell and Richards playing against Willis Davis and Robert Kinsey. Voshell was the superior player of the match.
Only one match was played on the second day because of rain, and in tl:is Frank Anderson of the East outplayed Robert Kinsey of the West.
Play was resumed on Sunday morning and Voshell won from Davis in four sets, losing the first, 4/6, another victory for the East. In the doubles Ander- son and Hawkes, the Australian pair, were victorious over Tilden and Arnold Jones. The Australians lost the first set, 4/6, but won the next three. When play began in the afternoon the series stood 3-all. Herd and Allen were paired and defeated Anderson and Fischer in a five-set match. That put the West one point in the lead. In the singles Vincent Richards was too strong for Hawkes, winning in four sets, the second going to the Australian, and the series was even again.
The final match between Tilden and Anderson would decide the meet. Tilden captured the first set, 6/3. Anderson won the second, 6/4, and then surprised both spectators and his opponent when he pushed Tilden to the wall for a 6/1 in the third. The champion returned the compliment to Anderson by the same score in the fourth. The fifth set probably was the most thrilling that Chicago tennis enthusiasts ever had witnessed. At times the gallery could not restrain itself and fairly shrieked as the ball shot from one court to the other. The final score of the set was 19/17 in favor of the Australian, a short volley that Tilden was unable to reach ending the match. The sum- maries:
SINGLES— Clifton B. Herd (W) d. Arnold W. Jones (B), 8/6,6/1,6/4; Marshall Allen (W) d. Carl Fischer (B), 6/4,6/3,5/7,6/1; Frank T. Anderson (B) d. Robert Kitsey (W) 6/3.9/7,8/10,1/6,8/6; Voshell (B) d. Davis (W), 4/6,6/3,6/0,6/2; . Richards (B) d. J. b! Hawkes (W), 6/4,2/6,6/4,7/5; James 0. Anderson (W) d. WilUam T. Tilden, 2d, 3/6.6/4.6/i, 1/6,19/17.
DOUBLES— S. H. Voshell and Vincent Richards (B) d. Willis B. Davis and Howard Kinsey (W), 6/1,8/6,6/2; Herd and Allen (W) d. Anderson and Fischer (B), 6/8,8/6,3/6,6/3, 7/5; Anderson and Hawkes (W) d. Tilden and Jones (B), 4/6,6/2,8/6,6/3.
118 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
New England Championships
The championship of New England for 1921 was won on the courts of the Hartford Club in the week of June 9 by Percy L. Kynaston of the West Side Tennis Club, New York. In the third round L. M. Banks of the Yale team, winner of the championship in 1920, was eliminated by Hugh Oakley of the Montclair Athletic Club and in the next round Oakley defeated K. R. L. Sim- mons, who had been champion in 1919. Kynaston's severest match was in the fourth round against Richard H. Cole. Hyde and Wiley won the doubles, as they had in 1920. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Hyde d. Oakley, 6/2,6/3; Kynaston d. Snyder, 6/3, 6/2. Final round— Kynaston d. Hyde, 6/3,6/4,6/2. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round- Swain and Merriam d. Simmons and Thurston, 6/3,6/3: Hyde and Wiley d. Emerson and Oakley, 6/2,4/6,7/5. Final round — Hyde and Wiley d. Swain and Mernam, 6/1,6/4,1/6,6/3.
NEW ENGLAND INTERCOLLEGIATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Dartmouth was successful in both singles and doubles in the annual New England Intercollegiates, which were held on the Chestnut Hills court of the Longwood Cricket Club, Boston, Mass., May 23 and 24. Clarence Sanders, cap- tain of the Dartmouth team, defeated Alfred Chapin, Jr., captain of the Williams College team., after a severe five-set battle, 6/2,3/6,6/4,3/6,6/4. Chapin had been winner in 1920.
Sanders and W. E. Howe, Jr., fought their way from behind to win the doubles from R. Carver and H. Broockman of Massachusetts Institute of Tech- nology. The score was 2/6,6/4,3/6,6/1,6/4. The Tech players started well and won two sets of the first three. Howe, who was over-anxious, was not play- ing as well to Sanders as he should have done. In the last two sets he im- proved greatly and with his partner outfinished the Tech pair.
MASSACHUSETTS STATE CHAMPIONSHIP.
R. Norris Williams, 2d, twice champion of the United States, made his first appearance in the Massachusetts singles in 1921 and won the title. The meet- ing was held on the courts of the Longwood Club, June 17 and succeeding days, and attracted 62 entrants. G. Colket Caner, who won the title in 1920, advanced to the semi-finals with a loss of four games and there fell out of the competition. In the third round Nat Niles lost to Lawrence B. Rice, a former Yale star. They had met twice before and both times Niles had won. Players left in the semi-finals were Wright, Williams, Rice and Caner. Williams and Rice were winners, and in the final round, knowing that Williams is effective against speed. Rice alternated his shots, using both hard and soft and upsetting the former champion's timing. Frequently Rice had Williams quite at sea, but the former champion continued play steadily and with conservative defense when he had to meet the shots of his opponent. Five sets were necessary for Williams to win, but he wore Rice down and triumphed, 1/6,6/4,1/6,6/3,8/5.
MASSACHUSETTS STATE DOUBLES. For the second year in succession Raymond B. Bidwell and W. E. Porter, Jr., paired for and won the Massachusetts doubles, played on the courts of the
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 119
Brae Burn Country Club at West Newton, May 28 and 30. In reality it was Bidwell's third victory, as he won in 1919 when paired with Woodbury Rand. The runners-up in the tournament in 1921 were Niles and Reggio, who were defeated, 7/5,9/7,6/4. In the second set Niles and Reggio led at 5/2, but there they stopped while Bidwell and Porter came through with the winning points. The successful pair played very steadily throughout the competition, which proved to be a favorable factor for their success. In the semi-finals Niles and Reggio won handily from Whitehouse and Hockmeyer, 6/2,6/1, but in the round before Wales and Bray gave them a stiff fight and the victors were successful, 6/3,9/7.
LONGWOOD TOURNAMENT.
Richard Norris Williams, 2d, was the player who won the right to meet William M. Johnston in the challenge round for the Longwood Bowl, July 30, 1921, on the Longwood Courts at Chestnut Hill, Mass. It was a brilliant final, Johnston being compelled to go four sets to win, but as in 1920 he defeated the challenger. It was the twenty-ninth annual competition for the bowl, and with six of the first ranking players taking part, aided by the pres- ence of Shimidzu, the Japanese visitor, the field was one of color and the matches were uniformly interc sting.
On the first day Craig Biddle and James Davies from Leland Stanford had a long distance match that seemed likely to run indefinitely. Biddle won the first set, 9/7, and in the second was within a point of taking that set, too, but dropped it at 10/8. With a lead of 4/1 in the third set Biddle seemed to be winner beyond question, but he dropped back again and had to go 13/11 before he could call the match his own.
Levy and Bates of California came together in the third round, and after five hard sets Bates was the winner. An abundance of long rallies entered into the Clothier-Shimidzu match, but the former lacked speed and needed it to win from the Japanese expert. One of the best matches was that between Davis and Nat Niles, in which the former won because his service was working in the best of order. He needed to have it in good order.
The fourth round found both of the Japanese players still in the thick of battle, with Niles playing Shimidzu and Williams meeting Kumagae. The round spelled defeat for Kumagae, who started out by winning the first set from Williams, dropping the second, winning the third, and then losing the next two. Shimidzu was more fortunate, although he was forced to play his top game to defeat Niles in three sets.
In the semi-final Shimidzu lost the first set to Wallace Johnson, but he won the next three in succession. The second was rather a hollow victory, T'len came the final, in which Shimidzu lost to Williams in straight sets, and after that the challenge match, in which Johnston, the defender, eliminated Williams.
In the doubles the Japanese combination was too able for Bidwell and Porter. Kumagae and Shimidzu had it uncommonly easy all the way to the final, which they won in three sets. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Shimidzu d. W. F. Johnson, 2/6,6/0,6/1,7/5; Williams d. Bates, 7/5,6/4,6/3. Final round— Williams d. Shimidzu, 6/3,7/5,6/4. Challenge round- William M. Johnston d. R. Norris Williams, 2d, 6/4,6/2,3/6,8/6. MEN'S DOUBLES- Semi-final round— Kumagae and Shimidzu d. Johnston and Johnson, 6/1,6/1; Bidwell and Porter d. Hill and Hill. Final round— Ichiya Kumagae and Zenzo Shimidzu d. R. B Bid- well and W. E. Porter. Jr.. fi/2,6/2,6/3.
120 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
LONGWOOD WOMEN'S TOURNAMENT.
In the Longwood tournament for women, held on the courts of the Long- wood Cricket Club, September 27, the best of the Massachusetts players were entered and the field was excellent. The semi-finals were played by four clever exponents of the net game. Miss Leslie Bancroft won from Miss Newton and Miss Catherine Gardner defeated Miss Eleonora Sears. In the final Miss Bancroft played at her best and won handily from Miss Gardner, 6/3,6/1.
LONGWOOD HANDICAPS. In the handicap singles for women, played on the courts of the Longwood Cricket Club, Mrs. B. E. Cole defeated Miss Bancroft, 6/3,6/4. Miss Bancroft won the semi-final from Mrs. Cabot, 6/4,4/6,6/1. Mrs. T. H. Cabot and Miss Evelyn Sears won the doubles from Mrs. Walter TrumbuU and Mrs. P. T. Campbell, 6/3,6/2. Mrs. Trumbull and Mrs. Campbell had defeated Mrs. Sprague and Mrs. Gagrane in the semi-finals, 6/2,6/2.
COUNTRY CLUB OF BROOKLINE WOMEN'S TOURNAMENT. Mrs. B. E. Cole won the women's tournament of the Country Club of Brook- line, played during the week of May 24. The entry list was large and the events were mostly well played. In the semi-final of the singles Miss Cabot defeated Miss Bancroft, 4/6,6/1,6/4, and Mrs. Cole defeated Miss Newton, 2/6,6/1,6/2. Then Mrs. Cole won from Mrs. Cabot, 6/3,6/0. The doubles was won by Mrs. George W. Wightman and Miss Leslie Bancroft from Mrs. B. E. Cole and Mrs. F. H. Godfrey, 6/4,2/6,6/2. In the mixed doubles Mr. and Mrs. Wightman defeated Miss Bancroft and Henry Guild, 6/8,6/1,6/2.
NEWTON CENTRE DOUBLES. In an invitation doubles tournament, held on the courts of the Newton Centre Squash Tennis Club beginning May 14, the principal honors went to the team of Bundy and Dell, which defeated Porter and BidweU. At the very outset of the tournament there was an upset when Bidwell and Porter won from Irving Wright and R. N. Williams, 6/0,6/1. Wright was not up to form. Another surprise was the defeat of Bray and Wales by Cook and Patter- son. In the semi-finals Porter and Bidwell won from Foster and Wheelwright, 6/2 and 7/5, and Dell and Porter defeated Rice and Baker, 4/6,6/3,8/6. In the final round Dell and Bundy had the keenest of competition to defeat Porter and Bidwell in a five-set match, 6/2,4/6,3/6,7/5,9/7.
ESSEX COUNTY (MASS.) TOURNAMENT. Horace Taylor won the seventeenth annual Essex County open tournament for the championship of Essex County, Mass., on the clay courts of the Country Club of North Andover, September 2-5. The runner-up was G. Uchiyama, scarcely over five feet in height and weighing less than one hundred pounds, who played an admirable fore-hand game. Taylor defeated him by three sets of 6/4 each. In the doubles J. E. Gale and A. T. Gowan won from E. Church and H. R. Stewart, 6/3,6/2,8/6.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 121
SOUTH SHORE CHAMPIONSHIPS OF MASSACHUSETTS.
In the annual South Shore championships the four players who were expected to make strong headway in the tournament reached the semi-finals. R. C. Seaver was matched against W. E. Porter, Jr., and won from him 6/4,7 5; Josiah Wheelwright, who had played good tennis all of the year, defeated J. W. Foster, always active in the meet, 6/2,6/3. In the final Wheelwright was victorious over Seaver, 6/3,6/0,7/5. In the doubles there was another victory for that hard working pair, Bidwell and Porter. They were pushed hard by Foster and Wheelwright, but won from them in five sets, 4/6,6/4,
6/2,5/7,6/3.
SOUTHERN MASSACHUSETTS CLAY COURT CHAMPIONSHIP.
The Fall River Country Club was the scene of the Southern Massachusetts clay court championship, played during the week of September 9. R. W. Nelson won from J. B. Cummings, 8/6,6/2,8/6. Nelson had a comparatively
easy march to get into the finals.
BERKSHIRE COUNTY CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Herbert A. Bowman of New York won the singles in the Berkshire County championships, played on the courts of the Pittsfield (Mass.) Country Club, September 3. Fred H. Harris, former New England champion, was runner-up. Five sets were necessary in the final and the score was 6/2,7/5,5/7,3/6,6/2. In the doubles A. H. Chapin and his son A. H., Jr., of Springfield, Mass., won from George W. Pike and H. L. Davenport, 6/4,10/8,6/2. In the women's singles Miss Helen Rice defeated her mother, Mrs. E. T. Rice, 6/1,6/2, in the
final round.
WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The annual Western Massachusetts championship meet was held during the week of September 7 by the Stockbridge Country Club with a good entry list. Fred H. Harris, the old Dartmouth star, put Alfred H. Chapin and R. L. James out of the running in straight sets, but met a tartar in A. H. Chapin, Jr., who won in five sets after being down to sets to one. Chapin then tackled the champion, George W. Pike, in the challenge round and defeated him 7/9, 6/3,6/4,8/6. The score in the Chapin-Harris final was 6/3,2/6,6/8,6/1,8/6. In the doubles Edward Toland and Fred Harris were too much for the Chapins, father and son, a result which was a little unexpected. The score was 6/4, 6/4,3/6,6/3. In the women's singles the ownership of the title narrowed down to Miss Grace Bristed and Mrs. A. H. Chapin, and the latter lost when the final was played by 6/2,6/3. Miss Bristed won all her matches in two sets.
NORTH SHORE CHAMPIONSHIP OF MASSACHUSETTS. E. R. Hastings, Jr., won the North Shore championship, played on the courts of the Tedesco Country Club during the week of July 30. It was one of the best tournaments in the history of the event and the finish was desperately fought by Hastings and Josiah Wheelwright of Boston. Hastings won in a five-set battle, 8/6,1/6,6/4,3/6,6/3. In the doubles Wheelwright was more suc- cessful with J. W. Foster as partner. Between them they won from J. B. Plympton and C. G. Plympton, 6/0,6/2,6/1. In the women's singles Mrs. Frank H. Godfrey was winner over Miss Rosamond Newton, 6/1,6/3.
122 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
HOUSATONIC VALLEY TOURNAMENT.
Fine tennis was played in the annual Housatonic Valley tournament on the courts of the Greenock Country Club during the week of July 27. The semi- final found Kynaston meeting James, whom he defeated, 6/2,6/3, while Boyden won from Chase, 6/1,10/8, In the final round Kynaston defeated Boyden, 6/3, 4/6.6/2, and in the challenge round A. H. Chapin, Jr., won from Kynaston, 6/2,4/6,9/11,6/3,6/4, in one of the best played matches in the history of the tournament. The Chapins, father and son, won the doubles from A. W. Mer- liam and H. H. Hyde, 6/1,6/4. The women's singles was won by Miss Helen Rice from Miss A. Chapman in two sets, 6/2,6/3.
BRISTOL COUNTY CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The Bristol County (Mass.) championships were held on the courts of the New Bedford Country Club during the week of August 12. W. E. Howe, Jr., won the singles final from Richard Knowles, 6/4,6/3,6/1. Knowles also was runner-up in 1920. In the doubles C. P. Holmes and J. D. Holmes were win- ners over W. E. Howe, Jr., and C. Herreshoff, 1/6,6/3,6/4,6/1.
BRISTOL COUNTY OPEN CHAMPIONSHIPS FOR WOMEN. Miss A. Stiles won the singles in the Bristol County open championships, held on the courts of the Country Club of New Bedford, Mass., during the week of July 30. The runner-up was Miss F. Neves, who was defeated, 6/4, 6/3. The Misses Stiles won from Mrs. Cabot and Mrs. Emery in the doubles, 6/4,1/6,7/5.
NEW BEDFORD COUNTRY CLUB INVITATION DOUBLES. The Holmes brothers were again successful in the annual invitation tourna- ment for doubles which was held on the courts of the New Bedford Country Club. July 2. The field was made up of sixteen pairs and Holmes and Holmes won from Bray and Cooke, 6/3,6/4,6/3.
NEW BEDFORD COUNTRY CLUB TOURNAMENT.
J. S. Fallow won the men's singles in the annual New Bedford Country Club tournament of May 30. He lost the second set in the third round to S. Stan- ton, but won the next two by 6/2. Fallow won the final from O. Stanton, 6 8.6 4.0 6.6 4.6 4. In the doubles Stanton and Stanton were winners from Holmes and Baker, 6/4,6/2,6/2.
RHODE ISLAND CHAMPIONSHIP— NEW ENGLAND SECTIONAL DOUBLES.
Vincent Richards won the Rhode Island championship in 1921 and it was a memorable victory in his career as a player and also the most notable opponent whom he had defeated at any time on a tennis court. In winning he defeated William T. Tilden, 2d, in the final and was successful over R. N. Williams, 2d, in the semi-final. The outcome of the tournament, which was played on the courts of the Agawam Hunt Club at Providence, was the most sensational tennis event of the year up to its date, the week of July 18,
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 123
Shimidzu, the Japanese expert, won his match with Levy because the latter would not take the net. Levy tried to exchange chops with Shimidzu's drives from the back-court and was unable to do so. Washburn was too speedy for Hardy. Neer played well against Tilden, taking the first set, 6/4. The match between Williams and Niles was well played and that between Tilden and Garland was very tame, as Garland had been given but little practise. Williams played poorly against Richards, making many errors. Naturally, the defeat of Tilden by Richards was a surprise.
The New England sectional doubles, held at the same time at the Rhode Island singles, was won by Watson Washburn and R. N. Williams, 2d. These players were victorious over the Japanese team of Kumagae and Shimidzu. The final was very stubbornly contested and the winners were victorious, 6/1,4/6,8/6. Neer and Davies defeated McCarthy and Horn, the Oxford- Cambridge team, 8/6,6/4. Many sharp rallies took place during the match. Kumagae and Shimidzu won from the California pair, Bates and Levy, 6/1, 3/6,6/1. In the final match the last set went to 8/6 before Williams and Washburn won the decision. The summaries:
RHODE ISLAND SINGLES— Semi-final round— Richards d. Williams 6/2,6/2; Tilden d. Washburn, 6/2,6/2. Final round— Vincent Richards d. W. T. Tilden, 2d, 6/2,6/1,2/6,6/0 NEW ENGLAND DOUBLES: Semi-flnal round— Williams and Washburn d. Voshell and Richards, 7/5,4/6,6/3: Kumagae and Shimidzu d. Tilden and Garland, 6/4,6/4. Final round— R. N. Williams, 2d, and Watson Washburn d. Ichiya Kumagae and Zenzo Shimidzu, 6/1,4/6,8/6. MIXED DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Bancroft and Kumagae d. Mrs. Cole and Niles, 6/1,3/6,6/4; Miss Sigourney and Tilden d. Mrs. Jessup and Rich- ards, 6/2,10/8. Final round — Miss Leslie Bancroft and Ichiya Kumagae d. Miss Edith Sigourney and W. T. Tilden, 2d, 6/3,13/11. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. Cole d. Miss Bancroft, 6/1,6/1; Mrs. Jessup d. Miss Wills, 6/3,6/3. Final round— Mrs. Marion Z. Jessup d. Mrs. B. E. Cole, 6/3,6/4.
RHODE ISLAND CLAY COURT CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The annual Rhode Island clay court championships provided a double sensa- tion when played on the courts of the East Side Tennis Club of Providence during the week of September 26. The first was when Lawrence B. Rice of Boston defeated William T. Tilden, 2d, in the semi-final round by 9/7,4/6,6/2, 3/6,9/7, and the second when Rice was defeated in the finals by Nat W. Niles of Boston, 6/3,8/6,6/2. The Tilden-Rice match was remarkable for deep back- court driving by both players. The doubles furnished a surprise as well as the singles. Dana and Stites took one-half of the semi-final from Rice and Curley, and Tilden and Chase, after losing the first set of their match in this round, pulled together and won the next three. Then came the final in which Tilden and Chase were successful, but Tilden had to play all over the court to win. The summaries:
SINGLES: Semi-final round— Rice d. Tilden, 9/7,4/6,6/2,3/6,9/7; Niles d. Curley, 6/3,4/6 6/1,6/3. Final round— Nat W. Niles d. Lawrence B. Rice, 6/3,8/6,6/2. DOUBLES: Semi- final round- Dana and Stites d. Rice and Curley, 6/4,6/2,4/6,5/7,9/7; Tilden and Chase d Jones and Ingraham, 1/6,6/3,8/6,6/4. Final round— W. T. Tilden, 2d, and Richard Chase d. R. N. Dana and H. Y. Stites, 6/3.0/6.6/4.3/6,8/6.
NEWPORT INVITATION TOURNAMENT.
When Watson Washburn won the fifth annual invitation tournament of the Newport Tennis Club, which was held during the week of August 1, he achieved, in the opinion of most tennis enthusiasts, the most notable victory of his career. He won from one of the finest fields of players assembled in
124 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
years, as in it there were six of the first ten ranking players and also Shimidzu, the Japanese expert. In the doubles Washburn teamed with R. Norris Williams, 2d. They defeated one California pair when they eliminated William M. Johnston and Willis Davis in the semi-final and won from another when they scored over the Kinsey brothers in the final in straight sets.
Play became keen when Neer defeated Voshell, 12/14,6/2,6/1. Voshell carried a warm pace in his work in the first set, but possibly overworked him- self. It took three sets for Howard Kinsey to defeat Shimidzu, 6/3,6/8,8/6. Other three-set matches were those between Dana and Werner, 6/3,3/6,6/2, and between Johnson and Bates, 4/6,7/5,6/2. Vincent Richards overcame Fenno in sets of 6/2 and 6/4.
In the third round both H. C. Johnson and W. F. Johnson fell out of the play. Shimidzu won from W. F. Johnson and R. N. Williams from H. C. John- son. The fourth round witnessed the elimination of Robert Kinsey by Shimidzu and that of Vincent Richards by R. N. Williams.
Then came the semi-final in which Washburn, to the surprise of most of those who had followed the tournament closely, defeated W. M. Johnston of the Davis Cup team. It was Washburn's finest victory. Shimidzu did not play in the semi-final against Williams owing to a sudden attack of ptomaine poison- ing, which completely upset him. The final between Washburn and Williams went to five sets, Williams being at his best in the first and third. Washburn and Williams engaged in many long rallies in the last set and in these Williams repeatedly missed deuce point. The set finally went to Washburn and with it the trophy.
Six excellent teams played in the doubles. Kumagae and Shimidzu played together, but they went out in the third round at the hands of the Kinsey brothers, at the same time that the veteran team of Hardy and Biddle was defeated by Johnson and Niles. Although five sets were necessary in the semi-final round for Washburn and Williams to defeat Johnston and Davis, the play was not particularly fast. The Kinsey brothers won from Johnson and Niles and that placed them in the finals opposed to Washburn and Williams, who defeated the Californians in straight sets, 6/0,6/3,6/4. Lack of attack was the weakness of the play of the Californians. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Washburn d. Johnston, 4/6,6/3,6/2,6/1,6/4; Williams won from Shimidzu by default. Final round— Watson Washburn d. R. Norris Williams, 2d, 4/6,6/3,1/6,6/2,6/2. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Washburn and Williams d. Johnston and Davis, 3/6, 6/3, 3/6, 6/2, 6/.S: Kinsey and Kinsey d. Johnson and Niles, 6/3,6/3, 6/0. Final round — Watson Washburn and R. Norris Williams, 2d, d. Howard Kinsev and Robert Kinsey, 6/p,6/3,6/4.
WOMEN'S INTERCITY TOURNAMENT AT NEWPORT. Mrs. T. C. Bundy won the singles title in the intercity tournament which was played at the Newport Casino during the week of August 29. She defeated Miss Edith Sigourney in the semi-final, 6/2,6/1. Miss Mary Browne won the other half of the semi-final from Miss Eleanor Goss, 9/7,6/3, and lost to Mrs. Bundy in the final in three sets, 7/5,6/4,6/4. In the doubles Mrs. Louis Williams and Miss Eleanor Goss w^ere the winners, defeating Mrs. T. C. Bundy and Mrs. Howard Gushing, 6/2,6/2. The winners won from Miss Leslie Bancroft and Miss Sears in the semi-final, 6/1,6/4 and in the other half Mrs. Bundy and Mrs. Gushing defeated Mrs, Henry G. Gray and Miss Mary Browne, 5/7,6/3,6/4.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 125
MAINE STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
George G. Moore of the Seventh Regiment of New York won the Maine state championship on the courts of the Squirrel Island A, A., in the tourna- ment which was held during the week of August 20. He reached the final without dropping a set, where A. L. Bruneau gave him a battle, Moore winning in three hard played sets. P. C. Hart of Montreal and J. D. Ewing of Columbia won the doubles for the second time, defeating H. H. Faxon, Jr., and N. D. Hove, the runners-up. In the women's singles Mrs. H. F. Morse defeated Miss E. Dwight in straight sets. The summaries:
MENS SINGLES: Semi-final round— Bruneau d. Ewing, 6/4,5/7,6/3; Moore d. Thorp, 6/2,6/0. Final round— G. G. Moore d. A. L. Bruneau, 13/11,6/3,6/3. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round — Hart and Ewing d. Moore and Bruneau, 5/7,6/4,6/3; Faxon and Howe d. Thalheimer and Bandler, 13/11,6/3. Final round— P. C. Hart and J. D. Ewing d. H. H. Faxon, Jr., and N. D. Hove, 6/3,6/1,6/3. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Dwight d. Miss Coutelle, 6/3,6/1; Mrs. Morse d. Miss Hayes, 6/1,5/7,7/5. Final round- Mrs. H. F. Morse d. Miss E. Dwight. 6/1.6/2.
SWIMMING CLUB, BAR HARBOR, MAINE.
W. Stewart won the men's singles in the tournament of the Swimming Club at Bar Harbor, Maine, the week of August 8. The runner-up was L. M. Fearing, who lost to Stewart, 6/4,6/1,7/5. In the doubles the winners were
C. Contrerast and W. Stewart who were successful over J. N. Kuser and A. C. Schermerhorn by default. Mrs. F. C. Fearing won the women's singles from Miss M. H. Stewart, 5/7,7/5,8/6.
NEW HAMPSHIRE-WHITE MOUNTAINS CHAMPIONSHIP.
In the annual New Hampshire championship, which was held on the courts of the Crawford Notch Lawn Tennis Club during the week of July 27, James
D. Ewing of Yonkers, N. Y., won the title from J. W. Mersereau, 6/3,6/2,6/1. Ewing was runner-up to J. B. Fenno, Jr., in 1920 and in 1921 defeated him in the semi-final, 6/3,6/4. In the doubles Fenno and Brawner defeated Ewing and P. C. Hart, 6/3,6/1,3/6,10/8.
CONNECTICUT STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The Connecticut state championship was held for the first time on the courts of the Lawn Club at New Haven, Conn., beginning June 13, with a well balanced field of players. A notable match in the first round was that between K. R. L. Simmons and Paul Sheldon, which Simmons won with a total of 17/15 scored in the last set. The A. H. Chapins, father and son, played into the semi-finals and the junior member of the family lost in the final to Lucian Williams of Yale, 6/3,6/4,6/2. Chapin, senior, lost to Williams in the semi-final, so that the Yale man had the honor of winning from father and son, both of whom played excellent tennis.
The Chapins also gave a good account of themselves in the doubles, going to the semi-finals, where they lost to Williams and Bundy — Williams again proving their Nemesis — 3/6,6/0,6/2. Banks and Waterhouse won from Sargent and Leighton in the semi-final, 6/1,2/6,8/6,9/7, and in the final round Lucian Williams and F. M. Bundy won the state title in doubles by defeating T H Banks and A. G. Waterhouse, 6/3,6/2,6/1.
126 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
CONNECTICUT STATE WOMEN'S CHAMPIONSHIPS. The Country Club of New Canaan was the scene of the Connecticut cham- pionships for women, which were played for during the week of July 5. Miss Helen Gilleaudeau won the singles title. She went through the tournament playing smart tennis from the start. The final was between Miss Gilleaudeau and Mrs. Edward Raymond, champion in 1920, and the former won, 6/3,4/6, 6/4. In the doubles Mrs. Frank Welty and Mrs. Raymond defeated Miss Ceres Baker and Miss T. Hopper, 6/0,6/3. In the mixed doubles Miss Gilleaudeau and C. J. Lockhorn defeated Miss Baker and A. W. Von Bernuth, 6/4,5/7,6/2.
FIELD CLUB OF GREENWICH INVITATION TOURNAMENT.
As too often has been the ill-fortune of the Field Club of Greenwich, the annual invitation tournament was marred by rain and it was found impossible to complete the tournament on July 17, as expected. One of the best matches was that between Voshell and Shimidzu. The Japanese expert was defeated, 6/3,6/8,8/6, This put Voshell into the semi-finals against Garland, from whom he won, 6/1,6/3, and Beekman defeated T. R. Pell, 6/2,6/2, in the other half. In the final round Voshell won from Beekman by three sets of 6/3 each. Mathey and Beekman won the doubles final from Mahan and Hardy, 6/2,6/2, 1/4, rain bringing about a termination of the match and voluntary default upon the part of the losers. The women's singles was won by Miss Eleanor Goss after a very meritorious and clever victory over Mrs. E. Falk in the final, 6/3,7/5.
new' HAVEN OPEN TOURNAMENT.
In the New Haven open tournament, which was held on the courts of the Beaver Hills Tennis Club during the week of September 10, J. B. Morse, Jr., of the Yale team won the singles from R. F. Leighton, 6/0,6/2,6/4. Both of the finalists had a hard fight to get through. In the doubles A. G. Waterhouse and G. H. Nettleton defeated E. L. Hopkins and A. Hopkins, 6/3,6/3,3/6,8/6.
NORFOLK COUNTRY CLUB TOURNAMENT.
The Norfolk Country Club tournament was held on the clay courts of the club at Norfolk, Conn., during the first week in August. Frank T. Anderson won the singles final from Herbert L. Bowman, 4/6,6/4,4/6,6/3,6/4. That gave Anderson first leg on the new challenge bowl which had been presented by Mrs. N. H. Bridgman. Walter M. Hall and V. V. Ward defeated Robert Swain and A. Ware Merriam, 6/2,6/4,6/2, in the final round of doubles. In the mixed doubles the winners were Miss Case and Ward over Miss Hopper and B. H. Letson.
FAIRFIELD COUNTY CHAMPIONSHIPS. Alfred D. Hammett, Jr., was the winner of the Fairfield County champion- ship, held on the courts of the Stamford Yacht Club. He defeated G. M. Wheeler in four well played sets, 7/9,6/1,6/0,6/1. In the doubles there were two excellent matches in the semi-finals, Hammett and Sachs defeating Williams and Wilson, 6/1,6/2, and Wheeler and Collum defeating Mixell and Holmes, 7/5,1/6,6/1. The combination of Wheeler and Collum was strong enough to win the final from Hammett and Sachs, 10/8,6/4,6/4.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 12'
New York Tournaments
SOUTHAMPTON INVITATION TOURNAMENT.
Willis E. Davis of San Francisco won the Southampton tournament during the week of August 15, playing the best tennis that he had shown after his arrival in the East in 1921. The field which competed against him was large and made up of fine players.
Vincent Richards, winner of the tournament in the previous year, competed again and so did William J. Clothier, the 1920 runner-up. The English Davis Cup team, Woosnam, Lowe, Turnbull and Gilbert, were competitors. With the exception of Gilbert they advanced into the third round. He succumbed earlier to the superior steadiness of Clothier. Phil Neer defeated his fellow Californian, Howard Kinsey, in straight sets and later in the day Neer was defeated by Harold Godshall, also of the Pacific Coast, but Neer seemed to be a little exhausted by his work of the previous match. Voshell defeated Robert Kinsey, and Richards in the fourth round eliminated Woosnam of England, the second set going to 11/9. The last of the English players to lose was F. G. Lowe, who was retired by Willis Davis, 6/3,6/4.
In the semi-final Clothier gave Davis a battle, as both sets went to 6/4 before Davis won the decision. Richards was faster than his Yonkers partner, Howard Voshell, and defeated him, 6/4,6/2, largely because he took VosheU's fast serves on the rise. In the final, which brought Richards and Davis together, the former won the first set by successfully returning Davis' delivery and by his back-court steadiness. In the second set Davis began to speed his service and advance to the net quickly, and although Richards forced the set to deuce he could not win. In the last two sets Davis battered Richards' back-hand and passed him cleanly when he came up to the net. Davis played some amazingly good shots when they were most necessary and his victory was well earned.
There was an abundance of fire and spirited eifFort in the doubles, and the combination of Willis Davis and Watson Washburn was too strong for the Kinsey brothers from San Francisco. The latter gave their rivals their hardest struggle in the first set, when Davis and Washburn won by 9/7. In the semi- finals the Kinseys eliminated Voshell and Richards in three sets which were stubbornly fought and won by narrow margins. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-flnal round— Richards d. Voshell, 6/4,6/2; Davis d. Clothier, 6/4,6/4. Final round— Willis E. Davis d. Vincent Richards, 3/6,8/6,6/3,6/4. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-flnal round — Washburn and Davis d. Woosnam and Turnbull, 6/2,8/6; Kinsey and Kinsey d. Richards and Voshell, 6/8,7/5,6/4. Final round— Willis E. Davis and Watson Washburn d. Howard Kinsey and Robert Kinsey, 9/7,6/3,6/1.
SEABRIGHT INVITATION TOURNAMENT. William M. Johnston added his name to the illustrious two that were already engraved on the Seabright Bowl in the annual invitation tournament, which began August 8 on the courts of the Seabright Lawn Tennis and Country Club. Three leading players now have a leg each on the trophy. They are William T. Tilden, 2d, Watson M. Washburn and William M. Johnston. Wash- burn was winner of the 1920 tournament and competed in the doubles of 1921,
128 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
although he did not start in the singles. R. N. Williams, 2d, was the runner-up in the singles in 1921 and lost in straight sets to Johnston. In the final Johnston won the first set at love so quickly that the spectators were almost dazed. He was at the top of his game. In the second set he won the first game on the jump, and then Williams gathered himself and won three games in succession; but even that spurt did not carry him to success, as Johnston started up again and his fast play to the finish captured the event from the Eastern player.
In the doubles Richards and Voshell worked through the upper half to the finals. While doing so they faced Johnston and Davis, the California players, and won from them. In the lower half Washburn and Williams defeated all opponents, eventually meeting the Kinsey brothers and winning from them. The Easterners won the first set, 14/12, and lost the second. Then they settled down and outplayed their rivals the remainder of the match. Earned and Reals Wright lost to Hardy and Arthur Yencken, 6/4,11/9, and Ward and Davis succeeded in defeating the fast college pair, Fenno and Werner, in two tremendously long sets. Ward and Davis also defeated the English Davis Cup pair, Woosnam and Turnbull, 6/2,8/6, a victory which was rather sur- prising. In the finals Williams and Washburn were aggressors against Richards and Voshell. The match was stubbornly contested, the victors playing a little stronger and the losers gradually weakening as the series progressed. Williams played an erratic but dangerous game, his opponents never being certain where he would put the ball.
Mrs. Franklin 1. Mallory, whose game was clean cut and decisive, won the women's singles. The runner-up was Miss Eleanor Goss, whose victory over Miss Mary Browne in the semi-final was the surprise of the women's events. Miss Martha Bayard won from Miss Edith Sigourney in a well played match and then lost rather tamely to Mrs. Mallory. Mrs. Jessup defeated Miss Bancroft and succumbed later to Mrs. Mallory's superior driving. Miss Goss had a hard fight to get to the finals, in which she was vanquished in straight sets. In the match between Miss Goss and Miss Browne the result had an odd side to it, as Miss Goss won the first set, 9/7, lost the second without winning a game, and then was victorious over her California opponent by 6/4. The women's doubles was won by Mrs. J. B. Jessup and Miss Eleanor Goss from Miss Helen Gilleaudeau and Mrs. B, E. Cole. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Johnston d. Richards, 6/2,6/2,6/1; R. N. Williams d. Woosnam, 7/5,6/3,6/3. Final round — William M. Johnston d. R. N. Williams, 2d, 6/0, 6/4,6/2. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-flnal round— Voshell and Richards d. Pell and Behr, 6/2,6/3; Washburn and Wiliams d. H. O. Kinsey and Robert Kinsey,, 14/12,4/6,6/3. Final round— Watson Washburn and R. N. Williams, 2d, d. S. Howard Voshell and "V^incent Richards, 10/8,9/7,6/4. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. Mallory d. Mrs. Jes- sup, 6/1,9/7; Miss Goss d. Miss Browne, 9/7,0/6,6/4. Final round— Mrs. Franklin I. Mal- lory d. Miss Eleanor Goss, 8/6,6/3. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Gilleau- deau and Mrs. Cole d. Miss Browne and Mrs. Williams, 6/3,7/5; Mrs. Jessup and Miss Goss d. Miss Baker and Miss Bristed, 6/0,6/2. Final round— Mrs. J. B. Jessup and Miss Eleanor Goss d. Miss Helen Gilleaudeau and Mrs. B. E. Cole, 6/3,7/5.
NEW YORK STATE CLAY COURT CHAMPIONSHIPS. For the New York state clay court titles, which were played for during the week of July 4 on the courts of the Park Club at Buffalo, there was an admir- able entry list. The championship was won by R. L. Murray of Niagara Falls, with Kirk Reid runner-up.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 129
In the doubles the four strongest teams entered the semi-finals and two ex- cellent matches were played. Bates and Levy, the Californians, won from Sam Hardy and Fischer, the latter an Indianapolis player. The Cleveland cham- pions, Wick and Bartel, defeated Hedstrom and Murray in five sets. The long fight that the Cleveland pair made in the semi-final seemed to affect their play in the final, but they made a brave effort and the Californians had to play their very best tennis to defeat them.
A mixed doubles was played in which Sam Hardy and Miss Brenda Hed- strom, an eleventh hour combination, won with comparative ease. The runners- up were Mrs. Cole and Fischer. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Murray d. Castle, 6/2,5/7,3/0, (default); Reid d. Neer, 6/1,6/2,6/8,6/4. Final round— Murray d. Reid, 7/5,5/7,6/1,6/1. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Batee and Levy d. Hardy and Fischer, 4/6,6/1,6/2,7/5; Wick and Bartel d. Hedstrom and Murray, 4/6,6/4,4/6,6/4,8/6. Final round— Bates and Levy d. Wick and Bartel, 6/3,5/7,7/5,10/8.
NEW YORK STATE WOMEN'S CHAMPIONSHIP.
The women's championship of New York state was won by a California girl in 1921. Miss Mary K. Browne, who had returned to the East to com- pete, faced a field of excellent players in company with Mrs. May Sutton Bundy, who had also journeyed across continent. Both of the California starters reached the semi-finals by defeating their opponents in two-set matches. In the semi-final Miss Browne found sterner opposition from Miss Helen Gilleaudeau than she had encountered at any previous time in the tourna- ment and lost the first set, 3/6, winning the next two, 6/4. The final was played in a steady drizzle by the California pair and Miss Browne, after losing the first set, 2/6, won the next two, 6/3,6/4. Miss Browne was successful largely on account of her all-court game, her volleying more than counter- balancing Mrs. Bundy's hard and accurate driving.
NEW YORK SECTIONAL DOUBLES.
The winners of the New York sectional doubles, which were played on the courts of the Crescent Athletic Club, beginning July 25, were Theodore R. Pell and Lyle E. Mahan. They defeated the Van Deventer brothers, Ludlow and Philip, after four sets. Pell and Mahan had a comparatively easy time until they reached the semi-final round, in which they found the first set hard going, winning from Vernon and Her by 9/7 and then taking the second set, 6/4. The Van Deventers won their semi-final match from Bowman and Bass- ford, 8/6,20/18. In the final Pell and Mahan defeated the Van Deventers, 6/4,8/6,2/6,6/4.
METROPOLITAN GRASS COURT CHAMPIONSHIP.
The invasion of the East by California players resulted in the Metropolitan championship on grass being captured by a Pacific Coast representative when Robert Kinsey defeated Willis Davis on the courts of the Crescent Athletic Club in the tournament beginning August 28. The last of the Eastern players, the Andersons, were eliminated in the semi-finals.
On the first day of play the intercollegiate champion, Phil Neer, lost to Cedric Major. Henry Mollenhauer defeated Harold Taylor and Gerald Emer-
130 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
son in succession, two victories which had not been anticipated. J. B. Gilbert, the English Davis Cup player, won two well played matches, one from Marshall Allen of Seattle and the other from Dr. George King. Willis Davis was too much for Howard Kinsey, while Robert Kinsey, in the round before the semi- final, eliminated Howard Voshell. Gilbert seemed to have a victory in hand over Fred C. Anderson by his deep driving, but with the score 2/6,6/3,5/4 and 40-30, Gilbert was compelled to default, as he departed the next day for England.
The semi-final was a contest between East and West. Frank Anderson op- posed Davis, and Fred C. Anderson faced Robert Kinsey. The results of the games were almost identical, for Davis defeated Frank Anderson, 6/4,6/3,9/7, and Kinsey defeated Fred Anderson, 6/4,6/2,9/7. In the. final round Kinsey seemed to be playing to tire Davis out and succeeded, as in the latter part of the duel Davis slowed up perceptibly and gave indication that he was quite well exhausted. The match went to five sets, Kinsey winning, 6/2,4/6,6/2, 2/6,6/2.
METROPOLITAN CHAMPIONSHIP DOUBLES.
The Kinsey brothers were the winners of the Metropolitan doubles, played on the grass courts of the Crescent Athletic Club, August 31. They met the best of the Eastern players and went through the field without keen opposition until they reached the semi-final. There they played Anderson and Todd and won from them, 7/5,6/4,7/5, which was the hardest fight they had. In the other half Emerson and Taylor worked into the semi-final and played Allen and Taylor five sets that will long remain in the memories of those who saw them. The Emerson-Taylor combination were successful by 6/3,6/8,1/6,7/5, 12/10. The hard work in the semi-finals unquestionably had its effect on Emerson and Taylor when they played in the final but they lost to the Kinseys in three straight sets, 6/3,6/4,6/4.
METROPOLITAN CLAY COURT CHAMPIONSHIP.
Vincent Richards won the Metropolitan championship on the courts of the New York Tennis Club in the tournament which began June 18. There were nearly 130 entries and the field comprised the best of New York players. Richards' opponent in the final round was A. J. Cawse. The biggest surprises of the tournament were the defeat of Watson M. Washburn by J. Atherton Richards and the victory of Allan Behr over S. Howard Voshell.
Richards eliminated Kenneth D. Fisher, the Staten Island champion, in the third round, 6/1,6/2, and then, in succession. Bowman, 6/3,6/4; Dr. King in two sets of 6/4, and Frank T. Anderson in the semi-final round, 9/7,6/0. In the first set Anderson led at 6/5, but Richards gradually pulled up on him and won. Cawse defeated Behr in the other half of the semi-final, 6/4,6/3.
Against Cawse in the final round Richards rushed through the first two sets and then into a snag. Cawse led, 3/1, in the third set and looked as if he might force his opponent to a fourth, but Richards aroused himself and quickly ran out five of the last six games.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 131
METROPOLITAN WOMEN'S CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The Metropolitan championship for women was won in 1921 by Mrs. Franklin I. Mallory on the courts of the Nassau Country Club, August 1. The field was large and some excellent players were eliminated in the early rounds. Mrs. Bundy and Mrs. Mallory met in the semi-final round, and after Mrs. Mallory had lost the first set, 8/10, Mrs. Bundy was so much exhausted by the effort that she dropped the next two sets, 2/6,3/6. In the meantime Mrs. Jessup, the former Marion Zinderstein, had defeated Mrs. LeRoy in the semi- final, 12/10,6/1. In the final Mrs. Mallory won from Mrs. Jessup, 6/1,7/5. Mrs. Bundy and Miss Helen Wills won the doubles from Miss Martha Bayard and Miss Helen Gilleaudeau in straight sets.
METROPOLITAN LEAGUE TOURNAMENT.
In the Metropolitan League tourney the West Side Tennis Club was success- ful against the New York Tennis Club by 5 matches to 4 in the finals. The clubs in the league are the West Side Tennis Club of Forest Hills, N. Y.; New York Tennis Club, University Heights Tennis Club, Terrace-Kings County Tennis Club, Harlem Tennis Club, Hoboken Tennis Club, Hoboken, N. J.; Montclair Athletic Club, Montclair, N. J., and Amackassin Club, Yonkers, N. Y. The results follow: West Side 6, Amaskassin 3; New York 7, Mont- clair 2; University Heights 7, Hoboken 2; Kings County 6, Harlem 3; West Side 5, Kings County 3; New York 7, University Heights 2; West Side 5, New York 4.
MANHATTAN DOUBLES TOURNAMENT.
The Manhattan doubles championship, played at the same time as the Metropolitan championship in singles, June 18, was won by Vincent Richards paired with S. Howard Voshell, against Binzen and Ostendorf. The final was well played. Although Richards and Voshell won all three sets they were forced to go their best. In the semi-finals Voshell and Richards won from G. C. Moore, Jr., and J. D. Ewing, 6/0,6/4 and E. H. Binzen and A. J. Osten- dorf won from Clifford Lockhorn and J. Birmingham, 6/3,9/7. In the final Voshell and Richards scored 6/1,6/2,6/4 against Binzen and Ostendorf.
NORTH SIDE CHAMPIONSHIP. Elliott H. Binzen won the North Side championship on the courts of the University Heights Tennis Club, July 2 and following days, with the loss of only one set, and that, to Dr. George King in the final round. Binzen in turn defeated Lyeth, Lang, Knox, Mersereau, Fisher and Dr. King. The field was large as usual. In the semi-final Binzen won from Fisher, 6/3,6 '4, while Dr. King was defeating Ostendorf, 6/3,6/2. In the final Binzen lost the first set to Dr. King, 3/6, and won the next three 6/3,7/5,6/2.
NORTH SIDE CHAMPIONSHIP DOUBLES.
The annual North Side doubles brought out a fine field. The tournament was played on the dirt courts of the University Club in New York, .beginning April 29. The title was won by W. Merrill Hall and Leonard Beekman over Fred C. Anderson and Benjamin H. Letson, 6/0,6/4,6/1.
FRANK T. ANDERSON.
Brooklyn. N. Y. Ranked No. 4 in the Metropolitan Tennis Association.
Photo by International.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 133
SEVENTH REGIMENT TENNIS CLUB, NEW YORK. By Sam R. McAllister.
Several years ago the writer predicted that tennis on indoor courts would each year become more popular as players realized the advantage to be gained by keeping in practice during the winter months as preparation for outdoor tournaments. More than five hundred players took part in indoor play in and around New York during the past fall and winter, and as the game flourished in many other localities, it would seem to indicate that play on indoor courts has grown to healthy proportions.
At the Seventh Regiment Armory tennis has been played indoors since 1881. Many of the leading players in the Metropolitan district are active or former members of the club. To be eligible for membership players must be active or veteran members of the Seventh Regiment, N.G.N.Y. The 1921-22 team was composed of the following players: Frank T. Anderson, Fred C. Anderson, A. S. Cragin, G. G. Moore, Jr., Richard Cunningham, J. D. Ewing, M. S. Clark, C. M. Wood, Jay L. Anderson, T. A. Bruno, E. L. Brandt, George Preston, S. R. McAllister, Merritt Cutler.
The first indoor meet of the season was played at the Heights Casino, Brook- jyn, and the soldier boys were beaten, but a return meet at the Armory could not be arranged. Against the Brooklyn Indoor Club the Seventh Regiment team won easily, both at home and on their opponents' court. Two victories over the strong New York Indoor Club followed, this also being a home-and- home series. The season closed with a win over the Columbia University team, a feat which was accomplished without the services of the Anderson brothers, Frank and Fred, two expert players who have won many matches for the soldiers. The club always plays several outdoor meets during the spring and summer months in addition to its indoor activities.
HARLEM TENNIS CLUB OPEN TOURNAMENT.
The winner of the annual Harlem Tennis Club open tournament in 1921, played May 7 and following days on the dirt courts of that organization, was Alfred D. Hammett, Jr., who triumphed over Kenneth D. Fisher, 7/5,11/9,7/5. Allen Behr and H. D. Keresey were successful in reaching the semi-finals.
LONG ISLAND CHAMPIONSHIP.
The tournament for the championship of Long Island was revived with success at the Woodmere Club, Woodmere, Long Island, the week of July 11. The club offered a new cup for competition. Percy L. Kynaston won from Carl N. Joliffe in the final round, 7/5,4/6,6/3,6/1. In the semi-final Joseph L. Pollard, the leader in tennis at Williams College, was Joliffe's opponent and the Williams man found Joliffe too strong for him. In the final round Joliffe played back most of the time and Kynaston was quick to take advantage of it.
QUEENSBORO CHAMPIONSHIP.
A meeting to decide the Queensboro championship was held on the courts of the Kew Garden Tennis Club during the week of June 27. From a large field Percy Kynaston won the men's singles from F. D. Powers. The score was not given.
134 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
BROOKLYN CITY CHAMPIONSHIP.
The annual championship for the city of Brooklyn was played on the courts of the Terrace-Kings County Club, June 4 and following days, and was won by Vincent Richards with Fred C. Anderson runner-up. Richards captured all three sets from Anderson, 6/0,6/4,6/4. To get to the finals Richards de- feated Behar, Grinnell, Westfall and Hall, each of them in two sets. Ander- son's opponent in the semi-final was Ed. Oelsner, whom he defeated, 6/4,6/2.
BROOKLYN HEIGHTS CASINO WOMEN'S INVITATION. Mrs. Franklin I. Mallory won the singles and doubles in the Brooklyn Heights Casino invitation tournament, held during the week of January 30, 1922. Mrs. J. B. Jessup, winner in 1921, did not compete. The entry list was confined mostly to players from the Metropolitan district. Mrs. Mallory was in capital playing form and won rather easily. She was in the lower half with Miss Martha Bayard. In the semi-final Miss Sigourney and Miss Bancroft engaged in one of their intensive duels, which was won by Miss Bancroft, 6/4,5/7,6/3. Mrs. Mallory won from Miss Bayard, 6/0,6/4. In the final round the score of Mrs. Mallory was 6/4,6/1 against Miss Bancroft. In the doubles Miss Sigourney and Mrs. Mallory won in the semi-final from Miss Wagner and Mrs. Wood, 6/3,6/0, and Miss Bancroft and Miss Bayard were successful over Mrs. Adams and Mrs. Weaver, 6/3,6/1. In the final Mrs. Mallory and Miss Sigourney won from Miss Bancroft and Miss Bayard, 6/2,10/8.
NASSAU COUNTRY CLUB INVITATION TOURNAMENT. The annual Nassau Country Club invitation tournament for men was held during the week of June 30, and while there were numerous defaults in the early rounds the tennis was excellent where competition took place. The process of elimination eventually brought together Washburn against Mahan and Hall against Mathey in the semi-final. Washburn and Hall proved to be the winners and in the final Washburn defeated Hall, 4/6,6/2,6/1,6/4. In the doubles Washburn found Dean Mathey a satisfactory partner and they won from Hall and Richards in three of the hardest sets played during the season. The scores were 7/5,13/11,7/5.
STATEN ISLAND CRICKET CLUB TOURNAMENT. In the annual home tournament of the Staten Island Cricket Club the men's singles title was won by McKay, who defeated Shrier, 6/2,6/2,6/3. The doubles matches were well contested and the final was won by Taintor and Allen from Parmele and Davenport, 6/1,6/1,9/11,6/4. ,
TRAVERS ISLAND CHALLENGE CUP. The first leg on the new Travers Island challenge cup was won by Waiter Merrill Hall on the courts of the New York Athletic Club during the week of July 18. Albert J. Ostendorf and Elliot H. Binzen won the doubles. In the final of the singles Hall defeated Dr. George King, 2/6,6/4,3/6,6/3,6/2 in a match that was full to the brim with interest. Ostendorf and Binzen played through the tournament in the doubles, meeting stiff opposition in three of their matches. They won the final with more ease from H. H. Bassford and L. H. Croley, 6/3,6/3,6/4.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 135
WESTCHESTER COUNTY CHAMPIONSHIP. Dr. George King won the championship of Westchester County at the tourna- ment which was held by the County Tennis Athletic Club of Westchester during the week of June 21. His aggressive game was too much for H. H. Bassford and Dr. King's score over his rival was 7/5,6/4,10/8.
COUNTRY CLUB OF WESTCHESTER INVITATION TOURNAMENT.
The annual invitation tournament of the Country Club of Westchester was played June 13 with a splendid field of contestants. Competition throughout was very keen. The semi-finals brought together Voshell and Ostendorf, the former winning, 6/1,6/3, while Hall defeated Hammett in the other half in two sets of 6/2 each. In the final Voshell was victorious over Hall in iwo sets of 6/4. The doubles play showed several well matched combinations. Kumagae and Voshell survived in the upper half when they defeated LeRoy and Man in the semi-final, 6/4,1/6,8/6, while Richards and Hall won in the lower half. In the final Richards and Hall outmaneuvered Kumagae and VosheU in a four-set match which was brilliantly played, the score being 8/6,6/3,4/6,7/5.
YALE ALUMNI TOURNAMENT.
In the Yale alumni tournament for Westchester County, N. Y., Franklin T. Osgood won the title from E. Wolkowitz, 6/1,6/0,6/1. The tournament began on the courts at Greenacres, Hartsdale, and the final was played at Briar Cliff, June 4. In the semi-final Wolkowitz defeated Arnold Bradley, 6/4,6/1, and Osgood won from Reeves,
EASTERN NEW YORK CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Vincent Richards won the Eastern New York title on the courts of the Amackassin Club at Yonkers in the tournament beginning May 28. His op- ponent in the final round was Alfred D. Hammett, Jr. On his way to the final Richards won from Kumagae, champion in 1920 by defeating Richards in the final that year. Letson and Ward won the doubles. Ward was playing for the first time in tournament since the war. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Richards d. Kumagae, 6/4,6/1; Hammett d. Behr, 8/6,6/3. Final round— Richards d. Hammett, 6/0,6/1,8/6. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round — Letson and Ward d. Croley and Bassford, 6/3,8/6,6/4; Ostendorf and Beekman d. Hammett and Henderson, 6/3,6/1; Final round— Letson and Ward d. Ostendorf and Beek- man hy default.
PELHAM COUNTRY CLUB WOMEN'S INVITATION TOURNAMENT.
The field at the Pelham Country Club for the annual invitation tournament for women was the largest in its history. The honors fell to Mrs. B. Cole of Boston, formerly Miss Anna Sheafe, who was successful over Miss Florence Ballin, 7/5,6/4. Miss Ballin had defeated Miss Martha Bayard in the third round in two sets and had won the semi-final from Mrs. LeRoy by default. The latter was unable to play at the last moment because of illness in her family. In the doubles Miss Marie Wagner and Miss Helen Gilleaudeau won rather v^asily, dropping only two games in the final round to Mrs. L. G. Morris and Miss Margaret Grove.
136 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
QUAKER RIDGE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The Quaker Ridge championships were held on the courts of the New Rochelle Tennis Club, June 25 and following days. The singles event was won by Herbert Bowman, who defeated Alfred D. Hammett, Jr., in the final, 6/4,6/2,6/4. Binzen and Ostendorf won the doubles from Drake and Young, 6/4,6/2,6/4.
APAWAMIS TOURNAMENT FOR WOMEN. In the first annual tournament for women, held by the Apawamis Club of Rye, N. Y., the week of June 20, Miss Eleanor Goss won from a large field. In the final round she overwhelmed Miss Helen Gilleaudeau, 6/0,6/2. The feature of the second round was Miss Westervelt's triumph over Mrs. G. B. Hirsch, 6/4,6/8,6/4. In the third round Miss Martha Bayard and Miss Florence Ballin played sparkling tennis and the former won, 3/6,6/4,6/3. In the fourth round Miss Goss won in two sets from Miss Bayard, 6/2,6/4.
ARDSLEY CLUB WOMENS INVITATION.
One of the sterling events of the year was the Ardsley Club invitation tourna- ment for women, played on its courts during the week of September 19. A very strong field was matched against Mrs. Mallory, but she won the singles from Mrs. Raymond, 6/1,6/4. In the doubles Miss Sigourney and Mrs. Thurber were successful, 7/5,5/7,8/6. Mrs. McLean and Clark won the mixed doubles final from Miss Chapman and Ewing, 0/6,6/4,6/3.
GREEN MEADOW COUNTRY CLUB INVITATION DOUBLES. The annual invitation doubles of the Green Meadow Country Club were played on the courts at Harrison, N. Y., June 4, and in a field of metropoli- tan stars Beals Wright and I. Kumagae were winners as they had been in the previous year.
COOPERSTOWN COUNTRY CLUB TOURNAMENT.
R. L. James won the Cooperstown Country Club singles in the annual tourna- ment played during the week of August 8. The runner-up was Henry Hun, who was defeated by James, 2/6,6/0,6 3,6/3. In the doubles W. L. Coughtney and James defeated J. N. Read and Hun, 6/2,6/3,6/4. Mrs. W. C. Johnston won from Miss Townsend, 4/6,6/3,6/4, in the final round of the women's singles.
POWELTON CLUB TOURNAMENT.
The men's singles in the Powelton Club's open championship, held on its courts at Newburgh, N. Y., during the week of September 12, was won by A. J. Ostendorf from Gerald B. Emerson in five sets which were excellently played by both. Ostendorf captured the first set and lost the next two. He rallied and took the fourth and fifth and won the match, 6 3,4/6,2/6.6 1,6/4. In the doubles Ostendorf paired with R. L. Baggs and they were successful over J. L. Jova and R. L, James, 6/2,7/5. Mrs. J. C. Collingwood won the final round of the women's singles from Mrs. Mead, 6/1,6 2.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 137
SULLIVAN COUNTY CHAMPIONSHIPS.
In the Sullivan County championships, played July 18-23 and conducted by the Merriewold Tennis Club since 1912, some of the best known of previous contestants did not appear, but the contests were particularly interesting, the finals in both singles and doubles going to five sets. J, A. Cullom of the Stamford Yacht Club won the singles from W. Halsey Wood, 1/6,6/3,5/7,6/3, 6/4, and thus secured the honor of placing his name first on the new cup, replacing the Alexander Cup, which N. W. Swayne had carried away in 1920. In the doubles Cullom was also a winner, with Harry Sachs as his partner, from W. H. Wood and A. Shriver, by 6/1,6/4,1/6,3/6,6/4.
NYACK CLUB OPEN TOURNAMENT.
The twenty-fifth annual open tournament of the Nyack Club was held on the club courts during the week of June 25. New York and New Jersey players entered plentifully and in the men's singles the competition narrowed down to Harold Throckmorton and Gerald Emerson. The former won the final from Emerson, 7/5,6/4,6/4. In the women's singles Miss Helen Gilleaudeau won her first tournament of the year when she defeated Miss Leslie Bancroft, 6/0,6/3. Miss Gilleaudeau was also successful in the doubles, as she paired with Mrs. L. G. Morris and they defeated Mrs. Raymond and Mrs. Welty,
6/4,6/0.
SOUTHERN TIER OF NEW YORK CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The annual Southern Tier of New York championships were held on the courts of the Binghamton Club during the week of September 5. The men's singles was won by Edward Glaus, runner-up in 1920, who graduated from the junior ranks about two seasons ago. He defeated Rodney Beck, 6/3,7/5, 6^8,6/1. In the doubles G. C. Shafer and Rodney Beck were successful over Glaus and Wilson, 6/2,6/2,6/0.
LAKE GEORGE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The final rounds of the Lake George championships, which were played on the courts of the Lake George Club during the week of August 15, were mostly monopolized by the expert Chapin family of Springfield, Mass. The Chapins, father and son, defeated all opponents through a good-sized field and met in the singles final, when Chapin, Jr., won from Chapin, Sr., 9/7,6/4,2/6,3/6,6/3. In the doubles the Chapins as a pair were too strong for the other teams in the field and captured the finals from R. L. James and Ingo Hartman by 6/1, 6/2,6/4. Miss Eleanor Huyck won the final of the women's singles from Mrs. A. H. Chapin, 1/6,6/2,7/5. In the mixed doubles Miss Grace Graham and A. H. Chapin, Jr., won from Mr. and Mrs. Hartman, 6/4,6/3.
TWILIGHT PARK TOURNAMENT.
In the open tournament of the Twilight Park Casino, played during the week of August 22 at Haines Falls, N. Y., Gerald B. Emerson annexed a "first" by winning the men's singles from W. Bernard Harris, in three sets of 6/1 each. The doubles was won by L. W. Bates and E. Foulke from Emerson and A. Vanderburgh, 2/6,7/5,6/4,6/2. In the women's singles Miss T. Hasslacher won from Miss. E. Hubbard, 6/3,6/2.
138 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
LAKE PLACID CLUB TOURNAMENT.
In the July meet of the Lake Placid Club, which was held during the week of July 27, the men's singles was won by Erdman Harris from Carl Lamson in four sets, 4/6,6/2,6/2,7/5. The doubles went to C. N. Talbot and E. Burke, who were successful over Erdman Harris and R. W. Harbison, 6/2,7/5,6/4.
LAKE PLACID CLUB AUGUST INMTATION TOURNAMENT.
A women's invitation singles was played on the courts of the Lake Placid Club during the week of August 24. Miss Hazel Gardner won the final from Miss Katharine McLeod in two sets, 6/3,6/4. Miss Gardner had won her semi- final match from Miss C. F. Lawson, and the runner-up. Miss McLeod, defeated Miss Payne in the same round, 6/1,6/4.
RIDGEFIELD TRI-COUNTY CHAMPIONSHIP.
The men's singles of the Ridgefield Y.M.C.A. Tri-County championships, piayed during the week of September 3, at Albany, N. Y., was won by R. L. James from Thomas Wilbur, 6/3,3/6,5/7,6/4,6/2. James and Wilbur defeated Traver and Coughtney, 6/4,9/7,6/3, in the final round of doubles.
ULSTER COUNTY CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The first Ulster County championships were held at the Lake Mohonk Tennis Club, beginning July 12, and resulted in a double victory for P. B. Hawk, who won the singles from Herbert GreefF, 6/0,6/0,6/1, and won the doubles, paired with N. G. Johnson, from Herbert Greeff and Carleton Putnam, 6/2,4/6,6/2,6/0. Throughout the tournament Hawk met with determined opposition and was forced to his best to win.
INTERNATIONAL AT NIAGARA.
R. Lindley Murray was the leading player in the Niagara-on-the-Lake tourna- ment during the week of August 6, which was very successful. In the final round of singles Murray played against Herd of Chicago and won from him in three sets which were as hard fought as any in the history of the tourna- ment. They resulted 7/5,8/6,6/3. In the doubles Murray paired with Herd and they defeated Walter Wesbrook and Frank T. Anderson, 9/7,6/4,8/10,6/3, after an exhibition of tennis that will long be remembered by those who saw the match. The All-Canadian singles event was won by C. D. Henderson from D. R. McKenzie, 7/5,6/3. The All-Canadian women's singles was won by Miss Florence Best from Miss E. McDonald, 6/2,6/3. Miss Best and Clifton B. Herd won the mixed doubles from Miss McDonald and Fulton, 7/5,6/3. In the women's doubles Miss Best and Miss McDonald won from Miss Cox and Miss Brock, 6/2,6/2. Mr. Lanig defeated E. W. Bickel in the men's handicap singles, 6/3,6/3.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 139
Middle States Championships
The Middle States tourney, beginning July 23 at the Cynwyd Club, Cynwyd, Pa., brought out a representative list of players. Out of an entry of over sixty, Dr. P. B. Hawk, Carl Fischer, T. Leonards and I. S. Cravis survived up to the semi-finals. Here Leonards fell a victim of Hawk's consistent play, while Fischer disposed of Cravis without much difiBculty. Fischer and Dr. Hawk met in the final and repeated a memorable battle which they had in 1920. Dr. Hawk's unerring steady back-court play nearly proved Fischer's downfall, and it was only by smashing network that the younger man won. The match went to the limit, Fischer emerging victor by the score, 1/6,6/4,12/10,0/6,6/3.
The doubles play carried with it not only the Middle States title but also the sectional title, making the winners eligible for the national doubles. Stan- ley Pearson and L. C. Wistar, 1920 state champions, were picked to win, but were forced to play second fiddle to the younger and more aggressive team of .T. C. Bell, Jr., and E. M. Edwards, both of the Merion Cricket Club. Bell and Edwards played heady tennis. Edwards smashed and volleyed well, while Bell won point after point on clever lobbing and placements. They won out by the score of 2/6,6/3,7/5,8/10,6/2.
MIDDLE STATES WOMEN'S CHAMPIONSHIPS. Mrs. Molla Bjursted Mallory, with her accustomed ease, won the Middle States women's event, which was held the week of September 12 at the Phila- delphia Cricket Club, Chestnut Hill, Pa. Mrs. Mallory encountered little opposition in winning her way to the final round, where she met Miss Edith Sigourney of Boston. Miss Sigourney played good tennis and was expected to make the final a close event, but Mrs. Mallory played unbeatable tennis and Miss Sigourney took only three games. The score was 6/0,6/3. The doubles proved more interesting, but again Mrs. Mallory took first honors paired with Miss Sigourney. The Easterners won from Miss Mary K. Browne and Mrs. L. R. Williams of California, 6/3,6/4.
PENNSYLVANIA STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
At the Merion Cricket Club the week of June 13 the Pennsylvania cham- pionship was won for the second time by Wallace Johnson, who outclassed a field of seventy-two. Johnson, who won easily in 1920, again went through without the loss of a set, defeating his usual doubles partner, Stanley Pear- son, in the final round, 9/7,6/1,6/2.
The doubles brought out some hotly contested matches. Pearson and Wistar, 1920 champions, were defeated by E. M. Edwards and J. C. Bell, Jr., of Merion in the semi-finals. The latter pair succumbed in the final to Johnson and Carl Fischer in a merry battle which went to five sets.
There were several upsets in the course of the play, the most surprising occurring in the fourth round when Dr. P. B. Hawk took the measure of Craig Biddle, 6/4,2/6,6/4. Carl Fischer played well until the fourth round, when Johnson defeated him rather easily. Sydney Thayer, Jr., showed flashes of his pre-war form by reaching the semi-finals.
MIvv 1-JlYI.I.lS WALSH, MISS AXNE B. TOWNSEND,
Overbrook, I'a. uverbrook. Pa.
Miss Townsend is Pennsylvania State Champion and shares the doubles title
with Miss Walsh. They were placed 16 and 20, respectively, in the National
Ranking Ledger Photo Service.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 141
PENNSYLVANIA AND EASTERN STATES WOMEN'S CHAMPIONSHIP.
With a record entry list of forty-eight players the Pennsylvania and Eastern States championships for women began May 30 at the Merion Cricket Club, Merion, Pa. In the singles Miss Anne Townsend of Merion reached the final round in the upper bracket by victories over Mrs. M. B. Huff, Miss Helen Sewell and Mrs. Richard Nalle, while Miss Phyllis Walsh, in the lower bracket, won a place in the final by defeating Miss Catherine Gardiner, Mrs. C. C. Madeira, and Mrs. Gilbert Harvey.
Miss Townsend defeated Miss Walsh for the title, 6/3,3/6,6/4. They were very evenly matched, but Miss Townsend's clever driving and placements proved more effective than the steadier game of Miss Walsh.
In the doubles four excellent teams reached the semi-final round. Miss Townsend and Miss Walsh defeated Miss Porter and Miss Sewell, 6/2,6/2, v.'hile Mrs. Gilbert Harvey and Mrs. M. B. Hufif, 1920 champions, won from Mrs. Robert Herold and Mrs. H. F. Kerbaugh, 7/5,7/5. In the final round Miss Townsend and Miss Walsh defeated Mrs. Harvey and Mrs. Huff, 7/5,6/1. The mixed doubles final was the most interesting match of the tournament. Miss M. D. Thayer and A. A. Thayer, both of the Philadelphia Cricket Club, defeated W. F. Johnson and Miss Townsend of Merion, 0/6,7/5,9/7. By this victory the Thayers took permanent possession of the mixed doubles cup.
EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Carl Fischer successfully defended his 1920 title, in the Eastern Pennsyl- \ania tournament at the Philmont Club, the week of June 18. Fischer en- countered little difficulty until the final round, when he defeated L. Tremain, 7/5,8/6,6/3. Paired with his brother Herbert he won the doubles, retaining the doubles crown won in 1920. The Fischers had a close match in the finals, defeating W. E. Lane and Paul W. Gibbons, 8/6,7/5,8/6.
TENNIS IN PHILADELPHIA. By William S. Jamison.
No wonder Philadelphians are enthusiastic about the 1921 tennis season, both in a national sense and a local sense. Always one of the leading tennis centers of the country, Philadelphia captured an array of titles in 1921. Among the Philadelphians and the successes they achieved, are:
W. T. Tilden, 2d, National Singles Champion.
W. T. Tilden, 2d, World's Champion, grass and hard court.
W. T. Tilden, 2d, One of the National Doubles Champions.
Wallace F. Johnson, Runner-up National Singles.
Miles Valentine and Thos. McGlinn, National Boys' Doubles Champions.
Thos. McGlinn, Runner-up National Boys' Singles.
Miss Virginia Carpenter, Runner-up National Girls' Singles.
The list speaks for itself. It is headed by the unbeatable "Bill" Tilden, a born and bred Philadelphian, and is composed of local players who have learned the game on courts in the Philadelphia district and whose constant playing and efforts, have increased interest and gained prominence for tennis as played in Philadelphia.
MISS VIRGINIA CARPENTER, MISS MARTHA BAYARD,
Philadelphia. Short Hills, N.J.
Miss Carpenter was runner-up in the National Girls' Championship. Miss Bay- ard is placed at No. 16 in the National Women's Ranking.
\ SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL ' 143
Tilden, of course, stands out head and shoulders above any other Philadel- phia player. His record is perfect and his fame is world-wide but in connec- tion with his magnificent playing, Tilden has spared no effort in his attempt to help in the development of the game. Never was there such a generous cham- pion. Early in the season he consented to play a series of exhibition matches in the vicinity of Philadelphia, which did much to create tennis enthusiasm but which nearly cost him dearly in their effect on his physical condition. Philadelphians have a very high regard for "Bill" Tilden because of the work he is always willing to do to help the game along.
Next to Tilden, Wallace Johnson ranks as the prominent player with most titles. In tournaments Wallace captured just about everything. He won the Philadelphia title, the Pennsylvania state title and the Delaware state cham- pionship, beside a number of doubles titles. He won a hard-earned battle with Kumagae in the Church Cup matches and finished the season by a brilliant national tournament record in which he listed as his victims, Watson M. Wash- burn of New York and J. 0. Anderson of Australia. Like Tilden, he has done much for tennis by constant playing in exhibition matches.
Stanley Pearson, Carl Fischer, and Dr. P. B. Hawk had their share of Phila- delphia victories. Pearson was runner-up to Johnson in three tournaments and furnished one of the season's upsets when he defeated N. W. Niles of Boston in the national tournament. Fischer played poorly early in the season, but wound up well, winning the first Middle States singles championship and retaining the Eastern Pennsylvania title. He made his way to the third round in the national, when he lost a hard match to Francis T. Hunter. The ever- reliable Dr. Hawk, figured prominently in the local tournaments. He won several out-of-town titles, but his biggest victory of the season, was in winning the Veterans' championship. In this event he completely outclassed the field, losing only three games in all his matches. Other players whose work in tournaments proved their ability, were E. M. Edwards, J. C. Bell, Jr., Craig Biddle, Charles Watson, Sydney Thayer, Jr., A. L. Reed and Andrew Morgan.
Miss Anne Townsend stood out as the most prominent woman player in the city. She won the Pennsylvania state and Philadelphia titles, and together with Miss Phyllis Walsh, won the Eastern States doubles. Miss Walsh also won the women's singles of Florida. Mrs. M. B. Huff, Miss Molly Thayer, Mrs. Gilbert Harvey, Miss Mildred Willard, Miss Peggy Ferguson and Mrs. W. P. Newhall were other leading women players.
The junior players of the district did very well. There were more junior tournaments than in past years, and from the quality of tennis exhibited it is evident that the future will see the development of several youngsters to the first flight. Heading the girls' list, Miss Virginia Carpenter played fine tennis all season. She figured prominently in many women's events and proved herself the foremost girl player in the East by being runner-up to Miss Helen Wills of California in the national girls' singles. Miss Carpenter paired with Miss Ceres Baker of New York in winning the national girls' doubles championship.
There was a wealth of first rate junior players as well as several national champions among the boys. Charles Watson, 3d, and Frederick Mercur of Harrisburg were the outstanding juniors. Mercur won the Pennsylvania junior crown and Watson captured two open tournaments during the summer. Both entered the national men's singles and made good showihgs. Mercur was
144 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
defeated in the first round by Wallace Johnson, but found solace in the fact that he won eight games, while Watson claimed the same number from Robert Kinsey. Other junior players who rank well up are Earl Bartlett, inter- ifcholastic champion; Harold Colburn, Jos. Oldhausen, Milo Miller and H. H. Hodge.
Two Philadelphia boys, Miles Valentine and Thomas McGlinn, won the national boys' doubles, while McGlinn was runner-up in the national boys' singles. Valentine won the North Philadelphia and Philadelphia center boys' title. S. E. Ewing, William and Alfred Maguire and Neil Sullivan were among the boys who played well all season.
In addition to the fine records of the players, Philadelphia showed a marked increase in the number of people playing tennis in a municipal and club way. New courts were constructed by the city, and as a means of developing club competition there was formed the Middle States Tennis League, comprising twenty-eight teams, which, in addition to the Interclub Leagues, comprising eighteen teams, made a total of forty-six teams in weekly or semi-weekly matches. The Middle States League is one of the largest of its kind in the country and had five divisions. Honors in two of them went to the Belfield Club, A and B; in Division C, to the American Bridge Tennis Club; in Divi- sion D, to the Siegel A.A.; in Division E, to the DuPont C.C. of Wilmington.
It would not be amiss to mention that one feature of a highly successful season was the organization of an active local umpires' association. Under the able direction of Charles N. Beard, the chairman, the Philadelphia asso- ciation furnished competent umpires and linesmen not only in the national tournament, but also in every local tournament where the work of the men showed a genuine interest in the game's development.
Successful as the 1921 season proved to be 1922 will reap the full benefit of tremendous interest created by the national tournament and by the co-operative efforts of all those connected with the game.
CHURCH CUP COMPETITION. The fourth annual competition for the Church Cup was held at the Merion Cricket Club, Haverford, Pa., June 10 and 11. In the first day's competition New York played Boston and both New York teams won, the first team by 8 matches to 1 and the second by 5 to 4. Against Philadelphia on the second day, New York's first team won the singles with five victories out of six matches and the second team broke even. It was the third winning leg for New York on the cup, but the excellent play of the Metropolitan team was witnessed by a rather small gallery. The summaries:
FIRST DAY, FIRST TEAM, NEW YORK 8, BOSTON 1. SINGLES— Ichiya Kumagae (NY) d. R. N. Williams, 2d (B), 6/2,4/6.6/2; Watson Wash- burn (NY) d. Nat W. Niles (B). 4/6,7/5,6/3; Vincent Richards (NY) d. Colket Caner (B), 6/4,6/2; S. Howard Voshell (NY) d. L. B. Rice (B), 6/2,4/6,6/4; Dean Mathey (NY) d. Harry C. Johnson (B), 7/5,6/3; Leonard Beekman (NY) d. Irving C. Wright (B), 6/3. 2/6,6/4. DOUBLES— Washburn and Richards (NY) d. Williams and Johnson (B), 6/2,6/4; Niles and Caner (B) d. Kumagae and Mathey (NY), 6/4,6/3; Karl H. Behr and J. S. Myrick (NY) d. R. B. Bidwell and W. E. Porter, Jr. (B), 6/3,3/6,8/6.
FIRST DAY. SECOND TEAM. NEW YORK 5, BOSTON 3. SINGLES— Hugh G. Kelleher (NY) d. Horace Taylor (B), 6/3,1/6,6/3; G. A. L. Dionne (NY) d. J. B. Fenno, Jr. (B) fi/1,6/4; J. Wheelwright (B) d. C. A. Major (NY), 6/2.6/8.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 145
6/S; J. W. FoRtpr (B) d. H. S. Parker (NY). 8/10,9/7.6/4; L. Van Deventer (NY) d. Sidney Bea.ls (B). 8/6.6/8,6/4; H. F. Prescott (B) d. Alexander Her (NY), 8/6,8/6. DOUBLES— Wheelwright and Fenno (B) d. Kelleher and Parker (NY), 6/4,3/6,6/2; A. D. Hammett and B. H. Letson (NY) d. Foster and Beals (B) 6/3,6/2; Van Deventer and Her (NY) d. Prescott and Taylor (B), 8/6,6/4.
SECOND DAY. FIRST TEAM, NEW YORK 6, PHILADELPHIA 2.
SINGLES— W. F. Johnson (P) d. Kumagae (NY), 12/10,3/6,9/7; Washburn (NY) d. Craig Biddle (P). 6/3,6/1; Richards(NY) d. S. W. Pearson (P),, 6/3,6/2; Voshell (NY) d. G. C. Shafer (P), 6/4,6/2; Mathey (NY) d. Carl Fischer (P), 4/6,6/3,6/1; Dionne (NY) d. E. M. Edwards (P), 6/3,6/0. DOUBLES — Washburn and Richards (NY) d. Johnson and Pearson (P), by default; Biddle and Shafer (P) d. Washburn and Mathey (NY), by default; Voshell and Myrick (NY) d. Fischer and Edwards (P), 6/0,12/12 (unfinished, rain).
SECOND DAY. SECOND TEAM, NEW YORK 4, PHILADELPHIA 4. SINGLES— P. B. Hawk (P) d. Parker (NY), 6/1,6/4; Van Deventer (NY) d. L. C. Wister (P). 9/11.6/3,6/2; C. S. Rogers (P) d. Her (NY), 6/4,6/2; Hammett (NY) d. I. S. Gravis (P), 6/2,6/3; Letson (NY) d. A. Morgan (P), 2/6,6/1,8/6; G. B. Pflngst, Jr. (P) d. S. W. Merrihew (NY). 6/3.6/3. DOUBLES— Hammett and Letson (NY) d. Evans and A. Thayer (P) 6/1,7/5: Her and Van Deventer (NY) v. Bell and E. Thayer (P), 8/6,11/12 (unfinished, rain); J. T. Thayer and J. W. Wear (P) d. Parker and Dionne (NY), 6/2,6/2.
PHILADELPHIA AND DISTRICT CHAMPIONSHIP.
For the eighth time Wallace Johnson won the .Philadelphia and District tennis championship. The tournament began May 26 at the Cynwyd Club. Johnson easily won his way to the final, where he struck a formidable opponent in Carlton Shafer, a clubmate. After a desperate struggle, Johnson was suc- cessful by 2/6,6/0,7/5,6/4. Shafer's defeat of E. M. Edwards, finalist in 1920, was somewhat of an upset. By steady playing he beat Edwards 8/6,6/2, in the semi-finals.
The finals in the doubles brought out the fastest tennis of the tournament. Johnson, paired with Stanley Pearson, defeated J. C. Bell, Jr., and E. M. Edwards, both of the Merion Cricket Club, in a brilliant match, 7/5,8/6, 4/6,6/3.
PHILADELPHIA AND DISTRICT WOMEN'S CHAMPIONSHIPS.
In the Philadelphia and District women's championships beginning Septem- ber 19, Miss Anne Townsend played Miss Mildred Willard in the final of the singles, and won in a close match, 6/1,6/8,6/3. The doubles final was well contested. Miss Townsend and Miss Phyllis Walsh, state champion, were ex- tended to win from Miss Helen Sewell and Miss Katherine Porter, 3/6,6/0,6/4. In the mixed doubles Miss Townsend and Joseph T. Thayer played well and defeated Mrs. C. C. Madeira and Joseph Rowland, 6/1,6/8,6/4.
DELAWARE VALLEY CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Gerald B. Emerson of Orange, N. J., captain of the Columbia University team, won the Delaware Valley championship, held at the Milford (Pa.) Field Club during the week of August 16. In the final he scored 6/0,6/2,6/0 over Thurston Woodford. With A. R. Prochaska as partner Emerson won the doubles from W. Ruxton and Paul Martin, 6/1,6/4,6/3. In the women's singles, for which a good field competed, Miss Hoffman defeated Miss Stapleton in the final round, 6/3,3/6,8/6, but in the challenge round Miss Hoffman lost to Miss Theresa Stach, 6/3,3/6,8/6.
146 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
LEHIGH VALLEY CHAMPIONSHIP.
For the second year in succession H. Updegrove won the annual Lehigh Valley championship, played for on the courts of the Northampton Country Club at Easton, Pa., May 14 and following days. Updegrove was victorious over the Rev. Dr. Lamed in straight sets, 6/3,6/2,6/2.
CENTRAL PENNSYLVANIA CHAMPIONSHIPS.
In the Central Pennsylvania championships for men, held on the courts of the Altoona Cricket Club during the week of August 23, J. R. Brown won the singles from J. A. Sloan in four sets of 6/2,5/7,6/3,6/2. Sloan paired with Frank Dempsey in the doubles and they defeated A. D. Heacox and J. A. Yon, 7/5,6/4,3/6,2/6,6/2, in the best played doubles in the history of the tournament.
»
MERCER, COUNTY CHAMPIONSHIP.
The Mercer County championships were held on the courts of the Greenville Country Club during the week of July 19. R. L. Keck defeated Hugh Alexan- der, 9/7,5/7,6/2,6/3, in the final round of the men's singles, and in the men's doubles F. C. Ketler and R. E. Thorne won from Keck and J. L. Kuder, 6/1,
6/2,7/5.
EAGLESMERE TOURNAMENT.
Dr. Philip B. Hawk won the Eaglesmere championship at singles, played during the week of August 29, from Herman Dornheim, 6/4,6/2,6/0. In the doubles W. T. Knith and Herman Dornheim paired and won from A. L. Reed and P. Leidy, 6/4,8/6,6/2. Mrs. W. C. Tuttle defeated Mrs. H. Walter, 6/3, 6/2, in the final round of women's singles, and in the mixed doubles Mrs. E. G. Smith and C. L. Seasholes were winners.
ALTOONA CITY AND BLAIR COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA.
By J. A. Yon.
Tennis was more successful in Altoona in 1921 than ever before. The Y.M.C.A. took over the management of both the city and the county tourna- ments. The city championship was played in July and the county champion- ship in August. James W. Gearhart won the city singles and J. A. Yon and R, M. Smiley the doubles. In the county tournament R. M. Smiley won the singles and Carl Hauser and A. D. Heacox the doubles. The summaries:
CITY SINGLES: Semi-final round— Sutch d. Erhart, 6/2,6/2; Gearhart d. Yon, 6/3.4/6, 6/1. Final round— Gearhart d. Sutch, 6/4,6/3,7/5. DOUBLES: Semi-final round — Smiley and Yon d. Gower and Fay, 6/3,6/1; Hauser and Heacox d. Sutch and Dughi, 3/6,6/2,6/4. Final round— Yon and Smiley d. Hauser and Heacox, 2/6,7/5,6/3,6/3. COUNTY SINGLES: Semi-final round— Smiley d. Heacox. 6/2,6/4; Hauser d. Watson, 6/2,6/1. Final round- Smiley d. Hauser, 12/10,6/4,6/4. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Wehrle and O'Neill d. Wilson and Erhart, 7/5,6/3; Hauser and Heacox d. Dughi and Sutch, 8/6,6/4. Final round —Hauser and Heacox d. Dughi and Sutch, 6/1,6/4,6/2.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 147
WESTERN t'ENNSYLVANIA CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Charles S. Garland won the Western Pennsylvania championship on the courts of the Pittsburgh Athletic Club during the week of June 18. His opponent was WiUiam S. McElroy, who won the title the previous year. In the fifth round Garland met with his greatest opposition, winning from Herbert Lytle by the unusual score of 6/1,0/6,6/1. In the doubles McElroy and Burg- win proved to be an excellent combination, defeating Garland and McLain. Mrs. F. B. Snowden won the women's singles. In 1920 she had been runner- up to Miss Eleanor Tennant. The runner-up in 1921 was Mrs. Percy Wil- bourne, who played well throughout the tournament. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Garland d. Mackrell, 6/4,6/1; McElroy d. Johnson, 6/8,7/5,6/3. Final round— Charles S. Garland d. W, S. McElroy, 6/4,6/3. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Burgwin and McElroy d. Siverd and Ward, 7/5,6/0; Garland and McLain d. McClure and Sunstein, 6/1,6/2. Final round — Burgwin and McElroy d. Garland and McLain, 6/0,7/5,1/6,6/2. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. Snowden d. Miss Wise, 6/2,4/6,6/0; Mrs. Wilbourne d. Miss King, 6/0,6/0. Final round— Mrs. F. B. Snowden d. Mrs. Percy Wilbourne. 3/6.6/1.6/1.
WESTMORELAND COUNTY SINGLES CHAMPIONSHIP.
The men's singles championship of Westmoreland County was played on the courts of the Jeannette (Pa.) Tennis Club during the week of August 27 and was won by James Hughes. In the final he defeated Joe Shields, 6/4, 6/3,6/1. In the challenge round W. A. Horrell defaulted to Hughes. Miss Hill won the women's singles from Mrs. Brown, 6/4,6/0.
WESTMORELAND COUNTY DOUBLES.
In the Westmoreland County doubles, played on the courts of the Jeannette (Pa.) Tennis Club during the week of July 27, F. A. Galer and James Hughes won by default from Joe Cote and J. M. Horn, who failed to defend their title in the challenge round. Galer and Hughes defeated Garman and Durston, 6/3,6/3,6/1, in the final round.
CARNEGIE TECH, PITTSBURGH, PA.
Carnegie Tech won the sectional collegiate Tri-State championship in 1921 for the second year in succession with an all new team, composed of John C. Harkness, captain; R. W. Schmertz, Louis D. Pitts, C. T. Schwartz, John J. Keil and V. S. Neville. Two of the teams which were defeated by Carnegie — West Virginia and Allegheny — won from all other opponents except Carnegie. Tech won ten games, lost one and tied four. The record for the season follows:
6— Grove City 0 5 — West Virginia 1 5— Oberlin 1 2— Allegheny 4
3— West Virginia 3 3— Wash. & Jeff. 3 3— Alumni 3 6— Grove City 0
6— Bethany 0 6— Bethany 0 3— Penn State 3 4— Allegheny 2
5 — Wash. & Jeff. 1 C— Allegheny 0 5— Mount Union 0
DELAWARE STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS. At the Wilmington Country Club, the week of June 20, the Delaware state title changed hands. Dean Mathey, holder in 1920, was defeated in the chal- lenge round by Wallace Johnson, who went through the tournament without the loss of a set. Johnson's brilliant work in the back-court easily overcame
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 149
Mathey's aggressive game, and the former took the match in straight sets, 6/3,6/2,6/1.
In the doubles Johnson and Pearson, holders of the 1920 title, were defeated by Dean Mathey and Joseph Werner. This match brought out the best tennis of the week, Werner's net play and Mathey's volleying, turning back their op- ponents by the score of 5/7,6/4,7/5,8/6.
In the women's singles Mrs. Marion Zinderstein Jessup successfully defended her 1920 title by defeating Miss Molly Thayer, 7/5,6/1. In the doubles Miss Phyllis Walsh of Philadelphia and Mrs. E. B. Whitman of Baltimore defeated Mrs. Jessup and Mrs. F. H. Godfrey, both of Wilmington, 2/6,8/6,8/6. Mixed doubles matches were played for the first time, and Mrs. Jessup and Stanley W. Pearson won when they defeated Miss Molly Thayer and A. D. Thayer, 6/3,8/6.
NEW JERSEY STATE CHAMPIONSHIP.
The 1921 champion of New Jersey is Vanderbilt B. Ward, who won the title on the courts of the Montclair Athletic Club in the tournament beginning June 11. He defeated E. Oelsner, 6/3,10/8,6/2, in the final round- It was the first victory for the new cup which takes the place of that which was won permanently by Harold A. Throckmorton in 1920. In the semi-final Ward defeated F. D. Powers, 13/11,6/4, while Oelsner won a victory over P. L. Kynaston, 6/4,6/3.
NEW JERSEY WOMEN'S STATE CHAMPIONSHIP. Mrs. Helene Pollak Falk defeated a fine field of players to win the state championship of New Jersey in 1921 on the courts of the Englewood Field Club, during the week of June 13. She reached the final without losing a set and in that round won from Mrs. C. V. Hitchins. The latter had been com- pelled to play at top speed to reach the finals and when she faced Mrs. Falk was not up to her very best and lost in straight sets, 6/1,6/4. Miss Florence Ballin, who had won the championship in 1920, lost to Mrs. Robert LeRoy in the fourth round, 9/7,2/6,6/2. Miss Ballin had a hard contest in the third round in which she won from Miss Rice, 4/6,6/4,6/2. After Mrs. LeRoy had played so brilliantly she was defeated in the semi-final by Mrs. Falk in two sets of 6/4 each, and Mrs. Hitchins won from Miss Westervelt, 3/6,6/4,6/1. A mixed doubles was played in which there were several interesting matches and high class competition. The title went to Mrs. D. C. Mills and Gerald Emerson, who won from Mr. and Mrs. Ingo Hartman, 6/4,1/6,6/2.
NEW JERSEY TENNIS LEAGUE. The Montclair Athletic Club won the championship of the New Jersey Tennis League for 1921. It was the second successive victory for Montclair and the third in four years. The race between Montclair and Orange was very close. The standing at the finish was as follows: Montclair, won 19, lost 6; Orange, won 18, lost 7; Glenwood, won 9, lost 12; Elizabeth, won 8, lost 13; Short Hills, won 3, lost 19.
150 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
MONTCLAIR ATHLETIC CLUB WOMEN'S TOURNAMENT.
The open tournament for women was played on the courts of the Montclair Athletic Club, May 23. Miss Clare Cassel won the singles after a two-set vic- torious trip from the first round to the final, where she defeated Miss Martha Bayard in three sets, 5/7,6/3,6/2. In the doubles Miss Cassel and Miss Marie Wagner were winners from Miss Florence Ballin and Mrs. D. C. Mills, 7/5,6/1. Miss Ballin and Mrs. Mills won the semi-final from Miss Ceres Baker and Mrs. Percy Wilbourne, 6/2,6/L In the mixed doubles the victorious pair were Mrs. G. B. Hirsch and M. Bernstein, who defeated Miss Wagner and Ostendorf,
2/6,6/4,6/4.
ATLANTIC YACHT CLUB INVITATION.
Frank T. Anderson of Brooklyn won the second leg on the challenge cup donated by E. W. Peaslee to the Atlantic Yacht Club, when he defeated his brother Fred in the annual invitation tournament held on the courts at Sea Gate during the week of July 4. It took five hard fought sets for Frank to defeat Fred, the scores being 6/3,5/7,8/10,6/4,6/3. With Leonard Beekman as partner Frank Anderson also won the doubles, defeating Murray Vernon and Cedric Major, 7/5,8/6. In the semi-finals of the doubles Anderson and Beekman defeated Vincent Richards and Allen Behr, 4/6,6/0,6/3.
INLET TERRACE CLUB OPEN TOURNAMENT.
The annual Inlet Terrace Club tournament was held during the week of August 1 at Belmar, N. J., and was won by Capt. R. C. Van Vliet in three sets, with J. Matheys runner-up. The score was 6/2,6/3,6/2. J. P. Stockton gave Capt. Van Vliet three hard sets in the fourth round, the scores going to 6/8,7/5,6/4. The doubles was won by G. Yard and J. P. Stockton from H. Sachs and H. Wood, 5/7,6/2,6/4,6/3. Capt. Van Vliet competed in the doubles with his son as his partner and lost in the semi-final in three hard played sets to Yard and Stockton, 8/6,8/10,6/3. In the women's singles Miss Clare Cassel won in three well played sets from Miss M. Westervelt, 4/6,6/2,6/3.
CENTRAL NEW JERSEY CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Eric T. Wood of Philadelphia somewhat upset the "dope" by carrying off the Central New Jersey title, July 16, at the Engleside Tennis Club, Beach Haven, N. J. Charles Watson, 3d, holder of the 1920 title, was forced to de- fault in the semi-final round to G. B. Pfingst, who in turn was defeated by Wood.. Paul Gibbons and Pfingst played well in the doubles against John Haynes and Eric Wood, the latter pair winning. Mrs. C. W. Adams won the final of the women's singles from Miss E. Ostheimer, 6/1,6/4.
BEACH HAVEN INDEPENDENCE DAY TOURNAMENT.
Charles Watson, 3d, won the open tournament held at the Engleside Tennis Club, Beach Haven, N. J., July 4. Thirty played and Watson came through in the finals by defeating A. L. Reed of Philadelphia, 8/6,4/6,9/7. The doubles was won by John Haynes of Philadelphia and Howard S. Coe of River- ton, N. J., who defeated Paul Gibbons and G. R. Powell, 7/5,6/1. Miss Mil- dred Willard of Merion defeated her sister. Miss Vennette Willard, 6/3,6/2, in the final round of the women's singles.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 151
BEACH HAVEN CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Charles Watson, 3d, won the singles in the annual Beach Haven champion- ships, played on the courts of the Engleside Tennis Club, August 6. The runner-up was John Haynes. Watson won in straight sets, 6/0,6/2,8/6. The men's doubles was won by John Haynes and Charles Watson, 3d, from M. Gibbons Neff and Philip Lueders in three sets of 6/2 each.
ENGLESIDE LABOR DAY TOURNAMENT. The Engleside Tennis Club held its annual Labor Day tournament on the club courts at Beach Haven, N. J., and " good matches enlivened the meet. Charles Watson, 3d, who plays admirably on the courts, was successful over Eric Wood, 8/6,6/2,6/1, in the singles final. In the doubles J. Desnoes and C. T. Woodford defeated Wood and Jack Haynes, 4/6,8/6,3/6,6/2,6/2.
WESTFIELD (N. J.) MIXED DOUBLES. On July 16 the Westfield Tennis Club inaugurated an open mixed doubles to which a good field responded. The tournament was won by Miss F. Sheldon and S. E. Palmer from Miss Ceres Baker and L. W. Knox, 6/8,6/4,6/4.
WESTFIELD (N. J.) OPEN DOUBLES. In the annual open doubles tournament held by the Westfield Tennis Club, August 13, Gerald B. Emerson and Herman Dornheim won from E. B. Powers and S. E. Palmer, 6/3,6/4,6/4. In the semi-final Emerson and Dornheim defeated Clark and Bellows.
NEW JERSEY COAST CHAMPIONSHIPS. In the eleventh annual New Jersey Coast championships, which were played on the courts of the Bay Head Yacht Club during the week of August 29, Capt. R. C. Van Vliet won the final round of singles from J. P. Stockton of Elizabeth, who was winner in 1920. Van Vliet won in straight sets, 7/5,6/2, 6/2. In the doubles Capt. Van Vliet paired with Gen. B. F. Van Vliet and won from E. D. Powers and S. E. Palmer, 2/6,6/4,4/6,6/4,6/1, a splendidly contested match. The women's event was won by Miss Madelon Westervelt from Mrs. E. V. Lynch, 6/3,7/5.
WESTERN NEW JERSEY CHAMPIONSHIPS. The Western New Jersey tournament, beginning July 1 at the Cohanzick Country Club, Bridgeton, N. J., attracted a good list of players. Charles Jones of the home club won the title by defeating P. S. Osborne of Philadelphia, 7/5,2/6,2/6, default. The doubles event went to P. S. Osborne, and Ernest French of Philadelphia, who defeated Dr. Porteous and Ralph Ellis, 6/0,6/4,6/4.
NORTH JERSEY CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The field for the North Jersey championships, which was played on the courts of the Bathing and Tennis Club at Spring Lake, N. J., July 31, was very large. Bowman and Oelsner, fought in the upper half of the semi-final and Bowman won, 3/6,6/3,6/2. In the lower half L. Van Deventer was success- ful over Dunham, 6/3,6/4. In the final Van Deventer defeated Bowman in
152
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
five hard played sets, 6/2,4/6,0/6,6/2,6/3. Kynaston was the defender in the challenge round and he held up his title successfully, winning from Van Deventer, 6/4,2/6,6/3,6/4, In the doubles the Van Deventers won from Vernon and Her, 2/6,6/3,3/6,7/5,6/3. In the women's singles Mrs. Lynch won from Miss Lane, 6/1,6/1, and in the doubles Mrs. Francis and Miss Westervelt defeated Miss Francis and Mrs. Lynch, 2/6,6/3,6/1.
ESSEX COUNTY (N.J.) CHAMPIONSHIPS. In the annual championships held by the Essex County Country Club at West Orange during the week of October 6, P. L. Kynaston played through a large field to win from A. Von Bernuth in five sets, 2/6,6/3,6/3,3/6,6/4, and the match created great interest among the spectators. In the men's doubles the J. Ewing-R. S. Stoddart pair was successful over the Van Deventer brothers in five sets, which were also replete with good plays, 6/0,5/7,6/4,4/6,7/5.
BERGEN COUNTY CHAMPIONSHIP. During the week of August 6 the Rutherford Tennis Club held a tournament for the championship of Bergen County, N. J. The field of players was large and the title was won by A. Von Bernuth from L. W. Knox, 6/0,6/2,8 6.
CASTLE POINT TOURNAMENT, HOBOKEN, N. J. Fred C. Anderson won his second leg on the Castle Point Trophy by de- feating Herbert L. Bowman, 6/2,6/2,3/6,6/3, on the courts of the Hoboken Tennis Club during the week of September 17. In the women's singles Miss Marie Wagner was successful over Miss Dorothy Brand, 6/1,6/2.
Left to right— Ichiya Kumagae, Harold Throckmorton, Sam Hardy, Watson Washburn, Zenzo Shimidzu, S. Howard Voshell, Dr. Sumner Hardy, Hugh Kelleher.
COMPETITORS IX EXHIBITION DOUBLES, HOBOKEN, N. J.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 153
Middle Atlantic Championships
Baltimore players were successful in the Middle Atlantic championships, held during the week of May 23 on the courts of the Baltimore Country Club. Conrad B. Doyle, winner of the singles title in 1921, did not start and L. F. Turnbull of Baltimore was the successful contestant, winning from P. L. Golds- borough also of Baltimore after a hard battle. C. M. Charest and William Sweeney of the Baltimore Country Club, who were winners the previous year, repeated in the doubles. They defeated J. A. Magee and J. A. C. Colston in a match that was easier for them than the semi-finals. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Goldsborough d. Colston, 7/5,0/6,6/4; Turnbull d. Charest, 6/3,6/2. Final round— L. F. Turnbull d. P. L. Goldsborough, 9/7,6/3,4/6,6/1. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round — Magee and Colston d. B. Harvey and C. Harvev, 6/3,6/2,8/6; Charest and Sweeney d. Goldsborough and Crawford, 7/5,1/6,8/6,6/2. Final round— Charest and Sweeney d. Magee and Colston, 6/1,7/5,6/3.
TENNIS IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. By William H. Hottel.
Baltimore Country Club tennis players won about all the honors in the Middle Atlantic section during the 1921 campaign, besting the racketers of Virginia and the District of Columbia in all of the big competitions. It was a clean-up season for the Baltimoreans. They won the principal event of the section, the Middle Atlantic sectional doubles, which carried the right to play in the national title tourney; scored in the inaugural clash of the Hotchkiss Cup play, in which Richmond, Norfolk and Washington had teams; defeated Dumbarton Club, District of Columbia champion, in an intercity championship match, and had the top ranking players in the men's singles and doubles and women's singles.
In point of quantity of players and in number of leagues, Washington set the pace for the section. The Capital City is declared to have the greatest number of players per capita of any city in the country, and this doubtless is true, as the courts of Washington were fairly thronged with racket wielders from early in the spring until late in the fall. Washington had four big leagues in the field — the Washington Tennis Association, composed of Chevy Chase, Columbia and Dumbarton Club teams; the Departmental, the largest organization of racketers in the United States, each member club having a separate association to foster the game; the Suburban and Women's circuits, all of which were intensively and extensively active.
Washington, however, dropped from the pinnacle in the Middle Atlantic section through the retirement of Conrad B. Doyle, the ranking player of the South for many years and who had kept the city nationally prominent in tennis. Doyle did not have the time to devote to the game to properly fit him for national competition, and as there was no one in this part of the country to provide him real opposition, he decided to step aside. J. Ballard Moore, who ranked next to Doyle in Washington, also gave up serious competi- tion, further weakening the front that had been invincible hereabouts.
C. M. Charest, Baltimore's one-armed player, stood out prominently, in his home town and state and in Washington. With William Sweeney, another member of the Baltimore Country Club, he won the Middle Atlantic sectional doubles, and he also won the District of Columbia singles honors. He really
C. M. CIIAREST. Expert one arm player of Baltimore, Md., winner of the Middle Atlantic Sectional Doubles Championship (with W. J. Sweeney) and the District of Columbia title. Charest is ranked No. 2 in thp Section.
1, Cohn, Capt.; 2, Connolly; 3, Hurlcck: 4, Gordon; 5, Skrentny; 6, Meeth: 7, Mauck, Mgr. Hughes, Photo.
DRT'ID CLUB TENNIS TEAM. BALTIMORE. MD.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 155
owes allegiance to both cities, as he holds an official government position in Washington, but refuses to go back on his native heath.
In the sectional singles ranking, Charest is at No. 2, being led by L. F. Turnbull, still another Baltimore Country Club player, with P. L. Goldsborough and J. A. Magee of the same team following. Arthur Hellen, fifth on the list, is rated as Washington's best, and F. M. Bundy of Norfolk, who is sixth, is the leading Virginian. Charest and Sweeney, naturally, head the doubles ranking. H. G. Whitehead and F. M. Bundy of Norfolk gave Virginia second place, while Major Arthur Yencken of the British Embassy, runner-up to Charest in the District of Columbia singles, and Jack Dudley, former tennis captain at Swarthmore, who are sixth, are Washington's leaders in this class.
Miss Eleanor Cottman and Mrs. D. C. Wharton of the Baltimore Country Club, are one, two in the women's rating, with Miss Penelope Anderson of Richmond, Va., third. Mrs. Ellis, a newcomer to Washington from California, and who won the District of Columbia singles title, in sixth position, is the leading Capital Cityite in the feminine list. Washington does hold sway in one class, Don Dudley, a brother of Jack, being in the van in the junior singles. He is followed by Charles Harris of Richmond, Va., and D. W. Hayden of Baltimore.
A great loss to tennis in Washington came in the death of Douglas Hillyer, who was a victim of the Knickerbocker Theatre disaster. He was one of the most active workers for the game in the District of Columbia; being a leader in affairs at the Dumbarton Club; secretary of the Washington Tennis Associa- tion, and a member of the committee which ranked the Middle Atlantic players.
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA WOMEN'S TENNIS LEAGUE.
The singles title in the championship held by the Women's Tennis League of the District of Columbia was won by Miss Delphine Heyl from Miss Louise Kelly in the tournament held during the week of June 15. Miss Heyl had a hard battle to win her semi-final match when she played to 11/9 to defeat Miss Jennie Doolittle. In the doubles Miss Heyl and Miss Marywill Wakeford were paired and after a hard match in the first round won through handsomely, defeating Miss Louise Kelly and Miss Corinne Frazier in the final, 6/3,6/2,
DRUID HILL PARK TEAM, BALTIMORE, MD,
The Druid Hill Park representative tennis team had a most successful season,
winning 13 and losing 6 matches for a percentage of ,684, while 92 individual
contests were won and 60 lost. The team achieved the runner-up position in
the park championships and had a record of six straight victories, with five
shutouts. The record for the season follows:
9— Gas Company 0 5— Evergreen Club 2 1— Patterson Park S
5— Clifton Club 4 7— Telephone Co. 1 1— Evergreen Club 7
7— Evergreen Club 2 5— Gvpynns Falls Pk. 1 3— Gas Company 6
4— Hopkins Tennis CI. 0 5— Telephone Co. 4 0— Baltimore C' C. 9
9— Dundalk Rac. CI. 0 6 — Sparrows Pt. CI. 3 2— Patterson Park 6
5— Carroll Park 0 8— Carroll Park 0 3— Gas Companv 5
7— Clifton Park 2
WESTERN MARYLAND CHAMPIONSHIP. The Western Maryland championships were held on the courts of the Women's Civic Club August 8. S. J, Adams won from J. Brown, 6/3,6/1,6/2,
156 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
in the challenge round of the men's singles. In the doubles Adams paired with S. A. Sarvin and defeated J. B. Brown and F. M. Wright, 6/0,7/5,6/1, in the final. Miss Dorothy Heyl captured first place in women's singles l3y defeat- ing Miss E. Steck in two love sets. The mixed doubles event was won by Miss Heyl and Robert Sliger from Miss Virginia Ruhl and Wright Hugus, 4/6, 8/6,7/5.
PENINSULA TOURNAMENT. A change in champions took place in the annual Peninsula tournament, played as usual on the courts of the Talbot Country Club, Talbot, Md., dur- ing the week of September 3. Players were present from all the peninsula section. In the men's singles P. L. Goldsborough, Jr., champion of 1920, was defeated by T. J. Mangan, 4/6,6/3,6/2,6/0. The doubles final was won by C. Charest and C. Murray of Baltimore from E. Dowd and 0. Howenstein, 6/1,6/4,5/7,6/2.
SUBURBAN LEAGUE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The championships of the Suburban League were played on the courts of the Suburban Tennis League during the week of August 14. J. H. Hills won the singles final from Thomas Mangan, 10/8,9/7,6/4. In the doubles Fowler and W. Ballinger defeated R. H. Burwell and J. H. Hills, 12/14,6/4,4/6,6/2,6/2.
PORTLAND COUNTRY CLUB.
Clarence Charest of Baltimore won the men's singles in the tournament of the Portland Country Club, held during the week of August 15. G. M. Wheeler was the runner-up and the score was 4/6,6/3,6/3,4/6,6/4. Miss K. Fairfield won the final round of singles from Mrs. J. R. Hamlen, 3/6,8/6,6/4. In the men's doubles Charest and Gore formed an excellent combination to win from Holt and Verrill, 6/2,6/0,6/1.
MOUNTAIN LAKE PARK TOURNAMENT. Western Maryland players engaged in the Mountain Lake Park tournament during the week of August 14. In the men's singles S. Jarvis Adams, Jr., defeated John Brown, 6/3,6/1,6/2. The men's doubles was won by S. Adams and Sawins from Brown and Frank Wright, 6/0,8/6,6/0. In the women's singles Miss Dorothy Heyl defeated Miss E. Steck in two sets of 6/0. The mixed doubles was won by Miss Dorothy Heyl and Robert Sliger from Mrs. Henry Ruhl and Wright Hugus, 7/5,8/6.
WHITE SULPHUR SPRINGS TOURNAMENT.
The first annual tournament of the Greenbrier Tennis Club was held at White Sulphur Springs, W. Va., during the week of April 18. Miss Marion Zinder- stein and Ichiya Kumagae divided the honors. Each won three events — singles, doubles and mixed doubles. Favorites went along swimmingly to the semi- final round, when Cedric Major started to play S. H. Voshell with a rush and defeated him. Throckmorton nearly won from Kumagae in the other semi- final. When it came to the final Kumagae put on speed and played Major to the top of his ability, profiting by the lesson that had been taught in the Major-Voshell match. The leading teams in the doubles were Kumagae and
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 157
Voshell and Shafer and BidwelL Throckmorton was compelled to default in the doubles because of a strained tendon.
Miss Zinderstein won the women's singles without exertion. Mrs. J. E. Bailey of Baltimore was her opponent in the finals. Mrs. Bailey was outclassed in the first set but made a better game of it in the second. Miss Zinderstein paired with Mrs. Bailey in the doubles and won very handily. In the mixed doubles Kumagae and Miss Zinderstein had no trouble to vanquish their opponents. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round—Kumagae d. Throckmorton, 4/6,6/4,6/4: Major d, Voshell, 6/3,6/2. Final round— Kumagae d. Major, 6/2,V5,6/4. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi- final round — Kumagae and Voshell d. Major and Vernon, 6/3,6/3; Shafer and Bidwell d. Throckmorton and Mortimer by default. Final round—Kumagae and Voshell d. Shafer and Bidwell, WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Zinderstein d. Mrs. S. G. Mor- timer, 6/0,6/0; Mrs. Bailey d. Miss Foster, 6/2,6/1. Final round— Miss Zinderstein d. Mrs. Bailey, 6/0,6/0. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Zinderstein and Mrs. Bailey d. Mrs. Fred Cunningham and Miss Foster, 6/0,6/1. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round- Miss Zinderstein and Kumagae d. Mrs. Fred Cunningham and Simmons, 6/0,6/0.
VIRGINIA STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
In the annual championships of Virginia, played on the dirt courts of the Country Club of Norfolk, May 2, the men entrants were confined to players from Norfolk and vicinity, as Ichiya Kumagae was unable to play. The women players included Miss Ethlyn Legendre of New Orleans and Miss Marie Wagner, Miss Florence Ballin, Mrs. Stenz and Mrs. Mills of New York.
Nat Bundy won the men's singles from Hugh Whitehead, 6/2,6/2,6/3. Each of the finalists had two legs on the cup that had been in competition since 1903. Bundy and Charles Mcintosh won the doubles from Whitehead and Voight and by doing so added a second leg on the trophy. The victory of Miss Wagner in the singles, when she defeated Miss Ballin, 10/8,6/3, gave her permanent possession of that trophy. The match between Miss Wagner and Miss Ballin was the best of the tournament. In the doubles Miss Wagner and Mrs. Stenz dominated the field, winning from Miss Ballin and Mrs. Mills and losing but a single game. Miss Wagner and Jones defeated Miss BsJlin and Voight in the mixed doubles, 6/4,6/3.
OLD DOMINION TOURNAMENT.
Ichiya Kumagae decided to play in the Old Dominion tournament, which was held on the dirt courts of the Country Club of Virginia at Richmond, dur- ing the week of May 9, and recaptured the title which he had not defended in 1920. Kumagae did not lose a set on his way to the challenge round. He defeated Manning, Hall, Kelleher and Beekman in succession. In the semi- final he won from Kelleher, 6/0,6/0, and in the final outplayed Beekman, 6/1,7/5,6/0. Percy L. Kynaston of Rockville Centre, N. Y., winner in 1920, faced Kumagae in the challenge round and lost to him, 6/4,6/2,6/1.
In the doubles Kumagae, who was paired with Kelleher, was successful again. With his partner he eliminated Charest and Sweeney, the strong Baltimore pair, in the semi-final, and in the final they were successful over Beekman and Yencken. That brought them to the challenge round with Gary and Manning for opponents, and Kumagae and Kelleher won the match, 4/6, 6/2,6/0,6/3. In the women's singles play narrowed down to Miss Marie Wag- ner and Miss Florence A. Ballin, and Miss Wagner won, 6/3,6/1.
158 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
HOTCHKISS CUP COMPETITION. The first tournament for the Hotchkiss Cup was played on the courts of the Country Club of Virginia at Richmond, June 10 and 11, before the largest gallery that ever saw a tennis match in the Virginia capital. Four cities were represented. Baltimore, Norfolk, Washington and Richmond, and Baltimore surprised players and spectators by making a runaway winning of the event. Baltimore defeated Washington, 7 matches to 2, on the first day and Norfolk won from Richmond, 8 to 1. On the following day Baltimore won from Nor- folk, 7 to 2. The best match of the meeting was between William Sweeney of Baltimore and Fritz Bundy of the Yale team, who was playing for Norfolk. Sweeney won. The competition for the Hotchkiss Cup is to be an annual affair. The summaries:
NORFOLK 8. RICHMOND 1.
SINGLES— N. H. Bundy (N) d. Herbert Bickel (R), 6/1,6/4; H. G. Whitehead (N) d. Peyton Fleming (R). 8/6,6/0; F. Bundy (N) d. W. E. Buford (R) 6/1,8/6; T. A. Smoot, Jr. (R) d. William Wyler (N), 7/9,7/5,6/4; R. R. Jones (N) d. T. P. Rice (R), 6/2,6/4; R. S. Voight (N) d. A. H. Harris, Jr. (R), 9/7,6/2. DOUBLES— Charles Mcintosh and Nat. H. Bundy (N) d. Buford and Bickel (R), 6/3', 6/0; Whitehead and F. Bundy (N) d. Fleming and Harris (R), 6/3,8/6; Wyer and Voight (N) d. J. M. Cecil and Smoot (R), 6/3,6/2.
BALTIMORE 7. WASHINGTON 2.
SINGLES— P. L. Goldsborough, Jr. (B) d. Arthur Hellen (W), 6/4,6/2; C. M. Charest (B) d. J. T. Graves, Jr. (W), 6/2,6/1; William Sweeney (B) d. A. J. Gore (W) 6/3,4/6, fi/0: J. A. Magee (B) d. Arthur Yencken (W), 6/4,6/4; L. E. Bates (W) d. W. C. Craw- ford (B), 8/6,7/5; Tom Mangan (W) d. Dodd (B), 6/3,6/3. DOUBLES— Charest and Swee- ney (B) d. Dwight F. Davis and Yencken (W), S/6, 3/6,6/4; Goldsborough and Crawford (B) d. Hellen and Waite Johnson, 6/3,6/2; Magee and Dodd (B) d. Graves and Bates (W). 6/3,6/2.
BALTIMORE 7. NORFOLK 2.
SINGLES— Goldsborough (B) d. N. Bundy (N), 6/3,6/2: Charest (B) d. Whitehead (N) 6/0,7/5; F. Bundy (N) d. Sweeney (B), 6/8,6/4,6/2; Magee (B) d. Wyer (N), 4/6,6/0,6/3; Crawford (B) d. Jones (N), 8/6,6/1; Dodd (B) d. Voight (N), 6/3,6/3. DOUBLES— Charest and Sweeney (B) d. Mcintosh and N. Bundy (N), 3/6,6/2,10/8; Whitehead and F. Bundy (N) d. Goldsborough and Crawford (B), 6/1,8/6; Magee and Dodd (B) d. Wyer and Voight (N), 8/6.7/5.
VIRGINIA HOT SPRINGS TOURNAMENT.
In the annual Virginia Hot Springs tournament, held on the courts of the Hot Springs Golf and Tennis Club October 3, Cedric A. Major of New York won both the singles and doubles, assisted by Arthur Yencken in the latter event. Major paired with Miss Brenda Hedstrom of Buffalo in the mixed doubles, but they were defeated by Yencken and Miss Margaret Dunlop. Major's defeat of Howard Voshell was the biggest surprise of the tournament. Miss Phyllis Walsh of Philadelphia won the women's singles and with Miss Hedstrom won the doubles also. In the mixed doubles Miss Walsh won with Murray Vernon as her partner. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Voshell d. Yencken, 6/3,6/4; Major d. Prentice, 6/3,6/1. Final round— Cedric A. Major d. S. Howard Voshell, 8/6,7/5. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Major and Yencken d. Rawlins and Homans, 6/4,6/1; Voshell and Inman d. Prentice and Schley, 6/1,6/3. Final round— Cedric A. Major and Arthur Yencken d. S. Howard Voshell and Fred C. Inman, 7/5,6/3,10/8. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Walsh d. Miss King, 6/2,6/2: Miss Hedstrom d. Mrs. Taylor, 6/2,6/3. Final round— Miss Phyllis Walsh d. Miss Brenda Hedstrom, 6/3,6/2. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. Wood and Mrs. Taylor d. Miss Margaret Dunlop and Miss King, 8/6,4/6,7/5: Miss Walsh and Miss Hedstrom d. Miss Mercer Dunlop and Mrs. Bletcher, 6/2,6/1. Final round— Miss Phyllis Walsh and Miss Brenda Hedstrom d. Mrs. Rawson L. Wood and Mrs. J. S. Taylor, 6/3,6/4. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Phyllis Walsh and Murray Vernon d. Miss Margaret Dunlop and Arthur Yencken, 2/6,6/1,6/4.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 159
Western Championships
Vincent Richards invaded the West and captured the Western championship on the courts of the Woodstock Club of Indianapolis in the meeting beginning July 11. Interest in the tournament centered in the probability that Richards and John Hennessey, the Indiana champion, would meet in the finals, and they did. Richards won in straight sets, all hard fought, and the match will not be forgotten by Indianapolis in a long time. After that success Richards played Walter F. Hayes, the defender, and defeated him in straight sets. Hayes gave the best that he had to hold the title in the West by a Western player. Had Hayes defeated Richards he mould have gained permanent possession of the trophy, as he has two legs on it, one won in 1918 and the other in 1920.
The sectional doubles provided one of the keenest contests that the event ever had known. Hayes and Herd were pronounced favorites, but the winners were Fritz Bastian and Luke Williams. The latter pair sprang the first sur- prise when they outplayed Reid and Fulton of Cleveland. Even more of an upset was their defeat of Hennessey and Ralph Burdick in the semi-final. In the final the college men surpassed themselves. They won from Hayes and Herd in straight sets. They drove magnificently, smashed irresistibly and volleyed superbly. The opening set was a slashing hard hitting affair with no let-up on either side, and thus it continued until Bastian and Williams finally were victors, 9/7. That start gave them confidence and they won the next two sets and the championship.
A small field played for the women's title. Mrs. H. S. Adams of Indianapolis, champion in 1919, won rather easily. She was too steady for Miss Ruth Wise of Cleveland, who was her opponent in the final. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Richads d. Bastian, 6/4,6/1,6/1; Hennessey d. Herd, 6/2,6/3,6/2. Final round— Vincent Richards d. John Hennessey, 7/5,6/3,6/3. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Hayes and Herd d. McKay and Richards, 3/6,4/6,6/2,6/3, 6/4; Williams and Bastian d. Hennessey and Burdick,, 4/6,6/4,6/2.6/1. Final round— Lucian E. Williams and Fritz Bastian d. Walter T. Hayes and Clifton B. Herd, 9/7, 6/2,6/3. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round- Mrs. Adams d. Miss Fisher, 6/0,6/1; Miss Wise d. Miss Leighton, 4/6,6/4,6/4. MrS; H. S. Adams d. Miss Ruth Wise, 6/2,6/3.
ILLINOIS STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Walter T. Hayes is again Illinois state champion. The veteran Chicago player regained this title by defeating Clifton B. Herd in a thrilling five-set battle. The tournament was played on the courts of the Skokie Country Club in Glencoe, August 22-28, and although it was Skokie's first venture into tourna- ment tennis on a large scale, the tireless efforts of Chairman Maurice S. Miller, plus the support of an enthusiastic and hard-working committee, augurs well for the success of any future classics which may be awarded to this club.
Of the out-of-town players entered, Alfred Weller, Wisconsin state champion, made great gaps in the local ranks by eliminating Jerry Weber and Preston Boyden, but before the machine-like steadiness of Alex Squair, runner-up in the national clay court championship, he could do little. Herd sprung a surprise
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 161
by defeating Squair in the semi-final round in straight sets, and the brilliancy of his game promised to result into a real championship tilt for the final match.
Pages could be written about the struggle between Hayes and Herd. Never was a tennis match waged more bitterly with volleys as brilliant and rallies more prolonged or severe. For three and one-half hours the amazed gallery knew well that they were being treated to some of the best tennis ever seen on Chicago courts. Hayes' court generalship was perfect, and although his shots were not nearly as spectacular, his ability "to be there in the pinch" brought a well-merited victory.
The four strongest teams entered the semi-final in the doubles. Hayes and Herd easily defeated Boyden and Blair, but Jerry and Jimmy Weber won the first two sets from Green and Squair, after which the latter easily took the r.ext three and the match. The final was a hard fought five-set battle, but Hayes and Herd always seemed to have something in reserve which carried them through to victory.
In the women's events Miss Marion Leighton proved too strong a net player
and romped through to the final, where she lost the second set to Miss Marion
Strobel. In the doubles Miss Leighton and Mrs. A. E. Michel showed the
result of good teamwork and experience in winning from Mrs. L. L. Bailey
and Miss Emily Scully, the latter 1920 state doubles' champion. Summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Hayes d. Kaiser, 6/0,6/1,6/1; Herd d. Squair, 6/3, 6/4,6/3. Final round— Hayes d. Herd, 7/5,2/6,7/5,3/6,6/4. MEN'S DOUBL,ES: Semi-final round — Hayes and Herd d. Boyden and Blair, 6/1,6/2,6/4; Squair and Green d. Weber and Weber, 4/6,3/6,6/0,6/1,6/2. Pinal round— Hayes and Herd d. Squair and Green, 11/9,4/6,8/6. 4/6,6/4. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Strobel d. Miss Thompson, 6/2.7/3; Miss Leighton d. Mrs. Johnson, 6/3,6/3. Final round— Miss Leighton d. Miss Strobel, 6/2, 1/6,6/2. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Marion Leighton and Mrs. A. E. Michel d. Mrs. L. L. Bailey and Miss Emily Scully, no score given.
WESTERN INTERCOLLEGIATE CHAMPIONSHIPS. In the Western Intercollegiates, played at Chicago, Fritz Bastian of Indiana was the winner in the final of the singles. In the semi-finals Bastian defeated Henry Hane, Ohio, in three sets of 6/2, while L. Munz of Michigan defeated P. Segal of Chicago, 6/4,9/7,9/7. Bastian won the final from Munz, 8/6,6/3, 6/2. In the doubles Vories and Segal of Chicago were winners over Preucil and Yeager of Illinois, 6/1,2/6,6/3,5/7,6/0. In the semi-finals Preucil and Yeager won from Hane and Wirthwein of Ohio, 6/2,6/4,6/1, and Vories and Segal were successful over Gotfredson and Tredwell, Wisconsin, 6/4,4/6, 6/4,6/4.
CHICAGO TENNIS ASSOCIATION.
The Chicago Tennis Association had its most successful season, surpassing its fine record of 1920. The membership at the present time numbers forty clubs, with prospects more promising for the 1922 season. The Chicago chapter of the Tennis Umpires Association, inaugurated in 1920, continued its excellent work and was praised at every tennis event.
The Chicago city championship, postponed from June 13 to Sept. 26, was played at the Sherwood Club and resulted in a popular victory for Clifton B.
Clifton B. Herd (at left), Chicago City Champion; Runner-up Illinois State Championship; National Clay Court and Illinois State Doubles Champion (with W. T. Hayes). 2, A. L. Green, Jr. (center) and A. M. Squair, Runners-up Hli- nois State Doubles. , Photos Courtesy Chicago Tribune.
1
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 163
Herd over Jerry Weber, former Yale star. Herd and Weber -won the doubles by defeating John T. Bailey, Jr., and M. V. Cornica. George Lott, boys' cham- pion of the city, played excellently to defeat Neeves and Knox and came close to putting Arthur P. Hubbell out of the running in the fourth round. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Weber d. Neilsen, 7/5,6/3,6/3; Herd d. Hubbell. 9/7, 6/0,6/2. Final round— Clifton B. Herd d. Jerry Weber, 6/1,7/5,6/3. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round- Herd and Weber d. G. Neeves and Arthur Neilsen, 6/1,2/6,12/10,5/7.6/0; J. T. Bailey, Jr., and M. V. Cornica d. S. H. Browne and Don Turner. 6/1.6/2,8/6. Final round— Clifton B. Herd and Jerry Weber d. J. T. Bailey, r., and M. V. Cornica. 6/1,6/3,6/3.
The Chicago veterans' championship was won for the third successive time by 0. F. Guyton, although the competition was keener than ever before. In the final round Guyton dropped the first set to John T. Bailey of the Berkeley (Cal.) Tennis Club, but after capturing a close second set he romped away with the third and the match, 4/6,7/5,6/2. In the doubles, Bailey, paired with R. P. Burton, proved a strong combination and went through the tourna- ment without the loss of a set, defeating Byington and Lunn in the finals 6/1,6/4. This tournament was the most popular in the history of veteran tennis in Chicago and the skill displayed was of a very high grade throughout. The matches were played in connection with the city championship at the Sher- wood Club and created nearly as much interest as the larger event.
Sponsored by the Junior Development Committee of the Chicago Tennis Association, the junior boys' and girls' championships were held in various sections of the city in the month of June. Ellsworth Reichenback won the junior championship, defeating Clyde Rosenberger, 6/3,6/1,6/4, in the sec- tional play-off at the Sherwood Club. The doubles brought forth an excellent combination in Goodwillie and Lott, who easily vanquished Rosenberger and Paul in the final, 6/0,6/3,6/4.
George Lott was the best boy player in the Chicago district for the second consecutive year. Lett's excellent showing, coupled with the performance of Goodwillie and Reichenback, resulted in a benefit city doubles tournament, the proceeds of which were used to send these boys East for the national cham- pionships. Lott reached the semi-final round in the boys' championship, where he was defeated by the champion-to-be in a hard three-set match. Goodwillie and Reichenback also performed creditably. June Epperson retained the girls' championship, defeating lone Allen in a hard match, 3/6,7/5,6/1.
Hyde Park High School made a clean sweep in the city high school cham- pionship. Ralph Rice, one of the best junior players ever developed in Chicago, won the high school singles, defeating Ellsworth Reichenback of Englewood in the final round, 6/3,7/5. Cans and Rice, playing for Hyde Park, won the doubles from Lane High, represented by Rosenberger and Steinmetz, 6/3,2/6,6/2. Rice and Gans went to Champaign, lU., where Rice won the Illinois interscholastic singles and with Gans as partner, the doubles.
The Sherwood Club open championship, which annually begins the local competitive season, produced tennis of a high order. Walter T. Hayes easily emerged victor in the singles without the loss of a set. Alex Squair was Hayes' opponent in the final round, and although he played sterling tennis through- out, the older man won a straight set victory, 6/2,6/4,6/4. Squair gained partial revenge in the doubles when, coupled with A. L. Green, Jr., they defeated Hayes and Jimmy Weber in five sets.
t
1, J. F. Day, Chicago. 2, George A. Neeves, Runner-up Chicago Closed Cham- pionship and West Suburban Championship. 3, 0. F. Guyton, Chicago Veterans' Champion, 1919-'20-'21. 4, John T. Bailey, and, 5, R. P. Burton, Chicago Vet- erans" Doubles Champions.
GROUP OF CHICAGO PLAYERS.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 165
The annual West Suburban championship, played at Maywood, IlL, Sept. 3, 4 and 5, returned Arthur P. Hubbell a winner over George A. Neeves in the final round, 7/5,6/3,6/3. Yeager and McKay of Maywood won the doubles over Hubbell and Vories.
As in past seasons the South Park annual open championship drew a record entry. Hubbell added another championship to his string for the season.
The Association's interclub matches were close and interesting throughout the season and play was of a high order. A new division was added, "Q," made up of several clubs in outlying suburbs. Following are the season's win- ners in the various sections: Division A, Chicago Tennis Club; Division B, South Section, South Park Tennis Club; North Section, Lawchester Tennis Club (South Park won play-off); Division C, Hawthorne Tennis Club; Divi- sion Q, Riverside Tennis Club.
The association's closed singles and doubles championship, open only to players who contested in interclub matches, resulted in victory for Arthur P. Hubbell of the South Side Tennis Club over George A. Neeves, representing the Chicago Tennis Club, 6/3,6/3,6/3. R. F. Woods and Harry Fox, Sher- wood, became doubles champions, defeating L. D. Leavitt and C. W. Fowler, South Park,
Chicago was fortunate in being awarded the semi-final of the Davis Cup tie between Japan and India, August 18, 19 and 20. These matches were played at the Onwentsia Country Club at Lake Forest, amid exceedingly colorful and picturesque surroundings. Although Japan defeated India, five matches to none, India's team played really excellent tennis, considering it was their first year of Davis Cup competition.
To the South Side Tennis Club was awarded the East vs. West matches, which gave Chicago "fans" some of the best tennis ever seen in local circles. The West defeated the East, five matches to four, and the last match of the fceries, Tilden vs. Anderson of Australia, proved a thriller. The last set of the five-set struggle, 19/17, gave Anderson and the West the championship. More than 4,000 spectators witnessed the last day's matches.
The Skokie Country Club at Glencoe conducted several excellent exhibition matches which were eagerly attended by great numbers on each occasion. The India Davis Cup team and Kumagae and Shimidzu, of the Japanese team, played the strong local team, Hayes and Herd, in August and September, respectively. To Maurice S. Miller, chairman of the tennis committee, belongs due credit for his unceasing efforts in advancing the interests of the game.
The official season was terminated at the annual banquet of the Chicago Ten- nis Association at the Drake Hotel, November 5. The business meeting was preceded by an excellent dinner. Harry S, Walsh, the retiring president, ten- dered a short address, closing with the statement that he hoped tennis would be given a great boost among the juniors in 1922 aided by the "Daily News," which will conduct a city- wide junior boys and girls championship.
The officers and directors elected for 1922 are as follows: President, Harry S. Knox, South Side Tennis Club; vice-president, Charles L, Frederick, South Side Tennis Club; secretary, G. F. Stone, Lawchester Tennis Club; treasurer, J C. Stewart, Chicago Tennis Club. Directors — Maurice S. Miller, Skokie Country Club, Glencoe; F. M. Preucil, River Forest Tennis Club, River Forest; C, E. Carr, Gary Tennis Club, Gary, Ind.; Walter T. Hayes, Chicago Tennis Club, Chicago; Harry S. Walsh, Sherwood Tennis Club, Chicago.
^%T
A. B. Weller (1), Milwaukee, Wisconsin State Champion, and Arthur P. Hubbell, Chicago, Runner-up.
1, Miss Marion F. Leishton, Illinois State Singles and Doubles Champion. 2, Mrs. A. G. Michel, Illinois State Doubles Champion (with Miss Leighton). 3, Miss Emily Scully, Runner-up in Illinois State Doubles.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
167
The ofl&cial Chicago Tennis Association Ranking for 1921 is as follows:
1. Walter T. Hayes
2. Clifton B. Herd
3. Alex Squair
4. Arthur Hubbell
5. A. L. Green, Jr.
6. Jerry Weber
7. Preston Boyden ,
8. J. F. Day
9. A. R. Kaiser
10. George Neeves
11. Harry Vories
12. Alan Wylie
13. George Lott
1. Miss Marion Leigh ton
2. Miss Marion Strobel
3. Miss Marie Qualey
4. Miss Emily Scully
MEN'S RANKING.
14. James Weber
15. J. R. Rolley
16. George O'Connell
17. Walter Goodwillie
18. M. V. Cornica
19. A. Frankenstein
20. Jack Harris
21. D. Taylor Ward
22. Harold McLaughlin
23. S. J. Fogelson
24. R. F. Woods 25. C. 0. Carlstrom
WOMEN'S RANKING.
5. Mrs. Lewis C. Bailey
6. Mrs. A. E. Michel
7. Mrs. R. S. Stewart
8. Miss Rose Fogelson
26. H. S. Knox
27. S. H. Browne
28. Benjamin Adler
29. L. D. Leavitt
30. Stanley Bates
31. S. G. Burkland Henry Raeder, Jr.
33. M. B. Joyce
M. Trischler Don Turner O. R. Seiter
12. Ann Sughrue
9. A. Thompson
10. Mrs. Leander McCormick
11. Miss Sarah Moulding
12. Ann Sughrue
SEARS-ROEBUCK ASSOCIATION TOURNAMENT.
A. M. Squair won the closed tournament of the Sears-Roebuck Association, held in Chicago. In the final he scored 6/3,4/6,6/1,6/3 over Albert Loeb. In the doubles Loeb was paired with Carl Kresl and the combination was success- ful. In the final Loeb and Kresl scored 12/10,6/4,2/6,6/1 against Thomas Finney and Robert Clapp.
OHIO STATE CHAMPIONSHIP.
For the second year in succession Kirk M. Reid won the championship of Ohio, played at Cleveland during the week of August 21. The field was mostly made up of local players. Erik Tegner, the Danish Davis Cup player, entered the tournament, but was eliminated by Charles Carran of Cleveland, in the third round. Carran succumbed eventually to Reid in the semi-final. Walter Wirthwein of Columbus gave Reid a hard tussle in the fourth round, when the sets went to 6/8,6/3 and 10/8. Wirthwein had the advantage several times, but Reids' steadiness pulled him through. Harold Bartel, a former Cleveland champion, led Fulton in the semi-final by two sets, but was unable to finish ahead of him. The most spectacular tennis was played in the final of the men's doubles when Reid and Vernon were defeated by Henry Wick and Harold Bartel in five sets. Reid and Vernon led at 5/3 in the fifth set. Bartel and Wick then forced the count to 5-al] and again to 6-all, eventually winning, 8/6. Miss Ruth Wise again won the women's singles, and in the doubles Mrs. E. C. Johnson of Detroit and Miss Barbara Killey of Cleveland won from Miss Mildred Rask and Miss Jane McGovern. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Fulton d. Bartel, 5/7,4/6,6/3,8/6,6/3; Reid d. Carran, 4/6,6/4,6/3,6/2. Final round— Kirk M. Reid d. Willis Fulton, 4/6,7/5,6/3,6/2. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Reid and Vernon d. Botten and Roberts, 6/4,4/6, 6/1; Wick and Bartel d. Carran and Oster, 6/3,11/9. Final round— H. C. Wick, Jr., and Harold Bartel d. Kirk M. Reid and Vinton Vernon, 3/6,6/2,2/6,6/2,8/6. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. Johnson d. Miss House, 3/6,6/3,8/6; Miss Wise d. Miss King, 7/9,6/2,6/4. Final round— Miss Ruth Wise d. Mrs. E. C. Johnson, 6/2,6/1. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Mildred Rask and Miss McGovern d. Miss Wise and Miss King, 15/13,6/4; Mrs. Johnson and Miss Barbara Killey d. Miss House and Miss Helen Durkin., 6/1,6/4. Final round — Mrs. E. C. Johnson and Miss Barbara Killey d. Miss Mildred Rask and Miss Jane McGovern, 6/3,6/3.
Arthur P. Hubbell (at left). Winner Chicago Closed Singles: Runner-up Wisconsin State; Semi-finalist in National Clay Court Championship. J. F. Kenfield, Northern Indiana Doubles Champion.
1, Jerry Weber, and his brother James (2), Chit. ago, Semi-finalists in Illinois State Doubles. 3, Ralph L. Rice, Chicago High School Champion, 1919-'20-'21.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 169
INTERLAKE TOURNAMENT. Cleveland won the Interlake tournament in 1921 and by doing so acquired a second leg on the Interlake Trophy. In the first round Cleveland and Buffalo were paired and Toledo played against Detroit. Cleveland won five of the six singles matches and the one doubles match which was completed before rain fell. Toledo won four singles matches and one doubles from Detroit. This put Toledo and Cleveland in the finals and Cleveland won handily by taking five of the six matches, rain again preventing the doubles. The summaries:
CLEVELAND vs. BUFFALO.
SINGLES— Bartel (C) d. Castle (B). 6/4.6/2: C. Carran (C) d. Gowana (B)„ 6/2,9/7; Westenhaver (C) d. Hasauer (B), 6/2,6/4; Keith (C) d. Misner (B), 6/2.6/3; Gale (B) d. Wick (C), 6/4,5/7,7/5. DOUBLES— Carran and Oster (C) d. Gowans and Polly (B), 6/3,6/2.
TOLEDO vs. DETROIT.
SINGLES— I. Reindell (D) d. Crafts (T), 6/2,6/3; Bradley (T) d. Montgomery (D), S/6,6/4; Thomas (T) d. Elwell (D), 6/1,6/1; Sutherland (T) d. Donovan (D), 6/1.6/1; G. Reindell (D) d. Ohl (T). 4/6,7/5.6/0; Gardner (T) d. Lawrie (D), 6/4.6/1. DOUBLES— Reindell and Reindell (D) d. Thomas and Batsch (T), 6/1,7/5; Crafts and Bradley (T) d. Montgomery and Elwell (D), 6/4,4/6,6/0; Donovan and Jerome (D) d. Sutherland and Ohl (T), 3/6,6/3,7/5.
CLEVELAND vs. TOLEDO.
SINGLES— Bradley (T) d. Oster (C), 6/3,6/1; V^ick (C) d. Sutherland (T), 6/3.2/6,6/2; Westenhaver (C) d. Batsch (T), 6/2,6/3; Keith (C) d. Gardner (T), 6/2,6/1; Bartel (C) d. Crafts (T), 6/4,6/1; Carran (C) d. Thomas (T), 6/4,6/3.
INTERCITY DOUBLES TOURNAMENT.
In the second annual intercity doubles tournament, held on the courts of the University Club at Cleveland under the auspices of the Cleveland Associated Tennis Clubs, July 21-24, a New York team won its first leg on the Sanders Bowl. Sam Hardy and Lyle E. Mahan were successful in winning the trophy for New York. The final match was between Hardy and Lyle Mahan and the Kinsey brothers of San Francisco. The New York pair outplayed the Cali- fornians throughout the match, notwithstanding the fact that the Kinseys won the second set. The summaries:
FIRST ROUND— Dan Hausauer and Jack Castle (Buffalo) d. Benjamin Batsch and Mr. Brown (Toledo), 6/4,6/4,6/2; Stanley^- Pearson and E. Edwards (Philadelphia), won by default; H. Kinsey and R. Kinsey (San Francisco) d. Elwell and Percy Donovan (Detroit), 6/1,6/0,6/1; Ralph Burdick and Fred Bastian (Indianapolis) d. Wm. McElroy and Collie Burgwin (Pittsburgh), 10/8,6/1,6/4. SECOND ROUND— Lyle Mahan and Sam Hardy won by default; Pearson and Edwards d. Hausauer and Castle, 6/3,6/4,5/7,6/2; H. Kinsey and R. Kinsey d. Burdick and Bastian, 6/4,6/4,1/6,2/6,7/5; Clifford Herd and Walter Hayes (Chicago) d. Kirk Reid and Vinton Vernon (Cleveland). 6/2,7/5,6/2. SEMI-FINAL ROUND —Mahan and Hardy d. Pearson and Edwards, 6/2,6/4,6/4; H. Kinsey and R. Kinsey d. Herd and Hayes, 9/7.2/6,6/4,4/6,7/5. FINAL ROUND— Mahan and Hardy d. Kinsey and Kinsey, 6/4,3/6,6/4,6/4.
CLEVELAND CITY CHAMPIONSHIPS. Kirk Reid, former Cornell champion, won the Cleveland city championship from Vinton Vernon, 6/3,6/4,4/6,6/3, June 18 and following days, at the annual tournament held by the Cleveland Associated Tennis Clubs. Reid's hardest battle was in the third round against Willis Fulton, whom he defeated, 6/8,9/7,6/4. In the doubles Reid paired with Vinton Vernon and they won from H. C. Wick, Jr., and Peter Ball, the latter a Yale player, 8/6,5/7,6/0,6/2.
170 SPALDINGS TENNIS ANNUAL
CLEVELAND WOMEN'S CITY CHAMPIONSHIP.
Miss Ruth Wise won the city championship of Cleveland for women at a meeting held by the Cleveland Associated Tennis Clubs, June 27. She did not lose a set during the tournament. In the semi-finals Miss Mildred Rask, who ranks No, 4 in the Cleveland rating, won from Miss Ruth King, champion of 1920, by a narrow margin, but when Miss Rask faced Miss Wise she appeared to be so much exhausted by the effort of her play with Miss King that she was easily defeated in two sets of 6/1 each by Miss Wise,
SOUTHERN OHIO CHAMPIONSHIPS.
One of the largest fields in the history of the Southern Ohio championships competed under the auspices of the Southern Ohio Tennis Association in the tournament played during the week of Septembr 12. In the men's singles final Louis E, Kuhler, Jr., defeated Paul Kunkel, 6/4,6/0,6/4. R. A. Holden, Jr., and R. T. Emerson won the doubles from Kuhler and Otto Krusling in four sets of 6/2,6/2,4/6,7/5. In the women's singles Mrs. Cordes, the former Ruth Sanders, won from Miss Isabella Wolfstein, 6/2,6?l.
CINCINNATI CITY CHAMPIONSHIP.
R, A. Holden, Jr., won the city championship of Cincinnati from Louis Kuh- ler, Jr., 6/1,6/0,6/2, in a tournament which was held under the auspices of the Southern Ohio Tennis Association at Cincinnati, June 30 and following days. Holden did not lose a set in a field which comprised sixty of Cincinnati's best players.
CINCINNATI WOMEN'S CHAMPIONSHIP.
In the Cincinnati city championship for women, held on the courts at Hyde Park, July 27, Mrs. David W. Ellis defeated Miss Edith' Meyer in two sets, 6/1,6/4. In the semi-finals Mrs. Ellis won from Miss Florence Merkel, 6/1,6/2, while Miss Meyer had a much harder match with Miss Helen Coldeway, de- feating her in two sets, 7/5,6/4.
INDIANA STATE CHA^tPIONSHIPS.
The Indiana state championships were held on the courts of the Fort Wayne Country Club, August 29 to September 4, and the singles title was won by John Hennessey of Indianapolis for the third time. He held two legs on the William A. Fleet Trophy and with the victory of 1921 it became his permanent property. In a spirit of good sportsmanship Hennessey then returned the trophy to the state committee, saying that he thought it should become a per- manent cup in view of the excellent record that had been made in competition for it. In the doubles Hennessey and Burdick defeated Bastian and Williams in the final round. In the women's singles Mrs. H. S, Adams won the cham- pionship. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Hennessey d. Burdick, 6/2.6/1,6/2: Bastian d. McKay, 10/8,6/0,6/2. Final round— .John Hennessey d. Fritz Bastian, 6/.^,6/3,3/6,6/3. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round- Bastian and Williams d. Orsborn and Olson, 6/1,6/2,10/8; Burdick and Hennessey d. Foarelson and Frankenstein, 6/2,6/3,6/1. Final round— Ralph Burdick and John Hennessey d. Fritz Bastian and Williams, 6/3,3/6,6/3,7/5. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. Adams d. Mrs. Loewe, 6/2,6/3: Mrs. Riese d. Miss Waller by default. Final round— Mrs. H. S. Adams d. Mrs. A. F. Riese. 7/5,6/2.
J
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 171
TENNIS IN INDIANAPOLIS. By E. Carl Watson.
During the past season tennis enjoyed more popularity and greater prestige in Indianapolis than ever before. Not only have the local ranks been strength- ened by the addition of notable players from out of the city, but many of the junior players have begun to show promise and strength, which has crowded some of the older ranking players further down the list. One national title was won by a local player during the year.
The crowning event was the Western Tennis Association tournament, held here in July. This brought together Reid and Fulton of Cleveland, Herd and Williams of Chicago, Vincent Richards of New York, Bastian, Burdick, and Hennessey of Indianapolis, and Walter Hayes of Chicago. The final was won by Richards, who throughout the tournament played in top form. He continued by taking the challenge round from Hayes, the title-holder, in a three-set match. The final with Hennessey, the local player, was the best of the tournament, and the spectators were given a display of first-class tennis.
Hennessey enjoyed his best year and later won the state title from Bastian, the Conference champion, and, with Burdick, the state doubles title. He lost the city title to Burdick in the singles, but paired with him and won the city doubles championship. The Western women's singles championship was won by Mrs. H. S. Adams of this city.
The high schools are promoting tennis to a remarkable degree, particularly at Shortridge, where 128 boys took part in one of the tournaments. The winner, Julius Saglowsky, later won the national boys' championship at Boston. This school has supplied many of the city's ranking players.
INDIANAPOLIS CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The championships of the city of Indianapolis were played on the courts of the Hawthorne Tennis Club during the week of June 27. The result was some- what of a surprise in the singles, as Burdick defeated Hennessey in straight sets, 9/7,6/1,6/0. In the men's doubles Hennessey and Burdick were too much as a pair against all comers and defeated Darnall and Coons, 6/3,6/3,7/5. Mrs. H. S. Adams won from Mrs. I. W. Pugh, 6/3,6/1, in the women's singles.
WOODSTOCK COUNTRY CLUB TOURNAMENT.
The invitation tournament of the Woodstock Country Club of Indianapolis, played in the week of June 21, was won by John Hennessey. In the final round Fritz Bastian defeated Ralph Burdick, 6/2,6/4,6/4. There was much interest in the challenge round, as Bastian was considered by many to have a chance to win, but Hennessey retained his laurels by downing his opponent, 6/2, 6/1,6/1.
NORTHERN INDIANA CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Arthur P. Hubbell of Chicago became the new champion at the finish of
the Northern Indiana tournament, which was held at Gary the week of July 4,
He did not lose a set in the matches which he played and was hardest pressed
by J. F. Day, also of Chicago, in the semi-final. Hubbell won the first set,
172 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
6/2, but was forced to 7/5 and 10/8 in the next two. J. F. Kenfield and S. Miller won the doubles by steadily consistent work. In the semi-final against Ortlieb and Burton they lost the first set, 3/6, and were forced to a 11/9 game to win the second, but in the next two were victors by 6/4 and 6/2. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Hubbell d. Day. 6/2,7/5,10/8; Frankenstein d. Pan- coast, score not reported. Final round— Arthur P. Hubbell d. Arthur Frankenstein, 6/1, 6/3,6/1. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Kenfield and Miller d. Ortlieb and Burton, 3/6,11/9,6/4,6/2; Woods and Day d. Fogelson and Frankenstein, 6/2,3/6,6/1,6/4. Final round— J. S. Kenfield and S. Miller d. R. F. Woods and J. F. Day,, 6/2,6/4,6/3. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Qualey d. Miss Child, 6/2,6/0; Miss Leighton d. Miss Allen, 6/0,6/2. Final round— Miss M. Leighton d. Miss M. Qualey, 5/7,6/2,6/0.
MICHIGAN STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS. Indiana and Ohio contributed players to the annual Michigan state cham- pionships, which were played during the week of August 8 on the courts of the Detroit Tennis Club. The final in the men's singles was between Bastian and Bartel, neither of them of Michigan, and the former won in four sets, losing the third when Bartel ran away from him after deuce. In the doubles the winner and runner-up in singles were too strong a combination for any- thing in the field and won from the Reinke brothers in straight sets. Mrs. E. C. Johnson of Detroit, who had been playing excellent tennis all of the sea- son, won the women's singles from Mrs. McGovern. The summaries:
MEN'S SINLES: Semi-final round— Bartel d. Munz, 1/6, .3/6,6/3,6/4,6/3: Bastian d. I. Reinke, 6/1,6/1,6/2. Final round— Bastian d. Bartel, 6/4,6/4,5/7,6/2. MENS DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Reinke and Reinke d. Minor and Herzer, 6/3,3/6,6/2; Bastian and Bartel d. Munz and Ehlers, 7/5,6/1. Final round — Bastian and Bartel d. Reinke and Reinke, 6/4,7/5,6/2. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. McGovern d. Miss Loewe, 6/4, 7/5: Mrs. Johnson d. Miss Riese, 6/2,1/6,6/4. Final round— Mrs. E. C. Johnson d. Mrs. McGovern. 5/7,6/2,6/2.
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN'S EASTERN TRIP.
The University of Michigan sent a team to the East in 1921 which played wdth Harvard, Yale, Cornell and Amherst. Walter Wesbrook of the Michigan team did not lose a set in three matches. He was unable to play against Cor- nell because of illness. The results of the trip follows:
YALE 4, MICHIGAN 2.
SINGLES— Wesbrook (M) d. Williams (Y), 6/3,6/3; Bundy (Y) d. Munz (M), 6/2.4/6, 6/2; Wheeler (Y) d. Angell (M), 6/0,6/3'; Moss (Y) d. Merkel (M), 9/7.6/4. DOUBLES— Wesbrook and Munz (M) d. Williams and Bundy (Y), 6/3.6/4; Wheeler and Moss (Y) d. Angell and Reindel, 6/4,6/2.
HARVARD 4, MICHIGAN 2.
SINGLES— Wesbrook (M) d. Fenno (H), 7/5,6/3; Munz (M) d. De Turenne (H), 6/4,1/6. 8/6; Duane (H) d. Angell (M), 6/3.6/1; Seibelman (H) d. Merkel (M). 6/1,6/2. DOUBLES — De Turenne and Fenno (H) d. Wesbrook and Munz (M), 7/5,7/5; Duane and Seibelman (H) d. Angell and Reindel (M), 6/3.6/4.
MICHIGAN 6. AMHERST 0. SINGLES— Wesbrook (M) d. Titus (A), 6/0,6/0; Munz (M) d. Snider (A), 6/3,6/4; Angell (M) d. Plimpton (A). 6/2,6/4; Merkel (M) d. Brickett (A), 6/4,8/10,7/5. DOUBLES— Wesbrook and Reindel (M) d. Arnold and Plimpton (A), 6/2,6/1; Munz and Angell (M) d. Titus and Snider (A), 6/2,9/7.
MICHIGAN 4. CORNELL 0. SINGLES— Munz (M) d. Mallory (C), 6/4,6/8,8/6; Angell (M) d. Pennock (0), 2/6.6/2. 6/4; Merkel (M) d. Fisher (C), 5/7,6/1,6/4; Reindel (M) d. Caseidy (C). 8^0.6/1,6/1.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 173
DETROIT CITY CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The Detroit city championships were played on the courts of the Detroit Tennis Club during the week of September 10, and Walter Wesbrook, the last little left-hander, won the title for 1921. He was also successful in the doubles, paired with Theodore Lightner. In the singles final Wesbrook faced Lightner and won from him in straight sets, 6/4,6/4,6/1. Wesbrook and Lightner de- feated Paul Jerome and Allen Devine, 6/3,6/1,6/4, in the final round of the doubles. The women's singles was won by Mrs. E. C. Johnson, who defeated Miss Edna Eurich, 6/0,9/7.
WESTERN MICHIGAN TOURNAMENT. The best of the Middle West players entered the Western Michigan tourna- ment, played on the courts of the Muskegon Club during the week of August 1. When the semi-finals were reached the players who survived were Fritz Bastian and Munz, and Jerry Weber and Thwaites. Bastian won from Munz, 6/1,7/5,6/4, and Weber defeated Thwaites, 6/4,6/2,6/1. That brought Bastian and Weber together in the finals and Bastian defeated his old rival in three sets of 6/4,6/2,6/3. Bastian and Arthur Neilsen won the doubles final from Jerry Weber and Lewis Munz, 10/8,9/7,6/4, but the winning pair never had to play harder to capture a championship. In the women's singles Mrs. A. F. Reise won from Mrs. F. J. Loewe, 6/2,6/4.
WISCONSIN STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS. By a. Gleddon Santer.
The thirty-third annual Wisconsin state championship was played on the Town Club courts in Milwaukee, August 13-23. Considering the popularity of tennis in and around the city it is unfortunate that Milwaukee lacks the proper facilities for staging a championship contest. Such is the case though last season a most successful tournament was held, the entries being more by a large percentage than those of any previous year.
The semi-final round brought together Weller and O'Connell and resulted in the best tennis of the tournament. Weller, by slight superiority alt the net, emerged victorious after a grilling five-set struggle, the scores being 4/6,6/2, 6/2,0/6,10/8. Hubbell disposed of- J. Thelen 8/6,6/0,6/3. The final went to five sets and again Weller was the victor. The score was 3/6,6/3,10/8,4/6,6/3. The championship thus remained in Wisconsin for another year. The men's doubles was a walk-away for the Chicago pair, O'Connell and Hubbell. They defeated Maxon and Weller in the finals after a four-set struggle.
The women's singles title was won by Miss Katherine Waldo of Chicago. She eliminated the former champion, Mrs. William Chester, in the semi-final round after dropping the first set, and defeated Mrs. H. B. Wells, another former champion who had previously put out Mrs. Massey of Evanston, in the finals in straight sets. The women's doubles was won by Mrs. Massey and Mrs. Chester, who defeated Mrs. Wells and Miss Waldo after a bitter three- set match. Miss Waldo and George O'Cormell won the mixed doubles.
The tournament was an unqualified success not only on account of the number of entries but because of the improved quality of play. Many younger players entered and obtained valuable tournament experience.
174 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
TENNIS IN MILWAUKEE. By Leo C. Luedke.
A review of the tennis in Milwaukee during 1921 by the schedule and rank- ing committee and the president of the Milwaukee Tennis Association, again places Alfred ("Abbie") Weller of the Town Club, state champion, at the head of the individual ranking. When in form he is in a class by himself as far as Wisconsin players are concerned, and he has, during the past three years, defeated all Chicago players who have aspired for the honors in this state.
Joe Thelen, a West Side Club player, was given the runner-up position. Thelen, virtually a newcomer in tennis here, and a tall hard-hitting player, has' improved remarkably during the last two years and looms up like a prospective state champion.
Following Weller and Thelen in the ranking, the committee mentioned Benny Harrison. Walter Rietz, Harold Amos and Louis Rechcygl, Washington Park Club; Clarence O'Connor and Harold Crawford, West Side Club; Reginald Hamilton and Glenway Maxon, Milwaukee Lawn Tennis Club; John Paddock, Town Club; Leo C. Luedke, Bay View Club, and C. P. Kurtz, Sherman Club. Walter Reitz surprised many friends by annexing the Milwaukee Tennis Asso- ciation title in 1921.
The season of club matches was shortened by dividing the clubs into two groups, which proved to be much more satisfactory because of the large num- ber. The West Side Club, after many years of hard, unsuccessful trying, finally succeded in trouncing the members of the Washington Park Club team in the race for the Milwaukee Tennis Association club title, each club being the winner in its respective group. The Washington Park men had held the laurels for seven consecutive years. The West Side players were Joe Thelen, Clarence O'Connor, Harry Clark, Walter Meyer, Harold Crawford and Nic Aagesen.
In the men's doubles the committee mentioned Amos and Harrison, Washing- ton Park; Weller and Maxon, Town Club; Thelen and O'Connor, West Side; Rechcygl and Stuckert, Washington Park, and Hamilton and Pierson, Town Club and Milwaukee Lawn Tennis Club. Their gruelling five-set match with Hubbell and O'Connell of Chicago in the state tournament was one of the best matches ever played by Amos and Harrison, who have been playing together for years.
Competition among the women is quite new in Milwaukee. It will be only a few years, however, before they will rival the men in popularity as players. The leaders are Mrs. W. M. Chester, Mrs. H. B. Wells, Mrs. Vogl, Miss Evelyn Wolfe, Mrs. E. Wieben, Miss Norma Torney, Miss Tyre, Miss Wigenhorn, Miss Jacobs and Mrs. Wendt. Mrs. Chester won the county championship, with Mrs. Wells runner-up.
In the mixed doubles ranking Benny Harrison and Mrs. E. Wieben are given first place, followed by Harold Amos and Mrs. Wolfe. These partners played the finals for the county title, the first mentioned team winning. A. G. Santer and Mrs. H. B. Wells are given third place.
The players are looking forward to the 1922 season. It is said that John Gourley, city athletic director, is planning a public parks association, which will double competition in Milwaukee.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL ITS
Southern Championships
Nearly every prominent player of the South was entered for the Southern championships, which were played during the week of July 4 on the courts of the East Lake Club at Atlanta, Ga. Carleton Y. Smith of Atlanta won the singles by defeating Douglas Watters of Mulberry, Fla., in a final match considered to be one of the best exhibitions of singles play in the history of tennis in the South. Smith went through the tournament without losing a set. He has now won two legs on- the cup which is emblematic of the championship of the South and a third victory will make it his permanent property. That fact unquestionably spurred him on in his efforts against Watters. The latter called upon all the resources of his game, but he was unable to overcome the excellence of Smith's speed' and drive.
In the sectional doubles, played at the same time, the combination of Douglas Watters and Henry Bruns proved too strong for the other pairs which were entered. In the final against Bryan Grant and C. Y. Smith the winners played their best tennis of the tournament.
Miss Ethelyn Legendre of New Orleans won the women's singles for the second time in succession. By going through without losing a set she strengthened the claim that she is the leader among the women players of the South. With Semp Russ of Savannah as her team-mate, Miss Legendre also won the mixed doubles. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Smith d. Carter, 6/4.6/0,6/4; Watters d. Owens, 2/6,6/3,6/2,6/3. Final round— Carleton Y. Smith d. Douglass S. Watters, 6/3,8/6,6/3, SEC- TIONAL DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Grant and Smith d. Hunt and Owens, 6/3,6/4,6/S, 5A,6/1; Watters and Bruns d. Carter and Orr, 6/3,6/0,6/1. Final round— Douglas Watters and J. H. Bruns d. B. M. Grant and C. Y. Smith, 6/3,6/1,6/3. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Legendre d. Miss Fraser, 6/0,6/1; Mrs. Davis d. Miss Frier, 6/3,6/0. Final round— Miss Ethelyn Legendre d. Mrs. Frank Davis, 6/0,6/3.
SOUTHERN INTERCOLLEGIATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
J. J. Morse of Tulane University won the Southern intercollegiate singles on the courts of the East Lake Country Club, Atlanta, Ga., May 13-15. Blake of Georgia Tech was runner-up. In the doubles Williamson and Blake of Georgia Tech defeated Hines and St. John of Clemson. Seven colleges were represented in the championships. They were Georgia School of Technology, University of Florida, Clemson College, University of Georgia, Oglethorpe, Camp Benning and Tulane. The summaries:
SINGLES: Semi-final round— Blake (Tech) d. Dykers (Tulane), 6/1,6/2; Morse (Tulane) d. Hines (Clemson), 6/1,6/1. Final round— Morse d. Blake, 6/2,8/6,3/6,7/5. DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Williamson and Blake (Tech) d. Robbs and Campbell (Oglethorpe, 6/1,6/1; Hines and St. John (Clemson) d. Finley and Proctor (Benning), 7/9.6/2,6/4. Final round— Williamson and Blake d. Hines and St. John, 7/5,6/1,6/4.
GEORGIA STATE CHAMPIONSHIP.
The Savannah Golf Club was the scene of the championship of Georgia during the week of September 2. In the singles Owens defeated Russ in
176 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
five sets of unusual scores. Three of the sets were 6/1. Owens and Mansfield, who were matched against Russ and Carey in the finals, won the doubles. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Owens d. Rose,, 7/5,6/0; Russ d. Lee, 6/0,6/0. Final round— Owens d. Russ, 6/4,6/4,1/6,1/6,6/1. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round- Owens and Mansfield d. Lee and Phjnizy, 6/3,6/0; Russ and Carey d. Siler and Lawrence, 6/0,6/0.
GEORGIA TECH SINGLES.
In the annual Georgia Tech tournament, which was held May 14, Blake defeated Van Winkle, 6/3,6/1, in the final round. Blake won from Mclvor in the semi-final, 6/4,6/0.
NORTH CAROLINA STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The North Carolina championship in singles was won by Frank C. Owens
of Atlanta from P. H. Winston, 6/2,6/1,7/5, on the courts of the Asheville
Country Club, during the week of August 22. In the doubles Owens paired
with W. L. Gary of Greenville, S. C, and defeated P. H. Winston and M. Oates,
6/1,6/2,6/2. The women's singles event was won by Miss M. Grantham from
Miss A. Ford in two sets. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Winston d. Myer, 2/6,6/3,6/2; Owens d. Oates, 6/1,6/4. Final round— Frank C. Owens d. P. H. Winston, 6/2,6/1,7/5. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Winston and Oates d. Russ and Gordon, 6/1,6/2; Gary and Owans d. Hamilton and Chester, 6/3,6/1. Final round— W. L. Gary and Frank G. Owens d. P. H. Winston and M. Oates, 6/1,6/2,6/2. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Ford d Miss Lowndes, 3/6,6/2,6/4; Miss Grantham d. Mrs. Hyde, 6/0.6/4. Final round— Miss M. Grantham d. Miss A. Ford. 6/2.6/3.
NORTH AND SOUTH CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Spring tennis began with the annual North and South championships at
Pinehurst, N. C, which were played during the week of April 11. Ichiya
Kumagae was successful in the men's field, defeating Wallace F. Johnson in
the final, and Mrs. Franklin I. Mallory won the women's singles from Miss
Marion Zinderstein. In the women's doubles the Boston pair. Miss Zinderstein
and Miss Edith Sigoumey, outplayed Mrs. B. E. Cole and Mrs. Frank Godfrey.
The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Kumagae d. Throckmorton, 2/6,6/4,7/5; Johnson d. Voshell, 5/7,6/2,6/0; Final round— Kumagae d. Wallace Johnson, 3/6,6/4,6/3,6/1. MEN S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Wright and Kumagae d. Johnson and Throckmorton, 4/6, 6/3,6/3; Bidwell and Wheelwright d. Voshell and Shafer. 4/6,6/3,6/4. Final round— Wright and Kumagae d. Bidwell and Wheelwright, 2/6,6/4,9/11,7/5,6/3. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Zinderstein d. Miss Townsend, 6/1,6/2; Mrs. Mallorv d. Miss Sigourney, 6/3,8/6. Final round— Mrs. Mallory d. Miss Zinderstein, 7/5,6/1. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Zinderstein and Miss Sigourney d. Mrs. Mallory and Miss Weaver, 6/4,6/4; Mrs. Cole and Mrs. Godfrey d. Duble and Mrs. Straffin, 6/0,6/4. Final round— Miss Zinderstein and Miss Sigourney d. Mrs. Cole and Mrs. Godfrey, 4/6i, 6/3.6/4. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Zinderstein and Voshell d. Mrs. Mallory and Beals Wright, 3/6,6/4,6/3.
GREENSBORO (N. C.) OPEN TOURNAMENT. The holding of an open tournament at Greensboro by the North Carolina Tennis Association was an innovation in 1921. Play began September 5. In the singles P. H. Winston defeated C. W. Smoot, 6 2,6/3,6/2. P. H. Winston and Lenoir Chambers won the doubles from Bruce McCauley and H. Cone, 3/6,1/6,6/3,6/4,6/3. In the women's singles Mrs. Robert Johnson won from Mrs. Reuben Robertson, 6/4,6/1.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 177
CHAMPIONSHIPS OF THE CAROLINAS.
In the twelfth annual championship of the Carolinas, held on the courts of the Sans Souci Club at Greenville, S. C, June 6-11, the singles was won by J. D. Hunt of Atlanta. With W, F. C. Owens as a partner Hunt won the doubles from Manning and Gary of Greenville, 7/5,6/3,6/2. Miss Gertrude Hampton of Columbia, S. C, for the third time won the women's singles and became permanent possessor of the trophy cup. Her opponent was Miss Goss, whom she defeated, 6/1,6/3. With W. F. C. Owens as a partner she won the mixed doubles from Mr. and Mrs. Johnson, 6/1,6/1. Miss Polly Taylor of Summerfield, S. C, and Mrs. Johnson of Asheville won the women's doubles from Miss Hampton and Miss Brown, 6/3,4/6,6/3. W. R. Cely had a hard fight in the men's consolation, but managed to vanquish W. W. Quillian,
6/4,5/7,8/6.
KENTUCKY STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Sidney Appel won the men's singles for the second year in succession on
the courts of the Audubon Country Club at Louisville in the Kentucky state
lournament, which was played during the week of August 27. He faced stiffer
opposition than he met in 1920. In the doubles Van Wagner and Watkins
appeared to have a runaway ahead of them until the final, when they were
beaten in a five-set match by Appel and Dorsey. Miss Mason won the women's
singles for the second time in succession. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Pfeiffer d. Watkins, 4/6,9/7.6/3,6/1; Appel d. Wat- son, 7/5,3/6,6/0,4/6,6/1. Final round— Sidney Appel d. E. Pfeiffer, 3/6.3/6,8/6,6/4,7/5. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Watkins and Van Wagner d. M. Pfeiffer and E. Pfeiffer, 6/0,6/1,7/5; Appel and Dorsey d. Shapinsky and O'Brien, 6/2,4/6,7/5,6/3. Final round- Sidney Appel and Emens Dorsey d. Claude Watkins and Charles Van Wagner, 6/3,4/6,6/4, 2/6,9/7. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Lyons d. Miss Sweeney, 6/2,6/1; Miss Mason d. Miss Curry, 6/1,4/6,6/0. Final round — Miss Mary Mason d. Miss Madelle Yyons. 6/4.6/2.
TENNESSEE STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS. The annual Tennessee state tournament was held on the courts of the Chattanooga Golf and Country Club, August 8. F. Owens of Atlanta won the singles title when he defeated A. M. Johnson of Chattanooga, 6/3,6/1,6/3. The men's doubles fell to Owens and W. Gary of Greenville, S. C, who paired against M. Rogers and Allen Ware of Knoxville and defeated them, 6/1,6/0,6/1.
CUBAN CHAMPIONSHIPS.
In the annual championships of Cuba, held at the Velado Tennis Club, Havana, during the week of March 27, Ignacio Layas defeated J. Puente, 6/3,6/2,6/1, in the final round of the men's singles. In the doubles I. Zayaz and Martinez won from Alvarez and Hoya, 6/3,6/2. Miss R. Sardino won the women's title by defeating Miss Garrigo, 6/2,6/1.
PANAMA CANAL ZONE CHAMPIONSHIP.
The annual tournament for the championship of the Canal Zone was played on the Balboa Heights courts in the first week of June and James B, Shroph- shire was the winner. The Governor's Cup, presented by General Chester Harding, is the trophy at stake and Ray A. Stapf, with two legs won, sought to make it his permanent property; but in the final he lost to Shrophshire, 2/6,7/5,6/3.
1, Philip Bagby, Kansas City Champion. 2, J. H. Thelen, Milwaukee, Semi-finalist in Wisconsin State Championship. 3, W. A. Rietz, Champion Milwaukee Tennis Asso- ciation.
MISS MARJORIE HIRES.
MISS EVELYN SEAVEY.
Miss Hire6 is Singles Champion and with Miss Seavey won the Doubles ChampionBhlp of Kansas City, Mo.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 179
Missouri Valley Championships
The second annual tournament for the Missouri Valley title was held on the courts of the St. Louis A.A.A. June 20 and July 2. Theodore R. Drewes won the men's singles, defeating Wray Brown, 6/2,6/3,7/5. Drewes previously won from his old rival, F. O. Josties, in the semi-final. In the doubles Wray Brown and Walter Haase were too powerful for V. Satterfield and R. M. Hoerr. The women's singles was won by Mrs. C. Mitchell from Miss Leslie LaBeaume, and Mrs. Mitchell and Miss L. Hagemeyer won the women's doubles from Miss Etta Roever and Miss M. Endicott in straight sets. The summaries: MEN'S Single: Semi-final round— Drewes d. Josties, 6/0,6/4,3/6,6/3; Brown d. Heuer- man, 5/7,6/1,6/4.6/3. Final round— Theodore R. Drewes d. Wray Brown, 6/2,6/3,7/6. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Hoerr and Satterfield d. Schwarz and Reppert, 9/7,4/6,2/4; Brown and Haase d. Josties and Drewes, 6/2,8/6,6/4. Final round— Wray Brown and Walter Haase d. V. Satterfield and R. M. Hoerr, 7/5,6/3,6/2. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. Mitchell d. Mrs. Cassatt, 6/2,6/4; Miss LaBeume d. Miss Hage- meyer, 6/3,6/4. Final round— Mrs. C. Mitchell d. Miss Leslie Beaume, 6/4,6/3. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Roever and Miss Endicott d. Miss A. Henske and Mrs. N. Allison, 6/3,6/4; Mrs. Mitchell and Miss Hagemeyer d. Miss LaBeaume and Miss Gould, 7/5,4/6,6/4. Final round— Mrs. C. Mitchell and Miss L. Hagemeyer d. Miss Etta Roever and Miss M. Endicott, 6/4,7/5.
MISSOURI STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS. The Missouri state championships, which were played on the courts of the Rockhill Tennis Club at Kansas City, July 11-18, were the fastest and most interesting in years. Phil Bagby, the Rockhill star and champion of Kansas City, won the singles title. In the final Bagby played against Clarence Holcomb and defeated him, 7/5,6/2,6/2. The best match of the tournament was the final in the men's doubles, which was won by Charles T. Speice and Ben Parks from Phil Bagby and Jack Cannon, 16/14,6/3,6/4. The first set was a server's- battle, each server winning until the thirtieth game, when Speice and Parks broke through Cannon for the deciding game. There were several upsets in the women's singles, with Miss Marjorie Hires the final winner. In the women's doubles Miss Ruth Hager and Mrs. C. A. Mitchell defeated Miss Hires and Miss Evelyn Seavey, 10/8,4/6,6/3. The mixed doubles was won by Miss Hires and Jack Cannon from Mrs. Sadie Peer and Charles T. Speice, 6/0,4/6,6/0.
TENNIS IN KANSAS CITY. ' -■--;
By Ernest Mehl.
Deprived of the Missouri Valley tournament, the annual classic played usually on a Kansas City court, the Rockhill Club unearthed the old Missouri state tourney, dusted it off, gave it a new color and the experiment went over big. In addition to the state tournament the annual Kansas City competition, held on the courts of the Kansas City Athletic Club, drew a generous share of entrants. At the suggestion of the latter club Rockhill and the K.C.A.C. engaged in a series of matches to close the season.
The state tournament was played the first week in July and was won by Phil Bagby, a Rockhill star, who had won the city championship the week previous. Then Bagby paired with Jack Cannon in the final doubles match, losing to the Oklahoma team, Charles Speice and Ben Parks, after a gruelling tussle which brought out a big crowd of spectators.
180 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Miss Marjorie Hires, the Rockhill star, won from a tournament sensation — Miss Lottie Fuller of Leavenworth, Kans. — in the women's singles, while Miss Ruth Hager of Rockhill and Mrs. R. D. Mitchell of Joplin were victorious in the doubles. The Marjorie Hires-Jack Cannon team won the mixed doubles.
The large list of entrants was gratifying to the Rockhill Club, which enter- tained some doubts as to its success. St. Louis sent several of its young stars, all of whom made favorable impression. E. P. Kammann, a university expert, gave Cannon an interesting match before he was defeated. In the semi-final Cannon forfeited to his clubmate, Clarence Holcomb, who in turn fell before Bagby in the final contest. Bagby won in straight sets and it was evident after the first set that Holcomb's uncanny steadiness was not enough to offset the all-around play of his younger opponent.
The coming of a professiona Ito Rockhill, an innovation in Kansas City, proved its worth. The Rockhill players showed the value of the training they had received. Bagby's improved play indicates a successful future.
In the city tournament Bagby won from Walter Newell, a veteran Blue Dia- mond star, in the final match. Newell's volleying and service were craftily met by Bagby, whose steadiness won for him. In the doubles Newell and Teachenor retained the title, which has become a monopoly with them. They defeated a pair of club members, Fred Grosse and Carl Meyer, before a crowd that filled the K.C.A.C. grandstand.
Rockhill won the interclub matches. There were ten singles events and five doubles, the ranking players on one club meeting their equals on the other. This arrangement and the games were a success and the experiment probably will be repeated. It encouraged the players who do not profess to be superior.
A public courts tournament, brought to a close after a month of play, ended the season. It was the result of untiring efforts by the Supervisor of Recrea- tion, Lester Warren, and was voted the best affair of its kind tried in Kansas City. More than 500 players were entered and the play was exceptionally good.
CHAMPIONSHIPS OF ST. LOUIS, AMERICAN LEGION. In the St. Louis championships which were held under the auspices of the American Legion, June 21, Elmer Schwarz came through from the first round and defeated Ed Heuerman, 4/6,6/1,6/1,6/2, in the singles final. Schwarz and C. Reber were successful over D, Ober and H. Cushman, 6/2,6/1,6/4, in the doubles,
KANSAS STATE CHAMPIONSHIP.
The Independence Tennis Club, during the week of August 6, entertained the annual tournament for the championship of Kansas at the River Side Park Courts. The entry list was large and included the best talent of the state as well as numerous visiting players, Tulsa, Okla., having the largest outside entry.
Clarence Holcomb of Kansas City, Mo., won the championship in singles by defeating Fred Allred of Independence. Perhaps the most interesting match from the standpoint of the gallery was the semi-final between Holcomb and J. E. Mibeck of Independence. Mibeck played a fast and accurate game, but was defeated by the more finished work of his opponent. In the doubles Allred and Mibeck defeated Tittsworth and Shives of Independence in the final round. The progress of the champions during the tournament was consistent, although
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 181
Appleman and Travis, the Tulsa team, and Downing and Henderson, a local team, pressed them closely for their place in the bracket. E. A. Titsworth won the consolation singles and L, R. Spradling, Jr., and Carl B. Field the consolation doubles. The summaries:
SINGLES: Semi-final round— AUred d. Sneed, 6/8,6/2,7/5.6/2; Holcomb d. Mibeck, 6/1,6/4, 4/6,6/3. Final round— Clarence Holcomb d. F. W. Allred, 6/2,6/1.6/1. DOUBLES: Semi- final round— Titsworth and Shive d. Sneed and Otterstatter, 6/0,6/2,6/0; Allred and Mibeck d. Downing and Henderson, 6/1,2/6,6/2,6/4. Final round— Allred and Mibeck d. Titsworth and Shive, 6/0,6/2,6/0.
INTERSTATE TOURNAMENT. .
Clarence Sanders won the men's singles from a large field in the Interstate tournament, which was played on the courts of the Sioux City Tennis Associa- tion during the week of August 1. The runner-up was Myron Hutchinson, who lost to Sanders, 3/6,5/7,6/3,8/6,7/5. In the doubles Wray Brown and Phil- brook Smith defeated Hutchinson and Sanders, 6/2,6/2,6/4. In the third round of the doubles there was a 19/17 score in which Hutchinson and Sanders won from Godshall and CoflSn. It was one of the largest scores of the year in tournament matches.
DES MOINES CITY CHAMPIONSHIP. J. G. Van Ginkle won the Des Moines city championship in singles from Charles Lynde, 6/1,6/2,6/3. The championship was played on the courts of the Des Moines Golf and Tennis Club, July 7. The doubles was won by Van Ginkle, with L. 0. Kamber as his partner, from Roy Simmons and Morehead, 6/3,8/6,0/6,6/2. In the women's singles Mrs. Ebers defeated Miss McKee, 6/2,4/6,6/4.
NORTHWEST IOWA CHAMPIONSHIP. The championships of Northwest Iowa were played for on the courts of the Fort Dodge Tennis Club during the week of July 18. Through a large field, which involved plenty of play, A. P. Smith defeated Clayton Paige for the singles title, 7/5,6/1,6/0. Joe Van Ginkle and Sid Craiger won the doubles final from A. P. Smith and George A. Blake, 6/4,6/4,1/6,2/6,6/4.
SOUTH CENTRAL IOWA CHAMPIONSHIP.
The South Central Iowa championship was played on the courts of the Ottumwa Country Club during the week of August 15. In the men's singles G. Adams defeated 0. J, Sweet, 4/6,3/6,7/5, default. The doubles was won by Hector Janse and Gene Adams from H. E. Gelatt and C. M. Scott, 6/3,
6/4,5/7,6/4.
NEBRASKA OPEN STATE CHAMPIONSHIP.
The open state championship of Nebraska never was better played, nor with a larger field, than in 1921. In the men's singles there were over 125 entries, comparatively few of which defaulted. The competition narrowed down to the meeting of Ralph Powell and Phil Smith and the former won the final in three sets of 6/2. In both the fifth round and the semi-final Smith had a harder battle on his hands than he had in the final. Brown and Smith won the doubles from Godshall and Cofi&n. In the women's singles Miss Claire
]82
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Daugherty was victorious over Miss Anita Currey, Miss Currey and Mrs. White won the doubles from Miss Hamilton and Miss Schalek. The successful pair in the mixed doubles were Miss Daugherty and Mr. Godshall. The summaries:
MENS SINGLES: Semi-final round — Smith d. Coffin, 6/4,6/3,2/6,6/2; Powell d. Brown, 6/1,5/7,6/4,6/4. Final round— Ralph Powell d. Phil Smith, 6/2,6/2.6/2. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Brown and Smith d. Powell and Adams, 6/3,6/2,6/4; Godshall and Coffin d. Meyer and Grosse, 6/4,7/5,4/6,7/5. Brown and Smith d. Godshall and Coffin, 6/3,6/2,6/4. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Currey d. Mrs. White, 6/1,6/4; Miss Daugh- erty d. Miss Reed, 6/3,6/1. Final round- Miss Daugherty d. Miss Currey, 6/4,6/1. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Currey and Mrs. White d. Miss Hamilton and Miss Schalek, 6/2,7/5. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Daugherty and H. Godshall d. Miss Currey and G. .Stocking. 8/6.6/4.
OKLAHOMA STATE CHAMPIONSHIP.
The Oklahoma state tournament was held on the courts of the Oklahoma City Tennis Club. Paul Darrough, Oklahoma City champion and runner-up in the 1920 state tournament, won the singles by defeating Ben Parks of Still- water and member of the University of Oklahoma team, in five brilliant sets, 1/6,3/6,8/6,6/1,6/2. On the previous day Ben Parks and his brother, Kirt,
|
^^^^^^^^^^^Er^^ ^^^^^1 |
Hi |
r |
^' ^H |
|
^^^^^I^^BP^ 1 |
Vh |
^H |
|
|
W c |
™. |
.fl |
|
|
^^^^V ' i i^-- - |
■m |
fo? |
>--m.j-i "W^^St |
|
^•-^■'.'wt^^^^^m |
ii^^^^H |
||
|
1 |
M |
Pan! 6. Darrough (at left), Oklahoma State Champion, and Charles T. Speice. Kingfisher, Okla., a leading player who has been active in promoting tennis throughout the State.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 183
upset the Darrough-Speice combination in the doubles only after the score was two sets each and match point had been called against them twice. The score was 6/8,7/5,7/9,6/3,10/8. Miss Hammann of Kansas City was too strong for her doubles partner, Miss Peer, also of Kansas City, and easily won the women's singles, 6/1,6/1. The Kansas City combination won the women's doubles, defeating Mrs. Parson and Miss Morgan of Oklahoma City 6/1,6/4. An added feature in the tournament was the mixed doubles. Miss Thyra Weesner of Oklahoma City and Ralph Rice of Chicago won this event from Miss Marie Morgan of Norman and Ben Parks, 6/8,6/3,6/1.
TULSA CITY CHAMPIONSHIP. By E. R. Elbel, Tulsa, Okla.
The fourth annual city tennis tournament was conducted on the six newly constructed courts of the Y.M.C.A. Tennis Club, Tulsa, Okla., September 5 to 20. Keen interest was exhibited largely on account of the fact that the new courts oflFered a uniform playing surface, which was not possible while the tournament was conducted on the city park courts.
The tournament had an entry of 60 men in the singles and 27 doubles teams. The boys' tournament drew 32 in singles and 15 doubles combinations. Some sensational play marked the semi-final and final rounds of both the doubles and singles tournament for men. In the singles J. D. lams, 1918 city champion, fought his way through the upper bracket of the tournament by good head- work and accuracy. In the semi-final he defeated Phil Stover, 3/6,6/2,6/3,6/0. In the final lams defeated E. A. Cook, 1920 champion, 6/4,4/6,6/1,6/4.
In the men's doubles E. Monnet and J. B. Miller met little opposition in working their way through the tournament by terrific driving. In the semi- final they defeated J. D. lams and P. A. Wright, 6/4,10/8,6/3, and defeated Phil Stover and E. A. Cook, 6/3,9/7,6/4, in the final. Perhaps the most unusual match of the tournament was the one in the doubles between Cook and Stover and Travis and Appleman, which was won by the former combination, by 8/10,6/4,6/0,6/4. In the boys' tournament C. Van Doeren defeated D. Thornton in the finals of the singles, 7/5,3/6,6/3. In the doubles Thornton and Van Doeren defeated Jacobs and Blanton, 7/5,6/2.
ARKANSAS VALLEY CHAMPIONSHIP.
The Arkansas Valley tournament was played on the clay courts of the Y.M.CA. Tennis Club at Tulsa, Okla., August 24-27. The tournament was levived after a lapse of seven years. The singles was won by Ben Parks, Still- water, Okla., from Charles Speice, Kingfisher, Okla., 7/5,6/1,6/3. In the doubles Speice and Penfold defeated the Parks brothers in a match that extended over a period of three and one-half hours by 4/6,6/4,9/7,2/6,8/6.
184 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Southwestern Championships
The Southwestern championships were held on the courts of the Dallas Lawn Tennis Club August 1 to 6, and Bradley E. Hogue, twice champion in singles, won his third victory and permanent possession of the Scott Cup by defeating Jack Norton of Fort Worth, 6/3,6/3,6/4. Although Hogue came into possession of the cup he was not the first player to win it three times, as J. B. Adoue, Jr., also accomplished that feat, but did not win the trophy outright because the tournament of the year 1917 was held to be a patriotic event and did not count as an ownership round. Adoue and the veteran, Har- vey McQuiston, surprised all the field when they won the doubles from Thal- heimer and Rees by the score of 6/2,6/3,6/4. Louis Thalheimer, state cham- pion, selected by many to win the title was eliminated in the third round by Henry Bruns of New Orleans,
BORDER STATES CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Walter Bowers was winner of the men's singles at the annual Border States championships, held on the courts of the El Paso Tennis Club at El Paso, Texas, September 23-25. N. C. Ferguson, who had won the title four years in succession did not compete. The runner-up was E. C. Simmons, who finished in that position in 1920. Simmons and Bowers, who were winners of the doubles in 1920, were defeated in the semi-final by Bailey and Nebeker, and the latter pair were victorious in the finals over Bandeen and Cole. In the women's singles Miss Mayme McDonald, the Seattle champion, was an entrant and also the winner. She was too strong for the local players. Paired with Miss Grace Kissinger, Miss McDonald also won the doubles. In the veterans' singles Colonel Fuger was successful, and in the veterans' doubles E. E. Neff and Colonel Fuger won over Norman Carmichael and Mr. Smith. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Simmons d. Bailey, 6/1,6/3; Bowers d. Bandeen, 3/6,6/2,6/1. Final round— Walter Bowers d. E. C. Simmons,, 6/3,6/2,6/3. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round — Bailey and Nebeker d. Simmons and Bowers, 1/6,6/3,6/2; Bandeen and Cole d. Bateman and Woodall, 6/0,6/2. Final round— F. H. Bailey and C. M. Nebeker d. D. A. Bandeen and David Cole, 6/0,6/2,6/3. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round- Miss McDonald d. Miss Kissinger, 1/6,6/3,6/1; Mrs. Sutton d. Miss Ormsbee, 6/1,6/1. Final round— Miss Mayme McDonald d. Mrs. Sutton, 6/2,6/0. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi- final round — Miss Kissinger and Miss McDonald d. Bennett and Miss Davis, 6/0,6/0; Miss Smith and Miss Crawford d. Mrs. Sutton and Miss Ormsby, 6/0,6/4. Final round — Miss Grace Kissinger and Miss Mayme McDonald d. Miss Smith and. Miss Crawford, 6/2,6/1.
FORT WORTH CITY CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The championships of Fort Worth, Texas, were held on the courts of the Meadowmere Club, May 28 and following days. F. J. Fitzpatrick won the singles title, defeating J. D. Norton, 7/5,7/5,6/4. In the doubles the singles finalists, Norton and Fitzpatrick, were paired and played against B. N. Honea
and W. F. Luther, winning by 6/2,7/5,6/3.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 185
ARIZONA STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
In the annual Arizona state championships, held on the courts of the Warren
District Country Club, May 13, N. A. Ferguson won the men's singles title by
defeating Judson in the final round. In the doubles Ferguson was paired with
E. H. Bailey and they won from T. B. Smith and H. B. Cuthbert in straight
sets. The women's singles was won by Miss G. Kissinger from Miss Core in
two sets, and in the women's doubles Miss Kissinger and Mrs. M. N. Palmer
won from Miss Core and Miss Reagan. The veterans' singles fell to the arm
ot Dr. T. B. Smith, and in the veterans' doubles Dr. H. S. McGee and F. J.
Orth were winners over R. T. Pelton and H. T. Cuthbert. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Ferguson d. Christie, 6/0,6/0; Judson d. Baker, 6/3,4/6,6/4. Final round— Ferguson d. Judson, 7/5,6/2,6/2. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Ferguson and Bailey d. Bennett and Fickas, 6/0,6/0; Smith and Cuthbert d. Orth and Hayes, 6/4,6/2; Ferguson and Bailey d. Smith and Cuthbert, ll/9„6/4,6/4. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Kissinger d. Miss Osteen, 6/0,6/0; Miss Core d. Mrs. Palmer, 6/4,6/2. Miss Kissinger d. Miss Core, 6/1,6/4. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Kissinger and Mrs. Palmer d. Miss Core and Miss Reagan, 6/2,6/2. VETERANS' SINGLES: Final round— Dr. T. B. Smith d. H. J. Emerson, 8/6,6/0. VETERANS' DOUBLES: Final round— Dr. H. S. McGee and F. J. Orth d. R. T. Pelton and H. T. Cuthbert. 6/4,6/2.6/1.
latermountain Championships
The Intermountain championships were held by the Salt Lake City Tennis Club during the week of September 6. In the singles E. M. Garnett won from Howard Robinson of Twin Falls, Idaho, in the final round, 7/5,6/0,2/6,6/2. Samuel Neel, champion of thirty years ago, paired with Robert Officer in the doubles and played through to the semi-final round, where they lost to Cordes and Scott. Howard Robinson teamed with Garnett and they won from Cordes and Scott, 8/6,6/3,3/6,6/1.
COLORADO STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
New champions won the titles in both singles and doubles at the annual
tournament for the Colorado state championships, which was held on the City
Park courts at Denver during the week of August 22. W. I. Rehr. champion
of 1920, was compelled to forfeit after the second round. Neil King of
Denver won the singles in a well played four-set match against B. P. Hoover.
Howard Cordes and B. P. Hoover won from T. B. To^vnsend, Jr., and Don
Harker in the doubles. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— King d. Townsend, 6/2,7/5,6/2; Hoover d. Carpenter, 6/1,6/2,6/1. Neil King d. B. P. Hoover, 7/5,6/4,7/9,6/1. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round — Cordes and Hoover d. Coleman and Carleton, 4/6,6/1,6/3,6/3; Townsend and Harker d Helmann and Polk by default. Final round— Howard Cordes and B. P. Hodver d. T. B. Townsend, Jr., and Don Harker, 6/3,6/4,6/4.
UTAH STATE COLLEGIATE CHAMPIONSHIP.
By T. S. Parmelee, Coach University of Utah.
The University of Utah team finished at the top in the state collegiate cham- pionship of 1921 by winning three out of four competitions. The Utah Agricul- tural College was second, winning two and losing two and Brigham Young University was third, winning one and losing three. The members of the
186 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
winning team -were Fred Bergstrom, captain; William Horsley, Stanley Bonnett, Stephen Covey and Leland Mays. Bergstrom and Horsley played together in doubles for most of the matches, Horsley excelling at the net and Bergstrom playing a steady all-round game. Bonnett played first singles and was noted for his excellent backhand work. Bergstrom played second singles when it was necessary for a deciding match and was never defeated, playing a careful though aggressive game.
William J. Snow, Jr., of the Brigham Young University and Glen Loveless of the Utah Agricultural College were players of more than average ability. Although the University team was equal to the standard of other state cham-
Left to right— E. Bergstrom, Capt. ; W. Horsly, . T. S. Parmelee, Coach; L. Mays,
S. Cover. Sainsbury, Photo.
UNIVERSITY OF UTAH, SALT LAKE CITY.
pionship teams, arrangements could not be made to send them to the Rocky Mountain championship tournament. No out of state teams traveled through the city, so no other matches were played.
WYOMING STATE CHAMPIONSHIP. In the Wyoming state championships, which were conducted by the Casper Tennis Club, Don Harker won the singles title by defeating Jack Phelps, 6/2, 6/3,6/1, in the final round. King and Rehr won the doubles from Harker and Phelps, 3/6,6/3,6/2,6/4.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 18^
Northwest Championships
Players of the cities of St. Paul and Minneapolis were conspicuous in the championships of the Northwest, played on the courts of Minnetonka Yacht Club at Deephaven, Minn., during the week of July 23. Up to the fourth round in men's singles the play was true to form, but in that round two old standbys, Harry Waidner and John Adams, were defeated by younger players. The title was won for the second time in succession by Joe Armstrong from J. P. McGee. Sanders gave Armstrong a very hard semi-final, which the lat- ter won, 9/7,6/3,6/3. In the men's doubles M. B. Hutchinson and C. W. Sanders were successful over McGee and Armstrong after a struggle which tested the staying power of all four players. The women's singles was won easily by Miss Marguerite Davis from Miss Eugenie Crosby, and in the mixed doubles Miss Davis and M. B. Hutchinson were successful over Miss Eleanor Arneson and Mr. Ferris. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Armstrong d. Sanders, 9/7,6/3,6/3; McGee d. John- son. 6/3.6/3,6/2. Final round— J. J. Armstrong d. J. P. McGee, 6/3,6/2,6/2. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Hutchinson and Sanders d. Newell and Norton, 6/2,6/1,6/2: McGee and Armstrong d. Jayne and Brain, 6/2,6/4,1/6,6/1. Final round— M. B. Hutchinson and C. W. Sanders d. J. P. McGee and J. J. Armstrong, 12/10,7/5,6/0. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Crosby d. Miss Montgomery, 4/6,6/2,6/1; Miss Davis d. Miss Waidner, 6/2,6/1. Final round— Miss Marguerite Davis d. Miss Eugenie Crosby. 6/3,6/1. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Marguerite Davis and M. B. Hutchinson d. Miss Eleanor Arneson and Ferris. 8/6.6/3.
MINNESOTA STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS. Entries were numerous for the annual Minnesota state tournament, played on the courts of the St. Paul Tennis Club during the week of August 27. The singles title was won by J. J. Armstrong from M. B. Hutchinson. Although Armstrong's victory had been anticipated, Hutchinson gave battle to the limit and the match was not over until five rousing sets had been played. The scores were 6/4,8/10,6/2,5/7,10/8. In the doubles Hutchinson and Sanders were the winning team, scoring in straight sets against Jayne and Brain, 6/3,6/2,7/5.
MUNICIPAL AMATEUR TENNIS IN MINNEAPOLIS.
By H. a. Johnson, Directou of Recreation Centers.
All former records were surpassed in 1921 and an already large tennis following was increased at Minneapolis in the Municipal Amateur Tennis Association. In addition to the annual tournaments at The Parade courts, three new tournaments were conducted. The regular tournaments conducted by this association were accompanied at all the playgrounds equipped with tennis courts, by individual tournaments, so that the 992 tennis courts on park prop- erty were overtaxed from early spring until late fall. One of the encouraging points in play was the added enthusiasm shown by spectators as well as by actual participants. Impetus was given by the entrance of a number of be- ginners, both young and old. They more than took the place of those who have retired from the game.
188
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
The Municipal Amateur Tennis Association, operating under the direction of the Park Department, conducted nine tournaments with over 500 men, women and boys participating. Men's, juniors', boys' and women's singles and mixed and men's doubles were conducted on The Parade courts, while at Logan Park, Loring Park and North Commons, men's singles tournaments were arranged.
In the men's singles for the amateur city title, Leslie Johnson, one of the city's youngest and best players, won the title by defeating George Thomas, 6/3,6/4,6/4. He also won the junior title by defeating Roy Anderson, 6/3, 6/4,6/3. In the boys' event, Stewart Cornell, Central High School, won the title by defeating George Nathanson, 6/3,6/2,6/2. In the women's singles, Miss Eleanor Arneson, University of Minnesota star, won the title again by
1, Miss Eleanor Ameson, Singles and Mixed Doubles Champion. 2 Beys' Champion. 3, Vance Pidgeon, Winner in Mixed Doubles.
Stewart Cornell, MUNICIPAL AMATEUR ASSOCIATION PLAYERS, MINNEAPOLIS. MINN.
defeating Miss Grace Lockwood, 6/0,6/0,6/1. She and her partner, Vance Pidgeon, won the mixed doubles event from Miss Marjorie Dean and Eric Bolin, 6/4,6/2,6/3. Chet Bros, another University star, won the men's tourna- ment at Logan Park, defeating M. Pullen, 4/6,6/4,7/5,6/1.
MINNEAPOLIS CITY CHAMPIONSHIPS. Both the winner and runner-up of the Minneapolis City championship will have cause to remember the final of 1921. Leslie Johnson won the title, but he had to play the veteran, Philip Brain, a 16/14 set to get the first decision when they met on the court. The championship took place during the week of June 25. In the semi-final Brain wore down his opponent, T. N. Jayne, by
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 189
fecores of 6/1,6/2,7/5, In the final the score was in favor of Leslie Johnson over Brain by 16/14,6/3,6/3. Brain paired with T. S, Jayne for the doubles and they were successful over E. B. Pierce and Claude Krause, 7/5,7/5,6/2,
SOUTH DAKOTA CHAMPIONSHIPS.
After a lapse of six years the South Dakota championships were resumed on the courts of the Dell Rapids Tennis Club during the week of July 25. Many of the best players of the Northwest were entered and the competition was mostly close and hard fought. John Barton of Sioux Falls won the singles and gained the first leg on the new George R. Douthitt Trophy. He defeated Gene Adams, 6/2,6/3,6/4. Barton had won the championship in 1909, 1910, 1911. Clark A. Stone and Carl Stuckman of Sioux Falls won the doubles from G. C. McCluskey and Neil McLoughlin, 6/4,0/6,8/6,5/7,6/3, and their success gave them a leg on the new cups which were offered by the South Dakota Tennis Association. For the first time in South Dakota a women's event was included in the programme and Mrs. H. S. A. Lankester won from Miss Vera B. Prince, 1/6,6/4,6/4.
IDAHO STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Phil Bettens invaded Idaho and won the state championship in singles at the annual tournament, held on the courts of the Potlatch Amateur Athletic Club, July 4-7. It was the best tournament ever held in Idaho and one of the best ever held in the Northwest. Bettens won his first leg on the state challenge cup. The men's doubles was won by Bettens and Suhr, the pair of speedy young Californians who had played so well from the beginning of the year. Mrs. Vida Richards won the women's singles and Mrs. Richards, paired with Miss M. F. Wakeman, won the doubles from Miss Josephine Vevle and Mrs. EjB&e Poage. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Bettens d. Ingraliam, 13/11,6/0,6/3: Stickney d. Suhr, 6/4,1/6,5/7,6/3,6/3. Final round— Philip Bettens d. C. F. Stickney, 6/4,6/6 (default). MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Bettens and Suhr d. Cady and Bailey by default; Stickney and Anderson d. Ingraham and Leuschel, 6/2,2/6,6/3,6/3. Final round— Philip Bet- tens and Suhr d. C. F. Stickney and Ben Anderson, 6/1,2/6,6/1. WOMEN'S SIN(iLES: Semi-final round— Mrs. Vida Richards d. Miss Mary Jasman, 6/0,6/0; Mrs. Effie Poage d. Miss Elizabeth Barter, 6/4,7/5. Final round— Mrs. Vida Richards d. Mrs. Effie Poage, 6/1, 6/1. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Josephine Vevle and Mrs. Effle Poage d. Miss Alice Carr and Mrs. R. F. Ricker, 6/4,6/4; Mrs. Vida Richards and Miss Wakeman won, no score. Final round— Mrs. Vida Richards and Miss Wakeman d. Miss Josephine Vevle and Mrs. Eflfie Poage, 6/1,6/4. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Dolly Veitz and W. W. Ingraham d. Miss Charlotte Laird and C. F. Stickney, 4/6,6/3,6/2.
SOUTHERN IDAHO CHAMPIONSHIP.
The annual Southern Idaho championship was won by Howard Robinson of Twin Falls, Idaho, in the tournament of July 27-30. With his brother he also won the doubles. In the singles Robinson defeated H. Streeter in the final by three sets of 6/1 each.
1, Carl R. Gardner, and, 2, C. F. Stickney, British Columbia and Washington State Doubles Champions. 3, Philip Bettens, California State Junior and Idaho State Champion: Pacific Coast Junior Doubles Champion (with Suhr). 4, Her- bert Suhr, Pacific Coast Singles and Doubles Champion. 5, Edward Chandler, San Francisco Junior Champion.
GROUP OF CALIFORNIA PLATERS.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
191
California State Championships
By Howard 0. Kinsey.
Roland Roberts, playing brilliant tennis, defeated John Strachan in the finals of the men's singles of the California state cham- pionship. The tourney was played on the courts of the Berkeley Tennis Club from September 4 to 11, inclusive, and over two hundred and fifty players participated. Roberts and Strachan, by winning the doubles, created no surprise, as with the ex- ception of Bates and Parker they outclassed the field.
The surprise of the tournament was the defeat of Miss Helen Baker by Miss Helen Wills. No one expected the latter to do better than make a respectable showing, but she went right after her opponent, rushing the net on every opportunity, and finally wore Miss Baker down, winning, 3/6,9/7, 6/0. Paired with Miss Baker, Miss Wills also won the doubles.
Philip Bettens staged a comeback in the junior singles and defeated his old rival, Edward Chandler, in the final. The team- work of Bettens and Herbert Suhr was the feature in the doubles.
Over thirty boys under fifteen years of age played in the boys' events. In one of the best played matches of the year Martin
Liebes defeated Louis Heilbron, 7/9,6/2,6/3. Miss Lucy McCune won the junior girls' title. Her opponent in the final was Miss Virginia Patton, whom she defeated, 6/1,6/1. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Roberts d. Levy, 6/2,2/6,6/1,6/0; Strachan d. Bates, 6/2,6/3,0/6,3/6,6/3. Final round— Roland Roberts d. John Strachan, 3/6,7/9,7/5,6/1,6/4, MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Roberts and Strachan d. Lipman and Levy, 6/1, 3/6,6/2; Fottrell and Levinson d. Bush and Powers, 6/2,3/6,6/3; Roland Roberts and John Strachan d. Fottrell and Levinson, 4/6,6/4,6/4,6/4. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round —Miss Wills d. Miss A. McGune, 5/7,6/2,6/4; Miss Helen Baker d. Mrs. Kress, 6/3,6/4. Final round— Miss Helen Wills d. Miss Helen Baker, 3/6,9/7,6/0. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Baker and Miss Wills d. Miss Humphreys and Miss Patrick, 6/1,6/3; Miss A. McCune and Miss L. McCune d. Mrs. Kerv?in and Miss Clemens, 6/2,6/0 Final round— Miss Helen Baker and Miss Helen Wills d. the Misses McCune, 8/6,6/8,7/5. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Helen Baker and Wallace Bates d. Miss A. McCune and M. Fottrell, no score.
PACIFIC COAST CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Nine events were scheduled in the Pacific Coast championships, held on the courts of the Berkeley Tennis Club during the week of June 17. William M. Johnston won the singles over a fine field and his road to the finals was rather rocky. He lost a set to Howard Kinsey who had previously defeated
J. R. STRACHAN— R. ROBERTS.
California State and Bay Counties
Doubles Champions.
192 SPALDINGS TENNIS ANNUAL
C. J. Griffin, and a set to Carl Gardner, the young veteran. In the final Johnston met Roland Roberts and had his revenge, Roberts having defeated him several weeks previously.
Clarence J. ("Peck") Griffin and Johnston, former national champions, won the special event, the doubles title not being involved, as the Pacific Coast sectional championship was held at Los Angeles.
Miss Helen Baker retained the women's title, which she has held for the past four years, by decisively beating Miss Helen Wills. Paired with Miss Wills, Miss Baker met and defeated the McCune sisters. Miss Baker and Howard Kinsey won the mixed doubles.
Herbert Suhr, after several years of effort, at last succeeded in winning a junior event. He deserves great credit as he defeated both Edward Chandler and Philip Bettens on his way to victory. His match with Bettens in the finals was worth "going miles to see," both boys being completely, exhausted at the end of the fifth set. These two boys had comparatively no trouble in winning the junior doubles, defeating Basham and Drieske 4/6,6/1,6/2,6/3.
Miss Helen Wills won the girls' junior, but she was within one point of losing in her final match with Miss Lucy McCune. Many interesting matches were played in the boys' singles (under fifteen), but Louis Heilbron far out- classed the field. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Johnston d. Davis, 6/2,6/1,6/2; Roberts d. Casey, 6/3, 6/3,6/3. Final round— Johnston d. Roberts, 6/4,6/3,6/3. SPECIAL MEN'S DOUBLES EVENT: Semi-final round— Johnston and Griffin d. Lacroix and Jenson, 6/2,6/4; Greenberg and Ragan d. Brush and Evans, 6/3.6/4. Final round— Johnston and Griffin d. Greenberg and Ragan, 6/3,6/2,6/4. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Baker d. Miss Suhr, 6/3,6/0; Miss Wills d. Miss A. McCune, 7/5,6/1. Final round— Miss Helen Baker d. Miss Helen Wills, 7/5,6/1. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Baker and Miss Wills d. Mrs. Bender and Mrs. Allen, 6/1,6/1; Miss A. McCune and Miss L. McCune d. Miss Fjerem and Miss Suhr, 7/5,6/3. Final round— Miss Helen Baker and Miss Helen Wills d. the Misses McCune, S/6,6/4. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Helen Baker and Howard Kinsey d. Miss Marjorie Thorne and Phil Bettens, 9/7,6/4. JUNIOR SINGLES: Semi-final round— Bettens d. Heilbron, 6/1,6/1; Suhr d. Chandler, 0/6,6/3,6/4. F;nal round — Suhr d. Bettens, 6/3,4/6,6/3,0/6,6/3. JUNIOR DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Basham and Dreiske d. Van derLeith and Welch by default; Bettens and Suhr d. Chandler and Stow, 10/8,7/5. Final round— Bettens and Suhr d. Basham and Dreiske, 4/6,6/1,6/2,6/3. GIRLS' SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss L. McCune d. Miss W. Suhr, 6/4,4/6,6/1; Miss Helen Wills d. Miss Margaret Jenkins by default. Final round— Miss Helen Wills d. Miss Lucy McCune, 7/5,5/7,6/4. BOYS' SINGLES: Semi-final round— Dunn d. Robb, 6/0,7/5; Heilbron d. Kemp. 6/1,6/0. Final round— Heilbron d. Dunn, 6/0,6/3.
PACIFIC COAST SECTIONAL DOUBLES.
The Pacific Coast sectional doubles was held at Los Angeles, July 2-4, and for the second year in succession the final was played by two teams of North- ern California men. They were the Kinsey brothers and Roland Roberts and Willis E. Davis. The Kinseys had been keen contenders in other years and iheir persistence and good work finally won them the title. In 1920 Davis and Clarence Griffin won the doubles by besting the Kinseys after five sets which were played with an intensity that never will be forgotten. In the first round of the 1921 tournament, Fred Alexander, the veteran internationalist, paired with William C. DeMille, played against Roberts and Davis, and the last named pair won after three well played sets, 6/4,6/3,6/2. The Kinseys won all of their matches in straight sets. The summaries:
SECTIONAL DOUBLES: Semi-final round — Kinsey and Kinsev d. Snodgrass and Reinke, 6/1,6/4: Roberts and Davis d. Browne and Bundy, 5/7,8/6,6/0,'6/4. Final round— Kinsey and Kinsey d. Roberts and Davis. 5/7,6/4,7/5.6/3.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 193
SAN FRANCISCO CITY CHAMPIONSHIPS.
Perhaps the most successful tournament ever held by the California Lawn Tennis Club was the 1921 San Francisco city championship, played early in May. It was made an open event on account of so many famous players resid- ing in and around San Francisco. Among the players who participated were Miss Eleanor Goss, New York; Miss Eleanor Tennant, Carl Busch, Richard Hinckley, and James Davies, Los Angeles, and Philip Neer, Portland, Ore. Melville Long, former Davis Cup player, also entered the competition.
Roland Roberts played brilliant tennis throughout the tournament and in ihe final did not allow Howard Kinsey a set. Robert and Howard Kinsey went through an excellent field in the doubles without the loss of a set, their oppon- ents in the final being the University of California pair, Bates and Levy.
The women's events were the features of the week. Miss Goss showed to much better advantage on the hard courts than she had the year previous and she won the singles. Paired with Miss Tennant they reached the final round of the doubles, but were defeated by Miss Helen Baker and Miss Helen Wills in a hard fought match.
A new star was uncovered in Edward Chandler, age fifteen, in the junior singles, who defeated the three presumably best players in the tournament — Philip Bettens, Herbert Suhr and Richard Hinckley. Bettens and Suhr had their revenge in the doubles by winning from Chandler and Hillis.
Miss Winifred Suhr showed what she really could do when she defeated Miss Wills in straight sets in the first round of the girls' singles. No real opposition was encountered thereafter. If this young lady would take the game more seriously, we might have a new national champion. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— H. Kinsey d. Wallace Bates, 3/6,6/1,6/4,6/4; Roberts d. R. Kinsey, 6/2,6/4,2/6,6/4. Final round— Roland Roberts d. Howard Kinsey, 7/5,7/5,6/4 MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Kinsey brothers d. S. Turner and L. Fish, 6/0,6/1: W. Bates and E. Levy d. W. Parker and W. Marcus, 6/4,6/3. Final round— Kinsev brothers d. Bates and Levy, 6/4,6/0,8/6. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss E* Goss d. Miss H. Wills, 6/2,0/3; Miss H. Baker d. Miss E. Tennant, 6/3,0/6,6/4. Final round— Miss Eleanor Goss d. Miss Helen Baker, 6/4,6/0. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Baker and Miss Wills d. Miss R. Fjerem and Miss W. Suhr, 6/1.3/6,6/1; Miss
E. Tennant and Miss B. Goss d. Miss H. Newman and Miss Patrick, 6/2,6/2. Final round
Miss Wills and Miss Baker d. Miss Goss and Miss Tennant, 6/3,6/4. JUNIOR SINGLES- Semi-final round— Bettens d. Periolet, 4/6,6/3,6/1; Chandler d. Herbert Suhr. 8/6,7/5 Final round— Edward Chandler d. Philip Bettens, 6/4,8/6.6/3. JUNIOR DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Suhr and Bettens d. McFetridge and Egan, 6/0,6/0; Chandler and Hillis d. Heilbron and Liebes, 6/4.7/5. Final round— Suhr and Bettens d. Chandler and Bettens, 6/3 6/8 6/1 6/2. GIRLS' SINGLES: Final round— Winifred Suhr d. Avery Follett, 6/4,6/2 ' ' ' '
SHIMIDZU AND KUMAGAE vs. SAN FRANCISCO TEAM.
In a series of matches that will be long remembered by tennis fans around San Francisco, Shimidzu and Kumagae, the famous Japanese stars, defeated a picked San Francisco team, October 16, on the courts of the Berkeley Tennis Club, without the loss of a match. Both Japanese players were in wonderful form, especially so after considering their lack of play on asphalt courts.
The first match was between Willis Davis and Kumagae. The opening set was close, being 6/4, but in the second Kumagae passed Davis, as he rushed to the net, with backhand and forehand drives. He served with a great deal of top-spin, which bothered Davis tremendously, winning the set 6/2.
Shimidzu would have played well in his match with Johnston, but he did not need to. Johnston played very badly, being in poor physical condition, and
1 Miss Anna McCune, Bay Counties Champion. 2, Miss Lucy McCune. California State and Bay Counties Junior Champion. 3. Miss Winifred Suhr. San Francisco Junior Champion. Photos Courtesy San Francisco Chronicle.
1, Marion Canfield; 2, Dora Cohen; 3. William M. Johnston; 4, Martin Liebes; 5, Louis Heilbron. Photos Courtesy San Francisco Chronicle.
GROUP OF SAN FRANCISCO CHAMPIONS.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 195
naturally his stroking was off-color. After losing the first set Johnston led at 3/0 in the second, but Shimidzu took six games straight and the match.
The doubles — Roberts and Strachan vs. the Japanese players — was by far the best match of the day. The crowd was kept at a high pitch of excitement, the rallies being very spectacular and the gets amazing at times. All four players were in top form. The visitors won, 4/6,7/5,8/6. The driving of Kuma- gae, the smashing of Shimidzu and the marvelous returns of Strachan, were all features.
AUSTRALIANS VISIT SAN FRANCISCO.
San Francisco was honored early in October by the visiting Australian Davis Cup team, consisting of J. 0. Anderson, John Hawkes, C. V. Todd and Norman Peach. They played a picked team of San Francisco stars made up of John Strachan, Roland Roberts, Willis Davis, Wallace Bates and the Kinsey brothers. Willis Davis defeated C. V. Todd rather easily, 6/2,6/3, Todd showing signs of recent illness. Hawkes surprised the gallery by winning from John Strachan, who had been playing spectacular tennis all season, 6/1,6/3. Hawkes drove and served very well. The Kinsey brothers took Todd and Peach "down the line," 6/1,6/1. The Australians played poorly while the Kinsey s were fast and sure. Capt. Peach showed lack of practice when Wallace Bates won from him by a score of 6/2,6/2.
J. O. Anderson did that which only Johnston had been able to do all season. He defeated Roland Roberts, after the latter took the first set by a terrific struggle, 12/10. Both players served and volleyed well. Anderson seemed to have trouble with Roberts' serve. In the second set Anderson got the jump and did not give Roberts a chance, playing his backhand at every opportunity, winning 6/0. In the last set both players were at top speed, but Anderson was the better and won, 6/3. In the final match of the series Strachan and Roberts defeated Hawkes and Anderson in three hard fought sets, 6/4,3/6,7/5.
SAN FRANCISCO PLAYERS IN 1921. By Leon Strauss.
Beginning with the early part of May and continuing to the latter part of August, San Francisco's tennis players gradually drifted away either south, north or east in quest of new fields to conquer. In the East four of the six major singles event fell into the hands of San Francisco players. William M. Johnston once again successfully retained his Longwood title, defeating R. Norris Williams, 2d, in the challenge round. This was Johnston's first match on grass in the 1921 season. He followed this by a victory at Seabright, win- ning from an all-star entry list. Willis Davis won at Southhampton, while Johnston was resting in New York. With Washburn, Davis captured the doubles title.
The Metropolitan singles resembled an all San Francisco tournament as it neared the closing rounds, with the Kinsey brothers and Willis Davis playing up to form. The honors in this event went to Bob Kinsey, who defeated Willis Davis in the final. In the semi-final Davis defeated Howard Kinsey.
Both Stanford University and the University of California were well repre- sented in the East during the past season. Phil Neer and Jim Davis departed from local haunts in May and proceeded north, where they won the Pacific
196 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Coast Conference at Corvallis. Following this they made a barnstorming trip East, winning from all opponents. Phil Neer captured the intercollegiate title.
Wallace Bates and Ed Levy, playing for the University of California, went directly East. Their first event was the national intercollegiate, where they watched their sectional rival representative bring the honors back home. They played in the Canadian championship. Bates winning the singles.
In doubles San Francisco did not find its two teams fighting it out for the championship as was the case the year before. Instead the Kinsey brothers and Willis Davis and Bill Johnston reached the semi-final round only to succumb to two Eastern teams. The Kinsey boys were the San Francisco representative team in doubles. Getting off to a bad start at Cleveland, where they were beaten in the finals of the intercity tournament by Sam Hardy and Lyle Mahan, they went East and made a very creditable showing. The brothers won the ■Metropolitan doubles.
Up to the Northwest sped Herbert Suhr, Phil Bettens, Charlie Stickney, Irving Weinstein and Carl Gardner. Before this bunch was through, quite a few titles fell their way. Weinstein came home with the Washington state singles as well as the Pacific Northwest-British Columbia Mainland doubles title. In the latter event he was paired with Wilton Smith. Carl Gardner paired with Charlie Stickney and won the Washington state doubles and the doubles championship of British Columbia. Stickney was the winner in the singles event of the Pacific Northwest tournament.
The two juniors, Bettens and Suhr, in their first time out, also came home with their share of victories. Bettens captured the Idaho state and wdth Suhr won the Oregon state doubles tourney. In the latter part of August more players left San Francisco for the south to compete in the Southern California championship. Bill Parker, Ray Greenberg, Elmer Griffin and Crovey La Croix were the representatives on this trip. Bill Parker was the successful contestant, winning the singles title, which was won by Howard Kinsey in 1919 and Robert Kinsey in 1920.
BAY COUNTIES CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The final tournament 'of the year in California was the Bay Counties cham- pionships held on the Golden Gate Park courts, beginning October 2. Both Robert Kinsey in the singles and John Strachan and Roland Roberts in the doubles successfully defended their titles. The feature of the singles was the playing of Philip Bettens, who won the junior event and reached the final in the senior. His defeat of Wallace Bates was the surprise of the tournament. Bettens played well in the finals against Kinsey, but the older player had too much accuracy and experience.
Strachan and Roberts were hard pressed to win the doubles. In the final round Bates and Parker, by fine net work and ground strokes, led at two sets to one. With the score two-sets-all and three games each, the match was called on account of darkness. It was entirely replayed, Strachan and Roberts winning in four sets. Parker's play featured in both matches.
Wilton Smith, who had just returned from Seattle, Wash., came through with a victor}' in the junior singles, defeating Herbert Suhr, the Pacific Coast junior champion in five terrific sets. Immediately afterwards, without heeding the advice of the tournament committee, he played Philip Bettens in the challenge round, but could not stand the pace, losing in three straight sets.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 197
Miss Lucy McCune had no difficulty to win the girls' singles. Miss Anna McCune created a sensation by defeating Miss Helen Baker in the final of the women's singles. Miss McCune is a left-hander with a fine serve and drive. Her backhand is similar to Kumagae's and very effective. She kept Miss Baker on the run at all times and thoroughly deserved her victory. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Bettens d. Smith, 4/6,6/4,6/4,5/7,6/4; R. Kinsey d. H. Kinsey by default. Final round — Robert Kinsey d. Philip Bettens, 2/6,6/0,6/1,7/5. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Bates and W. Parker d. Sclnvarz Brothers, 6/4,6/0: Roberts and Strachan d. Casey and H. Kinsey, 2/6,6/3,8/6. Final round — Roland Roberts and John R. Strachan d. Wallace Bates and William Parker, 3/6,6/2,6/3,7/5. WOMEN'S SIN- GLES: Semi-final round— Miss H. Baker d. Mrs. R. M. Leachman, 6/4,5/7,6/3; Miss A. Mc- Cune d. Mrs. M. Kress, 6/0,6/8,9/7. Final round — Miss Anna McCune d. Miss Helen Baker, 6/2,8/10,6/3. JUNIOR SINGLES: Final round— Wilton Smith d. Herbert Suhr, 6/3,4/6,6/0, 4/6,6/3. CHALLENGE ROUND: Philip Bettens d. W. Smith, 6/3,6/3,6/2.
NORTHERN CALIFORNIA INTERCLUB LEAGUE.
The California Lawn Tennis Club for the fourth time won the Northern California Interclub League, Division A. The men who composed the team were William Parker, Mervin Griffin, Robert Kinsey, captain; Al and Mel Rosenberg and Howard Kinsey.
The Olympic Club was favored to win, but its players were inclined to be erratic. The Olympics were composed of such players as John Strachan, Roland Roberts, Byron Batkin, Willis Davis, Philip Bettens, Ray Greenberg and Elmer Griffin.
The Olympic Club won in Division B, closely followed by the Mosswood Park Club of Oakland. The men on the Olympic Club team were Leon Straus, captain; Frank Logan, Joe Lowenthal, Herbert Suhr, Homer Levinson, Frank Isaacs, Trevor Roberts, Chas. Sontag and Frank Osborne.
Robert Kinsey was chairman of the entire series, at the same time taking active charge of Division A. Howard Kinsey ran Division B. The standing of the teams in the two leagues follows:
DIVISION A. DIVISION B.
Club. Won. Lost. Club. Won. Lost.
California Club 36 9 Olympic Club 55 S
Olympic Club 33 12 Mosswood 49 14
Berkeley Club 27 18 Naglee Park 34 29
Univ. of California 26 19 Island City 32 31
Oakland 17 28 California Club 29 34
Sacramento 10 35 Univ. of California 28 35
Modesto 20 43
Martinez 5 54
CENTRAL CALIFORNIA CHAMPIONSHIPS.
The Central California championships, held under the auspices of the Sutter Lawn Tennis Club at Sacramento, May 28, 29 and 30, were most successful. Playing the best tennis of his career, Roland Roberts took W. M. Johnston "down the line" in the fijials of the men's singles, 6/4,4/6,6/2. Johnston was not in the best form, partly due to lack of practice and partly to a blistered hand, but on this day Roberts was almost invincible. His service came like a shot and his drives, ordinarily rather erratic, seemed to come off at any angle.
The Kinsey brothers won the doubles by defeating Wallace Bates and Ed Levy in four sets. The surprise of this event was in the fourth round, when Bates and Levy won from Roberts and Strachan.
198 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
The women's singles went to Miss Helen Baker, her victim being Mrs. Leach- man. Paired with Miss Helen Wills she also won the doubles, their opponents in the final being Miss Marjorie Thorne and Mrs. H. G. Allen. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Johnston d. R. Kinsey, 6/1,7/5; Roberts d. Bettens, 6/4,10/8. Final round— Roland Roberts d. W. M. Johnston, 6/4,4/6,6/2. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Kinsey and Kinsey d. Parker and Gardner, 6/2,6/2; Bates and Levy d. Weinstein and Levison, 6/2,6/2. Final round — Robert Kinsey and Howard Kinsey d. Wal- lace Bates and Edmund Levy, 5/7,6/4,6/2.6/2. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round- Mrs. Leachman d. Mrs. Allen, 6/1,6/2; Miss Baker d. Miss Wills, 6/3,7/5. Final round- Miss Helen Baker d. Mrs. Ream Leachman. 6/4,6/4. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-flnal round— Miss Baker and Miss Wills d. Miss Brown and Miss Postlethwaite, 6/1,6/0; Mrs. Allen and Miss Thorne d. Miss Murphy and Mrs. Leachman, 1/6,6/4,6/4. Final round— Miss Helen Baker and Miss Helen Wills, d. Mrs. H. G. Allen and Miss Marjorie Thorne, 6/3,6/3.
OJAI VALLEY ALL-COMERS TOURNAMENT.
In the twenty-sixth annual tournament on the courts of the Ojai Valley Tennis Club, April 21-23, Phil F. Neer, champion of 1920, was overthrown by Jemes M. Davies of Stanford University. Neer made the final by straight-set victories, but he was no match for Davies, who had to fight all the way through. Both Nat Bro-vme and E. P. Barker forced him to the limit. In the doubles Edmund Levy and Wallace Bates won from Sindorf and Nat Browne by 6/3, 6/1, but they, too, had to overcome stiff opposition before they were successful. Miss Mary Bro-wne captured the women's singles without the loss of a set. She was victorious over Miss Bryant in the final, 6/3,6/2. The doubles was won by Mrs. Ethel Sutton Bruce and Miss Marion Williams from Miss Grace Mungen and Mrs. Clemens McNamara, 6/1,6/2. In the mixed doubles Miss Mary Browne and Nat Browne defeated Mrs. Bruce and T. C. Bundy, 6/1, 1/6,6/3.
OJAI VALLEY INTERCOLLEGIATES.
In the Ojai Valley Intercollegiates, which were played during the week of April 21 on the Ojai Valley courts, Wallace Bates won the singles from J. M. Davies in two sets of 6/4. In the doubles E. L. Levy and Bates were too strong for Davies and Phil Neer, defeating them 6/3,3/6,13/11, the last set being fought with desperation by both pairs. The women's singles title was won by Miss Margaret Upton from Miss Kaufman, 6/1,8/6, and Miss Upton and Miss Beulah Goring, University of Southern California won the doubles final from Miss Kaufman and Miss Palmer, Miss Mungen defeated Mrs. Mc- Namara, 4/6,6/3,6/1, in the women's special singles.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA MIDWINTER TOURNAMENT. In the Southern California midwinter tournament which was held on the new courts of the Wilshire Country Club at Los Angeles, Harvey Snodgrass won the final from Thomas C. Bundy, 6/3,6/1. Interest was aroused in the women's singles by the return of Miss Mary Browne, who was successful in the field that faced her. She defeated Miss Jessie Grieve, 6/2,6/1, in the final. In the men's doubles Maurice McLoughlin and Tom Bundy played again as a team and were forced to do their best to win from the opposition that con- fronted them. The mixed doubles was won by Miss Mary Browne and her brother Nat B., against Mrs. May Sutton Bundy and Harvey Snodgrass, 8/6,6/3. Both Mrs. Bundy and Miss Browne were practising for their Eastern trip.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 199
Pacific Northwest Championships
Charles F. Stickney, veteran player of the Berkeley (Cal.) Tennis Club, won the championship of the Pacific Northwest. Play was held on the courts of the Tacoma Tennis Club at Tacoma, Wash., August 1 to 6. Irving Weinstein and William Ingraham won the doubles.
In the women's singles Miss McDonald went through without the loss of a set and won the final from Miss Fraser of Vancouver. Miss McDonald and Mrs. Bragden defeated Miss Fraser and Miss Pollock by a one-sided score in the final of the women's doubles. The mixed doubles event was won by Mrs. Bragden and Irving Weinstein. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round — Stickney d. Allen, 6/2,2/6,6/3; Gardner d. Wein- stein, 1/6,6/3,6/4. Final round— C. F. Stickney d. C. R. Gardner, 4/6,6/l,6/2,.V6,6/4. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Weinstein and Ingraham d. Scott and Flye, 9/7,6/4; Gardner and Stickney d. Allen and Taylor, 3/6,6/2,6/1. Final round— Irving Weinstein and William Ingraham d. C. R. Gardner and C. F. Stickney, 6/1,4/6,8/6,6/4. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss McDonald d. Miss Fairchild, 6/0,6/1; Miss Fraser d. Miss Pollock, 1/6,6/2,6/4. Final round— Miss Mayme McDonald d. Miss Fraser, 6/1,6/0. WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Fraser and Miss Pollock d. Mrs. Noonan and Miss D. Alexander, 6/2,6/3; Mrs. Bragden and Miss McDonald d. Mrs. Morrill and Miss Norton, 6/0,6/0. Final round— Mrs. Bragden and Miss Mayme McDonald d. Miss Fraser and Miss J. Pollock, 6/0,6/1. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Mrs. Bragden and Irving Weinstein d. Miss D. Alexander and N. T. Scott, 6/1,6/4.
WASHINGTON STATE TOURNAMENT.
Both of the men's titles in the Washington State tournament were won by Californians. Play lasted from August 8 to 13 on the courts of the Seattle Tennis Club. The final in the singles was a stubborn battle between Charles F. Stickney, the veteran, and Irving Weinstein of San Francisco, and the younger player won, 6/3,7/5,6/2.
The doubles dwindled down to a return match between C. R. Gardner and Stickney and Ingraham and Weinstein, and the veterans got revenge for a previous defeat, winning by 6/3,6/3,9/7. For the third time Miss Mayme McDonald easily played through the field for the title in women's singles, winning from Miss Rita Meyer, 6/0,8/6. In the doubles Miss McDonald and Mrs. Bragden won from Miss Marion Wheaton of Bellington, Wash., and Mrs. Robinson, 6/3,6/3. In the mixed doubles Miss McDonald, with Ingraham as partner, defeated Mrs. Bourque and I. Weinstein, 7/5,6/2.
INLAND EMPIRE TOURNAMENT.
Marshall Allen won the Inland Empire championship at Spokane in the annual tournament beginning July 1, and by doing so gained the second leg on the handsome Ware Brothers Challenge Cup, as he was the winner in 1920. Bettens and Suhr, the youngsters from San Francisco, won the doubles title. Miss Mayme McDonald of Seattle again demonstrated her superiority over her women rivals in the Pacific Northwest. The summaries:
MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Allen d. Ingraham, 6/2,4/6,6/3; Bettens d. Scott, 6/4,6/1. Final round— Marshall Allen d. Phil Bettens, 12/10, 6/.3', 6/8, 6/3. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Bettens and Suhr d. Cady and Bailey,, 8/6,6/3,2/6,8/6; Scott and Flye d. Hutchinson and Anderson, 6/3,2/6,7/5,3/6,12/10. Final round — Phil Bettens and Herbert Suhr d. Wallace Scott and Guy Flye, 6/1,6/4,13/11. WOMEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round — Miss Hyslop d. Miss Plastino, 6/1,6/2; Miss McDonald d. Miss Melrose, 6/1,6/0. Final round— Miss Mayme McDonald d. Miss Eleanor Hyslop, 6/2,6/1.
200 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
OREGON STATE CHAMPIONSHIP.
The Oregon state championship was held on the courts of the Multnomah Athletic Club, at Portland, during the week of June 11. Emerging triumphant from a field of great size that played for the singles title, William Ingraham defeated Phil Bettens of San Francisco. In the semi-final Ingraham won from Suhr, also of San Francisco, 6/2,6/3,6/1, while Bettens defeated Scott, 6/3, 6/3,9/7. The score of the final was 6/2,5/7,5/7,6/2,7/5.
PACIFIC NORTHWEST-BRITISH COLUMBIA TOURNAMENT.
Marshall Allen of Seattle scored a double victory in the Pacific Northwest- British Columbia championships which were played co-jointly during the week of July 25 on the courts of the Victoria Lawn Tennis Club, Victoria, B. C. Allen won the title in the Pacific Northwest singles and in the British Columbia as well. The entry list included players as widely separated as Chili and Winnipeg, Manitoba. The Pacific Northwest Tennis Association tournament took the place of the former North Pacific International Tennis Association meet. Allen and William Taylor won the sectional doubles and Carl R. Gardner and C. F. Stickney of San Francisco won the British Columbia doubles.
The surprise of the tournament was the excellent performance of Miss Mar- jorie Leeming, who won three championships. She was successful in the singles, the doubles and the mixed doubles. The summaries:
PACIFIC NORTHWEST. MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Verlev d. Cadv, S/6,6/l,10/S: Allen d. Cardinall, 8/6,5/7,6/3,6/4. Final round— Marshall Allen d. St. L. K. Verley, 6/3,6/4,6/2. SECTIONAL DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Allen and Taylor d. Verley and Richards, 7/5,1/6,9/7,2/6,6/2. Scott and Five d. Garrett and Yickery, 6/3.3/6,6/1,7/5. Final round— Marshall Allen and W. Taylor d. Scott and G. Flye, 6/3,7/5,4/6,7/5.
BRITISH COLUMBIA. MEN'S SINGLES: Semi-final round— Gardner d. Bettens, 6/4,6/4; Allen d. Weinstein, 6/2,6/4. Final round — Marshall Allen d. Carl R. Gardner, 6/1,6/4,8/6. Challenge round- Marshall Allen d. Phil Neer by default. MEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Scott and Flye d. Verley and Richards, 6/2,6/8,6/2; Gardner and Stickney d. Gordon and McCollum, 6/2,6/1. Final round — Carl R. Gardner and C. F. Stickney d. Scott and G. Flye, 6/3,6/1,6/2. "VVOMENS SINGLES: Semi-final round— Miss Leeming d. Miss Idieus, 7/5,6/1; Miss Law- son d. Mrs. Rickaby, by default. Final round— Miss Leeming d. Miss Lawson, 4/6,6/3,6/1. Challenge round— Miss Marjorio Leeming d. Miss Helen Baker by default. "WOMEN'S DOUBLES: Semi-final round— Miss Leeming and Mrs. Rickaby d. Mrs. Unsworth and Mrs. Mogg, 3/6,6/1,6/3; Miss Lawson and Miss Idieus d. Mrs. Graham and Miss Elliot, 6/3,6/0. Final round — Miss Marjorie Leeming and Mrs. Rickaby d. Miss Lawson and Miss Idieus, 5/7,6/4,6/4. VETERANS' SINGLES: Final round— Leslie d. Jackson, 6/0,6/3. Challenge round— R. S. Ryall d. R. F. Leslie. 6/4,3/6,6/4. MIXED DOUBLES: Final round— Miss Marjorie Leeming and P. Vickery d. Miss Lawson and B. E. McCullum, 6/2,6/3.
BRITISH COLUMBIA MAINLAND TOURNAMENT.
Many players of reputation entered the British Columbia Mainland tourna- ment, played at Vancouver on the courts of the Vancouver Club, July 18-23. Representatives of the United States were successful in carrying off the men's titles. In the singles Marshall Allen of Seattle and Irving WeLnstein of San Francisco met in the finals and Allen won, 6/3,6/3,4/6,6/4. The doubles found United States players successful again when Weinstein and W. Smith defeated Allen and W. Taylor 7/5,3/6,6/2,6/2. In the women's singles Mrs. Diamond, after a hard semi-final in which she triumphed over Mrs. Robinson in three sets, defeated Miss Leeming, 6/2,6/2. The women's doubles was won by Miss Leeming and Mrs. Rickaby from Mrs. Bourque and Miss Eraser, 6/3,6/2.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 201
National Tennis Ranliin^s
William T. Tilden, 2d, of Philadelphia again heads the national ranking list announced by Holcombe Ward, chairman of the ranking committee of the United States Lawn Tennis Association. Twenty men have been placed in the singles ranking, in accordance with the instructions of the Association's annual meeting. Supplementing this list, which is shorter than in previous years, are the rankings made by committees in each of the twelve sections into which the United States is divided under the administrative plan of the national body. These recognize the players who are best in each of the given localities and have been made, with but few exceptions, for women's and juniors" as well as for men's events.
With his partner of two years ago, Vincent Richards, national junior cham- pion, Tilden is also ranked first in men's doubles. Mrs. Molla Bjurstedt Mal- lory of New York was awarded the place of honor on the women's list, and Vincent Richards on the junior. Julius Saglowsky of Indianapolis, who won the boys' championship, is first in that class. No foreign players were ranked with the exception of Ichiya Kumagae, who has been a resident of New York for three years. The committee was of opinion that tournament data available for the members of visiting Davis Cup teams was insufficient to warrant rank- ing them.
In calling attention to the fact that it was not instructed to consider boys, the committee stated that a ranking, based largely on playing form, is offered in the belief "that this may lead to friendly rivalry and may increase interest among the boys," The committee's report is "based upon its judgment of players' performances in sanctioned tournaments," in accordance with the annual meeting's instructions. It recommends that next season a sub-committee be named to make the women's ranking, and another for juniors and boys.
Besides Mr. Ward, who acted as chairman, the members of the committee are Abraham Bassford, Jr., of New York; B. F. Thorward, Cleveland; R. N. Dana, Pawtucket, and Dr. P. B. Hawk, Philadelphia.
Philip A. Neer of Portland, Ore., heads the first ranking of intercollegiate players that has been issued by the United States Lavoi Tennis Association. Neer won the intercollegiate championship at the Merion Cricket Club last summer, being a member of the team that represented Leland Stanford University. The ranking was compiled under instructions of the Association's annual meeting, by its Intercollegiate Committee, of which Watson Washburn is chairman.
In announcing the ranking Mr. Washburn called attention to the wide geographical distribution of the players ranked. "All sections of the country are represented," he said, "and it is significant that the Pacific and Atlantic coasts should claim the first and second men on the list. The Middle West and South also have men ranked, showing a marked improvement in the play of the younger men throughout the country. Of the 14 players ranked, eight have previously won junior tournaments sanctioned by the National Association, which shows that this method of building up the game is sound and that real progress is being made." The rankings follow:
202 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
NATIONAL MEN'S SINGLES
1. WiUiam T. Tilden, 2d Philadelphia
2. William M. Johnston San Francisco
3. Vincent Richards Yonkers, N. Y.
4. Wallace F. Johnson Philadelphia
5. Watson Washburn New York
6. R. Norris Williams, 2d Boston
7. Ichiya Kumagae . New York
8. S. Howard Voshell Brooklyn, N. Y.
9. Lawrence B. Rice Newton Centre, Mass.
10. Nathaniel W. Niles Boston
11. Willis E. Davis San Francisco
12. Robert Kinsey San Francisco
13. Howard Kinsey San Francisco
14. Walter T. Hayes Chicago
15. S. W. Pearson Philadelphia
16. W. J. Clothier Philadelphia
17. Dean Mathey Cranford, N. J.
18. Frank T. Anderson Brooklyn, N. Y.
19. Fred C. Anderson Brooklyn, N. Y.
20. Philip Neer Portland, Ore.
The committee decided to omit from the ranking, owing to insufficient data, Roland Roberts, Wallace Bates, Edmund Levy, C. J. Griffin, Zenzo Shimidzu, W. Merrill Hall, Samuel Hardy, Francis T. Hunter, Carl Fischer, Marshall Allen, and the members of the visiting Davis Cup teams from England and Australia.
NATIONAL MEN'S DOUBLES
1. William T. Tilden, 2d, and Vincent Richards.
2. Watson Washburn and R. N. WiUiams, 2d.
3. Howard Kinsey and Robert Kinsey.
4. Vincent Richards and S. Howard Voshell.
5. WiUis Davis and William M. Johnston.
6. Fred Bastian and Lucien E. Williams.
7. Wallace Bates and Edmund L. Levy.
8. James Davies and Philip Neer.
9. W. T. Hayes and C. B. Herd.
10. J. C. BeU, Jr., and E. M. Edwards.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 203
NATIONAL WOMEN'S SINGLES
1. Mrs. Franklin I. Mallory New York
2. Miss Mary K. Browne Los Angeles
3. Mrs. Marion Z. Jessup Wilmington, DeL
4. Mrs. May Sutton Bundy Los Angeles
5. Miss Eleanor Goss New York
6. Miss Helen Gilleaudeau Mamaroneck, N. Y.
7. Mrs. B. E. Cole North Andover, Mass.
8. Miss Leslie Bancroft West Newton, Mass.
9. Mrs. Edward Raymond Hartsdale, N. Y.
10. Miss Margaret Grove New York
n. Mrs. Helene Pollak Falk New York
12. Miss Clare Cassel New York
13. Mrs. Robert LeRoy New York
14. Miss Helen Wills San Francisco
15. Miss Edith Sigourney Boston
16. Miss Martha Bayard Short HiUs, N. J.
17. Miss Anne B. Townsend Overbrook, Pa.
18. Miss Molly D. Thayer Philadelphia
19. Mrs. M. B. Huff Philadelphia
20. Miss Phyllis Walsh Overbrook, Pa.
NATIONAL JUNIOR SINGLES
1. Vincent Richards, Yonkers, N. Y. 6. Charles Wood, Jr New York
2. Arnold W. Jones Providence 7. Fritz Mercur Harrisburg, Pa.
3. W. W. Ingraham Providence 8. Charles Watson, 3d. Philadelphia
4. F. T. Osgood, Pleasantville, N. Y. 9. Morton Bernstein New York
5. H. L. GodshaU San Francisco 10. W. P. Wear Philadelphia
The committee decided to omit from the ranking, on account of insuflScient data, the names of Herbert Suhr, Philip Bettens, E. Chandler, L. Heilbron and Armand Marion.
NATIONAL BOYS' SINGLES
1. Julius Saglowsky. . .Indianapolis 6. Thomas McGlinn. . .Philadelphia
2. George Lott Chicago 7. A. Maguire Philadelphia
3. K. P. Appel New York 8. Arthur Ingraham, Jr.. Providence
4. Grevel Acker New York 9. A. C. Ingraham Providence
5. Miles Valentine Philadelphia 10. M. W. Jones Providence
204 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
INTERCOLLEGIATE SINGLES RANKING
1. Philip A. Neer, Portland, Ore Stanford
2. J. B. Fenno, Jr., Boston Harvard
3. Fritz Bastian, Indianapolis Indiana
4. James Davies, Los Angeles Stanford
5. Carl Fischer, Philadelphia Pennsylvania
6. Wallace Bates, San Francisco California
7. McNeil Drumwright, Austin, Texas Texas
8. Edmund Levy, San Francisco California
9. Lucian E. Williams, Chicago Yale
10. J. L. Werner, St. Louis Princeton
11. Clarence W. Sanders, St. Paul Dartmouth
12. A. H. Chapin, Jr., Springfield, Mass Williams
13. E. T. Herndon, Cambridge, Mass Princeton
14. Morris Duane, Cambridge, Mass ,. .Harvard
15. W. E. Howe, Jr., Watertown, Conn Dartmouth
INTERCOLLEGIATE DOUBLES RANKING
1. J. B. Fenno, Jr., and E. W. Feibleman Harvard
2. Philip A. Neer and James Davies Stanford
3. Wallace Bates and Edmund Levy California
4. J. L. Werner and E. T. Herndon Princeton
5. C. W. Sanders and W. E. Howe, Jr Dartmouth
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL SECTIONAL RANKINGS
205
CALIFORNIA SECTION
William M. Johnston Roland Roberts Robert Kinsey Howard Kinsey Wallace Bates
MEN'S SINGLES. William Parker Edmund Levy Phil Bettens Byron Batkin Charles Stickney
MEN'S DOUBLES.
11. Mervin Griffin
12. Ray Greenberg
13. Elmer Griffin
14. H. Suhr
15. Irving Weinstein
Robert Kinsey and Howard Kinsey John Strachan and Roland Roberts Wallace Bates and Edmund Levy.
Wallace Bates and William Parker. Morgan Foltrell and Levinson.
WOMEN'S SINGLES. Miss Marjorie Thorn. Miss Carmen Tarilton. Mrs. Clute. Mrs. Kullman. Miss Ruth Fjerem. Miss Johanna Gunzberger. Miss Ruth Patrick.
W. E. Davis and C. J. Griffin are not ranked on account of insufficient data. No Southern California ranking has been announced.
Miss Helen Baker Miss Helen Wills. Miss Anna McCune. Mrs. Ream Leachmai Mrs. Marjorie Kress. Miss Winifred Suhr. Miss Lucy McCune.
9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
Mrs. Bender. Mrs. H. G. Allen. Miss Daisy Upham. Mrs. F. H. Allen. Miss Eunice Hilliard. Miss Avery Fallett.
INTERMOUNTAIN SECTION
E. M. Garnett Salt Lake City
E. C. King Denvei*
Howard Cordes Boulder
W. I. Rehr Casper
R. M. Scott Denver
MEN'S SINGLES.
Don Harker Denver
Howard Robinson Twin Falls
B. P. Hoover Denver
C. R. Johnson Logan
Elliott Peterson Salt Lake City
10.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC SECTION
MEN'S SINGLES.
L. F. Turnbull Baltimore
C. M. Charest Baltimore
P. L. Goldsborough, Jr Baltimore
J. A. Magee Baltimore
Arthur Hellen Washington
F. M. Bundy Norfolk
William J. Sweeney Baltimore
J. A. C. Colston Baltimore
Arthur Yencken Washington
10. W. C. Crawford Baltimore
11. T. J. Mangan Washington
12. N. H. Bundy Norfolk
13. A. J. Gore Washington
14. L. W. Bates Washington
15. H. G. Whitehead Norfolk
16. Herbert Bickel Richmond
17. J. T. Graves, Jr Washington
18. W. E. Buford Richmond
19. A. H. Harris Richmond
20. J. R. Ballenger Washington
MEN'S DOUBLES.
1. C. M. Charest and William J. Sweeney BaUimore
2. H. G. Whitehead and F. M. Bundy Norfolk
3. W. C. Crawford and P. L. Goldsborough, Jr Baltimore
4. N. H. Bundy and C. F. Mclntoch Norfolk
5. J. A. Magee and J. A. C. Colston Baltimore
6. Arthur Yencken and Jack Dudley - Washington
7. A. W. Gore and C. M. Charest Washington
8. Lt.-Col. W. C. Johnson and T. M. Mangan Washington
9. Peyton Fleming and Herbert Bickel Richmond
10. B. Harvey and C. W. Harvey Baltimore
206
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
MIDDLE ATLANTIC SECTION— WOMEN'S SINGLES
1. Miss Eleanor Cottman Baltimore 11.
2. Mrs. D. C. Wharton Smith Baltimore 12.
3. Miss Penelope Anderson Richmond 13.
4. Miss Katherine Rogerson Richmond 14.
5. Mrs. James Nathan Baltimore 15.
6. Mrs. Ellis Washington 16.
7. Miss Lillian Jelenke Baltimore 17.
8. Mrs. C. F. Norment, Jr Washington 18.
9. Miss Elizabeth Warren Richmond 19.
10. Miss Peggy McEvoy Baltimore 20.
Mrs. Spencer Brown Baltimore
Miss Louise Kelly Washington
Miss Eduarda Gamble Baltimore
Miss Delphine Heyl Washington
Miss Elizabeth Pyle Washington
Miss Marywill Wakeford Washington
Miss Anne McEvoy Baltimore
Miss Mary Cromwell Baltimore
Mrs. C. Prevost Boyce Baltimore
Mrs. M. Hanna Washington
JUNIOR SINGLES.
1. Don Dudley Washington 6.
2. Charles Harris Richmond 7.
3. D. W. Hayden Baltimore 8.
4. W. L. Lamberdin Norfolk 9.
Larry Phillips Washington
F. Scott Richmond
L. T. Seawell Norfolk
A. Silverman Baltimore
Clifton Miller Richmond 10. Alphonso Smith Baltimore
Charles S. Garland. William S. McElroy. Percy D. Siverd. F. Brown Ransom.
MIDDLE STATES SECTION
(Pittsburgh Ranking)
MEN'S SINGLES.
5. H. G. Lytic.
6. R. W. Johnson.
7. D. W. Lloyd.
MEN'S DOUBLES.
8. C. G. Burgwin.
9. P. C. HodiU. 10. David McLure.
W. S. McElroy and C. G. Burgwin. T. C. Ward and P. D. Siverd. C. S. Garland and J. E. McLain.
R. J. McKay and Herbert Patterson. P. C. Hodill and R. L. Thompson.
(Philadelphia and District Ranking)
MEN'S SINGLES.
WiUiam T. Tilden, 2d. Wallace F. Johnson. William J. Clothier. Stanley W. Pearson.
5. Carl Fischer.
6. Dr. P. B. Hawk.
7. Craig Biddle.
8. E. M. Edwards.
9. I. S. Gravis.
10. A. D. Thayer, Jr.
MISSOURI VALLEY SECTION
MEN'S SINGLES.
1. Theodore Drewcs St. Louis
2. Philip Bagby Kansas City
3. Ralph Powell Omaha
4. Wray Brown St. Louis
5. Fred. O. Jostles St. Louii
Philip Smith Amei
Clarence Holcombe Kansas City
C. W. Barnes St. Louis
Charles Speice Kingfisher
Ben F. Parks Kingfisher
MEN'S DOUBLES.
1. F. O. Jostles and T. Drewes St. Louis
2. Charles Speice and B. F. Parks. .Kingfisher 3. J. S. Cannon and P. Bagby. . .Kansas City
4. Wray Brown and Walter Haase..St. Louis
5. Val. Satterfield and R. M. Hoerr. .St. Louis
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
207
NEW ENGLAND SECTION
MEN'S SINGLES.
16. Edward Hastings Boston
17. F. J. Sulloway Concord
18. Malcolm Chace Providence
19. Horace Taylor Boston
20. Arthur Ingraham Providence
21. R. B. Bidwell Boston
22. F. H. Owen Providence
23. Morris Duane Boston
24. N. W. Vose Providence
25. Henry Guild Nahant, Mass.
26. George W. Pike SpringBeld, Mass.
27. J. D. E. Jones, Jr Providence
28. Harry Prescott Boston
29. William P. Whitehouse Portland, Me.
30. R. B. Weeden Providence
Richard Harte, G. Colket Caner, G. P. Gardner, R. C. Seaver are not ranked on account of insufl&cient data.
R. N. Williams, 2d Boston
N. W. Niles Boston
Lawrence Rice Boston
H. C. Johnson Boston
Clyde J . Curley ; Providence
I. C. Wright Boston
J. D. E. Jones Providence
R. N. Dana Providence
E. W. Porter, Jr Boston
Josiah Wheelwright Boston
C. K. Shaw Pawtucket
A. H. Chapin Springfield, Mass.
J. B. Fenno, Jr Boston
Arnold Jones Providence
William W. Ingraham Providence
NEW YORK SECTION (Metropolitan Lawn Tennis Association Ranking)
1 MEN'S SINGLES.
11. Cedric A
1. Vincent Richards Yonkers
2. Watson Washburn New York 12.
3. S. Howard Voshell Brooklyn 13.
4. Frank T. Anderson Brooklyn 14.
5. Fred C. Anderson Brooklyn 15.
6. W. Merrill Hall New York 16.
7. Dean Mathey Cranford, N. J. 17.
8. Herbert L. Bowman New York 18.
9. Leonard Beekman ....New York 19.
10. H. G, M. Kelleher New York 20.
Major New York
Dr. George King Scarsdale
Vanderbilt Ward New York
Elliott Binzen New York
Percy L. Kynaston Rockville Centre
A. D. Hammett New York
Carl Jolifife New York
Ludlow Vandeventer Plainfield, N. J.
Allen Behr Yonkert
E. C. Oelsner New York
MEN'S DOUBLES.
S. Howard Voshell and Vincent Richards. Watson Washburn and Dean Mathey. Walter Merrill and Vincent Richards. Reals C. Wright and Ichiya Kumagae. Leonard Beekman and W. Merrill Hall.
T. R. Pell and Lyle E. Mahan. Dean Mathey and Leonard Beekman. Lyle E. Mahan and Robert LeRoy. Ph. Vandeventer and Ludlow Vandeventer. H. L. Bowman and H. H. Bassford.
WOMEN'S SINGLES.
1. Mrs. Molla Bjurstedt Mallory..New York
2. Miss Eleanor Goss New York
3. Miss Helen Gilleaudeau Mamaroneck
4. Mrs. Edward Raymond Hartsdale
5. Miss Margaret Grove New York
Mrs. Helene Pollak Falk New York
Miss Clare Cassel New York
Mrs. Robert LeRoy New York
Miss Martha Bayard. . .Short Hills, N. J. Miss Edith Handy Tompkinsville
(Western New York Ranking)
MEN'S SINGLES,
R. L. Murray Niagara Falls
Jack Castle BuflFalo
John Gowans Buffalo
Eric Hedstrom Buffalo
D. Hausauer Buffalo
Charles Pooley Buffalo
Walter Misner Buffalft
Charles Whiting Buffalo
Myron Watrous Niagara Falls
James Gheen Niagara Falls
208
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
NORTHWESTERN SECTION
MEN'S SINGLES.
1. Joseph J. Armstrong St. Paul 7.
2. John McGee St. Paul 8.
3. M. B. Hutchinson St. Paul 9.
I. Clarence Sanders St. Paul 10.
5. Leslie Johnson Minneapolis 11.
6. P. S. Brain Minneapolis 12.
Henry Norton Minneapolis
J. W. Adams Minneapolis
E. B. Pierce Minneapolis
Eno Knocke St. Paul
C. G. Krause Minneapolis
Joseph Chambers St. Paul
MEN'S DOUBLES.
1. M. B. Hutchinson and Clarence Sanders. 4. Leslie Johnson and Henry Norton.'
2. Joseph J. Armstrong and John McGee. 5. E. B. Pierce and C. G. Krause.
3. Trafford Jayne and P. S. Brain. 6. Paul Ballion and W. Rumble.
Miss Marguerite Davis. Miss Alice Drake. Miss H. Eugenie Crosby. Miss Mary E. Waidner.
WOMEN'S SINGLES.
5. Miss Marion Montgomery.
6. Miss Josephine Little. 8. Miss Eleanor Arneson.
7. Miss Ethel Lee Rose.
9. Miss Myrtle Clausen.
10. Miss Margaret Dean.
11. Miss Charlotte Lindley.
12. Miss Katherine Coan.
JUNIOR SINGLES.
1. Joseph Chambers St. Paul Central
2. N. Norton Minneapolis Central
3. W. Youngbauer St. Paul Central
4. C. Caton Minneapolis Central
5. J. Mitchell Minneapolis West High
R. Nash Blake School
B. Bechoefer St. Paul Academy
Aleck Seymour St. Paul Academy
J. Carlson Minneapolis East High
E. Wunderlich West High
S. Cornell.
C. Seldon.
BOYS' SINGLES. 3. G. Nathonson.
PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION
MEN'S SINGLES.
Marshall Allen Seattle 11.
A. S. Milne Vancouver 12.
W. Smith Seattle 13.
St. L. K. Verley Vancouver 14.
G. H. Peers Vancouver 15.
E. J. H. Cardinall Vancouver 16.
Wallace Scott Tacoma 17.
Fenimore Cady Spokane 18.
B. A. Rhodes Vancouver 19.
B. Anderson Seattle 20.
P. Vickery Victoria
D . M . Gordon Victoria
William Taylor Seattle
W. J . Peers Vancouver
W. H. E. Richards Vancouver
E. V. Young North Vancouver
V. Westwood Vancouver
L. A. Villeges Seattle
G. A. lOsland-Hill North Vancouver
G. Five Tacoma
WOMEN'S SINGLES.
Mrs. Diamond Vancouver
Miss Mayme McDonald Seattle
Miss M. Leeming Victoria
Miss Lawson Victoria
Mrs. Rickaby Victoria
Miss S. Fording Portland
7. Mrs. Milne Vancouver
8. Miss Fraser Vancouver
9. Mrs. Merley Vancouver
10. Miss Elliot Vancouver
11. Mrs. Bourque Seattle
12. Mrs. Graham Vancouver
MEN'S DOUBLES.
Allen and Taylor Seattle 6.
Verley and Richards Vancouver 7.
Scott and Flye Tacoma 8.
Gordon and McCallum Victoria 9.
Peers and Peers Vancouver 10.
Milne and Rhodes Vancouver
Garret and Vickery Victoria
Young and Osland-Hill. .North Vancouver
Goss and McVeigh Portland
Cady and Bailey Spokane
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 209
PACIFIC NORTHWEST— JUNIOR SINGLES.
1. A. Ross Seattle 5. I. Westerman Portland
2. A. Muma Spokane 6. P. M. Lee Tacoma
3. J. S. Proctor Victoria 7. V. Martin Vancouver
4. A. Marion Seattle
SOUTHERN SECTION
MEN'S SINGLES.
1. Carleton Y. Smith Atlanta 9. Semp Russ Savannah
2. Douglas S. Walters New Orleans 10. Robert Cowan Knoxville
3. E. V. Carter, Jr Atlanta 11. Allen Ware Knoxville
4. J. D. Hunt Atlanta 12. A. M. Kennedy Augusta
5. James H. Bruns New Orleans 13. Vivian Manning....- Greenville, S. C.
6. Frank Owens Atlanta 14. A. M. Johnston Chattanooga
7. Sidney Appel Louisville 15. T. M. Carothers Chattanooga
8. Rutledge Capers Augusta
MEN'S DOUBLES.
1. Douglas S. Watters and James H. Bruns New Orleans
2. B. M. Grant and Carleton Y. Smith Atlanta
3. E. V. Carter, Jr., and J. K. Orr, Jr Atlanta
4. J. D. Hunt and Frank Owens Atlanta
5. Robert Cowan and Allen Ware Knoxville
6. Vivian Manning and W. L. Gary Greenville, S. C.
/ 7. Rutledge Capers and A. M. Kennedy Augusta
8. Semp Russ and R. J. Riordan Savannah
9. Van Wagner and Watkins Louisville
10. Means and Reilling Louisville
WOMEN'S SINGLES.
1. Miss Ethelyn Legendre New Orleans 4. Miss Mary Frier Atlanta
2. Miss Gertrude Hampton. .Greenville, S. C. 5. Miss Elizabeth Kirkpatrick. . .Chattanooga
3. Mrs. Frank Davis Atlanta
SOUTHWESTERN SECTION
MEN'S SINGLES.
1. B. B. Hogue Dallas 6. W.F.Luther Fort Worth
2. Evan Rees Dallas 7. Lewis White Austin
3. Louis Thalheimer, Jr Dallas 8. Jess Sanders Dallas
4. Jack Norton Fort Worth 9. JohnBarr Dallas
5. J. B. Adoue, Jr Dallas 10. Witcher Settle Dallas
WESTERN SECTION
MEN'S SINGLES.
1. Walter T. Hayes Chicago 6. Lucian E. Williams Chicago
2. John Hennessey Indianapolis 7. Alex M. Squair Chicago
3. Clifton B. Herd Chicago 8. Ralph H. Burdick Indianapolis
4. Kirk M. Reid Cleveland 9. Louis Kuhler, Jr Cincinnati
5. Frederick Bastian Indianapolis 10. Abbie B. Weller Milwaukee
MEN'S DOUBLES.
1. Lucian E. Williams and Fred Bastian. 4. Henry C. Wick, Jr., and Harold Bartel.
2. Walter T. Hayes and Clifton B. Herd. 5. Kirk M. Reid and Vinton Vernon.
3. Ralph H. Burdick and John Hennessey.
WOMEN'S SINGLES.
1. Mrs. H. S. Adams Indianapolis 4. Mrs, E. C. Johnson Detroit
2. Miss Ruth Wise Cleveland 5. Miss Marion Strobel Chicago
3. Miss Marion Leighton Chicago
210
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Ranking of First Ten Players Since 1883
|
1885 |
1886 |
1887 |
1888 |
|
|
1 |
R. D. Sears |
R. D. Sears |
R. D. Sears |
H. W. Slocum |
|
2 |
James Dwight |
James Dwight |
H. W. Slocum |
H. A. Taylor |
|
3 |
W. V. R. Berry |
R. L. Beeckman |
R. L. Beeckman |
James Dwight |
|
4 |
G. M. Brinley |
H. A. Taylor |
H. A. Taylor |
J. S. Clark |
|
5 |
J. S. Clark |
J. S. Clark |
J. S. Clark |
C. A. Chase |
|
6 |
A. Moffat |
H. W. Slocum |
F. S. Mansfield |
P. S. Sears |
|
7 |
R. L. Beeckman |
G. M. Brinley |
P. S. Sears |
E. P. MacMullen |
|
8 |
H. A. Taylor |
F. S. Mansfield |
G. M. Brinley |
0. S. Campbell |
|
9 |
F. S. Mansfield |
A. Moffat |
E. P. MacMullen |
R. L. Beeckman |
|
vo |
W. P. Knapp |
J. S. Conover |
Q. A. Shaw, Jr. |
F. S. Mansfield |
|
1889 |
1890 |
1891 |
1892 |
|
|
1 |
H. \\\ Slocum |
O. S. Campbell |
0. S. Campbell |
0. S. Campbell |
|
2 |
Q. A. Shaw, Jr. |
R, P. Huntington, Jr. |
Clarence Hobart |
E. L. Hall |
|
3 |
0. S. Campbell |
W. P. KnapD |
R. P. Huntington, Jr. |
W. P. Knapp |
|
4 |
H. A. Taylor |
H. W. Slocum |
F. H. Hovey |
Clarence Hobart |
|
5 |
C. A. Chase |
F. H. Hovey |
E. L. Hall |
F. H. Hovey |
|
6 |
J. S. Clark |
Clarence Hobart |
V. G. Hall |
W. A. Larned |
|
7 |
W. P. Knapp |
P. S. Sears |
P. S. Sears |
M. G. Chace |
|
8 |
R. P. Huntington, Jr. H. A. Taylor |
S. T. Chase |
R. D. Wrenn |
|
|
9 |
P. S. Sears |
C. A. Chase |
C. T. Lee |
Richard Stevens |
|
10 |
F. S. Mansfield |
V. G. Hall |
M. D. Smith |
C. P. Hubbard |
|
1893 |
1894 |
1895 |
1896 |
|
|
1 |
R. D. Wrenn |
R. D. Wrenn |
F. H. Hovey |
R. D. Wrenn |
|
2 |
Clarence Hobart |
W. A. Larned |
W. A. Larnpd |
W. A. Larned |
|
3 |
F. H. Hovey |
M. F. Goodbody |
M. G. Chace |
C. B. Neel |
|
4 |
M. G. Chace |
F. H. Hovey |
Tohn Howland |
F. H. Hovey |
|
5 |
W. A. Lamed |
M. G. Chace |
R. D. Wrenn |
E. P. Fischer |
|
6 |
E. L. Hall |
Clarence Hobart |
C. B. Neel |
G. L. Wrenn, Jr. |
|
7 |
Richard Stevens |
Richard Stevens |
Clarence Hobart |
Richard Stevens |
|
8 |
A. E. Foote |
C. R. Budlong |
Richard Stevens |
M. D. Whitman |
|
9 |
John Howland |
A. E. Foote |
A. E. Foote |
L. E. Ware |
|
10 |
C. R. Budlong |
W. G. Parker |
C. R. Budlong |
G. P. Sheldon, Jr |
|
1897 |
1898 |
1899 |
1900 |
|
|
1 |
R. D. Wrenn |
M. D. Whitman |
M. D. Whitman |
M. D. Whitman |
|
2 |
W. A. Lamed |
L. E. Ware |
D. F. Davis |
D. F. Davis |
|
3 |
W. V. Eaves |
W. S. Bond |
W. A. Larned |
W. A. Larned |
|
4 |
H. A. Nesbit |
D, F. Davis |
J. P. Paret |
B. C. Wright |
|
5 |
H. S. Mahony |
C. R. Budlong |
Kriegh Collins |
Kriegh Collins |
|
6 |
G. L. Wrenn, Jr. |
E. P. Fischer |
G. L. Wrenn, Jr. |
G. L. Wrenn, Jr. |
|
7 |
M. D. Whitman |
G. L. Wrenn, Jr. |
Leo Ware |
Holcombe Ward |
|
8 |
Kriegh Collins |
Richard Stevens |
B. C. Wright, |
L. E. Ware |
|
9 |
E. P. Fischer |
S. C. Millett |
Holcombe Ward |
J. A. Allen R. D. Little |
|
10 |
W. S. Bond |
G. K. Belden |
R. P. Huntington. Jr |
|
|
1901 |
1902 |
1903 |
1904 |
|
|
1 |
W. A. Lamed |
W. A. Larned |
W. A. Larned |
Holcombe Ward |
|
2 |
B. C. Wright |
M. D. Whitman |
Holcombe Ward |
W. J. Clothier |
|
3 |
D. F. Davis |
B. C. Wright |
W. J. Clothier |
W. A. Larned |
|
4 |
L. E. Ware |
Holcombe Ward |
B. C. Wright |
B. C. Wright |
|
5 |
Clarence Hobart |
W. J. Clothier |
Kriegh Collins |
Kriegh Collins |
|
6 |
R. D. Little |
L. E. Ware |
E. P. Larned |
R. D. Little |
|
7 |
Holcombe Ward |
R. D. Little |
H. F. Allen |
F. B. Alexander |
|
8 |
Kriegh Collins |
H. H. Hackett |
E. W. Leonard |
R. Stevens |
|
9 |
E. P. Fischer |
Clarence Hobart |
R. H. Carleton |
A. E. Bell |
|
10 |
W. J. Clothier |
Kriegh Collins |
Kenneth Horton |
E. W. Leonard |
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
211
1905
1 B. C. Wright
2 Holcombe Ward
3 W. A. Lamed
4 W. J. Clothier
5 F. B. Alexander
6 Clarence Hobart
7 Richard Stevens
8 Kriegh Collins
9 R. D. Little
10 F. G. Anderson
1906 W. J. Clothier W. A. Larned B. C. Wright F, B. Alexander K. H. Behr R. D. Little H. H. Hackett F. G. Anderson E. B. Dewhurst I. C. Wright
1907 W. A. Larned B. C. Wright K. H. Behr R. D. Little Robert LeRoy Clarence Hobart
E. P. Larned R. C. Seaver I. C. Wright
F. C. Colston
1908 W. A. Larned B. C. Wright F. B. Alexander W. J. Clothier R. D. Little Robert LeRoy Nat Emerson N. W. Niles W. F. Johnson R. H. Palmer
1909
1 W. A. Urned
2 W. J. Clothier
3 W. F. Johnson
4 N. W. Niles
5 R. D. LitUe
6 M. E. McLoughlln
7 M. H. Long
8 K. H. Behr
9 E. P. Larned 10 Robert LeRoy
1910 W. A. Larned T. C. Bundy
B. C. Wright
M. E. McLoughlin M. H. Long N. W. Niles G. F. Touchard T. R. Pell F. C. Colston
C. R. Gardner
1911 W. A. Larned M. E. McLoughlin T. C. Bundy G. F. Touchard M. H. Long N. W. Niles T. R. Pell R. D. Little K. H. Behr W. M. Hall
1912 M. E. McLoughlin R. N. Williams, 2d W. F. Johnson W. J. Clothier N. W. Niles T. C. Bundy K. H. Behr R. D. Little C. R. Gardner G. F. Touchard
1913
1 M. E. McLoughlin
2 R. N. Williams, 2d
3 W. J. Clothier
4 W. M. Johnston
5 T. R. Pell
6 N. W. Niles
7 W. F. Johnson
8 G. F. Touchard
9 G. P. Gardner, Jr. 10 J. R. Strachan
1914 M. E. McLoughlin R. N. Williams, 2d K. H, Behr R. L. Murray W. J. Clothier W. M. Johnston G. M. Church F. B. Alexander W. M. Washburn E. F. Fottrell
1915 W. M. Johnston R. N. Williams, 2d M. E. McLoughlin K. H. Behr T. R. Pell N. W. Niles C. J. Griffin W. M. Washburn G. M. Church W. M. Hall
1916 R. N. Williams, 2d W. M. Johnston G. M, Church R. L. Murray Ichiya Kumagae C. J. Griffin W. M. Washburn W. E. Davis J. J. Armstrong Dean Mathey
1918
1 R. L. Murray
2 W. T. Tilden, 2d
3 F. B. Alexander
4 W. M. Hall
5 W. T. Hayes
6 N. W. Niles
7 Ichiya Kumagae
8 C. S. Garland
9 S. H. Voshell 10 T. R. Pell
1919 W. M. Johnston W. T. Tilden, 2d
Ichiya Kumagae R. L. Murray W. F. Johnson R. N. Williams, 2d Roland Roberts C. S. Garland W. T. Hayes W. M. Washburn
1920 W. T. Tilden, 2d W. M. Johnston R. N. Williams, 2d Ichiya Kumagae W. E. Davis C J. Griffin W. M. Washburn C. S. Garland N. W. Niles W. F. Johnson
1921 W. T. Tilden, 2d W. M. Johnston Vincent Richards W. F. Tohnson W. M. Washburn R. N. Williams, 2d Ichiya Kumagae S. H. Vos-Hell L. B. Rice N. W. Niles
212
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Women's Ranking Since 1913
1913
1 Miss Mary Browne
2 Mrs. B. O. Bruce
3 Miss Florence Sutton
4 Mrs. Marshall McLean
5 Mrs. Robert Williams
6 Miss Marie Wagner
7 *Mrs. Benjamin F. Briggs
8 Miss Edith E. Rotch
9 Miss Anita Myers
10 Miss Gwendolyn Rees
1916
1 Miss Molla Bjurstedt
2 Mrs. Edward Raymond
3 Miss Evelyn Sears
4 Miss Anita Myers
5 Miss Sara Livingstone
6 Miss Marie Wagner
7 Mrs. Homer S. Green
8 Miss Martha Guthrie
9 Miss Eleonora Sears 10 Mrs. Barger-WallacJi
|
1914 |
1915 |
|
Miss Mary Browne |
Miss Molla Bjurstedt |
|
Miss Florence Sutton |
Mrs. George W. Wightman |
|
Miss Marie Wagner |
Mrs. Marshall McLean |
|
Mrs. Edward Raymond |
Miss Florence Sutton |
|
Miss Edith Rotch |
Mrs. Barger-Wallach |
|
Miss Eleonora Sears |
Miss Marie Wagner |
|
Mrs. Robert Williams |
Miss Anita Myers |
|
Mrs. David Wood |
Miss Sara Livingstone |
|
Mrs. H. A. Niemeyer |
Miss Clare Cassel |
|
Miss Sara Livingstone |
Miss Eleonora Sears |
|
1918 |
1919 |
|
Miss Molla Bjurstedt |
Mrs. George W. Wightman |
Mrs. George W. Wightman Mrs. Homer S. Green Miss Eleanor Goss Miss Marie Wagner Miss Carrie B. Neely Miss Corinne Gould Miss Helene PoUak Miss Edith B. Handy Miss Clare Cassel
Miss Eleanor Goss tMrs. Franklin I. Mallory Miss Marion Zinderstein Miss Helen Baker Mrs. Edward Raymond Miss Helen Gilleaudeau Miss Marie Wagner Miss Corinne Gould Miss Helene Pollak
Mrs. Miss Miss Miss Miss Mrs. Miss Miss
8 JMrs.
9 Miss 10 Miss
1920 Franklin I. Mallory Marion Zinderstein Eleanor Tennant Helen Baker Eleanor Goss Edward Raymond Marie Wagner Helene Pollak Edwin A. Falk Edith Sigourney Margaret Grove
1921
1 Mrs. Franklin I. Mallory
2 Miss Alary K. Browne
3 § Mrs. Marion Z. Jessup
4 Mrs. May button Bundy
5 Miss Eleanor Goss
6 Miss Helen Gilleaudeau
7 Mrs. B. E. Cole
8 Miss Leslie Bancroft
9 Mrs. Edward Raymond 10 Miss Margaret Grove
^Dorothy Green. tMolla Bjurstedt. tHelene Pollak. §Marion Zinderstein.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 213
Tennis Ranking Lists for Clubs
To stimulate interest in tennis and to keep club members interested in friendly competition, the tennis ranking list plan is a very good one. It is carried out by keeping in the clubhouse a ranking list or ladder of the first 20, 30 or 40 tennis players and conducting challenge matches on this list. If there is a large membership the list can be divided into classes — A, B, C, etc. — and a list can be made also for women and junior members.
The West Side Tennis Club at Forest Hills, N. Y., has conducted a ranking list for some years and has developed an excellent scheme for the planning of the matches, which shows the way in which the members can challenge and receive a place on the ranking list.
Rules Governing Challenge Matches.
1. No challenges shall be issued before May 15 or after October 1, and challenge matches not played according to rules will not be accepted by the Ranking Committee.
2. All challenge matches must be entered in the challenge book provided for that purpose, and the members challenged are to be notified without delay.
3. The challenger must supply new balls and enter the score in the challenge book as soon as the match is ended. Challenge matches to be the best two sets out of three.
4. All challenge matches must be played within ten days from the date issued, but if unforeseen circumstances arise necessitating a delay, and both players consent, a few days grace may be further allowed, but otherwise all challenge matches must be played within two weeks.
Matches not played within the time limit stated shall be defaulted to the player not responsible for the unplayed match. Ranking Committee will decide, when necessary, all questions in dispute pertaining to challenge matches and ranking.
5. A member may challenge any one of the first five members preceding him in the same ranking class, but he is not permitted to issue more than one challenge at any one time, and this challenge must first be disposed of by playing the match or having it defaulted before he is allowed to issue another challenge. A member winning a challenge match takes the position in ranking of the member he defeated. A member receiving a default is considered as having won the match.
6. No member need accept any challenge during the time he has one pend- ing, and the winner or the loser of a challenge match is entitled to two days delay after this match before he is eligible to be challenged.
7. No member may challenge the same member twice in succession until two weeks have elapsed from the time he played his previous match with him, nor challenge the same number more than three times during any season (in- cludes spring and fall) ; neither may any member be challenged more than five times in succession during any season by any number of members. Member receiving more than one challenge issued at same time need only to accept one and notify committee of the one accepted.
8. No more than two defaults in succession will be allowed any member from those members challenged who are absent from the city when the
214 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
challenge is mailed them, and no more than three defaults w^ill be allowed any member during one month unless he has played one challenge match within said time. Members absent from the city when challenge is received have the privilege of playing the match within two weeks time, provided they notify the Committee within ten days from the date the challenge was issued.
9. The first three members in Class B and C may challenge any one of the last five members in the ranking class above them, provided the member challenged is not one recently advanced to this class because of his winning the finals in the tournament of his previous ranking class. He, however, will be eligible for a challenge after one month from the date of his advancement. Winners of the finals in Class B and C tournaments will be advanced to the ranking class above them, and the runners-up in same tournaments will be given positions No. 1 in the class they were runners-up in.
10. Members playing in either the spring or fall tournaments are not subject to any challenge while remaining in the tournament, nor while entered in any of the important tournaments representing the club, while remaining in the tournament entered.
11. Members not ranked may apply for ranking. Prizes wall be given to the three members winning the greatest number of challenge matches during any season. The member challenged may elect to play on grass or clay as he thinks best.
12. During the national all-comers tournament or any Davis Cup competition no challenge matches are to be played, and in the event all courts are out of commission because of bad weather, or for any other reason, longer than ten days or two weeks during the time of any challenge match, then all such matches are considered canceled.
PROGRESSIVE TENNIS.
As there can be progressive euchre and progressive bridge, there can also be progressive tennis. The latter has been tried with marked success in New York City. A mixed doubles progressive tennis tournament was held on the courts of the West Side Tennis Club on Election Day, 1921. An entrance fee was charged and partners were provided. Of course partners may be asked to compete in advance if it is desired to do so, but they will not play together throughout the tournament.
Six sets are played in the tournament. The first team that wins six games wins the set. The players on each court are compelled to finish their set. The winners progress to the next court above them. Those on No. 4 go to No. 3, No. 3 to No. 2, and so on. The winners on Court No. 1 go to last court and the losers remain on the court. Partners are changed with each set.
An official scorer records the games won and lost for each set. The winners are declared on the following basis: (A) number of games won; (B) least amount of games lost. Example: If several players have won the same number of games, the one of those players who has lost the least number of games will be the winner. Progressive tennis is not only interesting but is an excel- lent way in which to establish club comradeship and to acquire a varied style against the different players who will be met on the courts.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Davis Cup Matches Since 1900
With the exception of 1901 and 1910, international matches for the Davis Cup were contested annually until 1914, the challenge round of that year being played just prior to the outbreak of the World War. Competition was resumed in 1919.
215
Year
Winners.
M. D. Whitman. United States
D. F, Davis, United States
D. F. Davis. United States
M. D. Whitman, United States
g.KDfvis:;.:;;::;:}«-"»dstate=
R. F. Doherty. British Isles
M. D. Whitman, United States
W. A. Larned, United States
M. D. Whitman. United States
i:E:go°S::::;::} B"«*w-
H. L. Doherty, British Isles
W. A. Larned, United States
H. L. Doherty, British Isles
R. F. Doherty, British Isles
H. L. Doherty \ r>_:i.:eh Tqi^c
R. F. Doherty i ^""sh Isles
Belgium vs. France (Final) —
M. Decugis, France
P. de Borman. Belgium
W. Lemaire, Belgium
W. Lemaire, Belgium
p;AS"'.'::::::::;:::::::ii^--
British Isles vs. Belgium (Challenge)
H. L. Doherty, British Isles
H. L. Doherty, British Isles
F. L. Riseley, British Isles
F. L. Riseley, British Isles
|-.L.Soherf,::;::::;:! British we.
United States vs. France (Prelimin
H. Ward. United States
W. J. Clothier, United States
H. Ward, United States
W, J. Clothier, United States
R a Wright.::::::::} unitedstates
Australasia vs. Austria (Prelimin
N. E. Brookes, Australasia
N. E. Brookes, Australasia
A. F. Wilding, Australasia
A. F. Wilding, Australasia
N. E. Brookes | Australasia
A. W. Dunlop \ Australasia
United States vs. Australasia (Fi W. A. Larned, United States
B. C. Wright. United States
W. A. Larned, United States
B. C. Wright, United States
R a Wright:::::::::} unitedstates
Opponents.
A. W. Gore, British Isles. E. D. Black, British Isles. A. W. Gore, British Isles. E. D. Black, British Isles.
E.D. Black
H.R. Barrett
British Isles
W. A. Larned, United States. Dr. J. Pim, British Isles. Dr. J. Pim, British Isles. R. F. Doherty, British Isles.
g:RDavis::::::::::}unitedstates
R. D. Wrenn, United States.
R. F. Doherty, British Isles (by def.)
W. A. Larned, United States.
R. D. Wrenn, United States.
g;l;^S:;:::::::}u""'^«'-"
P. de Borman, Belgium P. Ayme, France. M. Decugis, France. P. Ayme, France.
W. Lemaire ? tj^i,^;,,.^
deBorman < Belgium
P. de Borman, Belgium. W. Lemaire, Belgium. P. de Borman, Belgium. W. Lemaire, Belgium.
W. Lemaire
P. de Borman
ary)—
M. Germot, France. M. Decugis, France. M. Decugis, France. M. Germot, France.
M. Germot
M. Decugis
ary)-
R. Kinzl, Austria.
C. von Wesseley, Austria.
R. Kinzl. Austria.
C. von Wesseley, Austria.
R. Kinzl
C. von Wesseley
Belgium
France
Austria
nal)-
N. E. Brookes, Australasia. A. F. Wilding, Australasia. A. F. Wilding, Australasia. N. E. Brookes, Australasia.
N.E.Brookes
A. W. Dunlop
Australasia
216
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
DAVIS CUP MATCHES— (Continued).
Year
1905
1906
Winners.
Opponents.
British Isles vs. United States (Chal
H. L. Doherty, British Isles
S. H. Smith, British Isles . ,
H. L. Doherty, British Isles
S. H. Smith, British Isles
f:F:goS:::;;:;} British Isles
United States vs. Australasia (Pre
H. Ward, United States
A. F. Wilding-, Australasia
R. D. Little, United States
A. F. Wilding, Australasia
R.aLtttia:; :::::::;} unitedstates
British Isles vs. United States (Chal
S. H. Smith, British Isles
H. L. Doherty, British Isles
S. H. Smith. British Isles
H. L. Doherty. British Isles
H. L. Doherty ) British Isles
R. F. Doherty j ^^^i^^n isles
1907 United States vs. Australasia (Pre
;N. E. Brookes, Australasia
i A. V. Wilding, Australasia
N. E. Brookes, Australasia
B. C. Wrig-ht. United States
:K-.H.'"Br':::;::;::}unitedstates
'Australasia vs. British Isles (Chal N. E. Brookes, Australasia..
!a. F. Wilding, Australasia.. N. E. Brookes, Australasia..
' A. W. Gore, British Isles
A. W. Gore ) British Isles
H. R. Barrett i ^^i^^^n isies
1908 United States vs. British Isles (Pre
W. A. Earned, United States
M. J. G. Ritchie, British Isles
i W. A. Earned, United States
RB.Alexander::::;}UnitedStates
Australasia vs. United States (Chal N. E. Brookes, Australasia
B. C. Wright, United States
jB. C. Wright. United States
1 A. F. Wilding, Australasia
N. E. Brookes ) Anc?trala<!ia
j A. F. Wilding i Australasia
1909 1 United States vs. British Isles (F : W. A. Earned, United States
W. J. Clothier, United States ,
W. A. Lamed, United States ,
W. J. Clothier, United States
} United States:
lenge) —
H. Ward, United States.
W. A. Earned, United States.
W. A. Earned, United States.
W. J. Clothier. United States.
Rawright:::::::::}unitedstates
liminary)—
E. O. S. Poidevin, Australasia.
R. D. Little, United States.
E. O. S. Poidevin, Australasia. H. Ward, United States.
^.•^.•Jl"Svin::::::}^— -^»
lenge)—
R. D. Little, United States. H. Ward, United States. H.Ward, United States. R. D. Little, United States.
H.Ward
R. D. Little....
liminary) —
B. C. Wright, United States.
K. H. Behr, United States.
K. H. Behr, United States.
A. F. Wilding, Australasia.
N. E. Brookes ) a„o<-..„i„ •
A. F. Wilding ; Australasia
lenge) —
A. W. Gore, British Isles.
H. R. Barrett, British Isles.
' H. R. Barrett, British Isles. A. F. Wilding, Australasia. N. E. Brookes.,
A. F. Wilding., liminary) — J. C. Parke, British Isles.
B. C. Wright, United States. M. J. G. Ritchie. British Isles. M. J. G. Ritchie.
J.C.Parke
lenge) —
F. B. Alexander, United States. A. F. Wilding, Australasia. N. E. Brookes, Australasia. F. B. Alexander, United States.
F. B. Alexander \ t-.,;+^j e*. 4.„„
B.C.Wright I tmted States
nal)—
C. P. Dixon, British Isles. J. C. Parke, British Isles. J. C. Parke, British Isles. C. P. Dixon, British Isles.
Australasia
British Isles
United States
J. C. Parke.
British Isles
R.* D.' Little^". ....../ "^""^ outT-es,^^ ^ Crawley
Australasia vs. United States (Chal lenge) —
N. E. Brookes. Australasia IM. E. McLoughlin, United States.
A. F. Wilding, Australasia M. H. Long, UnitedStates
A. F. Wilding, Australasia. N. E. Brookes. Australasia.
N. E. Brookes \ Australasia
A. F. Wildmg I
M. E. McLoughlin, United States. M. H. Long. United States.
m: h: K".^!"!!": : : \ umted states
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
217
DAVIS CUP MATCHES— (Continued).
Winners.
United States vs. British Isles (Fi
W. A. Lamed, United States
M. E. McLoughlin. United States... .
W. A. Larned, United States
M. E. McLoughlin. United States... .
c.-p.-Sfxr*:::;::::!""'-'' Isles
United States vs. Australasia (Chal
N, E. Brookes, Australasia
R. W. Heath, Australasia
N. E. Brookes, Australasia
R. W. Heath, Australasia
N, E. Brookes ) An=trATn<5ia
A. W. Dunlop $ Australasia
British Isles vs. France (Prelimin
C. P. Dixon, British Isles
C. P. Dixon, British Isles
A. W. Gore, British Isles
A. H. Gobert, France
&.%o?rEa,reit::::l British Isles
British Isles vs. Australasia (Chal
J. C. Parke, British Isles
C. P. Dixon, British Isles
N. E. Brookes, Australasia
J. C. Parke. British Isles
N. E. Brookes \ a nafra1a<?ia
A. W, Dunlop i Australasia
United States vs. Australasia (Pre M. E. McLoughlin, United States. M. E. McLoug-hlin, United States. R. N. Williams, 2d, United States. R. N. Williams, 2d, United States.
s;n;dou1?:::::;::::::}a-«--
Canada vs. South Africa (Prelimin
R. B. Powell, Canada
R. B. Powell, Canada
V. R. Gauntlett. So. Africa
B. P. Schwengers, Canada
R. B.Powell : I Canada
B. P. Schwengers, \ ^^nada
France vs. Germany (Preliminary)
O. Kreuzer, Germany
O. Kreuzer, Germany
M. Decugis, France
F. W. Rahe, Germany
H. Kleinschroth ) rjprmanv
F.W.Rahe \ Germany
United States vs. Germany (Semi- M, E. McLoughlin, United States . . .
W. F. Johnson. United States
R. N. Williams, 2d, United States
R. N. Williams, 2d, United States. . . .
Opponents.
H-S-Saj*^^"^;.--- I United states'^- Kleinschroth
nal)—
C. P. Dixon, British Isles.
A. H. Lowe, British Isles.
A. H. Lowe, British Isles. C. P. Dixon, British Isles.
lenge)—
B. C. Wright, United States. W. A. Larned, United States.
M. E. McLoughlin, United States.
B. C. Wright. United States (by def .)
S-.E.Mctou.hiin:::} united states
ary— )
M. Decugis, France.
A. H. Gobert, France.
. Decugis, France. A. W. Gore, British Isles.
A. H. Gobert ) p-„nce
W. H. Laurentz f l^rance
lenge)
N. E. Brookes, Australasia.
R. W. Heath, Australasia.
C. P. Dixon, British Isles. R. W. Heath, Australasia.
i-.E.Beamish;:::::;i Bntishisies
liminary)
Horace Rice, Australasia. S. N. Doust, Australasia. S. N. Doust, Australasia. Horace Rice, Australasia.
H. H. Hackett ) TTr,,-<-<.^ a+„+^o
M. E. McLoughlin.. 1 United States
ary)—
R. F. Le Sueur, So. Africa.
V. R. Gauntlett. S. Africa (unplayed)
B. P. Schwengers, Canada. R. F. Le Sueur, So. Africa.
V. R. Gauntlett ) a„„<.v, * f-„„
R. F. Le Sueur ) ^^^^^ ^^"^^
A. H. Gobert, France,
M. Decugis, France (retired).
F. W. Rahe, Germany.
A. H. Gobert, France.
M. Decugis ; France
M. Germot \ * ""^^^^
Final)—
O. Froitzheim, Germany, O. Kreuzer, Germany. O. Kreuzer, Germany. O. Froitzheim. Germany.
M. E. McLoughlin
. W
.Rahe :.'.:..::: S Germany
218
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
DAVIS CUP MATCHES— (Continued).
Year
1913
1914
Winners.
Opponents.
Canada vs. Belgium (Semi-Final) —
R. B. Powell, Canada
R. B. Powell, Canada
B. P. Schwengers, Canada
B. P. Schwengers, Canada
R. B. Powell } r'„„„j„
B. P. Schwengers 1 ^^"^^^
United States vs. Canada (Final) —
M. E. McLoughlin, United States
R. N. Williams, 2d, United States. . .
M. E. McLoughlin, United States
R. N. Williams, 2d, United States. . . .
M:E.Mc£ou"hiin::iu™'=iS'-t-
United States vs. British Isles (Chal
J. C. Parke, British Isles
. E. McLoughlin, United States
R. N. Williams, 2d, United States. . . .
J. C. Parke, British Isles
H. H. Hackett t tt-.^j c<-„+«c.
M.E. McLoughlin.. > United States
British Isles vs. Belgium (Prelimin T. M. Mavrogordato, British Isles. . .
J. C. Parke, British Isles
J. C. Parke, British Isles
T. M. Mavrogordato, British Isles. . . H. Roper Barrett. . . . / -R-.-fT^i, T„ip5 T. M. Mavrogordato. ) ^^'^'^^ Isles Australasia vs. Canada (Preliminary) N. E. Brookes, Australasia A. F. Wilding, Australasia A. F. Wilding, Australasia N. E. Brookes, Australasia
N. E. Brookes ( Australacsia
A. F. Wilding > Australasia
British Isles vs. France (Semi-
T. M, Mavrogordato, British Isles. .
J. C. Parke, British Isles
T. M. Mavrogordato, British Isles... J. C. Parke British Isles
SS:Ge?S;:::;:;:::::::;:}F->-
P. de Borman, Belgium.
A. G. Watson. Belgium (unplayed)
A. G. Watson, Belgium.
P. de Borman, Belgium.
A.G.Watson ) r,^,„;„^
W. H. Duvivier 1 Belgmm
R. B. Powell, Canada.
B. P. Schwengers, Canada.
B. P. Schwengers, Canada (unpl'yed)
R. B. Powell, Canada (unplayed)
R.B.Powell I p^„^,,
B. P. Schwengers 1 ^^"^^*
lenge) —
M. K. McLoughlin, United States.
C. P. Dixon, British Isles. C. P. Dixon, British Isles.
R. N. Williams. 2d. United States.
C. P. Dixon ( ■R..:4.;c.v, ToI^o
H. Roper Barrett 1 British Isles
ary) —
P. de Borman, Belgium. A. G. Watson, Belgium. P. de Borman, Belgium. A. G. Watson, Belgium.
W. H. Duvivier ) r^, •„^
A.G.Watson 1 Belgium
B. P. Schwengers, Canada. R. B. Powell, Canada. B. P. Schwengers. Canada. R. B. Powell, Canada.
B. P. Schwengers
R.B.Powell
Final) -
M. Germot, France. M. Decugis, France. M. Decugis, France. M. Germot, France. H. Roper Barrett. . . T. M. Mavrogordato
Australasia vs. A. F. Wilding, N. E. Brookes, A. F. Wilding, N. E. Brookes, N. E. Brookes.. A. F. Wilding. Australasia vs A. F. Wilding, N. E. Brookes. N. E. Brookes . A. F. Wilding.
Germany Australasia. Australasia. Australasia. Australasia.
(Se
} Australasia
British Isles (Fin
Australasia
Australasia
Australasia
Canada
British Isles
Final) -
O. Kreuzer. Germany. O. Froitzheim, Germany. O. Froitzheim, Germany. O, Kreuzer, Germany.
O. Froitzheim \ r-^-.^o.,,,
O. Kreuzer / Germany
al)-
A. H. Lowe, British Isles.
J. C. Parke, British Isles.
T.M.Ml^ogordat^.:} British Isles
lenge) —
R. N. Williams, 2d, United States.
N. E. Brookes, Australasia.
R. N. Williams, 2d, United States.
A. F. Wilding, Australasia.
Australasia vs. United States (Chal
A. F. Wilding. Australasia
M. E. McLoughlin, United States..
N. E. Brookes, Australasia
M. E. McLoughlin, United States . .
N. E. Brookes I a„o4-^„1oo;o P*- E. McLoughlin.) TTr„fori cn-oi-^a
A. F. Wilding 1 AustralasiaJT, C. Bundy I United States
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
219
DAVIS CUP MATCHES— (Continued).
Year
Winners.
British Isles vs. South Africa (Pre
A. R. F. Kingscote, British Isles
A. R. F. King-scote, British Isles
T. M. Mavrogordato, British Isles . . . A. R. F. Kingscote. . . \ RrHigh Isles H. Roper Barrett. . . . j ^""^n Isles
France vs. Belgium (Preliminary)—
M. Decugis, France
vV. H. Laurentz, France
M. Decugis ) pj.„n„„
W.H. Laurentz j ^^^"ce
' > France
VV,
British Isles vs. France (Final) — A. R. F. Kingscote, British Isles...,
A. R. F. Kingscote, British Isles
A. H. Gobert, France ,
P. M. Davson, British Isles. .
\. H. Gobert
VV. H. Laurentz
Australasia vs. British Isles (Chal
G. L. Patterson. Australasia
A. R. F. Kingscote, British Isles
G. L. Patterson, Australasia
J. O. Anderson, Australasia
G. L. Patterson / An<?tralfi=!in
N. E. Brookes ^ Australasia
Holland vs. South Africa (Prelimina C. J. Van Lennep, Holland..
S. Diemer Kool, Holland
C. L. Winslow, South Africa C. L. Winslow, South Africa
C. J. Van Lennep ) Holland
S. Diemer Kool i ±iolland
United States vs. France (Prelimina Wm. T. Tilden. 2d, United States. Wm. M. Johnston, United States.
Holland vs. Canada (Canada withdre
United States vs. British Isles (Semi^ Wm. T. Tilden, 2d. United States. . . .
Wm. M. Johnston, United States
Wm. T. Tilden. 2d, United States. . . , Wm. M. Johnston, United States
^m.S.'SSt^^:::}"""''^ states United States vs. Holland (Holland
liminary) —
G. H. Dodd. South Africa. L. Raymond. South Africa. L. Raymond, South Africa,
H. I. P. Aitken ) q^,,^.. a *„•„,
G. H.Dodd I South Africa
P. de Borman, Belgium. M. Lammens, Belgium.
P. de Borman ) t>„i„;„^
M. Lammens f Belgium
W. H. Laurentz, France. A. H. Gobert, France. P. M. Davson, British Isles. W. H. Laurentz, France. H. Roper Barrett. . O. G. N.Turnbull..
lenge— )
A. H. Lowe, British Isles.
J. O. Anderson, Australasia.
A. R. F. Kingscote, British Isles.
A. H. Lowe, British Isles.
A. R. F. Kingscote,
A. E. Beamish
United Wm.T. Wm. M Wm.T. Wm. M Wm. T. Wm. M
States vs.
Tilden, 2d: . Johnston
Tilden. 2d, . Johnston,
Tilden, 2d . Johnston
Australasia (Chall United States.
.United States. United States . United States.
• • I United States
Opponents.
British Isles
British Isles
ry)—
L. Raymond, South Africa. L. Raymond, South Africa. C. J. Van Lennep, Holland. S. Diemer Kool, Holland.
C. L. Winslow \
L. Raymond j
ry)—
Wm. H. Laurentz, France.
Andre H. Gobert, France.
Andre H. Gobert \
Wm. H. Laurent25 J
South Africa
France
w) Semi-final —
final)—
A. R. F. Kingscote, British Isles.
J. C. Parke, British Isles.
J. C. Parke, British Isles.
A. R. F. Kingscote, British Isles.
J.a-p«kl?.^!?!!::;S British ls.ea
withdrew) Pinal—
enge)—
Norman E. Brookes, Australasia. Gerald L. Patterson, Australasia. Gerald L. Patterson, Australasia. Norman E. Brookes, Australasia. Norman E. Brookes... / A„„i..„i ;„ Gerald L. Patterson.. \ Australasia
220
SPALDING-S TENNIS ANNUAL
DAVIS CUP MATCHES— (Continued),
Year
Winners.
1921 Australasia vs. Canada (1st Round)
J. B. Hawkes, Australasia
J. O. Anderson, Australasia
C. V. Todd, Australasia
J. O. Anderson. Australasia
C.v:To"dl"°"::::::i Australasia British Isles vs. Spain —
R. Lycett, British Isles
F. G. Lowe, British Isles
M. Alonzo, Spain
R. Lycett, British Isles
Sal*rosnam.::;:::i BntishMes Belgium vs. Czecho-Slovakia —
M. Lammens, Belgium
M. Zemla, Czecho-Slovakia
M. Zemla, Czecho-Slovakia
J. Washer, Belgium
"wLrr!:;:::::;::::S Bei.mm
India vs. France (2d Round)—
J. Samazueilh, France
M. Sleem, India
M. Sleem, India
L. Dean, India
A. Fyzee )
L.Dean S
Australasia vs. British Isles —
J. O. Anderson, Australasia
F. G. Lowe. British Isles
J. O. Anderson. Australasia
Maxwell Woosnam, British Isles
J:^-iodd"°".;:::::l Australasia Argentine defaulted to Denmark. Australasia vs. Denmark (3d Round)
Norman Peach, Australasia
J. O. Anderson, Australasia
J. O. Anderson, Australasia
Norman Peach, Australasia
kvA:!"^"::.::'' Australasia
Japan vs. India — I. Kumagae, Japan Z. Shimidzu, Japan I. Kumagae, Japan Z. Shimidzu, Japan I ~ Z.
India
Kumagae \ j
Shimidzu j *'**^'*"
Australasia vs. Japan (4th, Round)
Z. Shimidzu, Japan
I. Kumagae, Japan
Z. Shimidzu, Japan
I. Kumagae, Japan
S:^.^o"dd!T::::::i Australasia United States vs. Japan (Challenge W. T. Tilden, 2d, United States. . . W. M. Johnston, United States.. . W. T. Tilden, 2d, United States. . . W. M. Johnston, United States. . . Watson Washburn. / iTnitPd StjitP=? R. N. Williams, 2d. \ ^"^^^^ ^^^^^
Opponents.
Paul Bennett, Canada.
E. H. Laframboise, Canada.
E. H. Laframboise, Canada. Paul Bennett, Canada.
Paul Bennett ) ri^^^ j«
G.D.Holmes 1 Canada
M. Alonzo, Spain. Conde de Gomar, Spain.
F. G. Lowe, British Isles. Conde de Gomar, Spain.
M. Alonzo \ o»,-,:„
Conde de Gomar / ^^^^^
M. Ardelt, Czecho-Slovakia. J. Washer, Belgium. M. Lammens, Belgium. M. Ardelt, Czecho Slovakia.
m! !;&.:::::( czecho-siovakia
S. M. Jacob, India. W. H. Laurentz, France. J. Samazueilh, France. J. Brugnon, France.
W. H. Laurentz \ p-ance
J. Brugnon / i^rance
Max Woosnam, British Isles. J. B. Hawkes, Australasia. F. G. Lowe, British Isles. J. B. Hawkes, Australasia.
0. G. N. TurnbuU. . ) -q^^.i^u Isles
Max Woosnam i Britisn isies
Belgium defaulted to Japan.
Erik Tegner, Denmark. Vagn Ingerslev, Denmark. Erik Tegner, Denmark. Vagn Ingerslev, Denmark.
Erik Tegner } Denmark
P. L. Henriksen i x^cuui^io.
M. Sleem, India. A. Fyzee, India. A. Fyzee, India. M. Sleem, India.
L.Dean j j^^j^
A. Fyzee )
J. O. Anderson, Australasia. J. B. Hawkes, Australasia. J. B. Hawkes, Australasia. J, O. Anderson, Australasia.
z-ihriS;:::;:::;::::::} ^^'-
Round)—
Z. Shimidzu. Japan.
1. Kumagae, Japan, I. Kumagae, Japan. Z. Shimidzu, Japan.
?;Sit"v.v.:.-;;.v.::::! J-^-
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
221
d5?c4'&;
■o -a -a "o "o "CO
^ g aj 2 £ g 03 ag*
MM • -a "3
'O'OWffli^'flH'd!
•^ =* fa fa -a 32 "2 '
■g^-g « 05 g 03 *
a a a csr^^"^ iMOQMWOpqH
Oi - -
^'o'H'S
oooo'p5sst?.St.rr:i..=;M
dc bJD be
.HW
fflKW-a-adddswggdc
i=s'^'H'2=-'5S
i'O'O'O
^ . 'O tS T! 'O . l.*^ W^ W^
I'O a a a a
H fa' fa' fa' fa" fa ^ ^ ^ pq P5 pq pq Q fa fa H ^ S M I S ^ ^' ij'pQQisjpiiSEKfa'fa'fa'fa'piSSSP^^feP^Z?^^
^§£5;«|Sjggt:
20
M 02 OJ rl W W 02 CK
' OS^ S oj 3.
QQQ^'s'i4^^«4ajaiiidfciiio^Qa;'^'^'fei-5^d'-»"^d'-»dHHH!2i^^'4 «pi«Md«wwcddfa'«s*fa'«^§v^^^oiwa«^'^'M^H^*s*s'«>*«tfpi^^^
g s o) 0) o) a a
c c c a; ^-M
_S|
C8 03-3
;5 CO C 05
--ccaooo-'-c--:
't- o
«p4«tftfpi«WWdddWWfa'««S*S:§>*^*WWcJ^^*^'^'^*^'sSP5^M
o
Sea c <!; a;
a OSS
CPOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO<?50JOS05a505050505050000000}O^OT-IMMrH7-ltH,-lrH,-l,
oooooooooooooocoooooooooooooooooooooc>ooso5OTO>OiC5a5c5c»05050505os05C5a>aia><
222
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
oaMccwwtcajccMMWi/jcficctfla; mS m3 vi'S «i tc ta 75 to
2 2Ea ii
s
WI2 • 1^
d-^ssssgg^
00
00
•e
._a^.l"^l^^S'l|l|||l'?«5-d^,
<S<SS-.-:". g-^-ags rs^^^B j^B.H-SS
^ i i :5« §"!222^.-;«.3a Sr ^i, M-3-5^-5
t^JZi->niS'y-
i-CO
-5 t: otKT t-^
Opqdg^
=^ M r„ P
tct/itnMt/:»;»3tfli/3»3a3i/i73[CMMai(/ia:tcMM7;M ojcSrtcsaidaiaiajrtQJrtcsajcjcscsaicScScertcScJ
^'S "C 'C ji! 'S ■::: fi
- « (D QJ
M CO M
O) 03 c3 > O O
o o
CO 00
cu^
Pm^
; c3 cS
<3S
^WWffi|5^-g.-^'
^^^dp^g^-^d-l
;^>^^j^s^^^=o-^^^'ggi^
di^^Sii§siiS-s^^5'«^^i§::ii
d««*w"p5P?e4dwV*oV'od^dH5KWtfd«WKfe&;fedSEH'p5^H;d^S&;>^^^'
<-iNMM<iOOt^00O»O-^MC0'f>0«Oh-000iO.-iNe<5'*>0CDt^0C(35O^NM-<l<iC«DN.00(5iOr-i
GOOOOOOOXGOCOOOOOO>0>C50105a5ai05CTi050000000000.-i'-i-HFH,-<r-<»H^-HrH(N(N
oocoGOoocococoooc)OQOooc»ooooxo0 30acxoiCTia)CTiCT>aioi05 0505a>050505 05 05 05050505 0i05
0(D »U '(JtD<0
■*^-* bcS c o-c'3
11111211
mrfil
fcct? CD t«a ."^-i^
.a^ cu C 5 C^ ©
oSg>.2c««-S f , '^ c ;5 -g "^ sJ <i^
^^XJ Mcc o ^X5
gfe5^.p2g
^x: a 03 fl S o a cooiS .i:^ 30
•^ C C4J a CD-;
^ at3 3-*^ c^ o
t£ a 0) be -c S'O
|;=a|§^^S
y-d— ^ a; 03^1-4
be 03 a
5xa3„e--j2^M
0C^£.2©^c3O.
.2== .2 ;^
Oh I
c^ +3 — ■ w tc Kl<«!>'^ ©•-; a oS
OMc.-Sca3ax!P a|g^.2TjS2f
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
223
a
0
a S
0
h^WWH
01 (U n;
JSJSJS o « « .2 .'".2
Ho
5::;^f«^«
o
m
C
w C
53
SSc
;c>H rt
TO ««^
M'hK
omWK
CO 01 to
(flWMMKimmtotcaiaicflM.'aiaiOTCQ
.2.2>ifet>(o2>:i'>*i
c &0 • • •
d
ai VI m in m m m xn m m m m VI -
^^.
rt o c
W O o
Hi
03 rn C .
iWffi
. H !> M 2
sp:s
o . 3
m Am m m m m
r\\ '^ n\ fii ni rti flJ
. . .T3HH T3S§ c c c
C C-O'T)
. 03 ■^ a; _aj
M W K) - • <l> Q) 0)
QJ 0) 0)
mm-' m m m
S i= C C
rt 03 rt fe
W M M 5
je tn CO ^
Whh!3
M m
m y, m m m m m m m m m m m m m m '^ m m m m m m m
OJ (1) 0)
01 Kl >
C C 0)
O O O
JJO-S
'§5
<s -9 ■ o :S«
o • o 5
• f^ 03
c
03
s
+J +J -l-> +J -f-
O p g 3 3 3 S
- O 3 "S*^
I 03 03 03
I 03 Ojrt'o'o'o'o S*~!^. ( W 03 ro M W CO OT • • •
M 03 03 03 03 01 CO
7* 03 . o3 m
OS -^ rt ^ OJ
03 03 y-g .m:> o o u i^ ^ „.^.^.^.^
r 03 — — —. 3? bjD a) 0) QJ
03 ff N N N > rt 03 rf rt
[HMffiffil ■ ! tn ,j M w
X?*^ oi oS
ooooooooooooooooooooooooooa)0ia5aioso505<35a50i«aia5<3iovaiaio5a>05a>05
224
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
c8 cS. > >
t-pD^ t- u t-i Q
22 S-fl c 5 S S« te ® ® g ce cs ^-g ® rt o ® > ® g^^-£^-S g g ^ js >^>^ UB2 ^ % ^ |^>H ^^^ 13.S>. !3>.^ g>H ^ g g.S.S.2 ^U^^
S Q >>
5 es :3 cj r n^ S+^
•.^M
s a c3 -tj-o '^ s tc X a
cS cS
B3
?^1
it^
d-s:'-,-
;t3 2.2 S.S-C-C ;
-dS-sS-s-s
03 rt-^r^.^ eS c3^ cS rf Oi;r*^K« rt.S e8 (3.5.5 cS qt? 07? =« =3 O*^ o^-^ =^-- =* =* r^r^ ^
M •<l*i0c0t>.000JO'HNC<5-^i0t0I^0005O'^NM"*iOc0t^000!O'HMM^>O«0t^OiO'-< 00 (»(»000000000i05050i050505050505OOOOOOOOOO^'HTH^rHfHr-.f-ii-<^^ CO 00 00000000000000000000000000 00X0505 05 05010305 0505 05050503 05050305 03 05 03 05
SPALDINGS TENNIS ANNUAL
225
+j O O o
!&.2:
. W i.^' ,/ '^ ,^ O > CO aj 7j •<.;'^ si^ IrSrS
S ^ « " *. 's ■a -a =1 =1 «
a-2cada^oS22 = s =~^ 3 . .QUO
CO
««^5«
■■ a c H *^ S ,
3 CS OS
- 3 = 0- -^ « ;
E^ t: a
StiO! OS 83
; 2; =>
CS OS OS
■ HH h^ K „ „ ^^ ■ ■ ■ --^ •
~ :'a'a,
3^ t, t- S3 3^
o c t, ;i;
R «£^ a S
;a3 a^ojoiafrtaj icsctf'S'C'O'aosti'a
;t;'t:c8cscss5'S.acs ! e O (i, -< -al »< ^ £h <1
add-g-a idd
-o^ a a
^M&^c^
oS -c
' s a « .
i? ,=*>>>.• r • r
i-M ^
(-5l-5>-5
a* a" a*
IS'C
lll5§2lil-p'il<Sllslps.
aaOa|-£0^gMOO^^^M^B..^
||^|5^&.-^&;d^'««d^^'wmfd^' I' oQ^'5d?:H?='Jdtf^'^dQ-5i<id&;^kE
.h
^•ss
ci:>-"aa-='a -a --^ .a.aj5J3g*9i.iiaj'-"
S;
a 0
ft
S
U
s
0
0 0
(3 0
•^ CS I*' cS
00 i_j gj pq
« a5"- .^ CS .a
N a > * £ 'S: — ^ ^ OS e'C t- c '-
-52S^|'"
S S S fe K W <i d fa fc
tc • -Ji ■ tji ■ ■ rti ■ • ■ji 'fi Ui ^- tr. Y- "^ "^ ^ il.
O 3t| •
■2 ti 2 SB
"^ cS -1.^ S
g » e 4-
• to 05 5g
I "T > ^ • • a 02 a
' !» * 4^ ^ O! '3 j- "3 !
dfa«-^.H|dlS
o!!^,^-a:!»5<05»:a;
S^2 =£.2 '^.2 a;.2j:; S aj S S S a: ^ K |:S 3
|
: : : : : |
• •••••': >i • c |
|
|
H |
Wagner Schmitz. H. Moor€ Marcus. Schmitz. |
N. Beard N. Beard Wagner Schmitz. Goss.... Goss.... nderstein Sigourne E. Cole, slie Banci |
|
is 0 |
SfeWH&i |
ddSfaHHNHpq^ |
|
« |
Miss Mrs. Miss Miss Mrs. |
oj ■ • • • • • "O T) -tS • • & £"
oaa.t;a*iaaa!03ao3oj.M'r'-
siMbcetnSwiMi-t-bcfc-aos*^
"^cSesScsSoSosSScsS^ISSS
ia5a!'ro*^n:o5a!!»75i/! •ai„-„-
)0»Oi-INC0'»)<lrt«Dt~000SO'-lM
226
SPALDING'S TENMS ANNUAL
|
2 a: .• |
|
|
Ill: |
|
|
l->| |
|
|
t2 |
fe'^i^'" |
|
H-1 St3^ |
|
|
rj |
.= ^.«^ |
|
z |
5>5l |
|
z D « |
erson and grahj ood a |
|
SS5^ |
|
|
Hi; .0 |
|
|
.^> . |
|
|
K-''h |
|
|
d ^ ?: fci |
HCii'
s c'2'2 5o5g
* t- — . 7!
Oi Oi Oi Oi OS Oi
o t^ 00 n c 1-1
5 05 53 S en a>
|
-a |
||
|
•c ;; |
||
|
«a |
||
|
. =s |
||
|
t^ |
||
|
c-o |
||
|
C8 C |
||
|
fl* |
||
|
c •- |
||
|
K^ |
||
|
0 OS |
||
|
1— ( ■— 1 |
||
|
&S |
||
|
5S |
||
|
So |
||
|
a: fc |
||
|
CO |
■H'i |
|
|
>j; |
■< - |
|
|
0 |
^^ |
|
|
ou |
C M |
|
|
S |
c-o |
|
|
< |
^5 |
|
|
X |
||
|
u |
S g |
|
|
0 |
if |
|
|
nJ |
'^^>^ |
|
|
< |
%"^ |
|
|
2 |
?B |
|
|
0 |
||
|
H |
s^ |
|
|
< |
a, 2 • c |
|
|
2 |
||
|
^t'-S ^ |
||
|
^''la |
||
|
■=!.^ |
||
|
b^^.^ |
||
|
CSSk- |
||
|
• !- ■ |
||
|
tA\ |
||
|
mi c 0 .„ ►" |
||
|
•-i E-c |
||
|
.cj:.2 S |
||
|
00-10^ |
||
|
1 |
|
t- * |
||
|
c-s |
||
|
2 -. 5 ^' |
||
|
.~^S. CJ |
||
|
. "2 .2 2 fe |
||
|
lIlW |
||
|
lopkin It Rid Tayloi Glore •nstein |
||
|
-; y h5 «■ M |
||
|
rO |
i-;;-*K -<3 |
|
|
2 |
||
|
0 |
||
|
a< |
■ ■ "o 0 -a • |
|
|
S |
:ss£a>: |
|
|
< |
:ig|s : |
|
|
X |
c ? ^ < S j |
|
|
u |
.5s« • -o |
|
|
« -" "^ Fh SC » |
||
|
0^ 0 |
d R. B. II and H. F. and II. B. ds and ¥. ds and P. E. F. Daw |
|
|
§ 0 |
■p C I- 0 0 *= |
|
|
Q |
|«^-Sa^ |
|
|
2 |
. =^ car: |
|
|
nJ |
'^'^^»;^ |
|
|
< |
||
|
2 |
• u ■ ■ |
a |
|
0 |
A%% |
0 |
|
H |
a |
|
|
2 |
||
|
CQpHHht |
||
|
■ « J" ® |
||
|
KS&ife^^S |
||
|
a 0 05 a! m' C |
||
|
a> M-o-c-a 0 |
||
|
"'S.ii.i.SiQ |
||
|
k;S««« |
||
|
^M-«-fe |
||
|
■t^ a a a 1, |
||
|
|K|||a |
||
|
Ha>>;>K |
||
|
C5 05C5 05C: |
C5 C5 OS r> OS
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
227
National Clay Court Champions
Yr. Champion.
1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917* 1918 1919 1920 1921
M, H. Long
W.T.Hayes
R. N. Williams, 2d.
J. R. Strachan
C.J. Griffin
R. N. Williams, 2d. W. E. Davis
W.T. Tilden, 2d. W. M. Johnston . Roland Roberts. . W.T.Hayes
Winner
All-COMERS'
M. H. Long
W. T. Hayes
R. N. Williams, 2d.
J. R. Strachan
C.J. Griffin
R.N. Williams, 2d.
W. E. Davis
Samuel Hardy
W.T. Tilden. 2d...
W. M. Johnston
Roland Roberts
W.T.Hayes
Doubles Champions,
F. G. Anderson and W. T. Hayes
J. H.LWinston and H. G. Whitehead H. H. Hackett and W. M. Hall J. R. Strachan and C. J. Griffin N. Browne and C. Wayne
G. M. Church and D. Mathey G. M, Church and D. Mathey
C. S. Garland and Samuel Hardy C. S. Garland and Samuel Hardy W. M. Johnston and Samuel Hardy Roland Roberts and Vinc't Richards C. B. Herd and W. T. Hayes
* Patriotic tournament without championships.
New England Champions
Yr,
1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1899 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1918 1919 1920 1921
Champion.
H.W.S locum... H. W. Slocum... H. W. Slocum... H. W. Slocum... R.P. Huntington, Jr C. T. Lee
E. L. Hall
C. Hobart
A. E. Foote
John Howland
A. E. Foote
T. A. DriscoU
A. E. Foote
Clarence Hobart. . Clarence Hobart.. James Terry
B. C. Wright
Karl H. Behr
Karl H. Behr
T. R. Pell
T. R. Pell
T. R. Pell ,
T. R. Pell
R. A. Holden. Jr.
F. H. Harris
A. H.Man, Jr.... R. L. Murray ....
F. H. Harris
R. S. Stoddart. . . .
W. Wesbrook
K. R. L. Simmons
L. M. Banks
P. L. Kynaston..
Winner All-Comers'
H. W. Slocum
H. W. Slocum
E. P. MacMullen. . . R.P. Huntington, Jr R.P. Huntington, Jr C.T. Lee
E. L. Hall
C. Hobart
A. E. Foote
John Howland
A. E. Foote
T. A. DriscoU
A. E. Foote
Clarence Hobart. . .
James Terry
James Terry
B. C. Wright
KarlH. Behr
KarlH. Behr
T. R. Pell
H. L. Westfall
G. F. Touchard .... R. A. Holden, Jr... R. A. Holden, Jr...
F. H. Harris
A. H. Man, Jr
R. L. Murray
F. H. Harris
R. S. Stoddart
W. Wesbrook
K. R. L. Simmons..
L. M, Banks
P. L. Kynaston
Doubles Champions.
H. W. Slocum and W. L. Thacher F. G. Beach and W. L. Thacher O. S. Campbell and V. G. Hall F. G. Beach, R. P. Huntington, Jr. R. P. Huntington, Jr., O. S. Campbell C. T. Lee and F. G. Beach
E. L. Hall and A. E. Wright
J. F. Talmage, Jr., and C. Hobart John Howland and A. E. Foote M. G. Chace and A. E. Foote M. G. Chace and A. E. Foote R. Hooker and C. P. Dodge H. H. Hackett and J. A. Allen C. Hobart and A. P. Dady James Terry and F. E. Howard James Terry and F. E. Howard W. C. Grant and R. LeRoy W. C. Grant and Robert LeRoy W. C. Grant and T. R. Pell R. LeRoy and T. R. Pell T. R. Pell and E. T. Gross T. R. Pell and W. C. Grant
F. M. Watrous and R. A. Holden, Jr. F. H. Harris and J. G. Nelson
A. H. Man, Jr., and E. W. Peaslee
C. E. Bacon and J. A. Richards
R. L. Murray and H. L. Hahn
J. A. Richards and W. S. Gushing
W. L. Ferris and F. H. Harris
R. L. James and W. Wesbrook
R.N.Williams,2d,andW.M.Washbum
J.W. FosterandJosiah Wheelwright
R.N.Williams,2d,andW.M.Washburn
1898, 1900 and 1917, no tournaments.
228
spaldipnG's tennis annual
Middle States Champions
|
Yr. |
Champion. |
Winner All-Comers' |
Doubles Champions. |
|
1SS5 |
R.D. Sears |
R. D. Sears |
R. D. Sears and J. S. Clark |
|
1886 |
R. L. Beeckman. . . |
R. L. Beeckman . . . |
R. L. Beeckman and H. W. Slocum |
|
18S7 |
R. L. Beeckman... |
R. L. Beeckman . . . |
|
|
1838 |
E. P. MacMullen. . . |
E. P. MacMullen... |
|
|
1889 |
H. A. Taylor |
H. A. Taylor |
|
|
1890 |
H. A. Taylor |
A. E. Wright |
. |
|
1891 |
C. E. Sands |
C. E. Sands |
|
|
1892 |
R. Stevens |
R. Stevens A. E. Foote |
E. P. MacMullen and C. Hobart |
|
1893 |
R. Stevens |
D. Candler and J. F. Tali, age, Jr. |
|
|
1894 |
W. A. Lamed |
W. A. Larned |
W. G. Parker and E. P. Fischer |
|
1895 |
W. A. Larned |
John How land |
C. Hobart and E. P. Fischer |
|
1396 |
C. Hobart |
C Hobart |
C. Hobart and R. D. Wrenn |
|
1897 |
W. A. Larned |
W. A. Larned!!!!;; |
l! E. Ware and G. P. Sheldon, Jr. |
|
1898 |
M. D. Whitman.... |
M. D. Whitman. . . . |
L. E. Ware and J. D. Forbes |
|
1899 |
M.D.Whitman.... |
W. A. Larned |
Holcombe Ward and D. F. Davis |
|
1900 |
M. D. Whitman.... |
D. F. Davis |
Holcombe Ward and D. F. Davis |
|
1901 |
W. A. Larned |
W. A. Larned |
W. A. Lamed and C. Hobart |
|
1902 |
Holcombe Ward... |
Holcombe Ward . . . |
Holcombe Ward and D. F. Davis |
|
1903 |
Holcombe Ward . . |
S.C. Millett |
R. D. and G. L. Wrenn |
|
1904 |
C. Hobart |
C. Hobart |
R. D. and G. L. Wrenn |
|
1905 |
F. B. Alexander... |
F. B, Alexander... |
F. B. Alexander and H. H. Hackett |
|
1906 |
W. A. Larned |
W. A. Lamed |
W. J. Clothier and W. A. Larned |
|
1907 |
W. A. Larned |
R. D. Little |
R. D. Little and H. H. Hackett^ |
|
1908 |
E. P. Larned |
E. P. Larned |
W. A. Larned and G. L. Wrenn, Jr. |
|
1909 |
E. P. Larned |
W. F. Johnson |
W. A. Larned and G. L. Wrenn, Jr. |
|
1910 |
N. W. Niles |
N. W. Niles |
H. H. Hackett and F. B. Alexander |
|
1911 |
W, M. Hall |
W. M. Hall |
H. H. Hackett and F. B. Alexander |
|
1912 |
W. F. Johnson |
W. F. Johnson |
H. H. Hackett and L. E. Mahan |
|
1913 |
G. F. Touchard .... |
G. F. Touchard |
G. F. Touchard and W. M. Washburn |
|
1914 |
Karl H. Behr |
Karl H. Behr |
Karl H. Behr and T. R. Pell |
|
1915 |
KarlH. Behr |
H, Throckmorton . . |
Karl H. Behr and T. R. Pell |
|
1916 |
T. R. Pell No tournament. |
T. R. Pell |
Karl H. Behr and T. R. Pell |
|
1917 |
|||
|
1918 |
W.M.Hall |
W.M.Hall |
Dr. W. Rosenbaum and E. A. Clark |
|
1919 |
W. M. Hall |
Leonard Beekman. |
I. Kumagae and H. A. Throckmorton |
|
1920 |
W. F. Johnson |
W. F. Johnson |
W. F. Johnson and S. W. Pearson |
|
1921 |
Carl Fischer |
Carl Fischer |
J. C. Bell, Jr.. and E. M. Edwards |
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
229
Western States .Champions
|
Yr. |
Champion. |
Winner All-Comers' |
|
1887 |
C. A.Chase |
C. A. Chase |
|
1888 |
C.A.Chase |
E. B. McLellan .... |
|
1889 |
C. A. Chase |
S. T. Chase |
|
1890 |
C. A.Chase |
E. B. McLellan .... |
|
1891 |
S. T. Chase |
S.T.Chase |
|
1892 |
S.T. Chase |
J. A. Ryerson |
|
1893 |
S. T. Chase |
E. Wrenn |
|
1894 |
S. T. Chase |
C. B.Neel |
|
1895 |
C. B. Neel |
C. B. Neel |
|
189fi |
C. B. Neel |
G. L. Wrenn. Jr.... |
|
1897 |
Kriegh Collins |
Kriegh Collins |
|
1898 |
Krieg-h Collins |
Kriegh CoUins |
|
1899 |
C. B. Neel |
C. B. Neel |
|
1900 |
Kriegh Collins |
Kriegh Collins |
|
1901 |
R.D. Little |
R. D. Little |
|
1902 |
Kriegh CoUins |
Kriegh CoUirs |
|
1903 |
Krieg-h Colhns |
A. C. Snow |
|
1904 |
Kriegh Collins |
R. D. Little |
|
1905 |
Kriegh Collins |
N. Emerson |
|
1906 |
Kriegh Collins |
N. Emerson |
|
1907 |
N. Emerson |
N. Emerson |
|
1908 |
N. Emerson |
L. H. Waidner |
|
1909 |
IVI. Long |
M. Long |
|
1910 |
T. C. Bundy |
T. C. Bundy |
|
1911 |
M. E. McLoughlin.. |
M. E. McLoughlin.. |
|
1912 |
M. E. McLoughlin.. |
T. C. Bundy |
|
1913 |
C.J. Griffin |
C. J. Griffin |
|
1914 |
A. M. Squair |
A. M. Squair |
|
1915 |
G.M. Church |
G. M. Church |
|
1916 •=1917 |
G.M. Church |
H.T. Byford W. T. Hayes |
|
1918 |
W.T.Hayes |
W.T.Hayes |
|
1919 |
W. E. Davis |
W. E. Davis |
|
1920 |
W.T.Hayes |
W. T. Hayes |
|
1921 |
Vincent Richards. . |
Vincent Richards. . |
Doubles Champions.
E. B. McLellan and B. F. Cummins
E. B. McLellan and B. F. Cummins C. A. Chase and S. T. Chase
J. W. Carver and J. A. Ryerson
S. T. Chase and J. A. Ryerson
J. W. Carver and J. A. Ryerson
H. McCormick and S. McCormick
C. B. Neel and S. R. Neel
C. B. Neel and S. R. Neel
C. B. Neel and S. R. Neel
L. E. Ware and G. P. Sheldon, Jr.
H. Ward and D. F. Davis
H. H. Hackett and J. A. Allen
F. B. Alexander and R. D. Little R. D. Little and F. B. Alexander Kriegh Collins and L. H. Waidner Kriegh Collins and L. H. Waidner Kriegh Collins and R. D. Little Kriegh Collins and L. H. Waidner L. H. Waidner and N. Emerson
H. H. Hackett and F. B. Alexander L. H. Waidner and N. Emerson T. Emerson and R. A. Holden, Jr. L. H. Waidner and Paul Gardner C. M. Bull. Jr., and H. C. Martin W. T. Hayes and J. H. Winston H. T. Byford and R. H. Burdick
G. M. Church and D. Mathey W. T, Hayes and R. H. Burdick W. T. Hayes and R. H. Burdick Samuel Hardy and C. S. Garland W. T. Hayes and R. H. Burdick W. E. Davis and H. V. Johns W. T. Hayes and Ralph Burdick L. E. Williams and Fritz Bastian
Patriotic tournament without championships.
230
SPALDING'S TENiMS ANNUAL
Southern States Champions
|
Yr. |
Champion. |
Winner All-Comers' |
Doubles Champions. |
|
1886 |
C.B.Davis |
C. B. Davis |
C. B. Davis and R. H. E. Porter |
|
1887 |
Leig-h Bonsai |
Leigh Bonsai |
Leigh Bonsai and L. V. Lemoyne |
|
1888 |
A.H.S.Post(spring-) |
A. H. S. Post |
Leigh Bonsai and L. V. Lemoyne |
|
1888 |
F. Mansfield (fall) |
F.Mansfield |
F. Mansfield and F. L. V. Hoppin |
|
1889 |
F.Mansfield |
C. J. Post, Jr |
C. J. Post, Jr., and M. F. Prosser |
|
1890 |
A. E. Wright |
A. E. Wright |
|
|
1891 |
E. L. Hall |
E.L.Hall |
M. R. Wright and H. M. Billings |
|
1892 |
E.L.Hall |
A. E. Wright |
|
|
1893 |
E. L. Hall |
M. G. Chace |
E. L. Hall and C. Hobart |
|
1894 |
W. G. Parker |
W.G. Parker |
W. G. Parker and E. P. Fischer |
|
1895 |
A. H. S. Post |
A. H. S. Post |
J. P. Paret and R. D. Thurber |
|
1896 |
J. P. Paret |
J. P. Paret |
J. C. Davidson and J. P. Paret |
|
1897 |
T. A. DriscoU |
T. A. Driscoll |
J. C. Davidson and J. P. Paret |
|
1893 |
J, C. Davidson |
J. C. Davidson |
J. C. Davidson and J. P. Paret |
|
1899 |
J. C. Davidson |
J. P. Paret |
J. C. Davidson and J. P. Paret |
|
1903 |
J. P. Paret |
J. P. Paret |
J. C. Davidson and J. P. Paret |
|
1901 |
R.D. Little |
R, D. Little |
R. D. Little and F. B. Alexander |
|
1902 |
R. D. Little |
F. Geoghegan |
J. P. Paret and W. C. Grant |
|
1903 |
F. Geoghegan |
F. Geoghegan |
W. C. Grant and R. LeRoy |
|
1904 |
H.F. Allen |
H. F. Allen |
J. C. Davidson and L.W. Glazebrook |
|
1905 |
J. C. Davidson |
J. C. Davidson |
L. W. Glazebrook and W. A. Larned |
|
1906 |
R. G. Hunt |
R. G. Hunt |
B. M. Grant and N. Thornton |
|
1907 |
N. Thornton |
N. Thornton |
B. M. Grant and N. Thornton |
|
1908 |
N. Thornton |
H. G. Whitehead . . |
H. G. Whitehead and J. H. Winston |
|
1909 |
T.RPell |
T. R. Pell |
T. R. Pell and W. C. Grant |
|
1910 |
C. B. Doyle |
C.B.Doyle |
C. B. Doyle and H. E. Doyle |
|
1911 |
C.B.Doyle |
C. Smith |
C. B. Doyle and H. E. Doyle |
|
1912 |
C.Y.Smith |
C.Y. Smith |
C. Y. Smith and N. Thornton |
|
1913 |
N. Thornton |
N.Thornton |
J. B. Adoue and R. F. Shelton |
|
1914 |
L C.Wright |
L C.Wright |
I. C. Wright and J. B. Adoue |
|
1915 |
E. V. Carter, Jr.... |
E. V.Carter, Jr... |
B. M. Grant and N. Thornton |
|
1916 |
D. Watters |
D. Watters |
N. Emerson and L. Hardy |
|
1917 |
No tournament. |
||
|
1918 |
C.Y.Smith |
C.Y.Smith |
B. M. Grant and N. Thornton |
|
1919 |
J. K. Orr, Jr., and E. V. Carter |
||
|
1920 |
c.yV Smith. !.*.*!!!! |
C.Y.Smith.'.'.*.*!!!! |
Esmond Phelps and J. H. Bruns |
|
1921 |
C.Y.Smith |
C.Y.Smith |
D. Watters and J. H. Bruns |
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
231
Pacific Coast Champions
Yr,
Champion.
Winner All-Comers'
Doubles Champions.
1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 189S 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921
W.H.Taylor, Jr.., W.H.Taylor. Jr.., W.H.Taylor. Jr.., W.H. Taylor, Jr...
T. A. DriscoU
Samuel Hardy
Sumner Hardy
Samuel Hardy
G.F.Whitney
Sumner Hardy
G. F. Whitney
G.F.Whitney
G. F.Whitney
L. R. Freeman
A. E. Bell
J. D. MacGavin
G. Janes
M, H. Long
M. E. McLoughlin .
M. H. Long
G. Janes
M. H. Long
M. E. McLoughlin, M. E. McLoughlin,
W. M. Johnston
W. M. Johnston
H. L. Hahn
W. M. Johnston . . . *
Roland Roberts... W. M. Johnston . . .
W. E. Davis
W. M. Johnston . . .
W. H. Taylor. Jr. . .
C. R. Yates
C.P.Hubbard
C.P.Hubbard
T. A. Driscoll
Samuel Hardy
Sumner Hardy
Samuel Hardy
G. F. Whitney
Sumner Hardy
G. F. Whitney
Sumner Hardy
R. N. Whitney
L. R. Freeman
A. E. Bell
J. D. MacGavin
G. Janes
M. H. Long
M. E. McLoughlin.
M. H. Long
G. Janes
M. H. Long
M. E. McLoughlin. M. E. McLoughlin.
W. M. Johnston
W. M. Johnston
H.L. Hahn
W. M. Johnston
W. M. Johnston . . . ,
Roland Roberts
W. M. Johnston...,
W. E.'Davis
W. M. Johnston. . .
W. S. McGavin and J. S. Tobin C. P. Hubbard and H. H. Haight Sumner Hardy and Samuel Hardy Sumner Hardy and Samuel Hardy T. A. Driscoll and G. B. DeLong Sumner Hardy and Samuel Hardj' G. F. Whitney and R. N. Whitney Sumner Hardy and Samuel Hardy Sumner Hardy and Samuel Hardy Sumner Hardy and Samuel Hardy G. F. Whitney and R. N. Whitney G. F. Whitney and R. N. Whitney L. R. Freeman and A. E. Bell L. R. Freeman and A. E. Bell W. Allen and G. L. Baker S. Sinsabaugh and H. Braley C. Foley and F. Adams M. E. McLoughlin and G. Janes M. E. McLoughlin and G. Janes M. E. McLoughlin and G. Janes T. C. Bundy and T. Hendrick M. E. McLoughlin and T. C. Bundy M. E. McLoughlin and T. C. Bundy J. R. Strachan and C. J. Griffin C. J. Griffin and W. M. Johnston W. M. Johnston and C. J. Griffin M. E. McLoughlin and W. Dawson N. B. Browne and C. A. Wayne N. B. Browne and Frank Winne M. E. McLoughlin and T. C. Bundy C. J. Griffin and W. E. Davis Howard Kinsey and Robert Kinsey
* Patriotic tournament without championships.
232
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
:~ > ,M i: :s r
a -c a
5 * ^ t..t2'5>S
. '-' 5 ■" d . '^ "
c^,;;
^^«
.-CKQc; cs-c.
R "c c5 a
■^ a
R^-2
aW
55 X
• - a C8 * es «
■a S o) ■-- a2
c 32 es
lis-.
-o a- -co
a" a^ y* a
o -a c o
a 5 "- .22 .52 „
;;5!^Sij;
!SQ>^^^d«d«p:SHS^S«
d-^SS
-w-i- a-= a
a a a
-o i -o -c -c -o -o -a -o -o •^-^SfSf'S ■ i^SSacca
t4 w W "^ "^^ '-' *^ Q P Q "^ '^ *^ *^' "^ "^ "^ "^ "^' '^' Ph' w ^ H H ^
SSs
§1
a o
0, 1,
.2 5
l^ CO t- 00 05 O 1
35(3iOJ05CiOOO
OOOOOOooSoOlOOS
I CO -^ U5 «D r-
ooooo^cbo^O)
O.r-IC<le<3Tj<U5«0t-00(3JOi
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
23:
|
i g |
Henry Torrance and Otto H. Hincke H. H. Hackett and F. B. Alexander Lyle Mahan and G. F. Touchard H. H. Hackett and W. Merrill Hall W. M. Washburn and C. M. Bull. Jr. G. M. Church and Dean Mathey H. H. Hackett and W. M. Hall G. M. Church and Dean Mathey F. C. Baggs and R. L. Baggs Dr. W. Rosenbaum and F. C. Baggs Vincent Richards and Allen Behr E. H. Binzen and Ichiya Kumagae H. Kinsey and R. Kinsey |
||
|
O s o |
c |
.... ..... 1 |
|
|
ii |
R.D. Little W. M. Washburn R. L. Murray W. M. Washburn G. M. Church W.M.Hall Ichiya Kumagae. S. H. Voshell.... Ichiya Kumagae. Vincent Richards |
||
|
o 1 CQ |
E. P. Fischer and R. D. Thurber E. P. Fischer and W. Gordon Parker E. P. Fischer and O. M. Bostwick H. H. Hackett and John A. Allen H. H. Hackett and John A. Allen R. D. Little and F. B. Alexander H. H. Hackett and E. P. Fischer Robert LeRoy and H- F. Allen H. H. Hackett and Robert LeRoy H. H. Hackett and F. B. Alexander H. H. Hackett and F. B. Alexander H. H. Hackett and F. B. Alexander H. H. Hackett and F. B. Alexander |
||
|
p. |
:::::::::::: |
||
|
Stephen C. Millet E. P. Fischer.... E. P. Fischer E. P. Fischer.... R.D. Little H.H. Hackett.... Holcombe Ward.. Holcombe Ward.. F. B. Alexander.. F. B. Alexander.. F. B. Alexander.. Ross Burchard. . . |
|||
|
^ |
MUi^^ssiii^i |
00
a
0
•m
a S
pa U
p2
3^
SS'o
WW
rtC^
•5 if ti • :
p . > y wC o-o fc-'S a
•=£•2 Sa c ^ r 3-ls
to 7! 1^ O C y^U '- O
eg
sw>;i
iOh _^
;0 a^ .j-'la'.ac c c S g 5
rtCgsOOOOO Oj3 o S
Q^*pi^*Hx«dDd&;ww
t-iNcO-*iO«Ot^G0050'-<e^M OOVO>OJ050>050iO>0000 O0000OO0»0000O0O0O5O>O5O>
234
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
htlhmti J Iff'
Ray- 25
c3 c3 r3 dj o I
a
'•B ^^ ^*3 _*' a
ir «- o OS
IHP
. o ce «* li
^ t/l-r!
rtSc
O G
^jdJa22^-;-^-a-Gn3X3J3 M M m^iij CO CO to> CO m.
. a a . . c c a? a a^ td • -^"S . • .^ • .
.2
13
• 60 ■ M
tt:a a • • • '0 » '
a2* 2*= ■ ■ ^ rrjJ
iiiiiioooootDoooQi:
QJ Q 0)
;-d-0
T3-3-3^T3-a
M d C3-3 a :« s r3 a c3 c5 i-ai!«c5'«t«toco>iC«to
[v; a aupiw) a a a_: a a
: : i'S'H'S'H : :5J : : • ■>>h^ : ^ :
>. . .
23 cj Qj'
0-0 ^r^-^^i^Jo « =y C « C fe^;i t. o t-'O
^^-J2;
«ja.aci cert 5^3-^ rt^ . .^^rtoo o'a 0-3 SS^ Sif o' rafeo^" .
^>.>.
*>^^^^ .>^^^^S„-' •MMbft.cl
c S S
OOXXOOOOQOOOXOOOOOOOOQOOOOOOOCOOOOOOOOOOOOOOSOSOiOOa!CTlO>OOJC5050505050>
00^
OS05C5
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
235
O <D <D <i) V U
to CO en i^ 00^
— sc be bo • pq
C CO c „
c3 cS e3 03 a
asaa
0^1— llHM^OT— -* 73 Q q; ^ Q^) q; ^
g O-d-OTSTS aJ
sa
o o aj
J3J3 a HEhcs
3 33 M bcbo
3 c a coo
i^ a Q Q =» ^ S ^ ^±?^^-S'
§Slll|li?lS§isg§|
QtflCC^CCCOtOtC
^H tH ^ ^■
HW
3 3
03 0) 3 3 3 3
gS
3 >> .r^ * -4/
; 03 CD -3 -.a a-?, Tj-r! 3 O 3 n.a ^
: 3 9 3 ^' : J 3 3 3
4iH+30 .0+J4J03
f §1-; |s|l||ll||llll§^'ss Issso ^
c3
rA CC ,.•
3 3 O O
■^tl>?T3
,C bD . H_ bD-,- ^3 -c 3fl 00 .qO O
M M CO S tn
s§§:^§§ss^^s§s^§s§§gs^s§MMMMMM:
3 •
O) CO
11
3 a o o
^^
-d-d, 3 3 S3 a
w^ » 000505
-d-d-d !- o o
■ -0333
CO M*^^ ® »
ct> 03,. be be bo X5J2"; 3 3 3
aas^^^
^sisi
O 03
03 03
^sa
o6d£OD^Cc3 gPPP^OO^Q^b^l'^WW^W^^ fcMj J ^ J j| III
5jjjHddwdwffll^pp^p^|ppip5Jtf«g^^^^_
" «> ^_^ 50 ^^ M- S CO CO CO ^ J ^|J_^ li ^ 2 ^ £ d 0 = ^^
ooor>oooooooocr5050iOi<33050!0)a3050ooooooooO'^'^^'-i'-;';j'-;^5'
OOOOOOOOOOOOCOGOOOGOCCOOOOGCOCOClClCftC20i050505010505005050i0505050505
-"*^
(1) Lieut. W. McKee Dunn, Aide to Gen. Allen, leading player -with the Ameri- can Forces in Germany. (2) The quartette who played the final match in the Doubles Tournament, May 26, at the Riverside courts, Coblenz— 2, Major J K Crain, Ordnance Depot; 3, Lieut. Dunn: 4, Major W. R. Dear, Medical Corps; 5, Capt. H. P. Gantt. (.■?) The Winners— 6, Lieut. Dunn; 7, Major Grain. (4) The Runner-up— 8, Capt. Gantt; 9, Major Dear.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 237
American Forces in Germany
By Lew Riess, Associate Athletic Director Y.M.C.A.
Tennis interest ran high among the American soldiers on the Rhine during the 1921 season. The first meet was a singles tournament, held in Coblenz, April 18 to 25. The entry list was good and the tourney gave the promoters a chance to get a line on the ability of the players. The final round was played at the Festhalle courts before the largest gathering that ever attended an Ameri- can tennis match in Coblenz. Before Gen. H. T. Allen, Brig.-Gen. W. J. Johnston and other notables, Pvt. Selby H. Buck, from California, a member of Head- quarters Company, Eighth Infantry, was defeated by Lieut. H. G. Lodge of the First Engineers, 6/3,2/6,8/6.
The second tournament, also a singles competition, was held among the members of the Fifth Infantry stationed at Andernach. It took place during the week of May 15 on new courts constructed along the beautiful Rhine River front. Pvt. Selby Buck again was one of the finalists, and his opponent was none other than his Regimental Commanding Officer, Col. A. S. Greer. It was a case of a private soldier meeting his superior officer on the sport field of battle and defeating him, which proves that tennis truly is a democratic game. The match was hard fought, but it was a conditioned youth against the mature man and youth won, 6/2,7/5,6/2.
The first doubles tournament of the year took place in the week of May 20-27 on the Riverside courts in Coblenz. Playing before a crowd which was almost as great as the throng which witnessed the final round of the singles match held the month previous. Major Grain of the Ordnance Depot and Lieut. William McKee Dunn, aide to the Commanding General, defeated Major W. R. Dear of the Medical Corps and Capt. H. Gantt of the Artillery, 2/6,6/1,6/2,6/2.
On June 11, at Mainz, in the French Army of the Rhine Olympiads, Lieut. Dunn won the final round of singles when he defeated Major Hugenot of the British Army, 6/4,6/2,7/5. In the doubles Major Grain and Lieut. Dunn were defeated by Major Hugenot and Major Hunter, 6/4,6/0,6/3.
In a set of special matches played by officers of the American and British armies at Cologne, the Americans lost the first meeting by five matches to four, won the second by the same score, but in the final meeting the Americans lost the series by seven sets to two. The American team included Majors Dear, McDiarmid and McLean, and Lieutenants Dunn, Brown and Lodge.
In the July tournament held in Coblenz, Lieut. Dunn won the final by defeating Major McDiarmid, 6/4,1/6,6/4.
The Armies of Occupation championships, held in Coblenz, was a round robin affair. The Americans captured first place by winning the most matches, the British were second and the French third.
During August a singles tournament was staged at the A.F.G. Air Force courts at which Pvt. Nelson defeated Pvt. Wilson in the final by the score of 6/2,6/1,6/2.
Tennis in the A. F. in G. was under the direction of E. W. Brannon of the Y.M.C.A., who worked under Capt. L. S. Gerow, chief athletic officer. The tournaments in the Coblenz area were organized by D. L. Henderson, while those in Andernach were promoted by R. D. Baker, and in Mayen by W. H Hefelfinger of the Y.M.C.A.
PAUL B. WILLIAMS,
Field Secretary United States Lawn Tennis Association.
20 Broad Street, New York City.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 239
PART II
United States Lawn Tennis Association
CONTENTS.
PAGE
Annual Meeting 240
Officers 241
Committees for 1922 242
Constitution 243
By-Laws 247
Qualifications for Entry in National Singles Championship 249
Qualifications for Entry in National Doubles Championship 249
Qualifications for Entry in National Veterans' Championship 250
Regulations for Junior, Boys' and Girls' Tournaments 250
National Association Approves Award of Certificates 251
Tennis Umpires Association 252
Ranking Rules 252
Amateur Rule 253
Value of Prizes is Limited 253
Applications for Tournaments 253
Davis Cup Regulations 254
Tournament Schedule, 1922 257
Club Members 262
Association Members 266
Publicity for Tennis Tournaments 274
Court Construction, Accessories of the Game, Etc.
How to Lay Out a Tennis Court 275
Construction and Care of Tennis Courts 211
Construction and Care of a Dirt Court 277
How to Build a Dirt Court at Low Cost 280
Construction of a Stonedust Championship Court ^ 283
How to Construct and Keep a Grass Court 284
Construction and Care of a Grass Court 285
Construction of a Concrete Court 287
Construction of Asphalt Courts 290
Construction of Board Courts 292
Sub-Drainage for a Tennis Court 293
How to Construct a Practice Board 294
The Accessories of the Game — Hints on Their Installation 296
Materials for Marking Courts 298
How to Choose a Tennis Racket 299
PART III — Rules of Lawn Tennis and Tournament Regulations.
240 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Annual Meeting
The United States Lawn Tennis Association held its annual meeting February 4, 1922, at the Waldorf-Astoria. Julian S. Myrick was re-elected president; Dwight F. Davis of St. Louis was elected vice-president, replacing Edwin F. Torrey; Charles Garland of Pittsburgh was re-elected secretary, and Abner Y. Leech, Jr., of Washington, D. C., was elected treasurer, succeeding Joseph M. Jennings. A new Nominating Committee was elected composed of J. E. McLain, Pittsburgh; L. H. Waidner, Chicago, and Holcombe Ward of Sea Bright, N. J. By unanimous vote the meeting passed the amendment to the tournament regulations, which specifies that hereafter the seeded draw will prevail in all sanctioned tournaments. There was not a dissenting vote against the principle of the seeded draw. The proposed amendment to the rule governing amateur eligibility, which would have prevented tennis players from writing tennis articles and tournament reports for the newspapers was not passed. A two- ihirds vote is required to pass an amendment and accordingly the measure was defeated. Opposition was based on the belief that a change would constitute too great an interference with the personal liberty of the players.
A long discussion arose on the question of exhibition matches for gate re- ceipts by leading players, for charity and other purposes. There is already a rule on the books forbidding players from participation in such exhibitions, unless in matches officially sanctioned by the U.S.L.T.A. The new measure merely placed the Association on record as intending to discourage such exhibi- tions, except in rare instances such as the series held in 1921 for the Committee for Devastated France. There were a number of objections to the proposed measure, but it was nevertheless passed by a large majority. This does not mean that exhibitions for a worthy charity are impossible, but it does place the Association on record as being very careful about the sanctioning of such exhibitions.
A sectional charter was granted to the New York State Association, which comprises the Metropolitan Tennis Association, and a number of the member clubs of the U.S.L.T.A. throughout New York State. This action placed the New York State Association upon a level with such associations as the Western and California.
A report of Treasurer Jennings showed the affairs of the Association to be in prosperous condition. The Davis Cup challenge round at the West Side Tennis Club, Forest HiUs, brought in the record figure of $17,080, while $14,374 was received on the national singles tournament at the Germantown Cricket Club.
The leading dates on the tennis calendar for 1922 were settled at this meeting. The national singles championship was again awarded to the Germantown Cricket Club, beginning September 8. The Davis Cup challenge round was awarded to the West Side Tennis Club at Forest Hills, beginning September 1. The national doubles to the Longwood Cricket Club, Boston, beginning August 21. The Western Tennis Association was awarded the national clay court cham- pionship to be played at the club which that association designates, the date of this tournament being set back to July 10, somewhat later than in previous years, which will allow players from the Coast to play in this tournament on their way East. The Merion Cricket Club, Haverford, Pa., was given the inter- collegiate championship, beginning June 26.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 241
Officers
President Vice-President
JULIAN S. MYRICK DWIGHT F. DAVIS
38 Nassau St., New York, N. Y. Treasury Bldg., Washington, D. C.
Telephone, John 3662 Telephone, Main 6400
Secretary Treasurer
CHARLES GARLAND A. Y. LEECH, JR.
First Nat. Bank Bldg., Pittsburgh, Pa. 719 15th St. N.W., Washington, D. C. Telephone, Court 14 Telephone, Main 1735
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
The above Officers and Sectional Delegates
{Serving until Annual Meeting of 1923)
Walter A. Goss, 418 Corbett Bldg., Portland, Ore Pacific Northwest
Paul W. Gibbons, 125 South 11th St., Philadelphia, Pa Middle States
A. Y. Leech, Jr., 719 15th St.. N. W., Washington, D. C Middle Atlantic
G. O. RoMNEY, Belvedere Apts., Salt Lake City, Utah Intermountain
Carleton Y. Smith, Healey Bldg., Atlanta, Ga Southern
J. C. Stewart, 38 So. Dearborn St., Chicago, 111 Western
{Serving until Annual Meeting of 1924)
J. B. Adoue, Jr., National Bank of Commerce, Dallas, Tex Southwestern
W. C. Burton, c/o Plymouth Clothing Co., Minneapolis, Minn Northwestern
Edwin Sheafe, 141 Milk St., Boston, Mass New England
Louis B. Dailey, 120 Broadway, New York New York
C. Drummond Jones, Busch-Diesel Co., St. Louis, Mo Missouri Valley
Dr. Sumner Hardy, 209 Post St., San Francisco, Cal California
N. H. Bundy, 6 Charlton Apts., Norfolk, Va Middle Atlantic
DELEGATES-AT-LARGE {Serving until Annual Meeting of 1923)
Craig Biddle . 112 Drexel Bldg., Philadelphia, Pa.
R. NoRRis Williams, 2d 90 Lake Ave., Newton Centre, Mass.
Watson M. Washburn Hotel Albany, Washington, D. C.
{Serving until Annual Meeting of 1924)
R. Clifford Black 48th St. *and Fifth Ave., New York, N, Y.
Harry S. Knox 1444 W. 22d St., Chicago, 111.
Henry C. Wick, Jr Sweetland Bldg., Cleveland, Ohio
FORMER PRESIDENTS
George T. Adee 62 Broadway, New York, N. Y.
Harry W. Slocum Ill Broadway, New York, N. Y.
Robert D. Wrenn 39 Broadway, New York, N. Y.
FIELD SECRETARY
Paul B. Williams 20 Broad St., New York, N. Y.
Telephone Rector 3547
242 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Committees for 1922
AMATEUR RULE— George T. Adee, Chairman, 62 Broadway, New York City; Robert D. Wrenn, Edwin Sheafe, Dr. Sumner Hardy, Joseph M. Jennings, Ward C. Burton, Charles Garland, J. C. Stewart, J. S. Myrick, W. M. Johnston, R. Clifford Black.
BALL — Walter L. Pate, Chairman, 2 Wall St., New York City; Henry C. Martin, J. E. McLain, Dr. P. B. Hawk, Harvey N. Bundy, J. M. Cecil, Charles S. Landers, j. C. Stewart. J. C. Rohlfs. J. W. Thurston.
CONSTITUTION— Watson M. Washburn, Chairman, Hotel Albany, 17th and H Sts., Washington, D.C.; R. Norris Williams, 2d, S. Wallis Merrihew, R. Clifford Black, N. H. Bundy, Henry C. Wick, Jr., Walter A. Goss, Ward C. Burton, C. Y. Smith.
DAVIS CUP— Julian S. Myrick, Chairman, 38 Nassau St., New York City; Holcombe Ward, Robert D. Wrenn, George T. Adee, Samuel Hardy, Dwight F. Davis, Abner Y. Leech, Jr., Henry W. Slocum, R. D. Little, Beals C. Wright, E. F. Torrey.
DEVELOPMENT OF BOYS' AND GIRLS' TENNIS— Charles Garland, Chairman, First National Bank Building, Pittsburgh, Pa.; Joseph W. Wear, Arthur W. Ingraham, William C. Fuller, Berry M. Grant, Nathan H. Bundy, Rodowe H. Abeken, Walter A. Goss, Harry S. Knox, Daniel A. Penick, Nat B. Browne, William T. Tilden, 2d, Arthur Hollen.
DEVELOPMENT OF MUNICIPAL TENNIS— Harry S. Knox, Chairman, 1444 E. 22d St., Chicago, 111.; Paul W. Gibbons, Davison Obear, Louis B. Dailey, Paul Sheldon, Col. Wait C. Johnson, W. L. Rice.
FINANCE— Julian S. Myrick, Chairman, 38 Nassau St., New York City; George T. Adee.
HONORARY MEMBERSHIP— R. Norris Williams, 2d, Chairman, 90 Lake Ave., New- ton Centre,, Mass. ; William T. Tilden, 2d, M. E. McLoughlin, Watson M. Washburn, Robert D. Wrenn.
INTERCOLLEGIATE TENNIS— Watson M. Washburn, Chairman, Hotel Albany, 17th and H Sts., Washington, D.C. ; Charles S. Garland. Dean Mathey, R. Norris Wil- liams, 2d, Dr. T. W. Stephens, William T. Tilden, 2d, Philip Neer, B. F. Thorward, Dr. P. B. Hawk.
INVESTMENT— Abner Y. Leech, Jr., Chairman, 719 15th St., N.W., Washington, D.C; Palmer E. Presbrey, Dwight F. Davis.
MEMBERSHIP— Louis B. Dailey, Chairman, 120 Broadway, New York City; Edmund W. Peaslee, Charles M. Buchanan, Roland M. Hoerr, Edwin A. Barrows.
NATIONAL CLAY COURT CHAMPIONSHIP— J. C. Stewart, Chairman, 1510 First National Bank Bldg., Chicago, 111.; Harry S. Knox, Henry C. Wick, Jr.
NATIONAL DOUBLES CHAMPIONSHIP— Dwight F. Davis, Chairman, Treasury Bldg., Washington, D.C; George W. Wightman, Edwin Sheafe.
NATIONAL SINGLES CHAMPIONSHIP— Julian S. Myrick, Chairman, 38 Nassau St., New York City; George T. Adee, Bernon S. Prentice, Joseph M. Jennings, R. Cliflford Black. Edwin F. Torrey. Craig Biddle.
TENNIS FOR WOMEN— Joseph M. Jennings, Chairman, 8612 Germantown Ave., Chestnut Hill, Pa.; G. W. Wightman, L. H. Waidner, E. H. Hooker, George Warder.
NOMINATING — Holcombe Ward, Chairman, 1107 Broadway. New York; T. E. McLain, 1807 Oliver Bldg., Pittsburgh, Pa.; L. H. Waidner, 175 West Jackson Blvd., Chicago.
RANKING— Russell N. Dana, Chairman, Pawtucket, R.I.; Dr. P. B. Hawk, B. F. Thor- ward, William M. Fischer. Percival V. Bowen.
JUNIOR RANKING— Paul W. Gibbons, Chairman, 125 South 11th St., Philadelphia, Pa.; William T. Tilden, 2d, Charles Garland.
SCHEDULE— Jones W. Mersereau, Chairman, Butterick Bldg., New York City; S. Wal- lis Merrihew, Paul B. Williams, Miss Florence A. Ballin.
UMPIRES— R. Clifford Black, Chairman, 594 Fifth Ave., New York City; C L. Fred- erick. C N. Beard. Richard Bishop, A. T. Gibney, Robert Kinsey. E. C Conlin.
SANCTION OF EXHIBITION MATCHES— Robert D. Wrenn, Chairman, 39 Broad- way. New York City; George T. Adee, Henry W. Slocum.
DEVELOPMENT OF DOUBLES PLAY— Dwight F. Davis, Chairman, Treasury Bldg., Washington, D.C; Holcombe Ward, B. C Wright, Karl H. Behr, R. D. Little.
VETERANS' PLAY— Edwin Sheafe, Chairman, 141 Milk St., Boston, Mass.; Dr. T. W. Stephens, J. D. E. Jones. Henry W. Warner.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 243
Constitution and By-Laws
CONSTITUTION
ARTICLE I.
NAME.
This organization shall be known as the "United States Lawn Tennis Associa- tion," hereinafter referred to as the National Association.
ARTICLE II.
MEMBERS.
Section 1. The membership shall consist of the following classes:
(A) ACTIVE: Clubs and Sectional and Tennis Center Associations, which shall
have voting power and pay dues.
(B) ALLIED: School, College and Park Associations, which shall not have voting
power or pay dues.
(C) HONORARY: Individuals, who shall not have voting power or pay dues.
Sec. 2. (a) Sectional Associations shall consist of clubs and tennis center asso* ciations of clubs within the limits of a section as follows:
New England, comprising the states of
Connnecticut (except that part within 35 miles of New York City Hall), Maine» Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont.
New York, comprising the state of
New York (and those parts of Connecticut and New Jersey within 35 mile» of New York City Hall).
Middle States, comprising the states of
Delaware, New Jersey (except that part within 35 miles of New York City Hall), Pennsylvania.
Middle Atlantic, comprising the states of
Maryland, Virginia. West Virginia, and the District of Columbia.
Missouri Valley, comprising the states of
Arkansas, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Oklahoma.
Southern, comprising the states of
Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee.
Western, comprising the states of
Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio, Wisconsin.
Northwestern, comprising the states of Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota.
Southwestern, comprising the states of Arizona, New Mexico, Texas.
Intermountain, comprising the states of
Colorado, that part of Idaho south of 45th parallel of latitude, Montana, Nevada, Utah, Wyoming.
Pacific Northwest, comprising the states of
Oregon, Washington, that part of Idaho north of the 45th parallel of latitude.
California, comprising the state of California.
A tennis center association shall consist of clubs within the limits of a community, s fixed by the sectional association in which it is located or, if there is no active actional association, by the National Association.
244 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Clubs of any foreign country may join the National Association or any sectional association, subject to the consent of the National Executive Committee in each case.
(b) School and college associations shall consist of not less than five schools or colleges. However, an individual school or college may also form a club and become an active member.
Park associations shall consist of associations of public park players, not more than one association from any one city, approved by the Park Commissioner.
(c) A club may secure membership only through the tennis center association, or if not within the limits of such an association, only through the sectional association within whose limits it is located. If not within the limits of an active associa- tion, it m.ay secure direct membership in the National Association.
^ Tennis center or park associations located within the limits of a sectional associa- tion shall not be admitted to direct membership in the National Association but shall secure membership through their sectional association.
Sub-section (c) shall apply only in the Western, California, the Missouri Valley, the Pacific, Northwest and New York sections for the present. It may be extended to other sections by constitutional amendment in the usual form. Pending such extension, no club or tennis center association being itself a member of the National Association shall be counted as a member of any association in determining the voting power of such association.
(d) Honorary individual members shall be elected by the Executive Committee on recommendation of the Honorary Membership Committee.
Sec. 3. Proposals for direct membership must be made in writing to the Executive Committee, hereinafter provided for, with the name and address of the applicant, and signed by the proper officer of the club or association making the proposal, and shall give such information with regard to membership, grounds, etc., as shall be required by the Executive Committee. Where the applicant is an association, the names and addresses of each of its members shall be given with the application, together with a statement of the limits that it desires to represent.
Sec. 4. The Executive Committee shall have full power to elect candidates for membership, except that no association shall be deemed a member whose limits shall conflict with those of any other association until its election be confirmed by a two- thirds vote at the annual meeting of the National Association, or the associations upon whose limits it encroaches consent to such encroachment. The election to mem- bership of such an association automatically decreases the limits of other associations to such an extent as shall preclude a conflict of limits. The Executive Committee shall issue a charter to each active association which is a direct member of the National Association, defining its limits and duties. Sectional associations shall issue a similar charter to each of their member associations.
Sec. 5. The secretary of each sectional association and of each club and tennis center association holding direct membership in the National Association, shall sub- mit to the Secretary of the National Association, prior to December 31st, a complete report of membership as of the preceding October 1st. The club report shall con- tain the names and addresses of its officers and the exact number of members in good standing.^ The association report shall contain the names and addresses of its officers and a list of its member clubs with the exact membership of each. The secre- tary of each sectional association, and of each sub-association belonging directly to the National Association, shall notify the National Secretary itnmediately of all changes in membership. The statements furnished under the provisions of this sec- tion shall be the basis upon which dues and voting power are established, as pro- vided in Article III, Section 1, for the ensuing fiscal year beginning February 1st. Failure to furnish these statements by April 1 will be cause for the Association to render a bill for dues based on the club's latest report, or upon a minimum classifica- t.on of membership. ARTICLE III.
VOTING POWERS AND DUES.
Section 1. (a) The voting power and dues of clubs shall be determined by the following schedule:
Membership. Annual Dues. Votes.
100 or less $10.00 100
101 to 125 12.50 125
126 to 150 15.00 150
151 to 175 17.50 175
176 to 200 20.00 200
and so on, increasing the voting power pro rata and the dues by two dollars and fifty cents ($2.50) for each additional twenty-five members.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 245
(b) Country clubs, athletic clubs and other clubs fostering tennis only in connec- tion with other sports, and school and college tennis clubs, shall have 100 votes and pay annual dues of ten dollars ($10), irrespective of membership. If any such club except a school or college club has more than 100 members chiefly interested in ten- nis, the secretary and chairman of the Tennis Committee shall certify to their exact number in the report provided for in Article II, Section 5. and the club's dues and voting power shall be established on the basis of such memoers only.
Sec. 2. A tennis center association shall pay to its sectional association fifty per cent (50%) of all dues collected from its member clubs and shall be entitled to cast its full voting strength in all meetings of its sectional association, by either solid or split delegations. If it belongs directly to the National Association, it shall pay and vote in t'le National Association on the same basis.
Sec. 3. A sectional association shall pay to the National Association fifty per cent (50%) of all dues collected from its members and shall be entitled to cast the full voting strength of all member clubs and tennis center associations, by either solid or split delegations.
Sec. 4. School, college and park associations shall have no voting power and shall be exempt from paying dues.
Sec. 5. No club or active association shall be allowed to enjoy any of the privi- leges of mernbership until its first annual dues have been paid, or to vote at the Annual Meeting of the National Association unless it was a member of the associa- tion for the preceding fiscal year. The fiscal year of the National Association shall begin February 1st. Dues of clubs holding direct membership shall be paid before May 1st, and of associations before July 1st.
ARTICLE IV.
RESIGNATIONS, EXPULSIONS, ETC.
Section 1. Any member wishing to resign must do so in writing, addressed to the Secretary; and the resignation cannot be accepted until all dues for the current fiscal year are paid. Resignations must be received before February 1st to relieve the mem- ber from payment of dues for the ensuing year.
Sec. 2. The Executive Committee, hereinafter provided for, shall have the power to suspend or expel any member which may be more than one month in arrears in paying its annual dues; or which may neglect or refuse a strict and honorable com- pliance with the Constitution, By-Laws, Regulations of the National Association, or which may by its conduct bring reproach or disgrace upon the National Association; or which being an association may retain as one of its members any club or associa- tion objected to in writing by the Executive Committee, or may fail to fulfil tb« duties prescribed by its charter; subject to the right of any member suspended oi expelled to appeal to the National Association for reinstatement at its next annual meeting.
ARTICLE V.
OFFICERS.
Section 1. The affairs of the National Association shall be conducted by an Execu- tive Committee composed of the President, Vice-President, Secretary, Treasurer, and such ex-Presidents of the Association as may be elected from year to year at the annual meeting, and eighteen other members, twelve of whom shall represent stated sections of the country as provided in Article II, Section 2. and shall be called Sec- tional Delegates. The remaining six shall be called Delegates-at-Large.
Sec. 2. The President, Vice-President, Secretary and Treasurer shall be elected at the annual meeting of the National Association in each year and shall serve until their respective successors are elected. The Sectional Delegates shall be appointed by the active associations of the sections which they respectively represent and shall serve for two years. If a section is not represented by an active association, or if a sectional association fails to make an appointment, its delegate shall be elected at the annual meet- ing of the National Association by a vote of the representatives of that section; if such section is not represented at the annual meeting, its delegate shall be elected by a general vote of the annual meeting. Each sectional delegate must live in the section which he represents. On his removal outside the bounds of such section, his place shall become vacant Sectional delegates appointed by active associations must present their certificates of appointment to the Secretary of the National Association at or before the annual meeting. The Delegates-at-Large shall serve two years and shall be elected three each year at the annual meeting of the National Assiociation.
246 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Sec. 3. The election of officers and delegates shall be by ballot and a majority vote shall be required to elect. Any vacancy among the officers or members of the Execu- tive Committee may be filled by the Executive Committee; such appointee shall hold office only until the next annual meeting, when a successor shall be elected or appointed as provided in Section 2.
Sec. 4. Tke President — It shall be the duty of the President to preside at all meetings of the Executive Committee and of Uie National Association; to preserve order, to appoint all committees not otherwise provided for, and to see that the offi- cers and committees perform their respective duties.
Sec. S. The Vice-President — The Vice-President shall assist the President in the performance of his duties, and shall exercise all the powers of the President in his absence.
Sec. 6. The Secretary — The Secretary shall keep a roll of all the members, and from time to time amend and correct the same as circumstances require. He shall notify new members of their election within two weeks thereafter, and shall give notice of all meetings of the Executive Committee at least two weeks in advance. He shall conduct all general correspondence of the National Association, filing copies of all such correspondence. He shall keep the minutes of the proceedings of the National Association and Executive Committee and a record of such matters of interest as may occur, and may employ such clerical assistance as may be authorized by the Executive Committee.
Sec. 7. The Treasurer — The Treasurer shall keep, in a suitable book provided for that purpose, an account of all moneys received and paid. He shall liquidate all properly authorized bills against the National Association, and shall report in writing the state of the finances when required by the Executive Committee; and, at the annual meeting, he shall present a written report showing all the receipts and expenditures for the year. His accounts shall be audited by an audit company at least once annually, and he may employ such clerical assistance as may be authorized by the Executive Committee.
Sec. 8. The Field Secretary — The Field Secretary shall manage the general office of the National Association, performing such duties and exercising such powers in connection therewith as may be delegated to him by the officers and the Executive Committee. His compensation shall be fixed by the Executive Committee.
Sec. 9. The Executive Committee, etc. — It shall be the duty of the Executive Committee to see that the general provisions of the Constitution and By-Laws of the National Association are complied with by members of the same; to hear and decide all questions submitted by members for decision, at least one week's notice of hearing being given to any other member who may be affected by the question; to construe and enforce all the rules of the National Association. All decisions of the Executive Committee shall be complied with forthwith; but an appeal therefrom may be taken by any member to the National Association at its next annual meeting. The Execu- tive Committee and the Secretary shall cause official notices, and such other matters of information as they shall deem of interest, to be published in a paper which may be appointed annually by the Executive Committee .as the official bulletin of the National Association. All members are to be given notice of said appointment, and thereafter are expected to take notice of official publications therein. The Executive Committee shall^ have the supervision over all tournaments conducted under the aus- pices of the National Association, and may assume the conduct of such tournaments as it shall deem advisable. It shall have general charge of the funds of the National Association, and shall control all exi>enditures. It may charge oflF all bills owing to the National Association which it shall deem uncollectible.
Each member of the Executive Committee must be a member of a club belonging either directly to the National Association, or indirectly as specified in Article II, Section 2. Seven members, including officers, shall constitute a quorum at any meet- ing of the Executive Committee.
Sec. 10. The Nominating Committee — A Nominating Committee of not less than three nor more than five members (none of whom shall be a member of the Execu- tive Committee) shall be elected at the annual meeting, and notice of such election shall be sent immediately to all members of the Association by the Secretary. The Nominating Committee shall make nominations for the officers and members of the Executive Committee and members of the Nominating Committee, to be voted on at the ensuing annual meeting under the provisions of the Constitution.
A notice containing such nominations shall be sent to every member of the Associ- ation by the Secretary, together with the notice of the annual meeting.
Only one member of the Nominating Committee may serve continuously for two year*.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 247
Sec. 11. Sectional Delegates — In addition to their other duties as members of the Elxecutive Committee, it shall be the duty of Sectional Delegates carefully to observe conditions relating to the game in the sections which they respectively represent and to report thereon to the officers of the National Association and the Executive Com- mittee.
ARTICLE VI.
MEETINGS.
Section 1. There shall be a stated annual meeting of the National Association held, on a date to be fixed by the President, between the 1st and 15th of February, in each year, at a place to be designated at the previous annual meeting, or, in the absence of such designation, by the President. At least thirty and not more than sixty days before such meeting a written notice thereof shall be mailed to each mem- ber of the National Association by the Secretary.
Sec. 2. A special meeting of the National Association may be called by the Execu- tive Committee at any time, and shall be so called upon the written request of mem- bers of the Association representing not less than 5,000 votes. At least twenty days before the meeting a written notice shall be mailed to each member of the National Association by the Secretary, stating the object of the meeting. Only those matters specified in the notice shall be considered at the meeting.
Sec. 3. At all meetings of the National Association the representatives of 10,000 votes shall constitute a quorum.
Sec. 4, At all meetings members may be represented by any person _ who is a member of a club belonging directly or indirectly to the National Association. E^ch delegate or proxy must present at the meeting written credentials from the member- he represents, signed and attested by at least two officers, one of whom may be the chairman of the committee in charge of tennis affairs.
ARTICLE VII.
amendments, etc.
Amendments to this Constitution may be made at any annual meeting by a vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes cast, provided that at least thirty days before such meeting a notice of the proposed amendment be sent to each club or association in the National Association. By-Laws may be amended at any annual or special meeting under the same provisions.
BY-LAWS
ARTICLE I.
ORDER OF BUSINESS, ETC
Section 1. The order of business for this Association shall be as follows:
1. Roll Call.
2. Reading of Minutes.
3. Secretary's Report.
4. Treasurer's Report.
5. Report of Committees.
6. Elections.
7. Miscellaneous Business.
8. Adjournment.
Sec. 2. Authority for Rules of Order. — For the "Rules of Order," and any and all parliamentary rules not herein mentioned, those laid down in "Cushing's Manual" shall be authority.
ARTICLE II.
Section 1. All clubs represented in this Association shall be governed by the lawi of lawn tennis as laid down by this Association.
Sec. 2. Laws of Matches, etc. — All matches played by clubs represented in this Association shall be played under all the rules adopted by it
248 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Sec. 3. None but amateurs shall be allowed to enter any match or matches played under the auspices of this Association, except such as are expressly- open to profes- sionals.
Sec. 4. An amateur tennis player is one who plays tennis solely for the pleasure and physical benefits he derives therefrom, and to whom the playing of tennis is nothing more than a pastime.
Sec. 5. Acts of Disbarment. — A person shall cease to be an amateur by committing any of the following acts:
1. By entering a competition open only to professionals, or nlaying for a
money prize or gate receipts.
2. By playing, instructing, pursuing or assisting in the pursuit of tennis or
other athletic exercise as a means of livelihood or for gain or any emolu- ment,
3. By obtaining or retaining membership in any tennis or athletic club of any
kind because of any mutual understanding, express or implied, whereby
such membership would be of any pecuniary benefit to the member of the club.
4. By permitting or sanctioning the use of his name or initials on tennis
rackets or to advertise or promote the sale of tennis goods, or by per- mitting his name to be advertised or published as the author of books or articles on tennis of which he is not actually the author.
5. By selling, pledging or otherwise converting into money any prize won in a
tennis tournament, or converting any prize so won into any article or articles, commonly known as necessities, such as food, ordinary clothing, etc., or accepting as a prize any such article.
6. By playing in a team or exhibition match v/here gate receipts are charged,
unless permission to hold such match shall have been previously obtained from the Executive Committee, or from a sub-committee appointed by the Executive Committee, or from the sectional delegate of the section in which such match is to be played.
7. By being connected with the sale of tennis goods, or with^ a firm manufac-
turing or selling tennis goods, except when such connection shall be of a general nature in a firm manufacturing or selling general athletic goods, and the person so connected has to do with tennis goods to no greater extent than with any other line of goods.
8. By being guilty of grossly unsportsmanlike conduct.
_ Sec. 6. 1. The Executive Committee of the United States Lawn Tennis Associa- tion shall be the tribunal to decide whether a player has violated any provisions of Sections 4 or 5 of these By-Laws.
2. Any person who becomes ineligible by reason of By-Laws 4 or 5 may be rein- stated on giving to the Executive Committee of the United States Lawn Tennis Asso- ciation satisfactory evidence of meriting such reinstatement.
[Note: The Association earnestly recommends that clubs use due vigilance to see that their own members observe Sections 4 and 5 and to report any violations, with full particulars relating to each case, to the Executive Committee.]
Sec. 7. No player shall be allowed to enter any match given by this Association except interscholastic, boy or junior matches unless he is a member of a club belong- ing either directly to this Association or indirectly through an active or school or college association, or is the winner of a member park association final championship tournament, or has played in an interscholastic boy or junior tournament in the same year. But the Executive Committee is empowered, in its discretion, to permit any foreigners or other players to enter, for special cause, any match given under the auspices of the Association.
ARTICLE III.
suspension of by-laws.
Any article or section of these By-Laws may be suspended for any one meeting by a two-thirds vote of all cast.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 249
qualifications' for entry in MEN'S NATIONAL SINGLES CHAMPIONSHIP
(Adopted by the U.S.L.T.A., Feb. 9, 1917; revised Feb. 5, 1921.)
Entries shall close on a published date at least ten days prior to the beginning of play.
Entry shall be open to players in good standing belonging to clubs or associations having membership in the United States Lawn Tennis Association, as follows:
1. Players who have been ranked by the United States Lawn Tennis Association in the first fifty during any of the five years last preceding the tournament, or who have at any time been ranked in the first twenty.
2. Players who have in the current playing" season played in not less than three sanctioned tournaments, and have made a reasonably good record. Committee of management of the tournament to have the power to rule on the value of a player's record.
3. Players who do not qualify in any of the above classes but whose entry is accept- able to the Executive Committee of the U.S.L.T.A. by reason of residence in foreign countries, promise of skill or other circumstances deemed sufficient to cause excep- tions in their cases.
4. All entries shall be made through the club secretary.
QUALIFICATIONS FOR ENTRY IN MEN'S NATIONAL DOUBLES CHAMPIONSHIP
(Adopted by the U.S.L.T.A., Feb. 6, 1920; revised Feb. 5, 1921.)
Entries shall close on a published date at least three days prior to the beginning of play.
Entry shall be open to teams composed of players in good standing belonging to clubs or associations having membership in the United States Lawn Tennis Associa- tion as follows:
First. — Members of a team which wins a current sectional doubles championship. If the winners cannot compete, the runners-up may take their place. Each duly accredited section shall be entitled to a doubles championship. All matches in sec- tional championships and in the national championships shall be the best three out of five sets. Sectional representatives shall not be required to pay any entrance fee for the national championship.
At the option of the sectional association, entry may be limited to residents of the section, or open to non-resident teams of which neither member has won a sectional doubles championship in the current season.
The sectional association or, in sections where no association exists, the club hold- ing the event will be entitled to receive from the U.S.L.T.A. an amount equal to the railroad and Pullman fares of the members of such team from the place where they respectively reside to the place of holding the national championship and return. Any sectional association or club not so represented shall receive no such reimburse- ment, nor shall any such reimbursement be made to players resident outside the section of which they won the doubles championship.
Second. — Players who have been ranked by the U.S.L.T.A. in singles or doubles during any of the five years last preceding the tournament, or who have at any time been ranked in the first twenty in singles or the first ten in doubles.
r/i»Vd.— Players who, in the last three years preceding the championship, have been semi-finalists or better in any two tournaments sanctioned by the U.S.L.T.A.
FoMr*/i.— -Players who have in the current playing season played in not less than three sanctioned tournaments and have made a reasonably good record. The commit- tee of management of the tournament has the power to rule on the value of a player's record.
Fifth. — Players who have in the current season played together as a team in not less than four sanctioned tournaments.
Sixth. — Players who do not qualify in any of the above classes but whose entry ii acceptable to the Executive Committee of the U.S.L.T.A. by reason of residence in
250 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
foreign countries, promise of skill or other circumstances deemed sufficient to cause exceptions in their cases.
Seventh. — All entries , shall be made through the club secretary.
Eighth. — In the national doubles championship all teams shall be bracketed by the usual draw. There shall be no challenge round. The place and date of holding the championship shall be determined at the annual meeting. For the year 1920 it shall be held at Boston, Mass., at the Longwood Cricket Club, beginning August 16.
QUALIFICATION FOR ENTRY IN THE VETERAN'S CHAMPIONSHIP
The Executive Committee on July 5, 1918, voted to establish a national veterans' championship in singles, and subsequently a veterans' doubles title w^as authorized, both events being open to men 45 years of age or who become 45 years of age during the year of competition. At the annual meeting in 1921 it was voted to change the age limit for the doubles to 40 years.
REGULATIONS FOR JUNIOR, BOYS' AND GIRLS' TOURNAMENTS
JUNIORS AND BOYS.
The Plan of Competition. — Competition for the national junior and national boys' championships of the United States is planned on a series of elimination contests. These shall begin with preliminary tournaments whose winners shall be eligible to compete for district championships in cities designated by the United States Lawn Tennis Association as tennis centers. The winners of these tennis center events shall be eligible to compete for the national titles, the same plan applying to juniors and boys in both singles and doubles. The U.S.L.T.A. presents medals to the winners of tennis center championships.
Interscholastic tournaments, when sanctioned in the usual manner, may be held by colleges or universities affiliated with the U.S.L.T.A. The winners shall be eligible to compete for the national championships in the same year under the established age limits without qualifying through the tennis center championship.
An individual or team holding a national junior or boys' championship may com- pete for such title without furthei qualifications while remaining within the age limit of such class, and the winners of the national championships for boys, in their final year of age limitation in that class, shall be eligible in the following year to compete without further qualification (in singles or doubles, as the case may be) in the national chompionships for juniors.
Tournaments- — Any school, club, college or park association, member directly or indirectly of the U.S.L.T.A,, may give sanctioned tournaments as preliminary to ten- nis center championships.
If preliminary tournaments cannot be scheduled for cities designated as tennis cen- ters, one tournament may be sanctioned as the tennis center championship upon proper application.
Sanction must be obtained in the usual manner by application to the Field Secretary.
It shall be the duty of the Tournament Committee to require a written entry from each player stating date of birth.
All championship matches for boys shall be the best two out of three sets. Matches for juniors in all tournaments (preliminary, center, interscholastic and national) to be the best two out of three sets except in the final round, when the best three out of five sets shall govern.
Eligibility. — The junior tournaments shall be open to boys who have not reached their eighteenth birthday on March first in the year of competition.
Interscholastic tournaments shall be open to boys complying with this age limit who are attending schools, preparing for college.
Boys' tournaments shall be open to boys who have not reached their fifteenth birth- day on March first in the year of competition.
A player may compete in preliminary tournaments each season until he has won one such event
The winner of a preliminary tournament in any season shall be eligible to compete in any tennis center championship during the same season until he wins such an event.
A boy winning both a junior and a boy's preliminary tournament may compete in tennis center championships in either class, but in one class only.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 251
Winners of tennis center and interscholastic championships shall be eligible to com- pete in their respective classes, for the national junior and national boys' champion- ships in tournaments to be held at such time and place as may be selected by the bcheduie Committee.
In case the winner of a singles tournament or the winning team of a doubles tour- nament be unable to compete in the event to which they thus become eligible, the management of such tournament may nominate other participants to fill such vacan- cies.
Any winner of a junior or boys' center singles championship or an interscholastic singles championship who enters the national tournament and who has not also qualified to play as a member of a team in the doubles championship, shall be accorded the privilege of playing in the doubles as one of a team to be selected by the Tournament Committee from such singles players as are available.
No players shall be eligible to compete for the singles or doubles championships except those qualifying under the foregoing regulations; but the Executive Committee may accept the entries of foreign players who do not qualify under these regulations «nd who are within the established age limits.
Entries for national championships must be in the hands of the Field Secretary of the U.S.L.T.A. at least five days prior to the dates scheduled for the beginning of play.
Players entering the national junior or boys' championships may not enter the men's singles championship unless qualified under the regulations governing entry in the men's event.
GIRLS.
Championships and Eligibility. — Competition for the national girls' championships of the United States in singles and doubles shall be held at such time and place as may be selected by the Schedule Committee, there being no preliminary tournaments for the purpose of qualifying. These championships are open to girls who have not reached their eighteenth birthday on March 1st in the year of competition.
It shall be the duty of the Tournament Committee to require a written entry from each player stating date of birth.
The following cities have been designated as tennis centers:
California — San Francisco, Los Angeles, Fresno.
Intermountain — Salt Lake City, Denver.
Middle Atlantic — Baltimore, Washington, Charleston, W. Va. ; Richmond, Norfolk.
Middle States — Pittsburgh, Philadelphia, North Philadelphia, Wilmington.
Missouri Valley — Dubuque, Des Moines, Sioux City, Omaha, Kansas City, St. Louis, Independence, Oklahoma City, Fort Dodge.
New England — Portland, Me.; Boston, Providence, Hartford, Springfield.
New York — New York. Brooklyn, Montclair, Utica, Rochester, Buffalo, Monmouth County (Rumson, N. J., is P. O. address).
Northwestern — Duluth, Minneapolis, Grand Forks, N. D. ; Sioux Falls, S. D.: Butte, Mont.; Faribault, Minn.
Pacific Northwest — Tacoma, Seattle, Spokane, Wash.; Portland, Ore.; Lewiston, Idaho; Victoria, Vancouver, B. C. _
Southern — Knoxville, Memphis, Birmingham, Atlanta, New Orleans, Greenville, S. C; Charlotte, N. C; Asheville, N. C; Chattanooga, Tenn.; Nashville, Tenn.; Louisville.
Southwestern — Little Rock, Ark.; Texarkana, Ark.; Houston, Dallas, El Paso, Tucson, Ariz.
Western — Cleveland, Indianapolis, Cincinnati, Milwaukee, Grand Rapids, Detroit, Chicago, Springfield, 111.
The Executive Committee may, in their discretion, add to the number of tennis centers.
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION APPROVES AWARD OF CERTIFICATES
At the annual meeting of the United States Lawn Tennis Association on February 6, 1920, the following was adopted:
RESOLVED, That this meeting recommends to all the member clubs of the U.S.L.T.A. holding tournaments that they offer as prizes certificates of the form described in the report of the committee on standard certificate, with such modifications as may be approved by the national Executive Committee at its May meeting.
252 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
The purpose of this resolution is to afford the members of the National Association an opportunity to comply with the general policy of the Association in favoring simple trophies rather than expensive prizes for sanctioned tournaments. Use of certificates is optional with the club, but in case a club desires to use the certificate this standard form is provided.
TENNIS UMPIRES ASSOCIATION
There is no branch of our tennis organization that has had a more satisfactory develop- ment than the Tennis Umpires Association, which was organized in 1917 by Edward C. Conlin of New York, its first president. While it was formed with the sanction of the U. S. Lawn Tennis Association, it was at first not affiliated with the national body. _
Under the able directorship of Mr. Conlin, who prepared the now well known Umpires' ^Manual, which contains the rules, regulations, and the instructions to officials, the Um^pires' Association soon gained a large and enthusiastic membership representative of the entire country. The need for such an organization had long been felt, particularly in remote sections of the country rarely visited by officials of the National Association. Ii thus became possible for clubs in outlying districts to conduct their tournaments with all the attention to detail that characterizes the more widely known grass court champion- ships of the East. The Umpires' Association provides instruction in the rules governing play and in the proper conduct of a tournament; it explains carefully the duties of an umpire, of a linesman, the functions of the referee, and so on. In some parts of the country it is necessary to pass an examination on these subjects before obtaining a membership badge. The Association has thus been instrumental in widely disseminating useful knowledge regarding the game.
Such was the success of the movement that in 1920 the Umpires' Association was formally taken over by the U. S. Lawn Tennis Association as a part of its organization. It is now conducted as a regular committee of that body under the able leadership of i'. Clifford Black of New York, whose conscientious work during the past year has helped to widen the influence of the Association. It is the only existing body of its kind, and visitors from other lands have been much impressed by the efficiency of its members m conducting tournaments. Mr. Norman Brookes is anxious to have a similar body established in Australia, and the tennis officials of France and England, realizing the advantage to American tennis given by the Association, have sent for full particulars regarding its formation with a view of establishing like organizations in their own countries. In fact, early in 1922, a Tennis Umpires' Association was formed in England. The following were instrumental in forming this association: Mr. Alfred Sperry (president), Messrs. F. R. Burrow, E. R. Clarke, G. H. Musgrave, C. Pflaum, P. W. Rootham, E. W. Timmis, H. A. Sabelli, and Sir Lionel Alexander Bart (hon. secretary). The association has been accepted to membership in the Lawn Tennis Association.
All communications for the United States Tennis Umpires Association should be sent to the office of the U.S.L.T.A.. Room 721, 20 Broad Street. New York, N. Y.
RANKING RULES
The United States Lawn Tennis Association at its Annual Meeting on February 5, 1921, adopted the following:
RESOLVED, that a Ranking Committee of three be appointed by the President of the United States Lawn Tennis Association, with instructions to rank annually:
(A) Men's singles, twenty individuals.
(B) Women's singles, twenty individuals.
(C) Men's doubles, ten teams.
(D) Junior singles, ten individuals.
The Committee's findings shall be based upon its judgment of players' performance in sanctioned tournaments of the current season.
It shall be the duty of the Ranking Committee to urge the appointment of sectional and city ranking committees. These local committees shall report their rankings to the National Committee before November tenth of each year, these reports to form a part of the National Committee's report and to be published as part of the national ranking list. In addition to the foregoing, the Intercollegiate Committee of the United States Lawn Tennis Association shall rank annually ten members of the Intercollegiate Lawn Tennis Association, the ranking being based upon intercollegiate competition.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 253
AMATEUR RULE
The attention of members of the United States Lawn Tennis Association is called to the following resolution adopted by the Executive Committee of the U.S.N.L.T.A., at its annual meeting in New York City, March 21, 1919:
WHEREAS, The annual meeting of the U.S.N.L.T.A., held in New York, February 9, 1917, adopted as Section 5, Sub-Section 2 of the By-Laws, the following rule: "A person shall cease to be an amateur — ^by playing, instructing, pursuing, or assisting in the pursuit of tennis or other athletic exercises as a means of livelihood, or for gain or for any emolument"; RESOLVED, That any club or association directly or indirectly paying the expenses, board or lodging of any tennis player must send a detailed memorandum of such expenses to Charles Garland, Secretary, First National Bank Building, Pittsburgh, Pa., for the information of the Executive Committee, or further sanction may be refused.
WHEREAS, The annual meeting of the U.S.N.L.T.A., held in New York, February 9, 1917, adopted as Section 5, Sub-Section 7, the following rule:
"A person shall cease to be an amateur — by being connected with the sale of tennis goods, or with a .firm manufacturing or selling tennis goods, except as such connection shall be of a general nature in a firm manufacturing or selling general athletic goods, and the person so connected has to do with ten- nis goods to no greater extent than with any other line of goods"; and WHEREAS, In order to carry out the wishes of the annual meeting it is necessary for the Executive Committee to find out the facts in regard to all players connected with the manufacture or sale of tennis goods; be it
RESOLVED, That the Executive Committee requires all players who are engaged in any way with the tennis goods business to furnish Charles Garland, Secretary, First National Bank Building, Pittsburgh, Pa., with a memorandum, before June 1, each year, covering their activity for the previous year along the following lines : First, the number of tournaments played in and the actual amount of time absent from business;
Second, a statement of the extent with which he individually has to do with tennis goods, as compared with other lines of goods manufactured or sold by the firm with which he is connected, together with a statement of the exact value of goods sold by him, sub-divided into the actual value of tennis goods sold, golf goods sold, base ball goods sold, and the total value of all other lines of goods sold; and be it further RESOLVED, That any player purposing to enter the employ of a sporting goods firm or to go into the sporting goods business, shall before so doing furnish in writing to Charles Garland, Secretary, First National Bank Building, Pittsburgh, Pa., all the facts relating to such employment or business ; and be it further
RESOLVED, That a sub-committee be appointed to take final action on the infor- mation thus assembled, and where it appears that a player has broken the rules to suspend him from further tournament play, unless he can show that at the present time he has corrected his infringement of the rule.
VALUE OF PRIZES IS LIMITED
The Executive Committee of the United States Lawn Tennis Association at its meet- ing on December 17, 1921, adopted a resolution requesting all clubs affiliated with the National Association to limit the value of prizes offered in both invitation and open tournaments.
The committee recommends that the value of first prizes be limited to $50 and of second prizes to $25, and urges the co-operation of all clubs affiliated with the National Association in carrying out this policy, which is intended to discourage the award of ex- pensive prizes in tennis tournaments.
APPLICATIONS FOR TOURNAMENTS
Applications for officially sanctioned tournaments for 1923 must be made to Paul B. Williams, Field Secretary, 20 Broad Street, New York City, on or before March 12, 1923. Any club failing to apply in writing before that date will not be awarded the tournament applied for.
By order of the Executive Committee. CHARLES GARLAND,
Secretary.
254 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Davis Cup Redulations
(.As Revised at a Meeting held in London, June 27, 1921.) 1 The Competition shall be called "The International Lawn Tennis Championship"; every country entitled to take part in the Competition is hereinafter referred to as a "Nation", and the Nation holding the Championship is hereinafter referred to as the "Champion Nation".
2. The Competition shall, subject to Regulation 26 be open to
(a) Every country possessing a constitution and independent national representation, and
(b) Every country not so qualified which shall, with the consent of the Lawn Tennis Association or corresponding organization of the Nation of which it forms a constituent part, be from time to time approved as a competitor by not less than two-thirds of the Nations which shall have competed and who, being still eligible to compete, shall record their votes with the Champion Nation. The following are already Nations for the pur- poses of these Regulations, namely,
Argentine British Isles Denmark India South Africa
Australasia Canada France J^pan ^P^}^„ o
Belgium Czecho-Slovakia Holland Philippines United States
3. The Competition shall take place in accordance with the following Regulations, and except in so far as may be agreed upon by the competing Nations for their own tie, with the Laws and Regulations of the game for the time being sanctioned by the Champion Nation.
Note — When power has been given to the International Lawn Tennis Federation to make the Laws of the Game, this Regulation will be modified accordingly.
4. The surface of the courts to be used in this Competition shall, unless by mutual consent, be grass turf, except that any Champion Nation which does not usually hold a national championship on grass turf may elect that a surface of natural or artificial fine gritty material shall be used for all ties played in its own country. In no case shall a tie be played under cover or on a surface of wood, stone, concrete, asphalt, cement or other similar substance or composition.
5. The Management of the Competition shall be entrusted to a Committee, hereafter termed the "Committee of Management", which shall be appointed annually by the Lawn Tennis Association or corresponding organization of the Champion Nation.
6. The Committee of Management shall make all arrangements for the Challenge Tie and for any preliminary tie or ties played in the country of the Champion 'Nation, and its decision in respect of all such arrangements shall be final. The Committee of Management shall also have power to co-opt other persons for the before-mentioned purposes, and to depute to other persons the making of all or any of the arrangements tor any preliminary tie or ties played in any other country.
7. Any Nation wishing to compete shall give notice to the Secretary of the Lawn Tennis Association or corresponding organization of the Champion Nation, so that_ it shall reach him not later than the 15th of March of the year in which the Competition is to take place, but a Nation which does not usually hold a National Championship on grass turf is requested at the same time to declare what surface will be used for ties in which it is a competitor played in its own country.
8. Should more than one nation challenge, they shall compete among themselves for the right to play the Champion Nation in the Challenge Tie. The Draw, at which each challenging Nation may be represented, shall be made by the Committee of Management within the three days following the 15th of March, and particulars shall be notified forth\yith by telegram to the respective Secretaries for the time being of the Lawn Tennis Associations or corresponding organizations of the several competing Nations, with an intimation of the latest date on which the Tie or Ties shall be concluded, and of the surface on which the Challenge Round will be played. Failure to conclude a Tie by the date fixed by the Committee of Management shall render both Sides liable to be scratched, unless in the opinion of the Committee of Management the weather, or other unavoidable hindrance, shall have made completion impossible.
9. Competing Nations shall arrange among themselves for the playing of their respective Ties upon a ground or grounds, and upon a date or dates convenient to those concerned; but in the event of an agreement not being arrived at, the preliminary tie or ties shall be played upon a ground or grounds, and upon a date or dates, to be fixed upon by the Champion Nation, after consultation with the Nations concerned..
10. When gate money shall be taken, one-half of the profit shall belong to the visiting Nation; or, in the case of a tie being played on neutral ground, one-third each to the
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 255
visiting Nations, and the remaining fraction of profit in each case shall go to the Nation in whose country the Tie shall be played.
Note — A new Regulation to be substituted for No. 10 was submitted to a Sub-Committee for the approval of the Nations concerned, but as this Committee failed to agree, the ex- isting Regulation No. 10 must stand until it can be altered. It is proposed to hold a meeting in London, July 6, for the purpose of discussing and settling the wording of new Regulation No. 10 and to consider any other proposals in regard to the Regulations. The proposed Regulation 10 follows:
"When gate money shall be taken at a tie played in the country of one of the com- peting nations, they shall share the net profits equally, but any loss shall be borne entirely by the nation in whose country the tie is played.
"In the case of a tie being played on neutral ground, unless otherwise agreed between the nations concerned, the nation in whose country the tie shall be played, shall be en- titled, as a first charge on the gross receipts, to an amount sufficient to cover the ex- penses of the tie, the visiting nations sharing the net profit, or loss, as the case may be.
"Each competing nation shall bear the traveling and other expenses of its own players and officials. An account of every tie shall (if required) be vouched to the satisfaction of the competing nations, and, in the case of any differences, the matter shall be re- ferred to the arbitration of the Lawn Tennis Association of a neutral nation to be mutually agreed.
"For the purposes of this clause, the following interpretation shall be placed on the terms "Gross Receipts", "Expenses", and "Net Profit or Loss":
(a) Gross Receipts shall include all moneys received in respect of admission to the ground, courts and stands, whether taken at the gate or sold in advance, advertising, sale ot used balls, etc.; a reasonable number of complimentary passes for the press and officials being allowed.
(b) Expenses shall include all disbursements incidental to the tie, such as temporary stands erected for the purpose of that particular tie, labor on the courts, and insurance, ushers, gatemen and police or others for maintaining order, the balls, equipment of the courts, the traveling and hotel expenses of the Referee, advertising, etc.; but shall not include capital expenditure on ground, courts or stands, from which permanent benefits will accrue. After deducting such expenses from the gross receipts, one-sixth of the remainder, if any, shall be i)aid to the organization holding the tie, as rental of its grounds, this disbursement being regarded as an expense. In all cases the nations con- cerned shall be entitled to ask for and receive from the nation in whose country the tie shall be held, an estimate of the expenses to be incurred.
(c) Net Profit or Loss shall be the difference between Gross Receipts and Expenses. "If a temporary stand, or other facility erected or provided for one or more ties, is
used also for one or more other matches or tournaments, the cost of the same shall be divided between the various ties, matches and tournaments in the proportion of the various total gross receipts."
11. The Challenge Tie shall be played in the Country of the Champion Nation at a date to be agreed upon by common consent. In the event of an agreement not being arrived at, the fixing of the date shall be submitted to the arbitration of the Lawn Tennis Association of a neutral Nation to be mutually agreed upon, whose decision shall be final.
i2. Any amateur shall be qualified to represent a Nation if he shall have been born in, be a citizen of, or become a naturalized citizen of that country, or shall have resided therein for at least two years immediately preceding a Tie, and when once a player has represented a nation he shall always be eligible for that Nation, and shall represent no other, but if a player shall have represented a Nation, and such Nation is divided into two or more Nations under the provisions of Regulation 2 (b), he shall from and after such division be deemed for the purposes of these Regulations not to have previously represented any Nation. A player shall be deemed to have represented a Nation if he shall have been nominated under Regulation 15 (a) to play in a Tie for that Nation and shall have accepted such nomination.
13. The Lawn Tennis Association or corresponding organization of each of the Nations concerned shall at least three days before any Tie, appoint a Captain of its Side. In default of such appointment a Side shall forthwith choose its own Captain.
14. At least three days before each Tie a Referee, from whose decision there shall be no appeal, shall be appointed by common consent of the Captains of the Competing Sides, subject to the approval of the Lawn Tennis Association or corresponding organization of the Nation where the Tie shall be played. Failing such appointment, the Lawn Tennis Association or corresponding organization of the Nation where the Tie shall be played, shall forthwith appoint a Referee. He shall have power to appoint Umpires. He shall decide any point of law which an Umpire may profess himself unable to decide, or which may be referred to him on appeal from the decision of an Umpire by a player, or any other point \yhich may arise. He shall decide, if he be called upon so to do by the Captain of either Side, whether or not a match or matches shall be stopped owing to the state of the courts, the state of the weather, darkness, or other unavoidable hindrance,
256 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
and having been stopped, whether play shall be continued. But he may so act on his own initiative should any disturbance or interference by spectators or others occur.
15. (a) Each Competing Nation shall at least 21 days before the date fixed for the commencement of a Tie, or on the day following the completion of a preceding Tie, whichever date shall be the later, nominate to the Committee of Management, and to the Lawn Tennis Association or corresponding organization of the Opposing Nation, not more than four players to represent it in such forthcoming Tie, without necessarily specifying who shall play in Singles and Doubles, and different players may be nominated by a Nation for each Tie.
(b) Each Captain shall, twenty-four hours before the time fixed for the commence- ment of play in each Contest, give notice of the composition of his Team to the Referee and the opposing Captain, and his Team shall be selected from the players previously nominated for the Tie, Such selection by the Captain, however, may be varied by him before the commencement of play.
(c) The Referee may sanction the substitution of another of the players nominated by a Nation for any Tie in the place of any player, who, in the opinion of the Referee, is incapacitated by illness, accident, or other unavoidable hindrance; but in the case of the Second Singles Contest, such substitute shall not be the player who has already com- peted in the Singles Contest.
16. The time of cessation of play shall be fixed before the commencement of each day's play by the Captains of the Opposing Sides, or by the Referee if they shall dis- agree. It shall be the duty of the Referee to stop play when this time arrives, provided, nevertheless, that he may extend the time with the consent of the Captains of the Oppos- ing Sides. A player shall not be called upon to play more than one Match a day, except with the unanimous consent of the Captains of the Opposing Sides.
17. Each Tie shall be decided by the combined results of Singles and Doubles, and the Side which shall win the majority of Matches shall be the winner of a Tie.
18. In Singles, each Team shall, subject to Regulation IS, Clause (c), consist of two players, who shall play each against each of the Opposing Team the best of five advan- tage sets. The order of play and courts shall be decided by lot. In the Doubles each Team shall consist of two players, who shall play against the Opposing Team the best ot five advantage sets.
19. Unless otherwise arranged by the unanimous consent of the Captains of the op- posing sides and the Referee, the doubles contest shall take place between the first and second singles contests; and if the doubles contest shall not take place between the first and second singles contests, there shall be an interval of a day (not excluding Sunday) between the first and second singles contests.
20. If any player be absent at the time and place fixed by the Referee for play, the Opposing Side shall be entitled to the Match in which such player was to have taken part, by three sets to love. Provided, nevertheless, that if the Referee is satisfied that such absence was caused by circumstances over which the defaulting player had no control, he may order the Match to be played at a time and place convenient to the Op- posing Side.
21. No player except with the consent of the Referee, shall be allowed to practise on the court on which any Contest is to be played on the day fixed for such Contest.
_ 22. Any Competing Nation whose Lawn Tennis Association or corresponding organ- ization, or whose representatives shall fail to conform to the above Regulations, may be disqualified by the Committee of Management in respect of the Competition for the year wherein such failure shall occur.
,23. Winners of a preliminary Tie shall notify the result without delay to the Com- mittee of Management, by telegram, which shall be confirmed by letter.
24. For the purposes of correspondence and the giving of notices required by these Kegulations, the Secretary for the time being of the Lawn Tennis Association or cor- responding Organization of the Champion Nation shall be regarded as representing the Committee of Management.
25. The above Regulations shall be binding upon the Nations concerned, and shall not be altered except with the consent of two-thirds of the Associations or correspond- ing organizations of the Nations which shall have competed, which being still eligible to compete shall record their votes.
26 Germany, Austria-Hungary, Bulgaria and Turkey, shall be ineligible for the Com- petition, until the Associations or corresponding organizations entitled to vote under Kegulation 25 shall otherwise decide in accordance with such Regulation. ^» JS^J~^" thf above Regulations, the Competition between one nation and another is regarded as a lie . Singles and Doubles are regarded as separate "Contests", and the best of five advantage sets is regarded as a "Match". The players in Singles and Doubles are regarded as separate "Teams", and the players in combined Contests as a "Side".
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
257
„- _- S 83 .2 .2 05 t H +.
^* 3 S rH ^ *> *
^ M M ^ '^ j" J -S '^ '"'
"+2 SpQPQ-3 cs ^^^
^lllsillll
HCaSMfl(fiHWfeP3fU
o -3 -y a a "S es
® 03 DX!> fe C g
<« g a5 4)»-!ti'0 S
4, j_) 4) +j O P- C)
Woo ^rHiHC^WlM '-""' ^ i-li-driW'M'^
►? fa fe fe fe fe fa S S ^
S S
'C 'C 'C 'C 'C "E 'E 'C
; 5 ES ^CMkIOOEhCcc
C^ (N C^ N IM IM l^< CO
e3cS8303e8e3^03~^S5S
258
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
5 M^ o5oii22'*3^- .^ . oioio»o>o»o©o©ciNNNOiNt-»-ejojcjooscja>T)<«>cp«D«e«> ^ »«o®«ot-ooooo50©iHiH.Hi-i eceo
M >-( rH t-l rH iH iH r-l T-l r-lr-t r-l rH rH rH iH rl tH rH r-( N W N N W N *< W M N N W N N W CO W
QaaaaadBaaaaaaaaaaaaaacfldaacaaaa a aaaaaaoaaa SSS— r-. ^
"0333333333333333333333333333333 a 33333DS303SSD303 •-» T^ l-S "T-J l-S l-S f^ •^ "^ 1^ l-S ►^ •-» IT-S l-S 1-5 t-5 1^ 1-^ l-s (-5 »-s »-s Hi •-! Hj (-5 (-) 1-^ (^ I-9 h^ !-S t-j h^ l-j I-9 "^ t-J *-S ►^ 1^ •^ "^ "^
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
259
C/3
o
Oh a>
O en
H
O
li
S
» u
I.-
a ®
oQ
« CJ V 9)
mm
p. to
(CO)
t^i PI'S d)
5-aas
&G
m fl
^5flla^l§-aa§ s a-s s « 0) s t-w'^ ss-o
.£• IB 5r' > ,a i-S- -a
2 .2-2 &s e-^ P.o«--a
05 ftp. •S'SS'T gP-SiCtS
ft.5S5 §.2 p.'^S So5 |S OS
g^oj^gp-ap^a-^^a^G- ^■sSes^sail-ysS?^^
as
es .
S| n IB
a 0)
g*S «
p.-^ ^
22°^ I^S
a-^.&t5
•u^ Spa
2SgS&S * ««J3 a g
S'ǤP.55-'"Uh
oi^^a'^Mg^.o
^Opgg2.t^'55 '^ ®S^p2""f?T;
• -P.
1 "2
"50.2 a Q,
2 a n I
■C o P ,
bl
_ * o
« "S -P
P..5S" •§ •2£"So -a
S CO ft " n ) p.
p t^a s p
p5^£-=^®
U P.2 Bii «D_
(Do * O HJ O) IB
"^ f p B jj^IT; s o
_a)fl^n<a)'''o''-'
■ . .2 .» pM-s:^-?
■O.PO,D P P ._ p S
K c ^ DP* fi^£ > £
iS o « iS • -'*: o p fe ^ h '^'** .R5p*5Hfl'^«
B osC . >»? <u r g<D-Ee
4>K.P to
S 5 £S s 5^ 5 £ ^C o^ 3.2 St^ S «
eOiOCOOOOOO©©;H^^|OlO>«Wint-t-t-t-t-t^OOOarHNM
SSDPSs'p'pPS 3 PS PP
t-Sl-ll-s>-sl-S»-5l-sl-5'-:it-5l-5l-?t-s^-s'-!
SCSSPPPPPPP.'
sPppscpPSPPPPacsscPP
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
« '^'S ''■S o^ 2 t« L! > P isl25S^^-2g.-SS
••tl •*■*■*'* '^ If^ C5 05 r-l 1-1 pH rH r-( r^ rH "-I '-' r-l 1-1 tH iH (N (N C^
• H ^ b 3 ^ • .2 5
I tc Ui bu bS bs 33 = 233333 = 333^ -- -
tjjbi^bJo^^bbbobjDbobJobi) 33=335333333
SIS^SISpS
bsbtlbflbllUlbOtCtllltiiD 33303S3SS
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
261
a
3o
or:;
'5 a is
*o a" "
K. 0) CS . 4) 01 3
^ a; cS
lis Sis
a o o)
9a5.2§a,2^a^5525- a 5 3 hj).a -2 1', o) •« it 3 rt S 5 oj
p.
a .
0 .. S
S a 5 ^
5a
'> a; CO g
5
^O 03
0! 0) B. O) a c3!
O c
Go
;^ia
' a § « s a ^ c
s a o
§s§
a s
OS a a'"
5-=
O O!
^ 5
aB
W CO
? o
^?
fiiS ^^
s a a
OQq
a a a
- a> OS ■-<
U to O) CO
2o 4) o^ ti a-H o
g^*«
aSgSl
^.S^
o an 5^ p i^ S
O ■" ^ t. ^ 4) "O
-§ ag^S^W ^
aS-«,re30e3 «
^ v«l • "" ■- -S
a a o "c^.2-^ ^H a ^-3 a a,
«>,^&|S^|'S>.>s6a-E:
ollait'-s^l^^o^als
Satisfi'^^^+jS'oa'-^-ri; a©
- -Z ■=
§ .a SfO
" 9 CO OS to
53 -=' ^ S
too^so?pH-3^S
<>^<'
----- .5 g
a »
es a x: o
m'I ■ ag,
■^^Cto .
o cs o a
co!2 'S S
aj; a c
■- o a es
~ P OS a
t«fa^ £
l£^§ al-lc
OosfeO
O a
2-2
W3 -'■
§^0
bibj^^M)^^ B. aaanaaaaaaaaa aa
F-'-^3i33E33 Qj m^a)OaJ4>aj4>4)4>'l>4>4J4J4J <! «< <l3 «< <J <j •< CO CZ2 02 02 M 02 02 02 M M 72 CC la 02 02 02
t^ C O -la. "■'■'-' » "•' ^ ^ !- >"
-^-^'S«'i|^Si'§«a.2
■sacsi^g^isaog-ng
-^[2 ^'^'2 .„ O'^ CO ^-S ►.'"h « ^^ .==2a .S5a^^'^;=|
oo^''<r^4''2?i!4'^tngj'coo
s >^^'
m
to CO msi
.^'SaH •^ a aa
- a^'S
5 OS 4) 00 fe 0) <D
^a a-i
£ cs5 a
03 -^ OS a « — r"*;
SSo
SCO , ^ oo-j;
> a
i * ph
CM d
o
0 I
O ox;
0 |l
b 2
iOJ
-M
4<
. - d
4i 0«
*» OS
°56g-
t- g § 9 fci o "^ .
^ - ^ OS «>
.r 5-0 5
Hd
•d
Oes
•^ iai^i^^^asj^ii'
oc B a
03 O fl
Si ^^
QJ CO
2i f^
d
"III
S ^+^
5.5 2 'io fc.2-w*S Sf
jj -e w(5
2r
O ^
Q ^5
5S ?3 ^%
mi:; >• X
«5j OS
O'S^SpQ
K2 a ^- g
CJ 03 /- +J 'T', C C
^2 tcK
O 0) >> Kg
Sccu .
OS 05:5
fl<!
c^ rO'-
;tHp,
fiiEH_2
«2 «^S ft .r2 H
M,
o^;s
!o-^
■sair
13 C
!^ hi? S o . s „• S '
-i^+j
'^<
05 >-;
-• <i>jj S.^ ®5 o
<M "OS
^hJWHQ
Kn^^<^ '^<
12; .3 ^ o
^S'
:;hq
O ft
:« :
o
, .02=3
: : 4)>2 ; :S§
H^taP
£W
S 2 5 03 O a .S .1:? ft C+J +i -u 4J 3 o 3
ft MJ2 Cl a> tc to I" ,
- - ■ OS oj 01 <u a •
riCSOOt-iO*
0 0
a; H
a;
'c ;^
*>
a
0
.2 *3
0
u
s
^ ••eg'
32
,- = a .
® ■ c 5 a o <u S 3S o o a).a o o 3
.-<
^ -
a
a©
&I
o
H ^
11
^« .a
1-2 6^
« 1' t- ^ aj a> a 0) P c
:5 .
a *
□ OJ 03 0
O a^'
c3 O
U 0) 4)
Wo ..
KW -
2 fl =.*
aO
c
3 .
a V ^ a; 3 S
O -- X o
ii - !* 5 o
^ a as Ort
^ sQQH X
o . -^-"3
•ci >» 3 5 5 ,*
S'i'^e = S * M a 4. 3 § 5 a
* O aj ?-" * Jr
m o
o .
5 .M
3 -«
3 x5
5a«
ti^H
UU" "^ ^ ^
4).-H Qj 0* O a
3 5j O ^ »^ S
1-3 Eh
a .
1 -'-3
fl Sea
- 9 a
s ga
•~ P3 • 2 fe
«2^
,5 02
MS
r6^
' 3 ei
® 4* rt S O
aa
■—> A t-i -<^ o
^r
^^£
o o
a
r§^
Hc:
■^ "^ ?? o '^ 05 "n 2 w fc4 w :; • "J ?r
>; c2|i:S3a^;ooo^^-o2^4;«2
^a
u tn a 3
w to
^1
^35^3^: = ^u=3x-2 „ 3-2 o •3-.20
^ j; a i£ a 41
x . f:;^
X ^ 0-2 o - . 3^ o8q
3 c^ " X a 3 '*3^.2a"3*3
« S -"^ 5 <? ?, 5-
5-=aH.2
~ a 3 H
a 02 a; .2 ^
,2
Hf^ a a a
H '^ 4> S 4) _ _
4>5sHScH4)a^4>aj4Sto3x!3 ^^,^.««^:S^hS^CS^32^
• !>>p> -g a 08 — ' * 25 o ,«
Gaa a S
So '0'0*« ^
-o .5 ?, 4) OS « a 2 j^ X «.o5«-SH^SsS
I oj «2'5
S ;SI553<SSSmoaoo(SS5:
Mfe.
S 3 ( •'ji
2ti
M 5 o o
w
fe y
■ ft
" h-l S rn
■-e a p w eo 03
,a 4> O «3 y-f
«2 ■< 9 5* -ij ^j- . o
lllll"^'
• A"* . O ^ —
Hi PLI ^ 1-^ PL| Q g S
oj a; "I
O fl S3 .^ c^
3f=a^-S2
0) a aj
oQ g
^ « u
§■35
5 =
5 ^ ~
3 s
o ^ 5 o
22 S
^ .2
as 2;
g a, rK
Wcdwl:
•E ^ -a i
I Pi
r t> a" 2 r a> u oj S S uOQ
«2 t- S !» _-
.a; -0:3 ^-5
A pq OS
C3 cSf^M
55 JH
O 08
O *> c«
^ C a;
O.S
to >
. OJ 05
.2 <^
,-r t^^r*:^??
as
81 03
a> a> ana goo
e <iQQi
O I a;"^.
^ a^ o
,-, .02 r •■ a;
°°" -Sis'"
« »h;5 05*3 OP S-Q^oi —
^ o .-^ '*'
O! O S-'^
CS 1^ o
^ >>*i M o
i^^lio-S^^la .^
'S«i^la^ai'i^S
,0^ a) gfija'*' S3 CI 2.2
i>.^s^2|g^a^Qg
•-'2a:Soo
a «
O ''
§2
52 H
^ a
'o_2
.'^ > a) _2 m * <M '3 ""
aO o« d on
•S>.^£Sa
"S « S'' * *
^ -ra i«a
S s'^
H §5
i^ M a; ^ ,2£
g S'S '^ 2
ajM2-?5
a) o
d ^ ^ Si i -
rrl n 1-1 be u '
f- " op tDt;
^S ^^ -So
■O d e8 O O t- 83
-< «<cqeQp5P5P
2^
•SS
^5
iz:^
5&
o!5
3 tfW^<^'Qtt
<^ 2 S SJ £
tj jj "O ti l-s
O H o
«° "^ft^-
^- eS o a
■a 1^ 0) Q .a
Sfc5"n
k1 1-^ ._ _ „
lis
»-. 03 0) on S g H
0) o
O C
H
m.
OH
• o o)
o
0.2 oa«2
c :s hJ K H- k^ fc ,
t> " CO ^- •'H
> >» -.2^ . «
Moo
csri >H
O O! MS.
^ : f^
2 2o -2 ^ S -O
"^Sg.^2 S
'w
OJ
2g5W
£ a " ti ^
Eh
O ^4J
do'
.■^H^l-S.4
^_9'^E-2 q; fe^ sj as 03 ^ Ftooosgo ^,
j:igrtaa;:iijasgs^^^5'*^'*^=!^jrti]o3
:'5-^0=':?2oJ'^'«'«S'-''r"9eje3o30o3t.:J'
^«oo-b^-^Hc5Sa.-S^||g2g
-» *• r ."^^ rr *-, r^ '-' -y: ^ rtl rtl fll eT f^ t. C3 KiN ».#s Vr
« a a „ „ .. ^
> s-i
a:
OS .
2 .12
P5 ^,
|
o o>^ o |
2^';S |
||
|
|l^^| |
S.^^ |
0) |
|
|
^«;2; :^ |
I^J |
||
|
.Ph ■" |
(DM . |
||
|
B 9 |
ts |
9£«
aOfe
-5 ^^ c S o) '-^ +J-
rt t, o
O "-I a v: O) Bi t-
^ CO
O) O
•^ajP^
a
u
.A. OO IS _ OJ
•-U > '^*^ !>~ M— ^*5
.w
|;5 a si; o
>^ :
c^
«2
« ao
'.S " S O +j " - g
O o i
-o S ^
• O . its
& . +^ ■•:; oj DO
QM^^eo'^ .osy^rn"' spq=^L^-^, ^^os
;=Mpicsa»^0?:Oe«^
Woo^t^oia't-
.t:PHScj.ri e t< M
sH.
2 , "•5 <.^
"'O'^ .A!s> OS^ t- - ^ 2 .2 ^ IS "i^ "O ii
Bj-tD at, 03 ^3,^ ®"t4
'-' cS a 4) t, rt-^ a • o . 7j * 2 a
-I
oopq
:^S
o . r * :s .-I
. CS'C^ • OS^ K
• N •£ i-H • 10 s , -^
M 4; -EH
? ,2 >• ■'-' o
a t,!-^
:-i2 a
j r-OA jjr^'-'e.a'i-iao!^
WteE,9;5a "S
U S rT O
:z
-<t:td'SS«'n<i)+JO^apfl5^_2
i^».-2i:2^
a>:
a-aSS^a^
.2 8^
all^lSSllll£SSl555wwwwK£wKww£^«S««^isa
H o o
Z, a ti
'0<M
Km •§
^ 5
H S H .5
go
2
S
5 be
£ "K 3 — '.w aJ - M* gT
5 "
O aj
I— I .i^
Si
s =
O o)
M a
to H
2S «
s a
<J 2 2^.2 «"oo EH ^ f» J: « S !=• S S
EH W .a-flEH^,a2M.2£
t>3
"^"ooa gp'^W
ajcjffldSoaj^td ^ 8 H,-^§HtddS(S&;Hh,'m
,.5SooS
Eh j3
^ !^
O H
z; .
o ^
;-2ast5sw .^^^^
ia;aj
^2
. 5 o
-«o-a23 dCm2
^-US »-wEd r^^S
:(i^^^2 ^ .-SO .„
a> S „ 2- ~
d .'
a c8 ti .
2fl a
f^ o O fci ti . S 08
g.2o
7^ §5 -
« O ." +J r«
02 £
Z CO
H .
EH M
iJ es O
Eh tc 'd
I^ cs • ^
5 .-^w«5i2§
"O * — -^ cr
^0-3^-|S.2^ '" 0)0 a ^
- _ a o o
S2^ .2=3n" S oas3-5^'^ >>S
.a •r'cSw-fos'Sfci
3 siSi).';
a aU 0) a a . .M.
l^3iiS'^HP^
©3+3 S *" -3-rt
_*f^'<Oj3'Sa2gg5an3.§
■' ti - 1) oj-«Jj 3i .Q"^'a 4> So
.5§Sg<^^SHc^^
■§.2.<3^«>-2«S«?g ^|55^aS^iSSg;
5«k.«§;;
o2 a*"
. n5'S2 >'0 a"" ^
«20
wis'
as 'f- a a 2 -s 2 2 M &
^ "-to .^ Ho. so
« ^.
o S.tJ
.ii o
u
O O
MS.
•^ "^ - - . . -So
as''
Eai:g«|w§?J|«
m M
is .2
; o ••
; a, . . •J5 : :
: >^
■ :S
,\
tu
fj o o ec-i rt
t-'M'
r .o
^72
o
<13
« 03 «i ®
- <5 ^- r r 02 .S "
.goo <j c
S ^. o" fefl 5 ^ s
a . .«s &^ .-
C aT 0; 03 a; K O
2 ® es S « be
o 5£ o a ."S ."ti .ti - ? «! 'S
"""o-5> aj-ii'-'fr-io''^'-'- "■'*'"' m'S'S^'^f-t-'S'SSts -^ • Sd"*1^ ^ '^oj-^S Si Sib* tf*i'i)ajca«'^
i S^'^fig
PJS&.;
ca::^
H <D
^ a"
3s-§.-
a a . a £ = <" (B !^ > a J2
^ w a ."^ a p
, . J « »: - > O
Ooc^-^ = a^_^'^
c a oj^t^i « o"" £ §5S-«S;20oa;
l^i-S^^So a S'g.ScOo 02 a *
3 ft a^ c c
Q^ 0, Q) 5 O O 5 «S
: o ..^
• ^^ '. >^ 03
• go^
•• «l^ : e*^ .
H a
• Eh >^i
• ;«5 a . : B p >> : ^ .«
: Eh
^^ o:^Mtf
«• $ a 'S *a a 5 .S r M M P 1:2 p p >■ f>
■S>H-2lljdd S3 K-o 03 03 ■-fd ai'-^
C . .-2 a gS o£ .t> ■ I' --n c a 0) ®-je S^ ® <^ S
teQ 5 o a' a ° w
d '' "'
03-^
-(^ 2
^ aj O a <j -S << « >,&HOo
^oo^t.:
I -~ « oi ■ «-
W 2 » -So
P^ >« ^ "S ^
.•?S -^w
o «;?; a
Q 2
~ 3 a OS .;:; « « o a; a
P»i»-^ o
-^
. Ol CH
-EH ^^^i = -3^^ ESDI'S "^ >^' S 5 •= '^
O ^„- o
02 - 2
72 5 o .
gas ^
H;^ r 2
^ Sq .2 ^ S-^ ^
c3 ** - H
^=g
fe 03^ .
M O ^
a§ -o
.2« §
-^ i-i
es . - ca
1:« '"^
fe ■ a'i:*
o« .2-^
.H o
CM g aH
^j»
^^
OS a ^.2
s s
HW
o
a >5
2 'to
to t-l
a a^
2 a a -^^ O .C
-M ft
;g|rs|lpfg|lSlir
03 a)'cS ©5 "i*
hj ^q ^q >-i g ;z
rt • a
O tH '^02 »-= .- ^02
a (^
.2^ >>^
as 3
O 3 (DO
a bo 5 a
a o
ojo
go
si
.§3
P
" coo
§ .2 o 3 a Eh a a; a o
^ aj S H H :?^W«a
>a M a! o ej^i 0)0)0
>j^ u tzi a +j '2 a a a,
03 03 > t» a
^ cu :n -5 O
* * S S -
(*.>>o o «
.03
03 -^l
5 a K S
> 03 O)
i ^
■rt o
^ ©a
a-^^Ss aga^^a
a 0) a ^ a
-•^-2 -^ .
03 o o -^ .2 5 •3 tn s H 'a O
K^s a 53 oj a
§ a ii^s >> ® o .S 3 o «
MMOOOP
c^, Ǥ^
so
•2*i !B
g§a £ o a
•i!^ ■
a.2.2-S . 0) a c5
p O) a, ^
O (h ^ t-l -rH
■3 o ^ *
in ij)03<j^
' g -2 ^ a ■£ I g cs o) S .5
oa a
^■•35 «ga
as'
2«o
^O t"^ .
"agu,^ «! a^H 03^
4, OS o)_ o %-;! 05 Ph p „,
2i>^^''So;o
r< .:s o
. J2
•5^
!^ 3
W0.2
w . a «ig
5aa
^ OJ 05
o> a a
tUd us 'O > >
a ^ 3 ^3
•ga g-=;Ss
S S S a fcc.a ■3 ^ > 2 a g
03 03 OS'S ^ S
S x5
o (» ..d
•3 -§5
0)0
t-t 55.JH tS a a
III
XI a a
|3 5
^ to M
05 "2 'ri
••Ha a
a a a .
a 01 <u a
0)^ HO
.=^ . d 05
.0 CO .9 • o a
•3 .a •§..25° gS,2g«^
c^ a 0) (D a),s H o o o S >>
■ MbCbogj- O 03 03 cS Bfl
. j,a,a o o
pqooouo
"2 "^
5^
^3
60
^:4
oj • • i; ^"^ -^ 2^
<S 3 *2«
a^ ^25
03 t,
as
oS
H
S
oP5 -§33
oj r^ O
OJ-O O 05^
. S .2 a ^
t. ^ 3 a -M
S| g^§
(>-' 4^ »«
" aS'OS
,-a hhS
I o
OH
ao O
0) . CO
H^- -3
-O a)X5
.2.« Ena
03 .ii wO
-a £• •M'O'O
*=" a S == B
_2 0) jv^5
0) o r,
i:^'^ ■ ■
ft- > ■" xiSbTj'/J g^M-E
■J- 4) -. 0, » M ^ ° - T « « C3
O 0)
Ml • o
03 to -rj
=«-^^^ :l
-a a a • a ^03 r«^ -3
^*J 0) -1-5
" 02 02 ^• io"^ . a» «
S :'
•C o o S a >x! o-g a„ '- CO «-M « o a
=Si!5*a»-in,aj02 h^lO'^'oO^^ «
wh;:w«^mh
W W o fe ^ ^ d »-i
(D *J 0) O)
6 000
IS
oS-O to S
a 2 g'-5
.a .S o
^^
H CO O)
b'2
O "
."^ • 0) 03
■^ ■" ^ .2 M ^ 0.
.2 ., a dg-g a
03 a - a H P>.2 ,2 a a a* > 03 ^ Q o 4,
.-S^S^a l?H
a a .2 03 a> ^^aoa
CO
' 9> PM.
'S'S 03 a3 O a o3 O
QQcSMfeOHSfa
274 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Publicity for Tennis Tournaments
By E. B. Moss, President National Association of Lawn Tennis Writers.
While tennis is played in all parts of the country and may be considered one of America's major sports, there are still sections where judicious pub- licity will materially advance the interest in and of the game.
The work involved is not necessarily arduous, but it requires a carefully planned campaign, with co-operation among members of various clubs within a given area. Where several clubs combine in such a project and plan tour- naments for club members and interclub matches for various classes, interest can be quickly aroused and sustained throughout the entire season.
Such a plan will provide the material for a publicity campaign. The next step requires the appointment of at least one member in each club who will devote an occasional hour during the week to preparing matter for distribu- tion among the local newspapers. The following suggestions are offered in this connection with the idea of simplifying this work and bringing about co-operation between the club publicity member and the newspapers.
Before sending copy to the newspapers, it has proved a good plan to can- vass local publications and ascertain which day of the week is the most suit- able for publication. As a rule, it will be found that morning papers will have more space available on the sport page on Monday. Evening papers will generally use such matter on either Saturday or Monday.
Copy should be neatly typeMrritten on one side of the sheet only, in direct and concise form. Advance notices of tournaments giving the conditions of play, names of members to compete, their handicaps, lime and place of matches, arrangement for accommodating spectators, etc., will find ready acceptance. The result of such contests, with scores and an occasional description of the feature matches, can be used as a follow-up. Similar methods can be used for the distribution of club tennis news, such as elec- tions, increase in membership, etc.
It is advisable, although not necessary, to have a distinctive envelope and papers for this weekly copy, which should be addressed to the sport editor of the diflferent papers by name. After a short time he will, as a rule, look for the weekly contribution and reserve space for the same. Different stories should be sent to morning and afternoon papers in order that there may not be a reprint of identical matter in editions within the same twenty-four hours.
These suggestions are intended to merely outline the methods whereby much desirable publicity may be secured and must' be changed according to the requirements or other conditions of any given locality. While it is generally the case that all tournaments for local championships or matches of equal importance are covered by regular assigned reporters, the time of these writ- ers is, as a rule, considered too valuable to permit their making daily or weekly rounds of the tennis clubs for the more prosaic but none the less interesting matter which is always available.
In sending the accounts of matches to the papers, be sure to include the names of those who serve in various official capacities at a match, such as umpire, linesmen, etc. Competent officials are a big factor in the success of any tournament and the publication of their names will be an act of courtesy on the part of the management in recognition for their services.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
275
How to Lay Out a Tennis Court
39 I feet
F "C
diagonal of the court, take a length of 47 feet feet; pull both taut in such directions that at these distances they meet in a point C. This will give one corner of the court. At that point F, 21 feet from B, put in a peg to mark the end of the service-line. The other corner, D, and the other end of the service-line G, may be found by interchanging the measures and repeating the process. The same measurements on the other side of the net will complete the exterior boun- daries of the court. By prolonging the base-line 4 feet 6 inches in each direction, and joining the four new points thus obtained, we can make the side-lines of a double court. Now join the middle points of the service-lines, thus forming the half- court line, and bisect the base-lines to form the center marks. If a double court alone be re- quired, the interior side-lines need not be pro- longed to meet the base-lines. Remember that in all cases the net-posts must stand at a distance of three feet from the side-lines.
For a court where a single or double game can be played, the size is 78 feet in length by 36 feet in width. 4% feet inside the side lines, and parallel with them, are drawn the service-lines.
As a double court practi- cally includes every line to be found in a single court, it is best to take first the measure for the latter. Hav- ing determined the position of your net, plant in the ground, in the line chosen, two pegs, 27 feet apart (at the points A and B in the diagram). Then take two measures and attach their respective ends to the pegs A and B. On the first, which will measure the 5 inches; on the other, 39
Net
.StrviceL
. OnterlMark
Base Line, 36 feet
Diagram of Single and Double Court.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 27-
Construction and Care of Tennis Courts
With the great interest which is increasing annually in lawn tennis, and the growing appreciation of its scientific points which are being brought forth by the improving skill of players, a demand has arisen for more perfect surfaces for play. Formerly any level space upon which a court could be outlined suf- ficed for the game. That arrangement will no longer please even the novice, who requests that the surface of a court shall be uniform in smoothness, that all of his shots may bound true.
A few years ago turf courts were almost universally used for playing the game — "lawn" is sufficiently indicative of the origin of the name — but more and more the tendency of the times is growing toward the use of a clay sur- face. In an interview given in San Francisco in February, 1921, immediately after landing upon his return from the successful quest of the Davis Cup, William T. Tilden, 2d, was quoted as expressing an opinion that the clay court would eventually supersede that of turf. While this may not eventuate for many years, there is no doubt that the preponderance of tennis play in the United States is on clay courts in some sections. Asphalt, of course, pre- dominates in California because of the rainy season in that state.
A chapter on "How to Build and Keep a Court" has been in the Spalding Tennis Annual for years. The nation-wide popularity which the game has attained is reflected in the numerous inquiries received annually from every part of the United States asking for directions to construct an inexpensive tennis court.
To enable players to lay out a court that would be both satisfactory for play and comparatively economical to build, the publishers of ^ Spalding's Tennis Annual have obtained from the groundkeepers of prominent clubs descriptions of their methods in laying out new courts and keeping in repair the courts which are already made. This symposium, as far as is known, is the first attempt to present a variety of instructions that will assist anyone in the construction of a useful court and one that will give unlimited pleasure to its owner.
CONSTRUCTION AND CARE OF A DIRT COURT. By M. J. Brazil,
Head Groundsman of the West Side Tennis Oub, New York [To keep the numerous courts, such as those of an organization similar to the West Side Tennis Club, in proper condition under varying conditions of weather and usage, requires unremitting attention ^s successor to Michael Honon, the writer of the following chapter, M. J. Brazil, has successfully maintained the high standard of surface which critical players of the West Side Club demand.]
When it is impossible to secure an area of turf for a grass tennis court, or if it is found that turf will not stand the wear of play and that it is better to transform the court to one of dirt or clay, or if a dirt court is one of choice in preference to turf, there are certain well advised rules which should be fol- lowed in building the court. These rules are die result of the working expen- ence of years that has been had while engaged upon different soils in varying sections.
278 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Wlhen a site is to be selected, care should be taken first of all to choose a locality with special regard to drainage from the surrounding ground. It will not do to locate a tennis court in a depression. Rains will flood it and the water will flow away slowly. In addition to that, water from the higher ground around is bound to find its way to a lower level, and nothing seems to attract it quicker than a tennis court. The only way to guard against the inundation of a court thus located is to surround it with trenches sloping toward a gen- eral outlet. This protection is the best that can be devised, but despite all protection a poorly located court will never give the satisfaction that is desir- able and especially in a region where the weather is likely to be unsettled for long periods.
It is also desirable in selecting a site to obtain one where there is uninter- rupted sunlight. It is essential that at no time during the day shall there be a shadow across the area of play. For that reason the prospective builder should locate away from the vicinity of trees and buildings. Trees, of course, can be removed, but permanent buildings, which might shade a court, are not so easily removable, and to construct a playing ground where there would always be the possibility of the darkening of a portion of its area would result in disappointment.
Invariably the court should be laid out north and south so that the sun may not interfere with ithe players. It is wasting effort to lay out a court east and west, as one side or the other during the playing of games must inevitably face the sun, and no player can succeed in tennis and try to outstare sunlight at the same time.
Backgrounds which should be Avoided.
The background of a tennis court is another point to be taken into consid- eration. Green or black is preferable. Any dark or even color will do. A court should never be laid out with a very light background at either end or close to either side. It is quite as important that a badly mixed or moving back- ground be avoided. Even trees at a distance, through which the sunlight flecks as the branches move, are embarrassing to participants in games.
It is necessary that the size of the plot selected be 120 feet by 60 feet. When it has been determined upon, first of all grade the ground in the rough. The grade should not be more than three inches for 120 feet. When the grading is completed the surface of the ground should be thoroughly harrowed and raked to keep it loose. When this has been done, cover the surface with six inches of hardpan clay. This should be rolled and worked until it is well packed.
When satisfied with the preliminary condition of the surface the next process is to rake it both across its length and its width, to remove all coarse gravel and stones which might interfere in any way with perfect playing. After the raking has been completed, remove the loosened earth with a hand scraper and sift it through a quarter-inch screen. Spread the screened earth evenly over the surface of the court. It is then best to brush the court before a final rolling. The court should be sprayed or sprinkled before it is rolled, but it should not be given a thorough wetting down, for if that is done the clay will stick to the roller and the result will be a lumpy and scaly condition which may require re-surfacing.
To make a proper brush for use on a dirt court there is nothing that is superior to the bass stable brush. Obtain four of them of fourteen inches in
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 279
length and nail them to a bit of joist, end to end. To these attach a handle which may be grasped suitably for dragging. This brush can be handled by one man, which makes it specially serviceable.
Every well built court should be graded either from end to end or from side to side, to an extent of not over two inches, which will suffice to remove rainwater. If artificial drainage is necessary to keep the court dry, drain pipes can be laid about three feet outside the side and end lines, care being taken whereby the pipes will tilt, following the grade of the court as far as pos- sible, thus allowing the water to run off. The best drains are six-inch stone sewer pipe, cut in halves, or stone gutters used on tiled roofs.
When a clay court is finished, if it is found ito be too soft but dry, more clay should be added; w'hile if it drains poorly and stays muddy too long after rain, or its surface is too sticky for the player' feet, some sand may be used on the surface. When the final covering has been put on the court it should be thoroughly watered and rolled alternately twice every day for two weeks before it is played on. Depressions or uneven spots should be corrected as they appear because of the settling of the surface. After the first heavy rainstorm it is well to go over the surface, for minor defects will be quickly shown by puddles after a downpour.
Care of a Dirt Court.
Wihen the weather is dry, first of all wet the court evenly. Do not use a spray, but wet it so that the surface is covered with water. If there are heel marks or depressions which are likely to make the ball bound badly, spread evenly over tJie surface one wheelbarrow load of screened clay. So far as that goes, it is well to give a dirt court a weekly top-dressing of screenings. After 5ie clay has been spread, scrape it in with the scraper. The latter is a tool made of wood, shod with an iron plate. It eliminates pebbles and gravel grit.
Be careful in scraping not to use pressure unevenly. The object of scraping is to rid the surface of grit and restore its evenness. Following the use of scraper, brush the court lengthwise with your drag broom made of bass stable bruslies. Four of these nailed together on a support will answer the purpose admirably. Rattan is too stiff and likely to scratch the playing surface too heavily. In addition to that, the rattan brush is not woven together tightly enough.
Now sweep along the lines of the court with a kitchen broom. The latter is tender to the surface, and you must remember always that the surface of a tennis court is not to be treated lightly if the best results are to be expected from it in play. After this has been done, roll the court lengthwise this time. Do not roU across the court and do not try to use too heavy a roller. Better results can be obtained with a light roller. Always pull both drag brushes and roller, as they follow after you and eliminate your footsteps a^ you are using them. . ,
Never throw sand around promiscuously. Wet surfaces are sometimes treated in that manner and it is not advisable. Loose sand is as hkely to make the ball bound badly as anything that can be placed on the surface of a tennis court. Every player knows what it is to get a bad bound from loose sand. More than that, loose sand may cause a player to slide, which is disastrous to good tennis. Sometimes an excuse is made for using sand because a court is -to be used hurriedly after rain, but that excuse is not good enough. Avoid the sand always and the court will be the better for it.
280 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
The court is now ready for marking. Whiting is the best material to use. Lump whiting is preferred. Dissolve it in cold water, using your own judg- ment to get the right consistency, but remembering that it should not be as thick as mud. When the liquid is ready place it in your marking machine.
To get the lines correct, stretch mason's cord from one point to another along the required angles of your court. These are permanently indicated by driving a six-inch wire nail at the exact corner of each court and angle. These nails will not interfere in the least with play. The head of the nail, of course, is flush with the surface. In using the marking machine follow without any deviation the line of the cord as it has been stretched by you from point to point of the playing area.
Next stretch the net, and the court is ready for play. The net should be three feet in height at the center and three feet six inches in height at the posts. The net posts should be three feet away from the side lines.
Above all things remember that the court never should be rolled in the con- dition in which the players have left it. If that is done you are simply tend- ing to make permanent the depressions, or the marks, or any other little uneven features, which will become more and more magnified by the roller if they have not been removed by the scraper and the brush.
HOW TO BUILD A DIRT COURT AT LOW COST.
By Michael Honon,
Constructor of the courts of the West Side Tennis Club at Forest Hills, L. I.
[The courts of the West Side Tennis Club of Forest Hills, New York, are the most famous in the United States not only on account of the prominent part that the club has taken in developing and fostering tennis, but also as being the location of the Davis Cup Challenge Round in 1914 and 1921 and the National Singles Championships from 1915 to 1920, inclusive.]
A tennis court may be marked out on any piece of level ground which affords the requisite area for play. The court may be utilized as long as desir- able. The net may be strung between home-made posts and, with the lines properly outlined, the court is ready for a tennis game. Such natural back- stops as may be available may be pressed into service. These may be a fence or the side of a house. Those who are fond of tennis will get enjoyment out of such locations, but of course it is readily understood that that perfection of play will not be forthcoming as would be expected where some preparation is made to establish a better court.
The game of tennis grows more enjoyable as the playing surface is improved by suitable leveling and drainage. Where the court is to be permanent or to endure for a season or more, it is obvious that the better it is prepared the greater pleasure is to be given to those who will use it. Impromptu courts are in use everywhere. Convenient vacant lots and yards are pressed into service. Such courts are to be encouraged because they give thousands of young per- sons and their elders a chance that they otherwise might not have to play tennis. For children there is nothing superior. There is no exercise more healthful than tennis. It develops the muscles, trains the eye and teaches the young those fine elements of the game which include courtesy and good sportsmanship.
There are many who desire to play on a court superior to the temporary affair, and to these this article is addressed. A very good court, built upon a
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 281
specially prepared foundation, with drains which connect with public sewers and other outlets for the escape of surface water, may be made to cost any sum the owner chooses to expend, from one thousand dollars upward. The amount of such cost depends entirely upon the care that is put into the con- struction of the court, the quality of the material, the workmanship, and the plan which the owner may have in mind as to the permanency of its construc- tion. In this respect a tennis court is like any playground. The more elabo- rately its details are entered into the more superior the ground will become and its period of longevity will be assured at the same time.
Not every tennis enthusiast can afford the larger sums for a court. A court can be built at an expenditure of from two hundred to three hundred dollars, without a specially prepared foundation. If buildings or fences can be used as backstops, or sidestops, the cost of a tennis court will be decreased, since one of the items of expenditure is the cost of netting or the building of proper backstops made of wire screen, to stop the run or flight of the ball.
Courts should be Laid North and South.
In the selection of the site for a court be sure that you choose an area which runs north and south. It is never good policy to try to arrange a court east and west, even if the location is anticipated to be only temporary. Good tennis cannot be played where players on either side must face the sun. A plot not less than 60 by 120 feet should be selected. If the area is smaller the netting surrounding the court will interfere with the play, and if it is too large the task of retrieving the ball after play will become too exhausting. If there is much grading to be done it may be advisable to secure the services of an engineer who, for a nominal sum, will assure correct levels. It is best to have the levels correct at the start, because if they are not the time will come when you may wish to have them rectified. Then much effort will be needed to perfect that which would have given little trouble had it been arranged right in the first place.
Presuming that you are about to construct the court yourself, insert in the ground a half dozen stakes along each baseline and at the net. Connect these lengthwise with stout twine placed as nearly level as possible. This gives readiness of height for grading. The court should now be made convex from end to end, allowing a pitch of four inches from baseline to baseline, for the purposes of drainage. From side to side the court should be flat, as any pitch in this direction would affect the height of the net. Whatever the top soU may be, use it as it is. To purchase expensive material is the first step toward increasing the cost of the court, and a good court can be made without doing so. Black dirt can be made into a good court. Clay will make a good court, and a mixture of both will make a good court. What this earth needs is care, a good working over, correct leveling, the right drainage and watchfulness after the court is built. . j -r .i.
With your twine placed at uniform levels, remove all elevations and, il tnere are depressions, utilize the earth thus removed to fill them, in order that the quality of the surface earth may be uniform. Rake the surface freely and repeatedly after it has been leveled. Obtain a long board, which can be p aced transversely and obliquely across the court. On top of this rest a spirit leveL By shifting the board from point to point you will ascertain that you can get a remarkably good level yourself without calling in the assistance of an engineer or builder. When the court seems to be in condition that is fairly
282 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
satisfactory so far as leveling is concerned, wet the surface thoroughly. After it has dried, test it again with the spirit level, and for the second time go over it thoroughly, removing elevations and filling depressions. If desirable, the process of wetting can be gone through the second time.
The ground is now ready to be rolled. This should be done as soon as the surface has dried sufficiently well to prevent the earth from sticking to the roller. If you do not wait long enough, but apply the roller too soon, you will find the ground turning up in flakes, which will undo not a little of the process of leveling to which you had subjected the court. The first rolling will bring out the inequalities of the surface, which is the desirable feature of the use of the roller. Again go through the process of leveling. Do so while the sur- face is still damp. When the cuttings and the fillings have been satisfactorily made, again wet the surface of the court and apply the roller once more. Water and roll at least three times before using the court for play the first time. After you have begun to use the court for play it is better to cut down elevations in preference to filling depressions. The elevations can be ascer- tained by running tightly stretched cords from baseline to baseline. Remove them with a hand scraper, which wiU give uniformity of smoothness because of its width.
When Sand may be Used.
In the spring, if the surface of the court is clay, a little sand may be used to keep the clay from sticking. Do not let the ground become dry before it is rolled. On the contrary, begin to apply the roller the moment that the frost gets out of the ground. For that matter, never roll a dirt court when it is dry. Always wet it down in advance. Before rolling, sweep the surface with bass brooms. Do not use too heavy a roller. Most persons think that the heavier the roller the better the ground. That is not the case. A lighter roller will answer all purposes and answer them well. It packs the surface better than a roller which is too heavy. At the expiration of an hour or so roll the court again. The more frequently it is rolled with a light roller the better the earth packs. Too much weight is inclined to make the playing surface soggy.
Careful rolling, careful attention paid to the development of elevations and foDowed by their removal, careful sweeping and brushing, are the great fac- tors in caring for your court after it is completed. It is something which demands your attention exactly as the care of a racket demands attention or as application to practice calls for attention when you are trying to perfect your game.
Sonie prefer sand on the surface and some do not. Never use too much sand if used in any quantity. Be sparing of it. A cubic yard is a liberal application and it should be carefully distributed over the court to the extent that it is spread evenly and smoothly. Roll it firmly into the ground. Sweep away the excess. The coarser sand will be removed while the finer grains will remain to work into the court surface.
While this leaves the court playable, it may also leave a top which lacks durability for steady play. To overcome that, the surface should be further treated with a thin layer of calcium chloride. This substance attracts the moisture at night and tends to bind the surface material together. There is nothing on a clay court that calcium chloride will hurt. One drum is enough and a machine such as a seeding machine is best used to insure even distri- bution. Calcium chloride darkens the surface of the court and is a protection
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 283
against sun glare. It should be applied while the soil is damp. Use a spray on the surface when the court begins to manifest indications of drying.
This court which has been described will provide an excellent playing sur- face. It will last indefinitely. It will well repay the time and the expenditure for the tennis player who wishes to get the benefit of whatever perfection there may be in his stroke. The one fact most to be impressed upon the owner of the court is that it must not be neglected. Water it, roll it, brush it, and treat it always with care. Do not let its developing inequalities of unevenness grow. When they become manifest, take them in hand. Play will wear a court. Watch for the spots which show indication of wearing and rebuild them. The one most important fact about a court of the type which has been outlined, is that it will give pleasure and enjoyment in greater ratio by far than the nom- inal sum which has been expended to provide recreation and exercise of the most admirable character.
THE CONSTRUCTION OF A STONEDUST CHAMPIONSHIP COURT.
By John Nelson,
Head Groundsman South Side Tennis Club, Chicago.
[Mr. Nelson has constructed and successfully maintained perfect playing surface on the courts of the South Side Tennis Club of Chicago, where the National Clay Court Championships have been contested during the past four years.]
After having constructed and experimented with various hard courts, espe- cially those made of clay, the writer's experience with the building and upkeep of stonedust courts has proved them the most satisfactory in every respect. The cardinal principle in constructing a court is to obtain a level site running north and south. After laying out the court according to the official measurements, the ground should be graded and a four-inch layer of two-inch crushed stone should be placed on 3ie natural foundation, whether it is top soil, clay or gravel. Where crushed stone is difficult to obtain, cinders make an excellent substitute. Of course, a thick layer of cinders is required, ten inches to twelve inches being necessary. This should be raked to as nearly level as possible and packed down.
A one-indi layer of screenings is next added, leveled and rolled. From three inches to four inches of Bedford stonedust (also called "mud from the diamond saw") is then spread over the surface and raked or swept evenly over the court. To obtain the best results about one-half inch to one inch of the stonedust should be screened so that all particles of stone or pebbles are removed. The stonedust will then be almost powder in form. This is applied evenly on the court, which is now ready for watering, and after the surface is absolutely dry, (so that it will not stick to the roller) the court should be rolled several times.
If a few small elevations are discovered they should be removed with a scraper. If the depressions are quite deep, requiring filling, the court should be raked even, watered and, when dry, rolled. This process may be repeated until the results obtained are satisfactory.
The final process is the application of two drums of calcium chloride, which is spread over the entire surface. This aids in packing down and keeping the court hard. The glare of the sun is also removed when the calcium chlonde is applied, as it has a tendency to darken the court.
284 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
If only one court is being constructed according to the foregoing specifica- tions, a drainage system is unnecessary. Where several courts are being con- structed, drains should be connected with catch basins leading to street and sewage systems.
The advantages enjoyed by the stonedust court over clay are many, one of the most important ones being that this type of court will never crack, while clay will. Although sand is usually the remedy to fill the cracks it is not entirely effective, as the wind blows it away, exposing the cracksu Another important advantage is that the stonedust court dries very rapidly, even after the heaviest of showers, allowing commencement of play in about a half hour after a downpour. This is also due greatly to the excellent drainage possible when a court is built as specified.
HOW TO CONSTRUCT AND KEEP A GRASS COURT. By George Wooly, Superintendent Philadelphia Cricket Club. [This article has been written especially for Spalding's Tennis Annual by Mr. George Wooly, superintendent of the Philadelphia Cricket Club, Chestnut Hill, Pa., on the courts of which the National Women's Championships have been played successively for thirty years. What Mr, Wooly has outlined is of a real practical value. The various methods advocated are the result of years of experimentation and experience on his part, both in this country and in England.]
Many very good articles have been written as to how a tennis court should be built, but what is even more important is how a court can be kept in good playing condition. It often occurs that considerable money is spent in court construction and very little or inadequate attention is paid to the proper upkeep of the courts. No matter how perfect the construction may be, the actual value of any court is greatly lessened by improper care.
It should be borne in mind that the data presented here is particularly appropriate for courts in territories having climatic conditions and soil features similar to those found in eastern Pennsylvania. The relative moisture, amount of rainfall and the nature of the soil must be carefully considered.
In planning a grass court the most important information to be had is the nature of the soil, and that soil which is porous is the most desirable, as it eliminates artificial drainage. Artificial drains, such as pipes, tiles, etc., should be avoided if possible, for they have a tendency to drain the court too quickly, drawing valuable moisture away from the roots of the grass. Better results are obtained when the court is naturally drained, because the soil, being porous, absorbs the moisture more evenly. In preparing courts in low land where there is excessive moisture in the ground, special attention should be given to drainage and drains should be installed on the sides of the court.
For the foundation of a court, best results are obtained by using a soil of a shelly or scaly composition. The body of the court should be made of a com- bination of sifted soil of a clay nature and cow manure which has matured for at least a year. This should be applied to a depth of at least one foot. To get the most satisfactory and quickest results, good, clean, healthy sod is advo- cated, although seeding will also give excellent results. If seed is to be used, a combination of red top, creeping bent, and red seed will bring about an unusually fine playing surface.
Inasmuch as it is advisable to construct courts in the fall, so that the soil has plenty of time to pack and settle before use, it is well to use seed for
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 285
growing a desirable turf. Seeding should be done late in the summer, in late August preferably. This will enable a very good growtli of grass to get started before frost, and which should advance quicker under spring rains than newly planted seed, a part of which may be washed out in spring. Moreover, in spring seeding the fast-growing spring weeds will choke or retard the seed, while if seed is sown the previous August or September it will less easily be choked out. Fall weeds may be much more easily eradicated than those of spring growth. So much for construction. Courts constructed in late summer should be ready for play (without spiked shoes) the following season.
The matter of keeping grass courts in good condition is highly important. First, it is absolutely necessary to keep weeds constantly in check. Second, there must be in the court an even and sufficient amount of moisture on which the roots of the grass may rely in case of drought. Third, there should be applied to the soil twice a year, in spring and fall, a top dressing of sifted soil and cow manure, the same as used in the body of the court. About a ton of this mixture to a court is sufficient. If lime is applied about one week before this operation the ground is "sweetened" and the poisonous aids removed. This should be applied every two years.
Proper Watering of the Court.
The matter of the control of all weeds is understood, but the necessity of proper watering of the court is overlooked in many instances. In all parts of the country where rain is more or less infrequent and where there is very little moisture in the ground at night, it is advisable to give the court a good thor- ough watering at least once a week. Sprinkling is detrimental, as it merely wets the turf and, when followed by a strong sun, the grass burns out. The thorough watering soaks in, allowing the roots of the grass to have sufficient moisture. If the body and foundation of the court be constructed as previ- ously outlined the moisture will be more or less naturally retained in just such quantity as will properly nourish the roots of the grass.
If the growing conditions allow the courts to retain moisture, then the courts should be rolled daily. In dry weather it is better to use a lighter weight roller, but in all oases courts should be rolled every day. The cutting of the grass will depend on atmospheric conditions. In very hot weather courts should not be kept cut too short. It sometimes occurs, no matter how care- fully courts are kept, that the turf will become worn at the baseline, where most players are in the habit of serving. This can be overcome in a line of courts lyy periodical moving of the posts to the right or left about half the width of the courts. This allows worn turf to respond to treatment and pre- vents unsightly and disagreeable bare spots. In general, all grass courts demand constant attention; but if courts are kept in as perfect condition as possible, the durabUity and excellence of the playing service wiU make all such effort distinctly worth while.
CONSTRUCTION AND CARE OF A GRASS COURT.
By Fred B. Alexander.
If cost need not be considered in the construction of a grass court, it should
be built by an expert, and will be laid on deep-laid foundations; if it ^^
desired to build an economical court on an available lawn which is fairly
286 SP-\LDLNG"S TENNIS ANNUAL
level, the cost will not be hea^-y. The sod should first be carefully removed in squares of about eighteen inches, from a space at least 50 by 100 feet, cutting do-wTi to a depth of about six inches. The ground should then be turned with a spade to a depth of eighteen inches or two feet, and after all stones have been removed, and the earth carefully raked over and leveled, it should be packed and rolled ^nth a heavy roller. It cannot have too much leveling and rolling, and the roUing should be kept up for several days with plenty of soaking by rain or hose-pipe. Any inequalities which the heavy pressure of the roller produces should be filled in or cut down before the sods are relaid.
After the ground has been rolled sufficiently the sods should be replaced. In doing this it is important to get the edges close together, so that no seams or open cracks can be found. These sods should be relaid in the afternoon and well drenched with water. The next day the ground should be rolled again: and this should be followed by alternate drenching and rolling for several days. Even when the ground finally appears firm and level, the court should not be played upon until new blades of grass appear in considerable numbers. If depressions appear, tire sod at that spot should be lifted, fresh earth inserted to the proper grade and the sod replaced, watered and rolled till level and flat again.
Bad spots are often found where the grass is thin or where malignant weeds obstruct its growth, and in this case fresh sods should be bought or cut else- where and substituted. Sometimes large patches of ground must be renewed in this way, but it wiU be found much less expensive if all the turf is bad to sow the new court down with lawn seeds, and seeds w-ill often help out thin spots in the grass if the court is not to be used too soon after the sov.-ing. It is better to make a grass court in the fall whether it is to be sown with seed or sodded. The winter storms wiU then settle it thoroughly, and after a little releveling in the spring it will be ready for use.
The Best Time to Sow Grass Seed.
Grass seeds should be sown between the middle of March and the first of May, or better yet, in the autumn, between the middle of August and the first of October. It takes about 20 pecks of good lawn seed to cover a space 60 by 120 feet. The sowing should be gone over twice, the second time at right angles to the first- Gover seeds should be avoided, as this grass does not wear well, and guano should not be used for fertilizing, for it tends to bring up coarse blades in patches.
As soon as the young grass is high enou^ to be topped, a scythe or sickle should be used, being at first better than the mowing madiine. After the new grass is well hardened, however, the latter should be constantly in use, never less than once a week, and in moist warm weather nearly every day. With every precaution weeds are sure to appear, but these can generally be held in check by constant mowing. The more formidable weeds, however, must be cut with a knife one by one about an inch below the surface, and care being taken to remove as much of the root as possible. A pinch of salt dropped on the cut root will generally stop the growth. "VHien the turf be- comes worn in spots a small shift in the lines of the court wiH relieve the pressure and enahle the grass to grow again: at the end of the season all of the bare patches should be resown.
A grass court cannot have too much care. It is advisable to wet it Aor- oughlr sereral times a week and roll it as often. It should be watered at
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 287
night, cut in the morning, and rolled after cutting and before watering. The best way to repair a bare strip of ground is to lay fresh turf, and this should be done in the fall or as early as possible in the spring. Good tough turf, laid in February or early in March, will be fit for use by the first of June! In the early spring grass roots both in new turf and old may be greatly benefited by a good dressing of manure well worked in, but regular manuring should also be done in the fall.
Worm casts are very bad for good tennis turf. Particularly in fertile ground or after a storm, the little mounds will appear on the sod, and if the roller passes over them, or they are trodden down, little hard lumps are formed which spoil the surface of the court. The turf should always be swept before rolling, and in rich soil every morning. This scatters the mounds effectually. Where it is necessary to get rid of the worms, lime water should be sprinkled on the ground. They will then come to the surface and can be swept away.
When a horse mowing machine is used it is well to have the horse's hoofs covered with soft pads to prevent their cutting into the turf and leaving prints that affect the bound of the ball. The groundsman at work on good lawn tennis courts, particularly when the turf is soft, should be required to wear rubber-soled shoes without heels.
To Eradicate Worms from a Lawn. Worms are one of the worst pests to good turf. To bring them out of the roots of the grass and eradicate them is the aim of every groundkeeper. The following metliod is used and has been found to accomplish excellent results. Dissolve four ounces of salt in a gallon of water and apply to the surface with a sprinkler. This will bring the worms out of the turf. They can be removed and destroyed. The folio wng is a worm-destroying mixture: Mercuric chloride 10.00, hydrochloric acid 5.00, water 100.00. One pint of this is to be added to ten gallons of water and sprinkled over the turf in the evening of a damp day. The worms ascend to the surface and die very soon.
CONSTRUCTION OF A CONCRETE COURT. Furnished by the Portland Cement Association, Chicago.
The concrete tennis court is acknowledged as a valuable addition to all tennis clubs. These suggestions on construction are presented as an aid to those in charge of the preparation of specifications for such courts and to clubs which are interested in building them. The cement should meet the require- ments of the current standard specifications and tests for portland cement of the American Society for Testing Materials. Cement should be properly stored on the work and cement that has partially set or hardened should not be used.
The site for the court should be stripped of all sod, loam or refuse matter, and all soft or spongy spots below subgrade should be excavated. If the sub- soil is of sand, gravel or other material which will drain readily, the site should be excavated to four and one-half inches below the surface of the finished court; if the subsoil is clay, the excavation should be made to eleven inches below the finished surface, to provide for a subbase. AH holes below subgrade should be filled with well tamped sand or gravel. Such fills should be made in lavers not exceeding six inches in thickness. If there are depr^; sions in the excavation slightlv below grade, however, such depressions should be filled up \s-ith the concrete when deposited rather than with sand or gravel.
288 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
The subbase should consist of six and one-half inches of well compacted material as noted before. Subbase and subgrade should be thoroughly com- pacted by means of tampers or heavy rollers. During this process the mate- rial should be kept thoroughly wet and should be in that condition when the concrete is placed, but with no standing water. The subgrade should be parallel to the finished surface, which should be one plane with a slope of I two inches from side to side. -. \
Tile drains should be provided. These tile should be laid in ditches which i should be backfilled with crushed stone or pebbles not smaller than one-half { inch. It is preferable to cover these ditches with earth, sod or large flat stones, to provide a smooth, even surface.
The method of measuring the materials, including water, for the concrete or " mortar should be one which will insure separate and uniform proportions of each of the materials at all times. Uniformity of proportions for the aggre- gates can best be maintained by the use of bottomless measuring boxes or of wheelbarrows whose contents have been carefully predetermined. A sack of Portland cement (94 pounds net) should be considered as one cubic foot.
How TO Mix the Concrete. All concrete should be mixed by machine (except when the engineer per- mits otherwise) in a batch mixer of an approved type. The ingredients of the concrete should be mixed to the required consistency and the mixing con- tinued at least one and one-half minutes after all materials are in the drum before any part of the batch is discharged from the drum. The drum should be completely emptied before receiving materials for the succeeding batch. The volume of the mixed material used per batch should not exceed the manu- facturer's rated capacity of the drum in cubic feet of mixed material. If pos- sible, the mixer should be equipped with suitable charging hopper, water storage and a measuring device which can be locked.
In mixing the concrete, the least amount of water should be used which it is possible to employ and still obtain a workable, plastic mixture. At no time should the consistency of the concrete be such as to cause a separation of the coarse aggregate from the mortar in handling. The proper consistency is per- haps best described as "quaky." Under ordinary conditions this consistency will require not more than six gallons of water per sack of cement. An excess of water must be avoided, as it seriously affects the strength of the concrete, and any batch of concrete containing such an excess should be rejected.
The mortar should be of the dryest consistency possible to work with a | sawing motion of the strike board. When it is necessary to mix mortar by hand the material should be mixed dry on a watertight platform until the mix- ture is of uniform color, the required amount of water added and the mixing continued until the mass is of uniform consistency and character throughout. Retempering of concrete or mortar which has partially hardened, that is, remixing with or without additional materials or water, should not be permitted.
Forms for Construction.
The forms for construction may be of wood or metal. They should be true to line and of sufficient strength to resist springing out of shape. "Wooden forms should be of not less than two-inch stock. All forms should be well staked or otherwise held to the established lines and grades. The upper edges of the forms should conform to the grade of the court surface. All wooden
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 289
forms should be thoroughly wetted and metal forms oiled or coated with soft soap or whitewash before depositing any concrete against them. All mortar or dirt should be removed from forms which have been used previously. The thickness of each slab should not be less than four and one-half inches.
An expansion joint should be made at the net line, using filler four and one-half inches wide and one-half inch thick of such material as previously recommended.
Construction joints should be formed by placing the concrete against slabs that have already hardened. All edges must be finished square in order that the surface of the adjoining slab will be even and leave no ridge at the joint.
The concrete should be mixed in the proportions of one sack of portland cement to not more than two and one-half cubic feet of fine aggregate and not more than four cubic feet of coarse aggregate; in no case should the volume of the fine aggregate be less than one-half the volume of the coarse aggregate. A cubic yard of concrete in place should contain not less than six sacks of Portland cement. The base should have a minimum thickness of three inches.
Concrete should be Placed within Twenty Minutes.
The work should be so laid out that the concrete of each section is given sufficient time to harden before the forms are moved and the adjoining sections placed. The concrete should be placed in its final position as soon as possible after mixing and must be in place within twenty minutes after the water has been added to the dry materials. Each section shotild be completed before another is started. The forms should be filled, concrete struck off to a surface at least one and one-half inches below and parallel to the finished surface of the court. Any concrete in excess of that required to complete a section when work is stopped should not be used. The method of placing the sections should be such as to insure straight, sharp, clean-cut joints, thus making each section an independent unit.
The slabs should be reinforced with a wire mesh or fabric weighing not less than twenty-eight pounds per hundred square feet with the metal equally dis- tributed in both directions. Immediately after the base is placed the rein- forcement should be placed upon it lengthwise of the sections and pressed into the concrete about an inch. The reinforcement should not be less than one and one-half inches below the finished surface. It should not cross joints and should be lapped at least four inches.
The mortar for the top should be mixed in the proportions of one sack of Portland cement to not more than two cubic feet of fine aggregate. The top wearing course should have a minimum thickness of one and one-half inches and should be placed immediately after mixing. It should be deposited on Ihe fresh concrete of the base before the latter has hardened and brought to the established grade with a strikeboard.
If Base Hardens Before Wearing Course is Placed. In no case should over thirty minutes elapse between the time the concrete for the base was mixed and the wearing course is placed. If through unavoid- able causes the base of any slab should have hardened before the weanng course can be placed, the surface should be roughened with a pick, cleaned ol all dirt and laitance, drenched with water, and while still moist but with no standing water brushed with a neat cement grout mixed to the consistency ol rich cream. The wearing course should be placed immediately thereafter.
290 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
1
ter isl
Grout and mortar should be used \\rithin thirty minutes after the water added to the dry materials.
After the wearing course has been brought to the established grade it should be worked with a wood float in a manner which will thoroughly compact the mortar and produce a surface free from depressions or irregularities of any kind. The surface should be steel troweled to a smooth, even surface, but. excessive working should be avoided.
Under no circumstances should dry cement or a mixture of dry cement and fine aggregate be sprinkled on the surface to absorb moisture or hasten hardening.
If mineral coloring is used the pigment should be mixed with the dry mate-. rials — cement and fine aggregate — until the mixture is of a uniform color, the water then added and mixing continued until the mixture is of uniform charac- ter and consistency throughout. Coloring matter should never be sprinkled on the surface and worked in, as this results in a soft wearing surface as well as an uneven color. In no case should the amount of coloring pigment exceed eight per cent of the cement by weight.
Temperature an Important Consideration.
Freshly placed slabs should be protected from drying winds and hot sun. Aa soon as each slab has sufficiently hardened it should be covered and kept wet for ten days. Two inches of sand or earth frequently sprinkled has been suc- cessfully used for this pilrpose.
No concrete should be placed during temperature which is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit, or when, in the opinion of the engineer, the temperature will drop to such a point within twenty-four hours.
The concrete surface must be protected from rain to prevent any pitting. Sufficient tarpaulins should be provided and used to cover all sections that have been placed within the preceding twelve hours.
Court lines should be according to the requirements of the National Lawn Tennis Association, one and one-half inches wide. A reasonably permanent line can be secured by using two coats of a white concrete paint.
A metal ring one inch in diameter should be imbedded in the middle of the court at the net line. The ring should be set in a depression so that the top of it will be flush with the court surface.
The posts may be of a suitable type, removable or concrete. Reels and runners should be provided.
The ground around the court should be graded with clay or earth firmly compacted, so as to be level with the court for a distance of three feet outside the drain.
CONSTRUCTION OF ASPHALT COURTS.
An asphalt court is the most expensive of all courts. Once down, the upkeep of the court is perhaps less expensive. A half dozen asphalt courts, for exam- ple, at a club would be cared for with far less trouble than a half dozen clay or turf courts. Private asphalt courts, except for those with unlimited means, are not apt to be common. On the other hand, on an estate where there are many tennis players and where the game will probably be played as long as there are young and middle-aged to take part in it, the asphalt court will have its advantages. The one difficulty to be overcome is to learn how to differen- tiate one's style from asphalt to turf to clay, and so on around the triangle.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 291
Carlton R. Gardner, the well-known California tennis player, declares that it is not an easy matter to arrive at the probable difference in cost of an asphalt court as compared with others. That is quite true, as everything for an asphalt court depends upon the locality in which it is built. Mr. Gardner, in an article on the subject in American Lawn Tennis, writes:
"Where there is very little leveling of the ground to be done, and where the labor and material prices are about average, a good asphalt court will cost between fifteen hundred and two thousand dollars. Of course, it is possible to cut this figure by laying a lighter foundation of concrete, and even the sur- facing of asphalt may be made thinner. The best court builders in San Fran- cisco suggest a four or six-inch base of concrete, but if the ground underneath is known to be well drained and very solid the concrete base could be made not more than three inches thick. The asphalt surface is generally one inch thick, but could be made one-half or three-quarters when necessary to save expense. However, this would not be quite so springy as the heavier surface.
When Crushed Rock may be Substituted for Concrete Base.
"A great many asphalt courts are built without the concrete base, crushed rock sometimes being substituted where the court is more or less for private use and where the play will not be so constant. This will reduce the cost several hundred dollars, and no doubt a very fair court could be built with crushed rock and asphalt for less than one thousand dollars.
"The nine courts of the University of California were built at a total cost of about twenty thousand dollars, before the war, but there was considerable grading necessary and several concrete bulkheads or walls had to be built. Furthermore, this included the cost of fencing, which was of iron piping and very expensive. It is doubtful if these particular courts could be constructed now for any less than thirty thousand dollars.
"In some cases where courts are built for schools, the students get together and do the greatest part of the unskilled labor, which is a tremendous saving, as fully sixty or seventy per cent of the total cost is that of labor.
The Length of the Runway.
"The matter of runway is entirely up to whoever is building the asphalt court. The best courts, such as clubs on the Pacific Coast have, and those in local parks and playgrounds, run clear back to the fence. Where it is possible, it is better to have no other surface than that of which the court is made. There are, however, several instances of runways which are not more than three to six feet back of the baseline. The asphalt courts at Del Monte extended only eight feet back of the baseline and three feet off the sidelines. The remainder of ie surface outside the lines was of gravel. This was always very unsatis- factory, however, as the footing on asphalt is far more sure than on any other surface, and a player accustomed to this very often slips on the gravel in recoT- ering a difficult shot. , i a e
"Good concrete courts are more expensive than asphalt. A contractor of experience is authority for the assertion that a concrete court would cost at least two or three hundred dollars more than asphalt.
"Aside from freshening up the lines with paint once a year and sweeping the court free from dust and litter, the expense of keep is almost nothing. Brooms and mops are usually sufficient to dry any cement court within an hour after
292 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
the severest rain. In the East the snow could be easily shoveled away in spring, if not already melted, and the court would be ready for play long in advance of clay or turf. The surface of asphalt is true, which is a distinct advantage, but it is also a fact that the surface is hard and not elastic like that of the turf court, in particular, and the clay court."
The Fay Improvement Company of San Francisco have kindly supplied the following specifications for those who wish to install asphalt courts:
"The area of the court should be 60 by 120 feet. The ground should be graded so as to have a pitch of at least nine inches in 120 feet without any crown whatsoever. The subgrade should be either rolled with a small steam roller weighing two and one-half tons, or with heavy hand rollers. Upon your subgrade place four inches of concrete, or if you can obtain good bedrock macadam, six inches of that will serve instead. Upon this spread one inch of asphalt-wearing surface, which should be made up of the following propor- tions: Asphalt having a penetration of 70 to 90 degrees, 120 pounds; pow- dered limestone or cement, 150 pounds; fine sand possessing not over three per cent loam or mica, 745 pounds. The foregoing quantities constitute nine cubic feet of finishing material, covering an area of one hundred feet square and one inch thick. Particular pains should be taken in ironing and hand rolling of the asphalt so that there will be no roughness after the final rolling. There should be two hand rollers used when the asphalt is spread, one weigh- ing about 600 pounds, followed by a lighter one weighing close to 400 pounds. The rakers should work to a three-quarter inch surface board in spreading the material. Should the subgrade be all loam or material that opens up and cracks, it would be good to spread about two inches of sand before the con- crete base or macadam is laid."
CONSTRUCTION OF BOARD COURTS.
When constructing board courts the first essential is that they should be firm and yet springy, and built as near the ground, if out of doors (which seems to be the popular method at the present time), as possible. The foun- dation of a wooden court should be of heavy beams, sufficiently so to prevent all bending or giving. The boards should be not less than li/^-inch in thick- ness in order to obtain the best results, and, if a wooden playing surface is desired, should be laid l^-inch apart, which will permit rapid drainage. They should be painted green with white marking lines. The best playing surface is secured by having a flap of heavy canvas made by a sailmaker, which should be of sufficient size to not only cover the court, but also extend at least 10 feet outside the boundaries. This canvas should be stretched by a rope passing through eyelets, with pulleys at each corner of the court, by means of which the rope can be constantly kept tight. After the canvas has been laid and properly stretched, it should be painted a grass green, upon which white marking lines lV2-inch in width can be made. A canvas covering such as this entails considerable expense, but with proper care, that is, paint- ing sufficiently often during the winter season and storing carefully during the hot months, it should last for years. Covered wooden courts for inside play should be laid, whenever possible, on wooden beams so as to get some slight spring, and not on iron or concrete, which will render them so dead as to make it exceedingly hard for the players' feet.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
293
Sub-Drainage for a Tennis Court
Expert advice from the United States Department of Agriculture was sought by the editor of Spalding's Tennis Annual on the subject of sub-drainage of a tennis court. The department made the following statement:
The question of sub-drainage is important in order that the subgrade shall always be dry and hard. There is no better way to accomplish this than by the installation of farm drain tile on two sides of the court. The attached sketch shows a plan of drainage on the assumption that the slope of the court is in the direction of its smallest dimension. For this purpose ordinary four-inch farm drain tile is recommended. It is to be laid without mortar, thus allowing the entrance of water into the tile at each joint. In order that there may be a definite fall for the ground water from all parts of the court to the drain, the latter should be placed at a depth of not less than two feet underground and
._:^:IP-I_
"^TO OUTLET \\
HIGHl SIDE
// s:|- ,78feet
^General CuMrt Levei
1^
^Depression overXile
Fall 6 inches in 100 feet
the lines be given a fall of six inches in one hundred feet if it is possible to obtain this drop. The slope given the underground drainage system, of course, need have no relation to the slope given the court itself.
It would be advisable on the low side of the court to install one or more surface inlets to dispose quickly of the water running oflf the court. To facili- tate the entrance of this surface water into the drains, we would suggest a slight depression over the tile line on the low side of the court as indicated in the sketch. These inlets can well be made of six-inch sewer pipe placed upon end with the bell end of one joint at the surface, and a round screen set into this belL In case the slope of the court is in the direction of its great^t dimension, the tile drains should be located as tbey are shown in the sketch, but the inlet should be placed at the point indicated as X in the sketch, instead of at the side.
294
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
How to Construct a Practice Board
The following directions for building a practice board for tennis are reprinted from American Lawn Tennis with permission of that well known publication:
Nothing is better than a practice board for pure stroke play. The ball returns to the player much more regularly than if he depended upon a player on the other side of a net. The player may also anticipate better where the return will come and move about accordingly.
The ball can be driven forehand or backhand at will and the shot be placed so that the next play will be on the side on which the player prefers to play the ball. It is a fine help toward getting drives down at the right height to carry over the net and still not sail too high. Paint a white line three feet from the ground so that at a glance it will be possible to note just how high to hit the ball.
Another method is to hang a net about a foot or two in front of the practice board. The ball will catch in the net and not come back if the return is too
...^RpiiAiiAJ
low, A half hour's practice in front of this device will teach the average player the necessity of getting the balls high enough to keep them over the net.
For a practice court it is best to allow a space of forty feet wide and sixty feet long for the playing surface. Strokes at full speed can then be played without forcing the player off the playing surface. This ground should be leveled, graded, rolled and treated with sand and clay as if it were a regular court. The practice board can be set at the end of an old court or a new one built for the purpose and used in place of a backstop. In this way the same surface will act as a regular court and a practice court at the same time. Nat- urally, either one in use will preclude the use of the other, which might prove to be a drawback in some instances.
The practice board should be substantially built, for a thin fence or a small low one will only prove to be an annoyance. For a club of fifty members or more it is well to build substantially and the proportions should be not less than forty feet long and ten feet high. If the practice board is to serve also as a backstop it should be not less than fifty feet long and will need wings of netting at either end to prevent diagonal balls from going past its ends and being lost.
For a practice board 40 by 10 feet, with a special practice court 40 by 60 feet, one and one-half inch boards, matched closely, with tongue and groove, should be set horizontally on 2x6 upright studs set four feet apart. These studs should be set not less than three feet into the ground and, better yet,
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 295
four feet down. Their lower ends, as far as set under ground, should be treated with at least two coats of black asphaltum paint to prevent their rot- ting under ground. The facing boards should be no wider than six inches, should be No. 1 stock free from all knots and cracks, but they need be dressed only on one side. Using ten-inch or twelve-inch board will tend to open the cracks up more than narrower boards, which should be put up when thor- oughly dried, never when damp, to prevent shrinking as far as possible. They should be driven up very tight when put up and securely nailed to the stud- ding at close intervals. It does no harm to nail through the boards, as the nail heads can be easily covered with paint, and blind nailing, as in laying flooring, does not give such a secure hold.
In laying up the boarding great care should be taken to "break joints" at wide intervals, that is, never to join the ends of short lengths of adjoining boards on the same studs. A trim board should also be placed at either end and a cap no less than four inches wide on top to prevent rain from soaking into the ends of the boards.
Such a fence will have to be well braced against wind pressure. Ten feet back of the fence a row of six stakes should be driven deep into the ground. Short locust posts will be found best for this. Braces made of 2x4 studs should then be nailed securely just above the ground to these stakes, and to the studs on the practice board opposite, at a height of two feet from its top. These six braces will make the new fence rigid against even the hardest blow if securely nailed to the studs back of the board. To brace the fence addi- tionally and to make the braces more rigid, a cross-brace should be run from the studs at five feet from the ground to the middle of the main braces, and these securely nailed at both ends will make the construction very strong.
The cost of such a practice board will differ in different localities. About four hundred square feet of one and one-half by six will be needed, two hun- dred and forty feet of studding and two or three coats of paint.
The painting should not be neglected for a moment longer than necessary. Lumber loses its life quickly if uncovered to wind, sun and rain. If both sides are to be painted — ^and it is better so — it is cheaper to get the facing boards dressed both sides, as rough, unplaned wood surfaces eat up paint alarmingly. Two coats of dark green paint are needed and a third will help to preserve the wood. The third may be put on the second season and will help to brighten the appearance of the practice board.
Unless a net is to be used all of the time in front of the board, a white line, three inches broad, should be painted across the surface of the practice board at an even height of three feet from the ground, to represent the net.
The practice boards may be made interesting by adapting the handbaU idea to them. A game is sometimes played between two players on the practice board by marking off the surface into two courts twenty feet wide. As m squash rackets, the side that is in must serve the ball into the back court diagonally opposite, and the other player then returns it against the wall so that it bounds on the other side of the center line. If a net is used no front line is necessary, as the danger from an excessively short ball is eliminated. Not putting a ball over the net, or placing it in the wrong court, or out of the court, puts the server out, and then the other man goes in for service, the score being by aces, twenty-one to a game. Another variation is to serve alternately from one side and the other, scoring games and points and sets as in lawn tennis, the players changing sides each time.
296 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
The Accessories of the Game — Hints on Their Installation
Setting the Net Posts.
For grass courts and dirt courts there are diflferent kinds of net posts. Those for grass are portable and those for dirt are fixed. On either kind the distance from the surface of ground to the pulley through which the net cable runs must be exactly three feet six inches. The ears in which the pulley are inserted must never extend more than one-quarter of an inch above the top of the post in order that the height may be legal. If they do extend higher they are likely to interfere with the ball and ruin a shot. They have been seen to extend more than an inch and a half, which is illegal. Remember that both cable and pulley ears must be kept within the three feet six inches to which reference has been made.
For a grass court the post should be thirty inches in the ground. Use posts of extra heavy wrought iron pipe two and one-half inches in diameter. This is the standard championship post. It fits into a frog, or crow anchor of three prongs, which extends at angles from the post. The ends of these prongs are bent downward to grip into the earth. At three feet four inches from the top of the post insert a pin through the post above the ring on the frog so that the post cannot sink into the ground. The ring is two inches in depth. The anchor is placed on the surface of the ground and rammed into position. Drill a hole for the post by using a pointed pipe equal in diameter to the diameter of the post.
For posts on a dirt court it is best to dig a hole two feet square and three feet deep. Insert the post at the proper height and then fill around with con- crete. The top of the post must be exactly three feet six inches from the surface of the ground. For a dirt court, if metal is used, the post should be heavier than for a grass court. Excellent wooden posts are provided which are championship in standard and which may be sunk in concrete similar to iron.
The iron post should be fortified by a clamp extending at right angles to it, resting even with the ground and just below the surface, which assists in obtaining rigidity for the post. This clamp is of iron and is flat, two feet long and a half inch through. It is held in place by bolts which are inserted through it at regular intervals from the post.
It is very important that a high class and durable ratchet be attached to the post to which the net cable is fastened. On a good ratchet depends the fixity of the net in position. The latter should never sag if shots are to be made perfectly over the top. The ratchet is fastened to the outside of the post about twenty inches below the top.
Making the Backstop.
The framework of the backstop should be made of one and one-half inch galvanized iron pipe fencing. For general use, stretch across this a one- quarter inch galvanized iron wire mesh. On a grass court be sure that the backstop is at least twenty-one feet back of the court. On a dirt court the distance should be increased and the backstop be stationed at least twenty-five feet from the court. If the courts are for tournament play increase the dis- tance again and make it at least twenty-seven feet, while thirty feet will be
1
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 297
better. Color the backstop dark green. It is the most restful of all colors to the eyes and it is always to be taken into consideration that a great deal of the tennis which is played will be played in brilliant sunshine. For a back- ground there is nothing better than a curtain of heavy duck, dyed green. This should be equipped with small and substantial snap hooks at intervals of about every two feet, in order that the folds of the curtain may be held together and not move and flap in the wind.
The Center Iron.
To keep the net in place in the center many devices have been tried, but there is none which is the equal of the center iron made by A. G. Spalding .Si Bros., known as No. C.A. This will insure permanency of the net at the proper height from the ground and is a better arrangement than any other method. Drive the iron into the ground exactly at the point of the center of the court. Use a rammer or something with a flat surface, so that the top of the center iron will not be expanded. Drive the center iron into the earth until its top is exactly flush with the surface of the court.
Nets.
The nets should be of twenty-one or thirty gauge, tarred, and with wire cable tops. Retarring of nets and renewing the canvas bands will double the life of nets. Tarred nets may be purchased. Untarred nets may be tarred by dipping them into a bucket of melted tar and kerosene mixed. A novice can tar a net, but it is advisable to turn over the process of tarring to one who has had experience.
Tarred nets may also be used for backstops. Owners of private estates as a rule do not favor a wire fence, as it does not lend itself readily to landscape architecture. Try planting a hedge for a backstop. Either cedar or arbor vitae trees are good. Suspend in front of them a tarred net.
Some prefer tarred nets to wire mesh for backstops of the usual method of iron post construction. Taut wires are strung between posts and the nets are suspended from wires. When the season is over, take down the nets, tar them again before storage, and when the spring begins they will come out as good as new. Their endurance will be prolonged three or four years. A ball hit into a tarred net falls dead and does not roll back into the court. The appearance of such nets is not unattractive and there is one excellent feature, the lack of liability of broken strands, which, if of wire, may project and scratch or cut the players. i. i • . i.
If there is room for a back run of about twenty feet, a net wliich is eight feet hi^ will answer the purpose. If less back run, the net should be at least ten feet in height.
298 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Materials for Marking Courts
Where lime or whiting is considered for the purpose of marking tennis courts it is unanimously agreed that whiting is the better material. Almost all advise that lime never should be used alone. A combination of whiting and lime is also considered to be detrimental. The lime should be eliminated.
There are no properties in whiting which are harmful to a turf court, nor can it injure soil. High grade whiting should be employed to the exclusion of all else. Some products which are described as whiting contain ground plaster and this sometimes is nothing more than ground plaster of Paris. Waste white lead has been sold for whiting and is not good for a tennis court.
In applying whiting do not make the mixture too thick, as its tendency i& to form a thick line, and after a few applications is likely to leave a ridge large enough to deflect a ball. The whiting should be poured in gradually until a creamy mixture is obtained. After each line is made the mixture should be thoroughly stirred, as settlement will take place.
Lime will leave a ridge if it is applied too thickly and, no matter how small the line of lime applied to turf or soil, it will do harm to both.
The use of cold water calcimine is suggested by Irving C. Wright. Granting that it is more expensive, he is sure that it wUl answer better for the purposes of general marking of courts. In calling attention to the use of lime, Mr. Wright says: *T am of the opinion that unslaked lime forms smaU lumps which are apt to spread around the line. That is a bad feature. This is specially true when you are a linesman, because if the ball hits a piece which is really outside of the court and the gallery sees it fly the spectators conclude when you call it 'out' that your vision is bad or that you are an incompetent official."
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
299
How to Choose a Tennis Racket
Four main and essential points must be considered carefully in chooainff a racket, namely: 1, Weight; 2, Balance; 3, Size of Handle; 4, Shape.
If eight—Second growth white ash has been found to be theoretically and practically the best wood for a racket frame, but ash varies in weight, and it has been found that the heavier the weight of the ash the stronger it is. ' There- fore it is to the advantage of the prospective buyer to select the heaviest racket he feels he can use without going to the extreme of selecting one too heavy for his strength.
The present Official ball, manufactured by a new process in two pieces in- stead of four, and without the bothersome plug which often used to become loose and rattle, has a stronger cover than the ball of ten yearg ago; come- quently its impact upon the racket is greater, and therefore a heavier imple- ment is needed to counteract this shock. To sum up — use as heavy a racket as you feel you can without impairing the quickness and accuracy of your stroke.
Balance — This is just as important as weight. Often a poorly balanced racket will feel heavier than one well balanced, although an ounce or more weightier. A well-balanced racket should balance anywhere from 12% to 13% inchee, measuring from the end of the handle. In the case of a very powerful player, a racket weighty in the head or balancing over 13% inches from the handle would be of benefit by increasing the power of his stroke.
Size of the Handle — Of the utmost importance. The general idea that the player should grip his racket tightly at all times is erroneous. The racket should be gripped tightly only at the moment of impact on the ball. At other times a fairly loose but firm grasp is advisable, the reason being that a tight grip cramps the muscles of the arms and interferes with the start of the stroke. It follows that the size of the handle should vary as to the size of the hand, but no set measurement can be applied. The best solution is to grip two or three different sized handles and select the one which feels most natural and comfortable. Handles vary in size from 5 inches to 5% inches in circum- ference. Larger or smaller may be specially ordered.
Shape — Perhaps the least important of the four considerations. The average good American expert prefers a broad oval type, and the average European the slim elliptical type. The preference of the American is due to the tremendoui spin and cut service developed in this country.
It stands to reason that the larger the surface of the racket, generally speak- ing, the longer the ball clings to the racket and the more "cut" imparted. To sum up, however, the matter of racket selection is largely a question of personal choice, although the foregoing remarks should be carefully considered.
Typical racket specifications with which national championships have been won are: Weight, WA ounces; balance, 12% inches from end of handle; size of handle. 5% inches; large oval playing service. A national women s cham^ pion's racket called for: Weight, 13% ounces; balance, 13 inchea from end ot handle; size of handle, 5 inches; narrow elliptical type.
All the attention given to selection of the proper racket will be tor naught, however, if it is treated carelessly afterward. When finished playing, alter use on grass courts, wipe it off if damp, put it m a cover, and place m a
300 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
racket press. After use on dirt courts, the racket should be brushed oflf care- fully, enclosed in a cover, and placed in the press, where it should be kept until necessary to use again. As soon as the polish of the strings begins to wear off, apply tennis gut preservative. This should be done immediately after playing, as it takes a little time to thoroughly dry.
Something About Stringing.
Many players — novices especially — are of the opinion that the strings of a racket must be extremely taut. While it is true that the strings should be reasonably tight, yet it will be news to many that some of the best players use a comparatively loosely strung racket.
In connection with the subject a few details regarding tennis racket strings may be of interest.
Lambs' gut strings are made in from 12 to 28 ply. Each ply represents one animal, hence each string in a tennis racket represents a flock of twelve to twenty-eight lambs. The habits of each animal, the region in which it grazed, the water it drank, all have their efifect on the quality of racket strings. It may be understood, therefore, that it is no easy matter to properly grade the material, and it is an important detail that each shipment be checked on its arrival; not a casual inspection, or even one complying in general with what years of experience may have taught, but a scientific analysis. Every lot re- ceived is tested in the laboratory of the Spalding factory at Chicopee, Mass., where the rackets are made. It will thus be seen with what care the customer — and incidentally the Spalding reputation for quality — is protected. With every precaution, however, strings will develop idiosyncrasies — they are especially vulnerable to atmospheric changes — and no one can tell positively how each string will act.
Good gut is not necessarily white or clear. The latter quality is often the result of too much bleaching, which will develop weakness. Spalding labora- tory tests are made for quality; color is secondary.
Another Spalding Improvement in Tennis Ball Manufacture.
When A. G. Spalding & Bros, announced that they had perfected a pat- ented process in their factory by which the old method of manufacturing a tennis ball — heretofore made in four pieces and blown up through a plug inside — had been superseded by a two-piece ball that eliminated the annoying irregularity of weight and shape of the old plug style, the announcement was hailed with delight.
Tennis players everywhere were attracted by the precision in manufacture and the accuracy of flight and bound of the new Spalding ball, so much so that the demand was greater than the supply. It was realized that the science of manufacture was keeping pace with the science of play. The old annoying troubles of leakage, rattling and inaccuracy were eliminated and perfect uni- formity and balance attained.
With the improvement noted in the construction of the ball, proper attention was now directed to the cover. As a chain is only as strong as its weakest link, 80 the cover, which was still sewn, was liable to rip under strenuous usage. It was here that the advantage of a laboratory in connection with a factory was demonstrated. Research and ingenuity resulted in the devising of a special process by which the cover of the Spalding tennis ball is attached to
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 301
the ball itself during the process, so that it may be said to be an integral part of the sphere itself. No sewing; consequently, no ripping. Naturally, the use of the ball is greatly prolonged.
The new cover of the Spalding Two-Piece Ball after being tried out in a number of events has more than pleased not only the players but those in charge of arrangements. On several occasions tournament committees after ordering the supply based on requirements of previous seasons found that they had balls left over. This was due to the wearing qualities of the cover, which it was found outlasted the old sewed method by more than two to one. To the essential of accuracy therefore has been added the equally acceptable — in these days — feature of durability.
The Question of Nets.
With the increasing popularity of tennis and the need for tennis court equip- ment, it is now more than ever necessary to buy from responsible manufacturers and at least be assured of quality when usage is involved.
Originally designed in response to a demand for a net that would be espe- cially desirable for club use, when the wear and tear is incessant, the Spalding No. 10-0 net has had several years' trial and demonstrated that for the purpose it is ideal. It is made of 48-ply thread, and is heavily tarred to prevent rotting. For this reason it is particularly adapted for seashore use. It is bound with heavy canvas top and, owing to the weight of the net, requires a galvanized wire cable instead of the ordinary rope.
Nos. 9-0 and 8-0 nets are also good for championship play. The difference between the two styles is that the former is 42 feet 6 inches long, for double court use, and the latter 33 feet long, for single court requirements. Manu- factured by hand, of 30-ply thread, these nets are ideal for private use and small clubs. Otherwise, except for difference in ply, the nets are similar to No. 10-0. , J OT 1
No. 7-0, in the same quality grade and tarred, but of a lighter thread, 21-ply, is also a good net for private courts, where the use is necessarily not so con- tinuous as in club or semi-public courts.
On account of the action of salt air on the thread, if latter is unprotected, we would strongly advise the use of tarred nets for tennis at the seashore. It is also advisable for nets anywhere to have them taken down at night and stored in a dry place. This is particularly applicable to nets of the untarred variety. Nets should be retarred at least once every two years and preferably every year. They should be sent to the manufacturers in the autumn, as the process of drying thoroughly is a long one. . -i t ,„
As the purpose of this chapter is to be helpful and not primarily of a cata- logue description, the various articles that go to round out the player s equip- ment will be found in the advertising pages. Readers of the Spalding lennis Annual need have no hesitation in writing to A. G. Spalding & Kros. lor any information pertaining to the game. Their problems will receive careful atten- tion. A list of stores to which communications may be addressed is printed on the front inside cover of the Annual.
Spalding Official Tennis Ball
OFFICIAL
CENTER PAT AUG 241915 COVER PAT.APPD.FOR
Two -Piece Plugless
Unstitched Cover
No. OOH
Accurate tests have demonstrated that when a plug ball is struck and spin given to the ball, frequently the ball will go one way or the other from a straight line without any apparent cause. Plug balls do that and PLUGLESS balls DO NOT do it. The obvious reason then for the reflex is that the plug ball does it because of that plug.
The Spalding Official
Two-Piece, Unstitched
Tennis Ball is a
PLUGLESS BALL.
Patentpd Aug. 2 1, l'J15
Each, % .50 Dozen, 6.00
The Spalding Two-Piece Method
The Old Four-Piece Plug Style
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Autograph Rackets
NO.BF
No. BF
AUTOGRAPH. Made on the new British shape with the new patent-applied-for black walnut laminations; de- pressed throat; black colored wedge or throat piece painted on ; oak reinforcement inside the bow ; inside edge of frame bevel chamfered; gut wound shoulders; four-sided cedar handle either 5, 514 or S% inches in circumference. Spe- cial expert stringing, best quality Spalding Autograph lambs' gut.
Each, $13.50
Prices subject to change without
notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Autograph Rackets
\ui\
No. AA
AUTOGRAPH. Oval shape; full bow frame; no chamfers ag previously made, but with new patent-applied-for black walnut laminations ; black throat; four-sided cedar han- dle, either 5, 514 or 5% inches in circumference. Spe- cial expert stringing, best quality Spalding Autograph lambs' gut.
Each, $13.50
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Autograph Rackets
No. HA
AUTOGRAPH. Depressed throat, oak reinforcement in- side and outside at bend ; new patent-applied-for black wal- nut laminations; black throat painted on; gut wound shoul- ders; full bow frame; no chamfers ; four-sided cedar handle, 5, 5^ or 5% inches in circumference; special sin- gle stringing of best quality Spalding Autograph lambs' gut.
Each, $13.50
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Autograph Rackets
No. MB
AUTOGRAPH. Depressed throat ; gut wound shoulders ; full bow frame; no bevel; in- side and outside reinforce- ments, and new patent-ap- p 1 i e d - f o r laminations of fumed oak, finished with a black throat; four-sided cedar handle; small sized grip; weight 13% ozs. and slightly over or under. Made specially for women, and same as used in the past by women's Cham- pion, Mrs. Molla Bjurstedt- Mallory. Special expert stringing of best Spalding Autograph lambs' gut.
Each, $13.50
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Autograph Rackets
No. GM
ALL COMERS. Arched throat; rein- forcement between throat and bow, heavy shoulders, inside and outside beveled chamfered frame. Double center stringing ; four-sided cedar handle in 5, 5'/; or 5% inches in cir- cumference. Best lambs' gut.
Each, $12.00
No. BC
Same shape as Spalding BF, but with- out laminations, black walnut de- preiied throat, oak reinforcement in- side bow. Bow is oval chamfered; four-sided cedar handle, sizes, 5, 5Vi or 5% inches in circumference. Single stringing of best quality Spalding Autograph gut.
Each $12.00
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of SpaUIini: Athletic Gfods.
Tennis Rackets
No. GMA
This racket is made of weathered ash and has inside bevel chamfered frame and inside oak reinforcement, four- sided handle, 5 and SVi inches; strung with good quality lambs' gut.
Each, $10.00
No. GMB
New British shape as Model BF, ex- cept that this racket is made of wea- thered ash with inside bevel cham- fered frame and inside oak reinforce- ment, four-sided cedar handle, 5 and 5V4 inches; strung with good grade lambs' gut.
Each, $10.00
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Ooods.
Tennis Rackets
No. EE
INTERNATIONAL. New British shape, arched throat with reinforce- ment between throat and bow ; flat chamfered frame; gut wound shoul- ders; four-sided handle, 5 and 5V4 inches ; stringing of red and white "Forspun" gut.
Each, $8.00
No. WG
AMERICAN ACE. New British shape; depressed throat; insi.le reinforce- ment of oak ; gut wound shoulders ; frame oval chamfered; strung with "Forspun" gut, double center por- tion. Handles, four-sided cedar; 5 and 5V4 inches in circumference.
Each, $8.00
m
m
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Tennis Rackets
No. AW
WIZARD. Shaped like the famous Model HA; depressed throat; half round chamfered frame; 5 and 5V4- inch handle; stringing double center portion of "Forspun" gut.
Each, $8.00
No. DD
DOMINO. Depressed throat, ebony color; inside reinforcement; double center stringing ; flat chamfered frame; .S-inch handle; gut wound shoulders; selected gut stringing.
Each, $7.00
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Tennis Rackets
No. DH
Shaped like the Model HA, only with an arched throat and reinforcements of oak between throat and bow; frame chamfered, half round; 5-inch handle; stringing is double in center portion of "Forspun" gut.
Each, $7.00 No. 6
NASSAU. Mahogany depressed throat with oak reinforcement; flat chamfered frame; 5-inch handle; good quality gut.
Each, $6.00 No. 5
LAKESIDE. Arched throat, ebony color; stringing double center por- tion ; inside and outside bevel cham- fered frame; 5-inch handle; gut wound shoulders.
Each, $5.00
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue o; Spalding Athletic Goods.
Tennis Rackets
No. XF
FAIRFIELD. Arched throat, black color; flat chamfered frame; full sized bow; 5-inch handle; stringing good quality gut.
Each, $4.00
No. 4
GREENWOOD. Arched throat, wal- nut color; flat chamfered frame; 5- inch handle ; stringing good quality gut.
Each, $3.00
No. 3D
GENEVA. Small sized ash bow; arched throat; flat chamfered frame; small handle; mahogany throat ; made for juveniles. Stringing good quality gut.
Each, $2.50
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Tennis Nets
SPALDING "CHAMPIONSHIP" COTTON TARRED NETS
These nets have a special type finish (patent-applied-for bottom and sides). No. 10-0. For tournament play. Furnished with extra heavy galvanized
cable; extra heavy duck binding at top; 42 ft. 6 in. x 31^ ft. ; 48 thread. Each, $20.00 No. 9-0. For tournament play. Furnished with extra heavy galvanized
cable; extra heavy duck binding at top; 42 ft. 6 in. x 31/4 ft. ; 30 thread. " 16.50 No. 8-0. For tournament play. Furnished with extra heavy galvanized
cable; extra heavy duck binding at top; 33 ft. x 314 ft.; 30 thread. " 15.00 No. 7-0. Bound with 10-ounce duck at top with heavy tarred top rope;
42 ft. 6 in. X 314 ft.: 21 thread " 13.50
SPALDING WHITE COTTON NETS
No. 3D. Double twine, knitted together from 20 to 26 feet; white, 21 thread; double court; 42 ft. x 3 ft.; double center, 26 ft.; top bound with heavy 2 in. canvas Each,
No. 3B. Double court (not double center) ; top bound with heavy 2 in. canvas; white, 21 thread; 42 ft. X 3 ft "
No. 2B. Single court (not double center) ; top bound with heavy 2 in. canvas strip; white, 21 thread; 33 ft. x 3 ft "
No. 3AX. Double court; top bound with 2 in. heavy canvas, white, 15 thread; 42 ft "
No. 2XB. Double court; top bound with 2 in. heavy canvas; 15 thread;
36 ft.
No. IX. Single court; bound with 14 ">• manila rope; 12 thread; 27 ft. "
SPALDING TWINE NETS FOR BACKSTOPS
No. 4X. White. 50 ft. long, 7 ft. high, 9 thread Each,
No. 5XT. Tarred. 50 ft. long, 8 ft. high, 12 thread "
CANVAS CENTER STRAPS
No. 2-0. Does not chafe net or cause ball to glance off and strike out of
court Each,
No. 3-0. Tournament pattern, same as 2-0, except with
No. DC. Expert center strap
No. CA. Center strap pin. ...
turn-buckle.
GALVANIZED STEEL CABLE FOR TOP CORD
Full length, ^4 in. galvanized steel cable, five strands of seven wires each, twisted tightly. With metal loop at each end and manila rope ends to fasten to posts Each,
59.00
7.00
6.00
6.00
5.00 3.00
$9.00 12.00
$1.25 1.75 2.50 1.00
$3.50
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Tennis Posts
No. AC
No. LP
No. E
No. XI
No, AA Post
No. AC. Uprights of heavy, galvanized iron pipe, japanned; extend 24 inches into ground, easily set up and demounted. Pulleys bushed to prevent rust. Extra charge for reels. With claws Pair, $25.00
Without claws "
No. AA. Heavy galvanized iron post, black enamel finish throughout. Fitted with a strong, effective tightening lever '*
No. AR. With reel on one post, instead of lever "
No. XI. "Spade" Posts. Japanned iron piping, with spade shaped bot- toms into which posts are inserted, leaving no obstructions when re- moved. Reel on one post "
No. LP. Heavy, square wood posts extend 30 inches into ground; painted red, striped, varnished. No reel
No. E. Tennis Poles. Finely polished, solid, spiked. Guy ropes and pat- ented pegs
No. SL. Side Line Posts. To put net at the proper height for a single court game without taking down net or removing regular double court posts
No. BS. Wood Backstop Posts. Backstop post only Each,
For Reels, Pulleys and Axles and Guy Ropes, see "Sundries" page.
16.50
13.50 13.50
9.00
1.75 2.50
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Tennis Sundries
RACKET PRESSES
Every tennis player should keep his or
her racket in a press when not in use. The
press not only prevents warping, especially
when the racket is exposed to moisture,
but adds to its life and effectiveness. The
Nos. OR and 2R styles, because of their
simple and correct construction, have be- come a popular choice.
No. OR. For one racket. Natural finish. Steel screws Each, $1.00
No. 2R. For one racket. Mahogany fin- ish Each, $1.75
RACKET COVERS
No. X. Head cover only, rubber fabric. Each, 60c.
No. 2P. Waterproof, sateen twill. Ball pocket Each, $1.00
No. 1. Soft felt cover, full size. " 1.00
No. GMP. Good quality, water-proof fab- ric. Ball pocket Each, $1.35
RACKETS RESTRUNG
We make a specialty of restringing rack- ets of every known make. Highest skilled and most experienced workmanship is put into every restrung racket we handle. Gut of best quality only in the graduated price scale.
NOTE. When sending rackets to us to be restrung prepay charges and mark pack- ages with your name and address. Write us under separate cover full particulars regard- ing restringing.
No. 1. Oriental Gut. White. Each, $2.00 No. 2. Lambs' Gut. While. . " 3.00 No. 3. Best American Lambs' Gut. White
or Black Each, $4.00
No. 4. Best English Lambs' Gut. White. Each, $5.50
OFFICIAL LAWN TENNIS SCORE CARDS
The simplicity and completeness of the new Spalding Official Tennis Score Card will be apparent to every official and spectator. Endorsed by leading umpires. Used in National Championships. A prominent tennis reporter writes: "I used the new Spalding Tennis Score Cards throughout the National Championships. Never have 1 had such satisfaction in covering a tennis match. They are absolutely the best score cards I have ever used. Nothing could fill the purpose as well as the new card." Fits the hand easily. For five sets.
Printed in two colors Per dozen, 75c.
With name of club and tournament specially printed on title page, 500 for $25.00
SWEATBANDS
No. SB. White felt. Complete with green lined visor Each, $1.00
No. 1. White leather, padded and lined ; without visor Each, $1.00
RUBBER ADHESIVE TAPE HANDLE GRIP
No. AD. Made especially for racket han- dles. One inch wide. Piece four feet long in individual box. . . Each, 15c.
TENNIS GUT PRESERVATIVE
Apply immediately after playing, as it takes a little time to dry thoroughly. Two ounce bottle of special quality preserva- tive, complete with good brush in box. Bottle, 50c.
REELS
No. S. Club reel, fits either flat or round posts; steel frame and handle; removable ratchet; galvanized finish. . Each, $6.50 Extra reel without handle. . " .4.50
No. T. Tournament. Extra size and qual- ity of gear and pawl type; for round or flat posts; galvanized finish. Each, $4.50
No. K. Park reel, similar to Tournament, but on smaller lines, for use with poles and nets of the lighter types. Each, $2.00
PULLEYS AND AXLES
No. O. Japanned pulleys, complete with axles, for top of tennis posts. Pair, 60c.
GUY ROPES
No. IM. Cotton guy ropes, with metal pegs, for posts Set, $1.00
No. 3M. Cotton guy ropes, with_ metal pegs for backstops Set, $2.25
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
Tennis Shoes
?yo. BG. Low cut. Imported English white buck and best flat rubber soles. Plain toes. Sup- plied on special orders with toe cap. Pair, $13.50
No. BBH. High cut. Finest quality black kan- garoo leather. Strong, flexible soles and spring heels; officially approved blunt spikes on soles and heels. Sewed welt. . . . Pair, SH.OO
No. PT. Our latest model. Low cut. Soft tan leather, with rubber sole and heel. Made on a foot-form comfort last Pair, $11-00
No. ABP. High cut drab leather. Plain rubber sole. Can be used on either hard or grass courts Pair, $10.00
No. AG. Low cut. Drab leather. Reinforced with tan leather. Suction rubber soles. $9.00
No. AGL. Ladies' sizes, plain rubber soles.
Otherwise same as No. AG. Special orders only.
Pair, $9.00
No. BC. High cut. Best white canvas; laced very low. Perforated red rubber soles. $6.00
No. CD. Low cut. Best white canvas. Flat fibre soles. These shoes have black leather tips and cross pieces Pair, $5.50
No. AC. High cut canvas top, reinforced eye- lets; special plain rubber soles. . Pair, $4.50
BEST GRADE WHITE CANVAS SHOES WITH RUBBER SOLES.
|
S |
zes: Men's, 6 to 12, inclusive. Bovs', 21/2 to Sy-,, " Youths', 11 to 2, " |
|
|
No. |
IH. |
High cut. Men's. . . . Pair, $2.50 |
|
No. |
I. |
Low cut. Men's. ..." 2.25 |
|
No. |
IHB. |
High cut. Boys'. ..." 2.25 |
|
No. |
IB. |
Low cut. Boys'. ..." 2.00 |
|
No. |
IHX. |
High cut. Youths'. ..." 2.00 |
|
No. |
IX. |
Low cut. Youth's.. . . " 1.75 |
Special Women's and Misses' Sizes : No. IHL. High cut. Sizes, 21/4 to 8. Pair, $2.25 No. IHLX. High cut. Sizes 11 to 2. " 2.00
RUBBER SOLED SHOES RESOLED
We resole Spalding rubber soled tennis, golf and outing shoes. The work is done in the Spalding Shoe Factory where the shoes are made. This is a convenience that other manufacturers are unable to offer. Send shoes to nearest A. G. Spalding & Bros.' store.
Prices subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices, see special Canadian catalogue of Spalding Athletic Goods.
PART III
Spalding's Tennis Annual
Rules of Lawn Tennis
and
Tournament Regulations 1922
Including Explanations of the Rules and Regulations by Edward C. Conlin Member Rules Committee, 1919-1921
Making the Draw
Instructions for Tournament Officials
Managing a Championship
Tennis Etiquette
Cupyright, 19:^2, by American Sports Publishing Company,
R. CLIFFORD BLACK, New York.
Chairman National Committee of the Tennis Umpires Association.
Contents
PAGE
Rules of Lawn Tennis and Cases and Decisions 5
Diagrams of Singles and Doubles Courts 4
Illustrations Pertaining to Foot Faults 8
Glossary of Technical Terms Used in the Game . . '. 24
Tournament Regulations 26
"Deed of Gift Form" for Challenge Cups 26
Sample Scoring Sheets 28
The Draw 30
Handicap Table (Received Odds) 36
Handicap Table (Owed Odds) 38
Odds — The Sixths System of Handicapping 40
New Handicapping System 41
Diagram of the Draw 42
Simple Method of Making the Draw 43
Schedule for a Round Robin Tournament 44
Instructions for Tournament Officials 45
Duties of the Referee 45
Duties of the Umpire 46
Duties of the Linesman 49
Duties of the Net Umpire 51
Duties of the Foot Fault Judge 51
Managing a Championship 52
Method of Handling Umpires at the National Championships 57
Umpire and Linesmen's Diagram 58
Officials' Card 59
The Umpire's Chair and Its Equipment 60
Lawn Tennis Etiquette ' 62
Etiquette for the Gallery 63
(- 27 feet
BASE t\^ LINE
BACK COURT
A
RIGHT SERVICE ^ COURT r;
FORE
:NET==^
FORE a
D O
LEFT SERVICE = COURT
^13 ft. 6 in.
LEFT SERVICE COURT
Z COURT j g 1^^^
COURT
RIGHT
SERVICE
COURT
^
SERVICE H LINE
BACK COURT
M
Vh^
B A
36 feet ->
n^^ LINE
BACK COURT
SERVICE G LINE ■" TTTK
RIGHT
SERVICE
COURT
FORE
FORE
13_ft. 6 m.-->
LEFT SERVICE COURT
LEFT
SERVICE S
COURT ^
^ COURT §
COURT
; RIGHT 'SERVICE I COURT
(-
-:7-L
Jai-
B A S E LINE
THE SINGLES COURT. The above diagram shows a court which is marked for the singles game only. The adjoining diagram shows how a court may be marked for both singles and doubles. Instructions for laying out courts are given in Rule 1.
THE DOUBLES COURT. Lines I K and J L should extend to the service lines only. The dot-and-dash lines show how the service side lines would be extended to the base lines in a court marked for both the singles and doubles game. In Rule 1 is stipulated how a court so marked may be used in sanctioned tournaments.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
RULES OF LAWN TENNIS
AND
CASES AND DECISIONS
♦Explanations of the Rules by Edward C. Conlin, Member Rules Committee, 1919-1921.
N.B. — The Rules of Lawn Tennis with Cases and Decisions, the Glossary f Technical Terms and the Tournament Regulations are the official laws of le game, accepted by the United States Lawn Tennis Association and finally svised by that body in 1922.
The explanations of the Rules, originated by Edward C. Conlin, while not fficial utterances, will be found helpful to the public, players, and officials. Expressed in simpler language, their object is to amplify and explain the Drmal code. They were carefully revised by the Tennis Umpires Associa- on in 1922 and may be considered a correct guide for interpreting the Rules.
THE COURT— SINGLES AND DOUBLES RULE 1
The singles court is a rectangle 78 feet long Singles Court— nd 27 feet wide. It is divided across the middle Dimensions y a net, the ends of which are attached to the *"d Equipment. Dps of two posts, A and B, standing 3 feet out- ide the court on each side. The height of the net The Net. 5 3 feet 6 inches at the posts ; it shall be pulled aut between the posts but retained at a height of
feet in the middle by a strap called the center trap, which shall be not more than 2 inches wide, 'here shall be a band at the top of the net not less han 2 inches or more than 2^^ inches in width, ^or the purpose of construing the rules of lawn ennis, the net shall be considered an impermeable arrier flush to the posts and the ground.
At each end of the court, parallel with the net, nd 39 feet from it, are drawn the base lines. Base Lines. ]D and EF, the ends of which are connected by the ide lines, CE and DF. On each side of the net, side Lines. t a distance of 21 feet from it, and parallel with it, re drawn the service lines, IJ and KL. The middle Service Lines, oints of the service lines are joined by the center Center ervice line, GH, dividing the space on each side of Service Lines.
* Explanations Copyrighted, 1922, by American Sports Publishing Company.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Service Courts.
Center Marks.
Width of Lines.
Right and Left Courts.
Doubles Court.
Measurements.
When Singles
is Played on
Doubles Court.
the net between the service line and the side lines into 2 service courts. The places where the center service line, if extended, would meet the base Hues shall be indicated by 4-inch marks immediately inside the base lines, called center marks. AU lines and marks shall be not less than 1^ inches or more than 2 inches in width, except the base lines, which may be 3 inches in width. As one faces the net from each base line, the right and left halves of the intervening court are the right and left courts, respectively.
In the doubles game the court is the same length as in singles but is 36 feet wide, bounded by the base lines CD and EF and the side lines CE and DF. The service courts are the same as in singles. If necessary to avoid delay, the singles side lines may be allowed to remain marked in their entirety, instead of only where they coincide with the service side lines.
The measurements of all lines except the center service line shall be outside measurements; that is. the distance from the outside of one base line to the other shall be 78 feet; from outside of side line to side line, 27 feet for the singles and 36 feet for the doubles court ; from outside of service line to service line, 42 feet.
Where singles is played on a court posted for doubles only, additional posts or sticks 3 feet 6 inches high shall be placed 3 feet outside the singles side lines to support the net.
Explanation of Rule 1 m\
The posts in singles should be 3 feet outside the singles court, and in doubles 3 feet outside the -doubles court.
The net should be 33 feet wide for a singles court, and 42 feet wide for a doubles court. It should touch the | ground along its entire length and come flush to the posts i at all points.
It is well to have a stick, similar to a piece of wooden lath, 3 feet 6 inches long, with a notch cut in at the 3-foot mark, for the purpose of measuring the height of the net : at the posts and in the center. These measurements always should be made before starting to play.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
THE BALLS RULE 2
The balls shall measure not less than 2 9/16 inches, Size and nor more than 2 10/16 inches, in diameter; and shall height. weigh not less than 2 ounces nor more than 2 1/16 ounces. The balls shall have a minimum bound of 45 inches and a maximum bound of 60 inches, when dropped 100 inches at 68 degrees Fahrenheit upon a concrete base.
Case I. Should a ball become broken through hit- ting, shall a let be called? Decision. Yes.
Explanation of Rule 2
"How often may the players have new balls?" is a ques- tion that is frequently asked. No official ruling on this has ever been made. In smaller tournaments players are usually given three or four balls which are expected to last through their match if weather conditions are normal. If weather conditions are unusual, the contestants, the umpire and the tournament committee should agree on the matter of the ball supply before the match starts. In big championships new balls are always given the players at the start of a set, and it has been customary to give new balls during a set as often as a player asks for them, if the balls are overweighted by moisture or are unduly darkened.
THE SINGLES GAME RULE 3
The choice of sides and the right to be server or Choice of Sides receiver in the first game shall be decided by toss ; ^nd Service. provided that, if the winner of the toss choose the right to be server or receiver, the other player shall have the choice of sides, and vice versa ; or the win- ner of the toss may insist upon a choice by his oppo- nent. If one player choose a side the other may elect to serve, or not, as he wishes.
Explanation of Rule 3
The toss is usually made by one player twirling a racket in the air, the other calling "rough" or "smooth" ; which means that the fine stringing (the trimming) at the head of the racket will have the rough or the smooth side up when the racket falls to the ground.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
If your foot just touches
the line it is a foot fault.
Don't do it.
One foot must bo on the .y:rouiul.
A jump is a foot fault.
Don't jump.
AVOID
FOOT
FAULTS
stepping on the line
is a foot fault.
Don't do it.
No one wants to foot fault. It is a simple matter to keep from doing so.
Swinging your foot over the
line or,into court before you
hit the ball is a foot fault.
Don't do it.
Keep both feet back of line until
racket hits the ball — that's
a fair service.
99; 3 per cent
of foot faults
are caused by
carelessness.
Serve fairly. It is not difficult.
Keep a little back of the line— like
this— and avoid trouble.
Copies of above, printed on cardboard, size 14x22 inches mailed °".^^7^^*; Address A. G. Spalding & Bros, at any of their stores, see list of addresses msxde front cover.
Stepping into the court is a foot fault.
Don't do it.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 9
RULE 4
The players shall be on opposite sides of the net; Receiver the player who first delivers the ball shall be called ^nd Server, the server, and the other the receiver.
Case II. A player returns the ball, and finding that he cannot stop himself before reaching the net, jumps over it. Is it a good return?
Decision. No. Rule 4 requires that "the players
shall be on opposite sides of the net," and therefore
the player invading his opponent's court loses the
stroke.
Case III. The server claims that the receiver must
stand in the court'. Is this necessary?
Decision. No. The receiver can stand wherever he pleases on his own side of the net. Case IV. A cuts the ball just over the net and it returns to A's side. B, unable to reach the ball, throws his racket and hits the ball. Both racket and ball fall over the net on A's court. A returns the ball outside of B's court. Who wins the point?
Decision. When B threw his racket across the net he invaded his opponent's territory and such an invasion was in a measure responsible for A's returning the ball out of court; in other words, B would lose the point. , Case V. Is it allowable, in doubles, for the partner
of the server to stand in the center of the service court, and thereby obstruct the view of the receiver? Decision. Yes. The partner may take any posi- tion in the court that he wishes.
Explanation of Rule 4
The receiver may stand in any part of the court that he wishes to, or in the space outside of his court, as long as he keeps on his side of the net.
RULE 5
At the end of the first game the receiver shall when Receiver become server, and the server receiver; and so on becomes Server. alternately in all the subsequent games of the match.
FOOT FAULT RULE RULE 6
Before commencing to serve, the server shall stand Foot Fault with both feet at rest behind (i.e., farther from the ^"^«-
10 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
net than) the base Hne and within the limits of the center mark and side line. From the time of taking such stand and until the racket strikes the ball, both feet shall remain behind the base line and at least one foot shall remain on the ground.
Case VI. In doubles the server claims the right fo stand at the corner of the court as marked by the doubles side line. Is the foregoing correct or is it necessary that the server stand within the limits of the center mark and the singles side line?
Decision. The server has the right to stand
anywhere between the center mark and the doubles side lines.
Case VIL Is it allowable in singles for the server to stand behind the base line back of the alley?
Decision. No.
Explanation of Rule 6
Foot means all that portion of the leg below the ankle.
A player may slide or twist either foot or take a step as long as both feet are kept behind the base line and are not off the ground at the same time.
RULE 7
How Service The Service shall be delivered from the right and is Delivered, left courts alternately, beginning from the right in every game, and the ball served shall strike the ground in the service court diagonally opposite.
Case VIII. A player serves from the wrong court; he loses the point, and then claims it was a fault.
Decision. If the stroke was played on his first service, it is simply a fault; but if he serves twice into the wrong court he has served two faults and lost the point.
Case IX. The point score being 15-all, the server by mistake serves from the left court ; he wins the point and serves again, delivering a fault; the mistake is then discovered. Is he entitled to the previous point? From which court should he serve next?
Decision. The previous point stands. A fault cannot be claimed after the next service, good or
5P.\LDLNG'5 TENNIS -\NNUAL 11
not, is delivered. The next service should be from the left court, the score being 30-15 and the server has served one fault.
Case X. Can a player serve underhand?
Decisioyi. Yes. There is no restriction regard- ing the kind of service which may be used ; that is, the player may use an underhand or an over- hand service at his discretion.
Case XI. A service is delivered into the vsTong court and the error is not noticed by the umpire or the players. The point is won by the server, ending the match. All leave the court; shortly afterward the mistake is brought to the attention of the umpire. May the umpire reopen the game?
Decision. No. A protest must be made imme- diately.
Explanation of Rule 7
In the absence of a linesman and umpire, it is customary for the receiver to determine whether the service is good or not.
It should be remembered, in handicap matches, that the server starts to ser^-e from the right hand court no matter whether odds be given or owed.
A service from the wrong court is a fault if discovered before the next point is begun. If play on the next point has commenced, the stroke stands as pla3-ed whether the sen'er has won or lost In either case, as soon as the mistake is dis- covered the serv-er must deliver his next sen^e from the proper court. However, if the mistake of the server was due to the incorrect calling of the score by the umpire, the stroke should be declared a let and played over. The player should not suffer from theimipire's error. See Case XXXIII : also Tournament Regulation 11, Case 1, Explanation.
RULE 8
It is a fault if the sen-er commit any breach of Faults Rules 6 or 7, or if, in attempting to ser^'e, he miss the ball altogether, or touch the ball with any part of his body or amthing that he wears or carries, except his racket. A player with the use of only one arm may utilize his racket to throw the ball up into the air preparatory- to ser^-ice.
Case XII. The server's first ser\-ice strikes his partner. Does he lose the point or is it a fault? Decision, It is a fault.
12 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Case XIII. After throwing the ball up preparatory to serving, the server decides not to strike at it and catches it instead. Is it a fault ?
Decision. No. He has not touched the ball "in attempting to serve." The fact that he catches the ball shows that he has no longer any intention of delivering a service.
Explanation of Rule 8
"Attempting to serve" may be more clearly defined as a motion of the racket trying to hit the ball. If the ball is missed, it is a fault.
RULE 9
How Ball is After a fault (if it be the first fault) the server Served After shall scrve again from the same court from which a Fault, j^g served that fault, unless it was a fault because he served from the wrong court.
Explanation of Rule 9
If the server starts to serve from the wrong court and the point is played out and the error is then discovered, it is a fault, no matter whether the server wins or loses the point. He shall then serve the second ball from the proper court. Should he serve both balls from the wrong court, it is a double fault; the server loses the point and he shall then serve from the proper court.
A fault cannot be played, and the receiver has no option in the matter; it does not make the service good if he returns it.
RULE 10
Ball Not to The server shall not serve till the receiver is be Served till ready. If the latter attempt to return the service, Receiver 13 ^ shall bc deemed ready.
Ready. -^
Case XIV. The service is delivered before the re- ceiver is ready. He tries to return it and fails. Is he entitled to have it played over again?
Decision. No. If he attempts to return the service, he is deemed ready.
Case XV. In receiving the service, a second ball was served while the first one (a let) was still in the air, and the two came in contact. No attempt was made to return the second service. The point was scored for the server. Was this correct? Decision. No. A let should be called.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 13
Explanation of Rule 10
Tlie server must wait until the receiver is ready for the second service as well as the first, and if the receiver claims to be not ready and does not make any effort to return a service, the server cannot claim the point, even though the service was good.
RULE 11
A service or fault delivered when the receiver is when Service not ready shall be called a let. or Fault does
Case XVI. The receiver calls "not ready" for a sec- ^°* ^°"''*- ond service. The ball strikes beyond the service line, and the receiver claims that the fact that he was not ready makes no difference, since a fault cannot be returned, and, therefore, that two faults have been served.
Decision. The second service is a let. A player cannot call "not ready" and then have the service count, or not, as suits his interest.
Explanation of Rule 11
See explanation of Rule 10.
RULE 12
The service shall not be volleyed; that is, taken Service Shaii before it has touched the ground. Not be
i-» 1 • «• T-» Volleyed
Explanation of Rule 12
This means that the service must strike in the proper service court and the ball be played from the first bound, otherwise the receiver loses the point as provided for in Rule 15.
RULE 13
A ball is in play on leaving the server's racket, When Ball except as provided in Rule 8, and remains in play is in Play, till the stroke is decided.
Explanation of Rule 13
This is perfectly clear except that the ball can become a "let" as provided for by Rule 19.
RULE 14
It is a good return if the ball strike in the proper q^^^ Return, court, even though it touch the net ; but a service, otherwise good, which touches the net shall be called a let.
14 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Explanation of Rule 14
During the service, a ball that touches the net in going into the proper court is termed a "let" and counts for notli- ing, another service being delivered. If the ball touches the net when going into the proper court during a rally, it is good.
A served ball is only a "let" if otherwise good, falling in the proper court; a fault cannot be a "let."
There is no limit to the number of "let" balls that may be ma-de on the service, and the server continues serving in the same court until a good service is delivered or two faults are made.
A return made from outside of the court that passes out- side of the net and posts without going over them is still good if the ball falls in the proper court.
An officially recognized decision has been rendered that makes any support of the net — the posts, the guy-ropes, or the center fork — a part of the net itself, and any ball hit- ting one of the supports and still striking the right court is considered a good return (except on the service). The posts are required to stand outside of the court, and yet a ball being returned at a sharp angle from outside might well be going in and still touch one of the posts.
A return that passes between the net post and the net but below the top cord of the net is not a good return because the net should fit flush to the net posts. The purpose of the net is to serve as a barrier, from post to post, between the players.
RULE 15
\viien Server The scrver wins the point if the receiver volley Wins Point, the service, or if he otherwise lose the point, as pro- vided by Rules 18 and 19.
Explanation of Rule 15
The server wins the point if the receiver hits the service before it strikes the ground; or if, in returning a good service, he drives the ball into the net or out of the court; or if he otherwise loses a stroke as provided by Rules 18 and 19.
RULE 16
When Receiver The receiver wins the point if the server serve Wins Point, two consecutive faults, or if he otherwise lose the point as provided by Rules 18 and 19.
Explanation of Rule 16
The receiver wins the point if the server serves a double fault, or if the server drives the ball out of the court, or
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 15
if he fails to return it, or if he otherwise loses a stroke as provided by Rules 18 and 19.
A player does not lose a stroke for striking at a ball that ultimately falls outside his court, provided he does not touch it in doing so.
RULE 17
A ball falling on a line is regarded as falling in BaiiFaiiina: the court bounded by that line. on Line is
in Court.
RULE 18
Either player loses the point if he fail on the vol- When Player ley or the first bound to return the ball in play into ^oses Point, his opponent's court; or if he touch it with any part of his body, or anything that he wears or carries, except his racket; or if he touch the ball with his racket more than once; or if he, or his racket, or anything that he wears or carries, touch the net or any of its supports, or the ground within his oppo- nent's court, while the ball is in play ; or if he volley the ball before it has passed the net.
Case XVII. A player standing outside the court vol- leys the ball or catches it in his hand, and claims the stroke because the ball was certainly going out of court.
Decision. He loses the point. It makes no
difference where he was standing. The return is
presumed good until it strikes the ground outside
of the court' or a permanent fixture other than
the net or posts.
Case XVIII. A player is struck by the ball served
before it has touched the ground, he being outside of
service court. How does it count?
Decision. The player struck loses the point. The service is presumably good until it strikes in the wrong court or out of court. A player can- not take the decision upon himself by stopping the ball. Case XIX. A ball having been played over the net' bounds back into the court from which it came. The player reaches over the net and plays it before it falls. Has he a right to do so?
Decision. Yes, provided he does not touch the net while the ball is in play. He has a right to play the ball at' any time from the moment it crosses the net into his court until it touches the ground a second time.
IC SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Case XX. A ball is played into the net; the player on the other side, thinking that the ball is coming over, strikes at it and hits the nei". Who loses the point ?
Decision. If the player touched the net while the ball was still in play he loses the point.
Case XXI. Can a player follow a ball over the net with his racket provided that he hits the ball on his own side of the net?
Decision. Yes. The only restrictions are that he shall not volley the ball until it has crossed the net, and that he shall not touch the net or any of its supports while the ball is in play.
Case XXII. A player's racket slips out of his hand and flies into the net. Does he lose the stroke for hitting the net?
Decision. Yes, if the ball is still in play. It does not matter if the racket be in the player's hand or not. If this occurs on a first service which falls outside the proper court, whether before or after the racket strikes the net, it counts merely as one fault.
Case XXIII. A player's racket leaves his hand, but meets the ball and returns it over the net. Is it a good return?
Decision. Yes. There is no law requiring a racket to be in a player's hand when the ball is returned. It would unquestionably be a good re- turn if the racket were held against the ground by a player's feet, and the ball bounded back off it.
Case XXIV. A singles match is played with a doubles net and inside posts. A player touches the net beyond the inside posts and claims that he does not lose the point because there should be no net more t'.ian three feet outside of the court.
Decision. He loses ihe point. The net, where he touches it, is part of the supports of the net.
Case XXV. A ball passes outside a net post and strikes in court. Is it a good return? Decision. Yes.
Case XXVI. The service or the ball in play strikes a ball lying in the court. Can it be returned?
Decision. Yes, if it is clear to the umpire that the right ball is returned.
I
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 17
Case XXVII. Is it a good return if the receiver return a service holding the racket in both hands? Decision. Yes.
Case XXVIII. In doubles a ball is struck at by a player at the net, and also by his partner, both players missing the ball, which drops outside the court. Neither player called "out." Who wins the point?
Decision. The point goes to the players who struck at' the ball and missed it. An unsuccessful attempt to hit the ball, or calling "out," has no bearing on the case.
Explanation of Rule 18
Should the ball touch a player while it is in play, no matter if the player is standing in or out of the court, he loses the point, and it should be remembered that a ball is good until it strikes the ground outside of the court. Should the player's racket touch the net, the posts or any part of them, or if he steps into his opponent's court, or drops his racket into his opponent's court while the ball is still in play, he loses the point. If his racket strikes the ball before it comes over the net into his court, he loses the point. He can, however, strike the ball while it is in his court and permit his racket to follow the ball across the net without losing the point.
A ball hit with a sharp cut that bounds back over the net after having struck in the right court is good. The player may reach over the net to return such a ball, but loses the point if he touches the net in doing so.
RULE 19
In case a player is hindered in making a stroke interference, by anything not vv^ithin his control, except a per- manent fixture of the court, the point shall be re- played. The benches and chairs placed around the court, the back- and side-stops, and the umpire and linesmen, shall be considered permanent fixtures. If a ball in play strike a permanent fixture of the court other than the net or posts before it touch the ground, the player who struck it loses the point, except that a first service so striking is merely a fault ; if after it touch the ground he wins the point.
Case XXIX. A ball going out of court hits a net post and bounds into the opposite court. Is it a good return ?
Decision. Yes.
38 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Case XXX. A spectator gets in the way of a player who fails to return the ball. May the player then claim a let?
Decision. Yes, if in the umpire's opinion he was obstructed by a circumstance beyond his con- trol. For instance, if the ropes or the seats are^ allowed to be so near to the court that a player is interfered with by them the point should not be played again, because the ropes and seats form part of the arrangements of the ground. If, how- ever, a spectator passes in front of those seats, or places a chair nearer than the original line, and so interferes with a player, the point should be played again.
Case XXXI. A player is interfered with as above, and the umpire directs the point to be played again. The server had previously served a fault. Has he the right to two services?
Decision. No. The fault stands. A let does not annul a previous fault.
Case XXXII. A return hits the umpire, or his chair or stand. The player claims that the ball was going into the court.
Decision. He loses the point.
Case XXXIII. A player serves. He hears the um- pire call, but cannot hear what he says. He knows that the only two things that the umpire should call are "fault" and "let," and that in neither case can the ball be in play. He therefore does not return it, only to find that the umpire has called "play." Has he any redress?
Decision. Yes. A let shall be called and the stroke replayed. A previous fault stands.
Case XXXIV. The umpire calls "fault," and then instantly changes and says "play." The receiver fails to return the ball, and claims he was prevented by the umpire.
Decision. The umpire shall call a let.
Case XXXV. During play a ball is thrown or comes into court and interferes with the return by the player in that court. What shall be done?
Decision. A let shall be called. But this shall apply only when the ball comes into court during play. It is the duty of the receiver to remove loose balls from his court or to have them removed. If he fails to do so he must take the consequences.
I
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 19
Case XXXVI. The first ball served, a fault, strikes the backstop and returns, interfering with the receiver at the time of the second service. Can he claim a let? Decision. Yes.
Explanation of Rule 19
If a player, while the ball is in play, is interfered with by the gallery, by a ball coming into the court or by any dis- turbance not within his control, a "let" shall be called.
If a ball before touching the ground strikes the backstop, any of the officials or their chairs, the point is lost by the player who hit the ball. If, however, the ball strikes in the proper court and on the first bound hits any of the above mentioned fixtures, the point is lost by the receiver.
An officially recognized decision has been rendered that makes any support of the net — the posts, the guy-ropes, or the center fork — a part of the net itself, and any ball hit- ting one of the supports and still striking the right court is considered a good return (except on the service). The posts are required to stand outside of the court, and yet a ball being returned at a sharp angle from outside might well be going in and still touch one of the posts.
The umpire is the judge of outside interference with the play, but in the case of a match played without officials, it is both courteous and customary to allow the player who is interfered with to decide.
RULE 20
On either player winning his first stroke, the score Scoring. is called 15 for that player; on either player win- ning his second stroke, the score is called 30 for that player; on either player winning his third stroke, the score is called 40 for that player; and the fourth stroke won by either player is scored game for that player, except as follows : If both players have won three strokes, the score is called deuce ; and the next stroke won by either player is scored advantage for that player. If the same player win the next stroke, he wins the game; if he lose the next stroke the score returns to deuce, and so on until one player wins the two strokes imme- diately following the score of deuce, when game is scored for that player.
20 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Explanation of Rule 20
This method of scoring is the one used in all matches except when a handicap match is played under the alternate method suggested in Tournament Regulation 22.
RULE 21
How Winner The player who first wins six games wins the set; of Set is except that if both players have won five games, Decided, either player must gain a lead of two games to win the set.
RULE 22
When Players The players shall change sides at the end of the Change Sides, first, third and every subsequent alternate game of each set, and at the end of each set, unless the total number of games in such set be even, in which case the change is not made until the end of the first game of the next set.
Explanation of Rule 22
The change of courts is made after every odd game of each set. If the total number of games played in a set is even, you play the first game of the next set in the same court in which you finish the preceding set; then change, play two games and change again, and so on.
If the number of games in a set is odd, you change sides at the end of each set, play one game and change again.
The set is considered the unit, not the match. . It is the' umpire's duty to direct the competitors to change sides, in accordance with this law (Regulation 10 Section E of Tournament Regulations).
RULE 23
Number of The maximum number of sets in a match shall Sets in a j^g 5 or, whcrc women take part, 3.
Match.
RULE 24
Play to be Play shall be continuous from the first service
Continuous, till the match be concluded ; provided that after the
third set, or where women take part, the second set,
if the match be not yet finished, either player is
entitled to a rest, which shall not exceed 10 minutes ;
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
and provided further, that in case of an unavoidable accident, not vi^ithin the control of the contestants, a cessation of play which shall not exceed 2 minutes may be allowed; but this proviso shall be strictly construed, and the privilege never granted for the purpose of allowing a player to recover his strength or his wind. The umpire shall be the sole judge of intentional delay, and after giving due warning he may disqualify the offender.
Explanation of Rule 24
The ten minutes' rest can be taken only after the third set in men's events. It cannot be taken before the third set or at any time after the fourth set has been started. It must be taken after the third set or not at all.
In women's matches, after the second set or not at all.
There is no rest in a two-out-of-three set match in men's events.
The players must 'be back on the court ten minutes after play has ceased.
Should a player, on account of physical unfitness or an unavoidable accident not within his control, be unable to continue play after a period of two minutes, he must be defaulted.
"Stalling" is one of the hardest things to deal with. The rules say that "the play shall be continuous." An umpire should determine whether the "stalling" is deliberate and for the purpose of gaining time. If he decides that it is, he should warn the player to stop this unfair practice; if this does not end it, he should then default him.
21
RULE 25
The referee, in his discretion, may at any time when the postpone a match on account of darkness or the con- Referee may dition of the ground or the weather. In any case Postpone a of postponement the previous score and the pre- ^^**^^' vious occupancy of courts shall hold good, unless the referee and the contestants unanimously agree otherwise.
Explanation of Rule 25
The referee or the committee postpones the match, or approves of such action on the part of the umpire.
Regulation 8 of Tournament Regulations says: "The referee may, whether appealed to by any competitor or
of Tura.
22 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
not, postpone the meeting or any match or part of a match if, in his opinion, the state of the weather, or of the light, or the condition of the ground, or other circum- stances, render it advisable to do so.
In case of a postponement, the match is resumed from the point, game and set score existing when the match was- stopped, unless it is mutually agreed between the players and the referee to play the entire match over.
RULE 26
Procedure If a player serves out of his turn, the umpire, as When Serrer soon as the mistake is discovered, shall direct the ^If^-^.^* player to serve who should have served. But all strokes scored before such discovery shall be counted. If a game shall have been completed be- fore such discovery, the service in the next game shall be delivered by the player who did not serve out of his turn, and so on in regular rotation.
Explanation of Rule 26
A point or game that has been played out and finished stands, even though the wrong player has served. The match goes on as though no error had been committed, the player who did not serve out of turn serving next.
THE DOUBLES GAME
The foregoing rules shall apply to the doubles game, with the following additions :
RULE 27
Server in The four players shall serve alternately through- Doubles Match, out each set. The pair having the right to serve first shall select the server for the first game of each set ; their opponents shall select from themselves the server for the second game.
Case XXXVII. A player serves a fault, and it is then discovered that it is his partner's service. Does the fault stand?
Decision. Yes.
Case XXXVIII. In doubles, one player does not ap- pear in time to play, and his partner claims to be
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
allowed to play single-handed against the opposing pair. May he do so? Decision. No.
Explanation of Rule 27
At the start of any new set a pair may change the order of service from that followed in the preceding set. This order cannot be changed during a set.
It is optional with them which shall serve first, but they must serve alternately throughout each set.
23
RULE 28
The players shall receive the service alternately piayers throughout each game; a player cannot receive a Receive Service service delivered to his partner; and the order of ^^t""°ateiy serving and receiving once established may not be altered until the end of the set.
Explanation of Rule 28
The formation of a doubles team cannot be changed during a set; only at the start of a new set.
In doubles, partners must receive throughout each set on the same sides of the court which they originally select when the set begins. The first server is not required to receive in the right court ; he may select either side, but must hold this to the end of the set.
24 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Glossary of Technical Terms Used in the Game of Lawn Tennis
Net — The netting placed across the middle of the court.
Post — One of the wooden or metal uprights supporting the net.
Band — The strip of canvas attached to the top of the net.
Base line — The back line at either end of the court.
Side line — The line at either side of the court that marks the outside edge of the playing surface.
Service line — The line 21 feet from the net that bounds the back of the service courts.
Center service line — The line dividing the service court into halves and separating the right and left service courts.
Center mark — The mark bisecting the base line, defining one of the limits of the service position.
Side service line — The line forming the boundary of the service courts at the right and left sides. In singles the side service lines are also part of the side lines.
To serve — To put the ball into play.
Service, or serve — The act of putting the ball into play.
Server — The player who serves.
Receiver — The player who receives the service.
Toss — To spin or throw up the racket for choice of service or court.
Fault — A served ball that does not strike in the proper court, or is not properly served.
Foot fault — Position or movements of the feet before or during the service in violation of Rule 6.
Volley — A stroke made by hitting a ball before it has touched the ground, except in serving.
Racket — The implement used to strike the ball.
Let — A served ball that touches the net and yet goes into the proper court. Also any stroke that does not count and is played over.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 25
Stroke — The act of striking the ball with the racket.
Permanent fixtures — The umpire, linesmen and spectators, and their chairs or stands, net, posts, back- and side-stops, and any other objects situated around a court.
In play — A ball is "in play" from the instant it leaves the server's hand until the point has been decided.
Point — The smallest unit of the score. Four points scored win a game, unless both sides have won three points, when the score is "deuce" and one side must gain a lead of two points to win the game.
Game — The unit of scoring next higher than the point, scored when either side has won four points, unless the other side has meantime won three; in that case the side first gaining a lead of two point's wins.
Set — The unit of scoring next higher than the game, scored when either side has won six games, unless the other side has meantime won five; in that case the side first gaining a lead of two games wins.
Umpire — The official in charge of the match, whose duties are defined in the Regulations.
Referee — The official in charge of a tournament, whose duties are defined in the Regulations.
Linesman — An official of a match, whose duties are defined in the Regulations.
Tournament — An official competition.
Tournament Committee — The committee in charge of a tournament.
Challenge Cup — A trophy placed in competition under stated condi- tions, which must be won more than once.
26 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
TOURNAMENT REGULATIONS
With Explanations by E. C. Conlin, Member of the Rules Committee, 1919-1921.
1. The Tournament Regulations hereinafter contained and the Rules of Lawn Tennis shall be observed throughout all Tournaments held by Clubs or Associations belonging directly or indirectly to the United States Lawn Tennis Association..
2. The Officers of the Club holding a Tournament shall have full power over all details concerning the Tournament. They may themselves act as the Tour- nament Committee, or they may delegate their authority to others.
3. A Circular shall be issued by the Committee specifying the conditions of competition, and including the names of the Committee and of the Referee.
4. No checks or cash payments in any form shall be given as prizes. The value of a prize shall not be advertised. If any Challenge Cup be offered it shall be deeded to the National Association (See form of Deed of Gift). The winner of a Challenge Cup shall be entitled to possession of the Cup until one month previous to the next competition for the Cup, provided he give a bond satisfactory to the Club. Should the Club give possession without such bond, it shall be liable to the National Association for the value of the Cup.
5. The Committee shall elect a Referee, with power to appoint a substi- tute. The Referee or his substitute must be present at all times when play is in progress.
Explanation — The Referee cannot umpire a match unless he appoints a substitute to act as Referee while he is umpiring.
"DEED OF GIFT" FORM FOR CHALLENGE CUPS
Know All Men by These Presents:
That hereby presents to the United States
Lawn Tennis Association the cup tendered herewith, to be called and
known as and to represent
to be held under the auspices of the United States Lawn Tennis Asso- ciation, according to such Rules and Regulations as may be, from time to time, prescribed by said Association. The winner of the said cham- pionship shall be entitled to the possession of the cup for the period during which he holds the championship, being responsible, however, for the production of the cup at the next championship contest. This cup shall become the property of the player who shall win the said championship at annual championship
If for any reason no contest for said championship should be held for a period of two years, the United States Lawn Tennis Association shall have the right to dispose of said cup as shall seem proper. IN witness whereof, (Signature)
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 27
6. The Referee shall, during the Tournament, be ex-officio a member of the Committee.
7. The Referee or his substitute shall have power to appoint and remove Umpires and Linesmen, to assign courts, and to start matches. The Referee shall decide any point of law which an Umpire may be unable to decide, or which may be referred to him on appeal from the decision of an Umpire; such decision shall be final unless reversed by the National Executive Committee.
8. The Referee may, whether appealed to by any Competitor or not, post-, pone the meeting, or any match or part of a match, if in his opinion the state of the weather, or if the light, or the condition of the ground, or other circum- stances, render it advisable to do so.
9. The Committee shall keep order on the grounds, and shall decide any question arising out of the Competition, except a point of law, if summoned for that purpose by the Referee or by any two of their number; and they shall have power, when so convened, if the misconduct of a competitor be reported to them by a member of the Committee, or by an Umpire, to disqualify the offender after a hearing. The members of the Committee present on the grounds shall constitute a quorum.
10. It is the duty of an Umpire —
(a) To ascertain that the net be the right height before the commence- ment of play, and to measure and adjust the net during play, if asked to do so, or if, in his opinion, its height has altered.
(b) To call service faults, lets, outs and foot faults unless such powers be delegated.
Explanation — In matches where there is no Foot Fault Judge the Umpire should call those foot faults that can be seen from the chair, such as a player stepping on the line or over the line into the court. Foot faults that are made by not keeping one foot on the ground or swinging a foot over the line, cannot properly be judged from the chair • and should not be called by the Umpire.
(c) To call the points when won, or when he is asked to call them, and to record them upon the score card. (See following page.)
(d) To call the games and the sets at the end of each, or when asked to call them, and to record them on the score card. At the end of each game, the games should be called with the name of the player who is in advance, thus: "One game to nothing; A leads," or "Two games to one; B leads." If the games are even, the score should be called thus: "Three games all," or as the case may be. At the end of each set the sets should be called in like manner.
(e) To direct the Competitors to change sides, in accordance with Rule 22.
(f) When appealed to during a rally whether or not a doubtful ball be "in play," to say nothing; an appeal should not be made, as the ball is presumed to be good until "out" or "fault" is called.
Case 1 — A ball was driven to the base line of the opponent's court. The latter was in doubt whether it was good or not and called to the Umpire for a decision, there being no Linesman. The Umpire, not being able to give an instant decision, said nothing. Play continued, and finally the
28
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
player who asked for the decision knocked the ball out of court. The Umpire had by that time confirmed his first impression — that the disputed ball was out — and awarded the point to the player who had, in the course of the rally, knocked the ball out. Was the Umpire right? Decision. Yes.
Explanation — This differs from the old regulation which instructed the Umpire to call "Play"; he is now directed to say nothing. (g) To decide all doubtful or disputed strokes subject to the decision of the Linesman, and all points of law, subject to an appeal to the Referee; and to be responsible for the proper conduct of the match, including its discon- tinuance, subject to the approval of the Referee.
Explanation — The latter part of this regulation gives authority to the Umpire to stop a match on account of light, ground or weather con- dition, subject to the Referee's approval.
(h) To see that play is resumed promptly at the expiration of time allowed for rest.
Explanation — Players must return to the court ten minutes after stopping play.
(i) To sign the score card and to deliver it at the conclusion of the match to such person as the Committee may authorize to receive it. Provided, that no omission of any of the foregoing duties on the part of an Umpire shall of itself invalidate any point, game or match.
11. It is the duty of the Linesman to call faults and to decide strokes relating to the line or lines to which he is assigned and to said line or lines only, and such decision shall be final. Should the Linesman be unable to give a decision, the Umpire shall decide or shall direct the stroke to be played again.
Case 1 — The ball strikes the ground close to a line; the Umpire scores the point against the player who last struck the ball. On appeal to the Lines- man, the latter decides that the ball was not out. Which decision stands?
|
Example: The strokes are scored by means of pencil marks In the spaces beneath the word "POINTS" thus: 1 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Seiner |
POINTS |
H |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
1 |
a^^ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
||||||||||||||
|
/ |
/ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
2 |
^.^ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
||||||||||||
|
/ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
/ |
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
.. |
^ |
L — |
1 |
J |
Zj |
L -J |
. |
SPALDING'S OFFICIAL TENNIS SCORE CARD. The Scoring Sheet shows that in the first game the score ran, and would have been called, thus: "15 — love, 30 — love, SO — 15, 40 — 15, 40 — 30, game (A.B.)" In the second game: "Ix)ve — 15, 15 all, 15—30, 30 all, 40—30, deuce, advantage (CD.), deuce, advantage (A.B.), deuce, advantage (CD.), game (CD.)." The score of the Server should be called first.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
29
Decision. The decision of a Linesman affecting his own line is final. The Umpire has no right to consider the ball out until the Linesman has called to that effect.
Explanation — The National Executive Committee has ruled that in accordance with Case 34 of Rule 19, a Linesman has the power to cor- rect a mistaken decision which he has made. By this is meant, that where a Linesman calls a ball "out" that he immediately realizes was good, he should instantly apprise the Umpire of his error. The Umpire then orders the stroke replayed, if in his judgment the call of the Linesman has affected the play of either contestant in any particular {Case XXXIV). If, however, the error in calling has not affected the play {as in the case of an unquestionable service ace or placement), the stroke shall stand as played. This is a very difficult question for the Umpire to decide, and if the least doubt exists in his mind he should order the stroke replayed.
12. The decision of an Umpire shall be final upon every question of fact, and no Competitor may appeal from it; but if an Umpire be in doubt as to a point of law, or if a Competitor appeal from his decision, the Umpire shall submit the question to the Referee, whose decision shall be final, unless reversed by the National Executive Committee. A question of fact relates to events that actually occurred. A question of law is the construction and appli- cation of the rules of the game to the admitted facts.
13. A Competitor may appeal to the Referee for the removal of the Umpire or any Linesman of his match.
Explanation— The Referee should give consideration to the reasons why the removal is requested and act only if they are well founded, not simply on a competitor s objection.
|
lu scoring handicap matches, the odds received should be marked by crosses on the right of the first perpendicular thick line before the com- mencement of each game, thus: |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
1 Server |
POIxNTS 1*^ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
1 2 3 |
O'/d |
1- |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
i.jy |
, |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
+ |
+ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
CbB |
+ |
r^ |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
4 5 |
€.^ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
+ |
+ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
(Ze |
+ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
vSrf 6 |
/xf |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
+ |
+ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
■ |
1 1 |
-J |
L_ |
. _— |
lJ |
;__ |
..^ |
1 |
uJ |
30
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
14. The Referee shall not bet on any match, nor shall an Umpire or Lines- man bet on the match to which he is assigned. An infraction of this rule shall be followed by the immediate removal of the offending Referee, Umpire or Linesman.
15. No competitor may transfer his entry to another player.
16. Competitors shall have the right, by themselves or their deputies, to be present at the draw,
17. Commencing in 1922, all championships and other sanctioned tourna- ments except handicap events shall have a seeded draw, conducted in accord- ance with the following rules:
1. (a) The committee in charge of a tournament shall have full power in the making of the draw. In the case of National Championships the com- mittee appointed to represent the U.S.L.T.A., shall have such power.
(b) When there are 64 or less entries not more than eight entrants and not less than two entrants shall be seeded. When there are in excess of 64 entries at least eight shall be seeded. For every eight entries in excess of 64, one additional may be seeded. The number to be seeded, consistent with the foregoing, shall be at the discretion of the committee.
(c) The committee shall rank in order the number of entrants to be seeded according to ability, using as a guide the U.S.L.T.A, ranking and sectional rankings of the previous year and the performances of the players during the current year.
(d) When the draw is posted, a list of those players that were seeded and the order in which they were ranked, shall be posted also.
When odds are owed, they should be marked on the left of the first peri»endicular line before the commencement of each game, thus:
thick
|
Server |
POINTS |
AB |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
1 |
0^3 |
1 |
1 |
||||||||||||||||||
|
2 3 |
S.A |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
1 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
CLB |
( |
1 |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
4 5 |
^.-^ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
/ |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
(le |
1 |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
6 |
4.^ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
1 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
L- — ' |
. |
^^ |
C^ |
m |
LJ |
cj |
^—^ |
dJ |
L- — 1 |
1 U |
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
31
2. (a) If two are to be seeded: Numbers 1 and 2 shall be drawn by lot; the first drawn shall be placed at the top of the upper half; the second at the top of the lower half.
(b) If four are to be seeded: Numbers 1 and 2 as above. Numbers 3 and 4 shall be drawn by lot: the first drawn shall be placed at the top of the second quarter; the second shall be placed at the top of the fourth quarter.
(c) If eight are to be seeded: Numbers 1, 2, 3 and 4 as above outlined; Numbers 5, 6, 7 and 8 shall be drawn by lot. The first name drawn will be placed at the top of the first eight (not already occupied by a seeded entrant) in the top half, the second name drawn in the first eight (not already occupied by a seeded entrant) in the bottom half, the third name drawn in the first eight (not already occupied by a seeded entrant) in the top half, and so on.
(d) If sixteen are to be seeded: Numbers 1 to 8 shall be drawn as above outlined. Numbers 9 to 16 shall be drawn in similar manner except that they shall be drawn and placed at the top of respective sixteenths.
(e) Tournament Committees are advised for simplicity's sake to seed either two, four, eight or sixteen men (powers of 2) when possible, but if this is impracticable and an odd number is desired, the following method is prescribed :
(1) Two, four, eight or sixteen entrants shall always be seeded as out- lined above.
and should be crossed off one by one when the player owing wins a stroke, thus:
|
Server |
POINTS |
• |
• |
||||||||||||||||||
|
1 |
as |
-f |
-f |
||||||||||||||||||
|
2 3 |
4^ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
-f |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
as |
^ |
-h |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
vStf 4 5 |
i.^ |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
4- |
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
ae |
-f |
- |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
6 |
^^ |
__^ |
— |
||||||||||||||||||
|
— |
+; |
— |
— |
— |
— |
TZ |
- |
- |
— |
— |
— |
-- |
32 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
(2) If there are one, three, five or seven extra entrants to be seeded, determine by lot which half shall contain the larger number, i.e., 1, 2, 3, or 4; the other half therefore receiving 0, 1, 2, or 3. If there are two, four or six extra entrants to be seeded, half shall be seeded in the upper half of the draw and half in the lower.
(3) After this has been determined, the extra entrants shall be drawn by lot to determine which individual entrants shall go in each half; the first drawn to go in the upper half, the second drawn in the lower half, the third drawn in the upper half, and so on; the last drawn, in the case when the extra entrants are an odd number, to go into that half of the draw which by lot drew the greater number of players.
(4) After the extra entrants that are to be seeded in the two halves have been determined in the above manner, their position in the half varies according to the number of entrants that have previously been seeded, namely, two, four, or eight.
(5) Each extra entrant must be so placed as to be in relatively the same position as all other seeded men. If there are more such positions than there are extra men to fill them, draw by lot which of these positions shall be occupied.
(6) After the places for the extra entrants have been ascertained they shall be filled from top to bottom by these entrants in the order in which they were drawTi in Paragraph 2, Section (e) 3. In all cases the seeded entrants shall when possible be placed at the top of the quarters, eighths or sixteenths, as the case may be.
3. The names of aU the remaining competitors shall be written on separate cards or papers, placed in a suitable receptacle, withdrawn one by one at random and copied on a sheet in the order drawn. The first name or names drawn shall constitute the byes (if any) not already filled by seeded men in the top half of the draw; the next name or names drawn shall constitute the places, not already filled by seeded men, in the first round ; and the last name or names drawn shall constitute the byes (if any) not already filled by seeded men in the lower half of the draw.
4. The draw for handicap tournaments shall be conducted in the following manner: The names of all competitors shall be written on separate cards or papers, placed in a suitable receptacle, withdrawn one by one at random and copied on a sheet in the order drawn. The first name or names drawn shall constitute the byes (if any) in the top half of the draw; the next name or names drawn shall constitute the first round; and the last name or names drawn shall constitute the byes (if any) in the lower half of the draw.
5. Foreign Entries. A foreigner will not be considered as such for seeding purposes if he resides in this country and is ranked in the national or sec- tional rankings of the previous year.
(a) Foreign entrants of sufficient ability to warrant their being seeded shall be rated in order of ability and drawn as provided in the foregoing
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 33
paragraphs, except that they shall be placed in the following positions: Numbers 1 and 2 of the foreigners to be drawn by lot, one in each half of the draw, determining also by lot into which quarters. They shaU be placed at the bottom of such quarters.
(b) Numbers 3 and 4 of the foreigners shall be drawn by lot and placed in the bottom of the quarters, not already occupied by numbers 1 and 2 of the foreigners. For eight or sixteen foreign players, proceed as in Paragraph 2, Section (c) or (d), but placing them at the bottom of the eighths or six- teenths as the case may be.
(c) When seeding a number of foreigners not a power of two, proceed as in Paragraph 2, Section (e) except that the foreigners will always when possible be placed at the bottom of the eighths or sixteenths, etc., as the case may be. If, however, an odd number of foreigners is drawn in the same draw with an odd number of Americans, the half receiving the greater number of Americans shall receive the smaller number of foreigners, the other half therefore receiving one more foreigner than American, but both sides receiv- ing the same number of seeded players.
6. Infraction of the above rules renders a club or organization liable to the loss of all tournaments for the following year; except that in competitions between nations, states, cities, clubs, colleges, schools and similar bodies, when the competition is really between such bodies and not between the players as individuals, the players may be placed in such manner as agreed upon by the management of the competition.
18. When the number of Competitors is 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, or any highei power of 2, they shall meet in pairs, in accordance with the system shown by the following diagram:
1st Round. A )
2nd Round.
B ~1 3rd Round.
( o J
1 n
D ^
D
H J
19. When the number of Competitors is not a power of 2, there shall be byes in the first round. The purpose of having byes is to bring into the second round a number of Competitors that is a power of 2. To determine the num- ber of byes, subtract the number of Competitors from the next higher power of 2; to determine the number of Competitors in the first round, subtract the number of byes from the total number of Competitors. If the byes are even
34
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
in number, one-half of them shall be placed at the top of the draw and one- half at the bottom of the draw; if they are uneven in number, there shall be one more bye at the bottom than at the top. The byes in the top half shall be the names first drawn, as provided in Regulation 17; the next names drawn shall be placed in the first round. The byes in the bottom half are drawn last. Examples of drawings in which there are byes follow:
Series 1 — From 5 to 8 Competitors.
First Round.
A (a bye) A ^,
■A 1
-Bj
D (a bye) D
E (a bye) E
-E J
With 6, there will be 1 bye at the top, and 1 bye at the bottom. With 7, 1 bye at the bottom. With 8, no byes.
Series 2 — From 9 to 16 Competitors.
With 9, 3 byes at the top, and 4 byes at the bottom.
First Hound. A (a bye) .
B (a bye) .
BJ
CI
eJ
^1
G)
F (a bye) G (a bye)
H (a bye) ..HI I (a bye) . . li
-G
-H
With 10, 3 byes at top, 3 at bottom. With 11, 2 byes at top, 3 at bottom. With 12, 2 byes at top, 2 at bottom. With 13, 1 bye at top, 2 at bottom.
With 14, 1 bye at top, 1 at bottom. With 15, 1 bye at bottom. With 16, no byes.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL Series 3— From 17 to 32 Competitors. With 17, 7 byes at the top, and 8 byes at the bottom.
35
1st Round. A (a bye) . B (a bye) . C (a bye) . D (a bye) . E (a bye) . F (a bye) . G (a bye) . H
J (a bye) . K (a bye) . L (a bye) . M (a bye) . N (a bye) . O (a bye) . P (a bye) . Q (a bye) .
2nd Round. 3kd Round. 4th Round. 5th Round. h D
. . B
.. E) . . Fi
-Dj
-FI
-HJ
. L .M
s}
Mj
— O]
— qJ
-H
D1
■K
-O
-O
With 18, 7 byes at top, 7 at bottom. With 19, 6 byes at top, 7 at bottom. With 20, 6 byes at top, 6 at bottom. With 21, 5 byes at top, 6 at bottom. With 22, 5 byes at top, 5 at bottom. With 23, 4 byes at top, 5 at bottom. With 24, 4 byes at top, 4 at bottom. With 25, 3 byes at top, 4 at bottom.
With 26, 3 byes at top, 3 at bottom. With 27, 2 byes at top, 3 at bottom. With 28, 2 byes at top, 2 at bottom. With 29, 1 bye at top, 2 at bottom. With 30, 1 bye at top, 1 at bottom. With 31, 1 bye at bottom. With 32, no byes.
And so on with larger numbers in the same manner.
20. If a Competitor be not ready when called upon to play, and has not een excused, he may be defaulted. If, after play begins, a player fails to Dntinue as required by the rules, through illness or other cause, his opponent laU be entitled to a win, which shall be scored by recording the sets and ames actually finished and adding the word "retired"; e.g., A defeated B, /6,4/2, retired.
21. In handicap matches the Competitors shall be handicapped by the Com- littee, or by a Handicapper appointed by the Committee.
The Committee may in its discretion adopt the method of handicapping tplained in Regulation 22 or the method explained in Regulation 23.
36
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
1
|
When two players, both in receipt of odds, meet, the player receiving the smaller odds is put back to scratch. The following table shows th(> point at which the othtM- sliould then start. The number at the left of the horizontal columns denotes the player who goes back to scratch, those at th(> head of the vertical columns the player wlui still receives odds: and tiie nuuil)ers within the columns show the odds to be received by the ulayer wboye number stands at the head of t!ie column. |
es |
i |
= |
§ |
o |
s |
« § |
*> g |
g |
o |
g |
•o |
12 |
S |
12 |
12 |
|||
|
d |
§ |
•* § |
§ |
g |
o |
g |
o |
L-5 |
**. |
12 |
Lif^ |
■= ■5^^ |
c5^ |
^ |
|||||
|
g |
g |
■5* 00 |
g |
"'. |
■g |
•o |
«s |
12 |
«s |
.Ve |
n c c;?^ |
- |
— |
||||||
|
rn |
- |
m S |
0« |
s |
g |
« |
>--2 |
o |
•* |
M |
o |
;5^ |
u* |
||||||
|
o |
« |
g |
§ |
d |
§ |
O |
'^ |
'^'. |
o |
•--2 |
•■1 |
=^ |
2 |
||||||
|
73 > |
« |
- |
$. |
i |
§ |
L-5 |
M |
IS |
s |
«i |
•-•^ |
12 |
2 |
||||||
|
- |
1 |
!^ |
•o |
iti |
^ |
«5 |
^ |
s |
s |
2 J3^ |
— |
||||||||
|
N.-' |
= |
W5 |
■* |
^ |
e« |
S |
LO |
*3 |
^5^ |
||||||||||
|
6 |
o |
"* S |
.«3 |
•c |
i |
2 |
2 -3 |
-o ^ |
^ |
o |
1 |
||||||||
|
pq < |
«k |
0« |
"i |
U5 |
"i. |
J?^ |
:5^^ |
13 |
o |
||||||||||
|
.«0 |
«> |
o |
»o |
«5 |
2 |
4^^ |
'"3 |
;^ |
CO |
c o ii If ^1 ii ^ '^ I' ^ C3 O " 11 w a |
o o (Z) c: (» o CI r- TT o I- c ;4 |
||||||||
|
CO 0* |
r* |
3 |
i2 |
'O |
i2 |
;>j? |
t- |
||||||||||||
|
< u 1— ( |
«o |
12 |
J5^ |
J5^ |
«0 |
.s/='.-':'|o O O O O O jj 2 |
|||||||||||||
|
Iff |
;^ |
c^ |
■n |
irt |
T-t CI CO Tjl l.-^ ^ K) o - i |
||||||||||||||
|
-« |
o ^ |
>» |
2e fce o |
||||||||||||||||
|
M |
'-5 |
•3 |
rt |
2. .... ^ |
|||||||||||||||
|
N |
2 |
N |
a; a .g . 3 : 2 . E-i . |
||||||||||||||||
|
'« |
- |
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
37
22. The method of handicapping by classes shall be as follows:
Given Odds.
Class 0— (Scratch).
Class 1 receives 1-sixth of 15.
Class 10 receives 15 and 4-sixth8 of 15.
|
2-sixths of 15. |
' 11 " 15and5-sixth8of 15. |
|
|
3-sixths of 15. |
* 12 " 30. |
|
|
4-sixths of 15. * |
* 13 " 30 and 1-sixth of 15. |
|
|
5-sixths of 15. |
' 14 ' |
30 and 2-sixths of 15. |
|
15. |
' 15 " 30 and 3-sixths of 15. |
|
|
15 and 1-sixth of 15. |
" 16 ' |
30 and 4-sixths of 15. |
|
15 and 2-sixths of 15. |
' 17 ' |
30 and 5-sixths of 15. |
|
15 and 3-sixths of 15. |
' 18 " 40. |
" 2
" 3
" 4
" 5
" 6
" 7
" 8
" 9
When two players in different classes below scratch meet, the superior player shall start from scratch, and the odds received by the inferior player are as shown by table No. 1 on opposite page. To use the table, find in the diagonal line of figures the number representing the class of the superior player, then travel along the horizontal column until the vertical column is reached which bears at the top the number of the class of the inferior player. The odds specified at the intersection of the two columns are the odds required.
Example. — If class 3 has to meet class 9, start from the figure 3 in the diag- onal line of figures, and look horizontally until the vertical column is reached headed by the figure 9. The odds given at the point of intersection of the two columns (viz., 15 and 1-6 of 15) are the odds required.
When the difference between the best and the worst players entered is greater (say more than 30), it is desirable to handicap the best players at owed odds. The players above scratch (i, e., owing odds) should be classified as follows:
Owed Odds.
Class 1 owes 1-sixth of 15.
" 2 " 2-sixths of 15.
" 3 " 3-sixths of 15.
" 4 " 4-sixths of 15.
" 5 " 5-sixths of 15.
" 6 " 15.
" 7 " 15 and 1-sixth of 15.
" 8 " 15 and 2-sixths of 15.
"9 " 15 and 3-sixths of 15.
Class 10 owes 15 and 4-sixths of 15.
" 11 " 15 and 5-sixths of 15.
" 12 " 30.
" 13 " 30 and 1-sixth of 15.
" 14 " 30 and 2-sixths of 15.
" 15 " 30 and 3-sixths of 15.
" 16 " 30 and 4-sixths of 15.
" 17 " 30 and 5-sixths of 15.
" 18 " 40.
When the two players in different classes above scratch meet, the inferior player shall start from scratch, and the odds owed by the superior player are as shown by table No. 2 on following page.
This table is to be used in the same way as the former, the class of the superior player being looked for in the horizontal line of figures at the top, and the class of the inferior player in the diagonal line of figures.
Example. — If class 12 (owe 30) meet class 7 (owe 15 and 1-6 of 15), the former must owe the latter the odds of 4-6 of 15.
New Handicapping System. 23. The player who first wins 30 points, including his handicap, wins the set. The service alternates after each series of six points in each set. The player
38
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
|
TJ |
fco |
|
'd |
a |
|
O |
^ |
|
o |
|
|
-d |
|
|
^ |
|
|
^ |
|
|
O |
|
|
N-' |
|
|
o > |
|
|
5c |
|
|
csi |
_ |
|
x- |
|
|
o |
•a+j |
|
iz: |
o^ |
|
w |
i^ |
|
h:) |
^^ |
|
M |
5.^ |
|
< |
-o o |
|
H |
ao |
|
C--=5 |
|
|
cf*^ |
|
|
< |
11 |
|
o |
^ |
|
1— 1 |
^H ""^ |
|
Q |
rt 53 |
|
2 < |
II |
|
K |
-M O |
|
o^ |
|
|
Bfi |
|
|
QJ •" |
|
|
P:-=^ |
|
|
crtH |
|
|
ft |
|
|
O^ |
|
|
^^ |
^1^
|
— 1 |
[— 1 |
1— |
'— |
r" |
1 |
1 |
~— |
■-"pr |
•rt |
0 |
•t |
"~~ |
'■•—n^ |
|||||
|
^ |
— |
^' |
»* |
5) |
.- |
>- |
— |
— |
^ |
"" i " 1 |
||||||||
|
" |
- |
_ |
>S^ |
^ |
.^ |
C^^ |
=5« |
;^ |
^S" |
|||||||||
|
■-- in |
||||||||||||||||||
|
«-■: |
« |
rr. |
||||||||||||||||
|
i |
i |
« |
g |
« |
12 |
>^ |
12 |
•^ |
0 |
^»^ |
^ c^ |
c:^^ |
e |
|||||
|
■ |
' |
•1^ |
1-- |
•C L-^ |
L~ |
|||||||||||||
|
■* |
c< |
« |
« |
Ol |
— ■ |
— |
<— |
|||||||||||
|
ir» |
;_ |
l~ |
'tr |
•rr |
•rr '- |
■r; |
•r; |
|||||||||||
|
■" |
~ |
" |
.:^ |
.^ |
■5f^ |
^ |
►>^ |
.:?^ |
||||||||||
|
•-5 |
■-T |
>-" |
||||||||||||||||
|
>c |
||||||||||||||||||
|
o |
o |
■ |
IT |
u> |
L-> |
L~ |
V- |
<_ |
•t: |
T |
■rr |
•-r |
i |
in |
||||
|
(.-; |
."" |
"" |
" |
■" |
" |
u^ |
.V5 |
■^ |
^^ |
e^ |
;:?^ |
-a |
||||||
|
I.-: |
||||||||||||||||||
|
o< |
uv |
•fl |
« |
o> |
F- |
_ |
,— |
— |
— |
|||||||||
|
n |
n |
i.~ |
>r» |
•n |
ITi |
ir |
If |
■■tr |
«— |
'•: |
=tr |
=— |
=-; |
0 |
||||
|
"" |
■" |
" |
'"' |
" |
>?^ |
;?^ |
^ |
^J^ |
;>se |
;>« |
o* |
|||||||
|
• |
■ |
"-I |
m |
|||||||||||||||
|
C2 |
o |
o |
>-~ |
L-~ |
L'^ |
0 |
0 |
•tr |
•rr |
'^ |
=_ |
W; |
•-r |
M |
-a 0 |
|||
|
" |
■" |
"" |
,}?^ |
^^^ |
^ |
^ |
;:f^ |
^'f |
||||||||||
|
I- |
,- |
t- |
>,- |
•0 |
||||||||||||||
|
M |
^ |
". |
'-■i |
z |
>:: |
=rr |
•r: |
^ |
N |
0 .a |
||||||||
|
"" |
"" |
"^ |
"". |
:^ |
^^^ |
c5« |
<^ |
;>^ |
;:f^ |
|||||||||
|
« |
<5> |
|||||||||||||||||
|
" |
- |
|ii |
12 |
S |
0 S-^ |
b |
53^ |
0 |
;:^ |
- |
<u |
|||||||
|
•.■5 |
0 |
|||||||||||||||||
|
o< |
||||||||||||||||||
|
-^ |
ifl |
«5 |
«5 |
"o |
^ |
•0 |
c^ |
= |
0 |
■^ |
0 |
|||||||
|
L- |
_^ |
^ :: |
||||||||||||||||
|
S^ |
||||||||||||||||||
|
0> |
.— |
"^ |
=rr |
<_ |
c ■ |
<r. |
-3 |
|||||||||||
|
>}?^ |
^ |
c^^ |
;:?« |
- |
'CD |
1^ s |
||||||||||||
|
„ |
>o |
0 |
0 |
L- |
■ |
0 ^ |
||||||||||||
|
CO |
>o |
•fl |
•3 |
=3 |
;:^ |
« |
^ |
0 5 |
||||||||||
|
t-; |
■-■^ |
10 |
i~ |
0 |
f 4J |
|||||||||||||
|
>-• |
-^ |
~ |
T |
— |
CO 0 OC X' |
!3-§ |
||||||||||||
|
ITS |
U5 |
"rr |
"r |
•r; |
"r |
1* |
0 >-; CI o) 'T |
|||||||||||
|
*" |
"■^ |
J?^ |
^;^ |
i;5^ |
<:^ |
^ |
-^ CI cc >ra 0 fl • • ' • |
|||||||||||
|
O |
■--. |
«--: |
..■5 |
•--5 |
||||||||||||||
|
«9 |
•o |
•c |
- |
-c |
•rr |
'rr |
«s |
2 - . . ^ |
. c3 0 |
|||||||||
|
.:^ |
c^ |
=;?« |
^J« |
;>s? |
alculatod u cd odds — lue of 1-6 2-6 3-6 4-6 |
0 c^a |
||||||||||||
|
2 |
2 |
12 |
- |
>o ^ :^ |
||||||||||||||
|
u> |
"3 25^ |
■3 |
•c |
>!f |
lA |
ongth 0 e suppl |
||||||||||||
|
■9 |
■o |
0 t: |
12 |
Z |
<» |
|||||||||||||
|
^^5f |
=^ |
;5« |
>$ |
<y ^ Cj c 0 !* |
^ 3 |
|||||||||||||
|
— |
^ |
^ |
1 "s a rt X 0 - - - •0 s > |
|||||||||||||||
|
M |
e5^ |
^ |
<«> |
|||||||||||||||
|
2 |
S |
to |
||||||||||||||||
|
N |
"o |
•0 |
N |
0 ^ rt |
||||||||||||||
|
c5^ |
;j^ |
2^ s. - - |
« - M |
|||||||||||||||
|
- |
- |
3 '"' |
||||||||||||||||
|
en |
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 39
who serves first in the first set receives for the first six points of the second set, begins the service again in the third set, and so on. The players change courts after the sixth, eighteenth and thirtieth point, and so on in each set, and also at the end of each set.
If the server wins the first point, the score is 1-in; if the receiver wins it, the score is 1-out. If each player wins one point, the score is 1-all. If the server wins the next point, the score is 2-1; if the receiver wins it, the score is 1-2. The scoring is continued in this manner until the service alternates, when the score is reversed, the server's points always being called first.
The method of handicapping is to allot to each player one or more points in each set, which are subtracted from the 30 points required to win the set. If A, a scratch man, plays B, handicapped 5, A must win 30 points before B wins 25 to win the set. In order to insure the proper sequence in the alternation of courts and service, the points of both players are counted from scratch. There- fore, if B, handicapped 5, serves and wins the first point, the score is 1-in, not 6-in.
If both players are allotted handicaps, the player nearer scratch is placed at scratch and the other's handicap is reduced proportionately.
An example of proportionate reduction is as follows: "If A is handicapped 10 and B 20, and if they began playing from these handicaps, A would have to score twice as many points as B to keep the match even. When A is put back to scratch, B, who should still receive the same relative handicap, must receive 15, since A now requires 30 points to win."
To find the number of points which the player with the higher handicap must win to win the set in every case, the Committee must multiply 30 by a fraction of which the numerator is the difference between 30 and the larger handicap and the denominator is the difference between 30 and the smaller handicap. All fractions in the result greater than one-half count as one point; otherwise they are disregarded.
24. In all Tournaments sanctioned by the National Association, the use of spikes longer than one-quarter inch is prohibited.
Explanation — Of course spikes are to be used only on grass. On dirt or clay courts a flat rubber-soled shoe, without heels, must be used.
25. Every Organization holding an event sanctioned by the National Associ- ation must furnish the Ranking Committee, within ten days after the comple- tion of any such event, with a full and complete report of all matches played therein, together with the full name and, when possible, the address of each contestant.
26. The Ranking Committee must furnish all Clubs and Associations hold- ing any sanctioned event with blanks for the purpose of making the returns required by Rule 25. Immediately after the Committee shall have completed the Ranking, such returns must be delivered to the Field Secretary of the National Association.
27. If any Club or Association fail to make the returns required by Rule 25, sanction for holding any Tournament for the following year may be refused the delinquent, in the discretion of the Executive Committee.
40
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Odds — The Sixths System of Handicapping
In the case of RECEIVED odds:
(a) One-sixth of fifteen is one stroke given in every six games of a set in the position shown by the annexed table.
(b) Similarly, two-sixths, three-sixths, four-sixths and five-sixths of fifteen are respectively two, three, four and five strokes given in every six games of a set in the position shown by the table.
|
1st |
2d |
3d |
4th |
5th |
6th |
|
|
Game. |
Game. |
Game. |
Game. |
Game. |
Game. |
|
|
■ 1-6 of 15 |
0 |
15 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
|
2-6 of 15 |
0 |
15 |
0 |
15 |
0 |
6 |
|
3-6 of 15 |
0 |
15 |
0 |
15 |
0 |
15 |
|
4-6 of 15 |
0 |
15 |
0 |
15 |
15 |
15 |
|
5-6 of 15 |
0 |
15 |
'= |
15 |
15 |
15 |
In the case of OWED odds:
(a) One-sixth of fifteen is one stroke owed in every six games of a set in the position shown by the annexed table.
(6) Similarly, two-sixths, three-sixths, four-sixths and five-sixths of fifteen are respectively two, three, four and five strokes owed in every six gamee of a set in the position shown by the foll'owing table:
|
1st |
2d |
3d |
4th |
5th |
6th |
|
|
Game. |
Game. |
Game. |
Game. |
Game- |
Game. |
|
|
1-6 of 15 |
15 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
|
2-6 of 15 |
15 |
0 |
15 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
|
3-6 of 15 |
15 |
0 |
15 |
0 |
15 |
0 |
|
4-6 of 15 |
15 |
0 |
15 |
0 |
15 |
15 |
|
5-6 of 15 |
15 |
0 |
15 |
15 |
15 |
15 |
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 41
The New Handicapping System
By Samuel Hardy.
The National Association has just introduced a new method of playing handicap events, which is fully described in Rule 23 of Tournament Regula- tions. The old Sixths System has been retained for the present, but it is believed that the new method possesses such decided advantages over the old one that in time it will entirely supplant it.
The scoring is done by an entirely new system which makes handicapping simpler and more easily understood by the beginner. Sets consist of 30 points, as it was found from the study of the scores of many matches that the length of the average set is about 30 points. In like manner, a game consists of 6 points. One is tempted at first to shrug one's shoulders when it is realized that something so entirely new to tennis is being attempted, but it should be remembered that the new method of play has the enthusiastic support of many players who have tried out the system.
The method of handicapping is to allot to each player one or more points in each set, which are subtracted from the 30 points required to win the set. Thus, if A, a scratch man, plays B, whose handicap is 5, A must win 30 points before B wins 25, in order to win the set. Both men start scoring from scratch, as it is then easier to tell when to change sides, and to determine the exact state of the match at any time. Therefore, if B, plus 5, serves and wins the first point, the score is 1-in, not 6-in.
If both men receive handicaps, the player who has the lesser handicap is placed at scratch, his opponent's handicap being reduced proportionately. For instance, if C, plus 8, plays D, plus 10, C plays from scratch and D from 2. Proportionate reductions are not always ascertained so easily, as will be observed by referring to Rule 23, but this is a task for the Tournament Com- mittee, and need not trouble the average player.
It is to be hoped that players all over the country will give the new method a fair trial. This can be done without entering a handicap tournament, for it is only necessary to challenge some club member, offering to give him a certain number of points in a set. Play can then proceed as usual, except for the new method of scoring. This operates with surprising simplicity, and after once trying it, you will find that it possesses certain advantages over the present method of scoring. Who knows but that it may in time become the standard method of scoring ordinary matches as well as handicap.
42
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
<
Q W O <3
Cm
H
eu
w
H
;z;
Sn- og w «
O H ^<J
S^
<^ o
(1.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 43
Simple Method of Making the Draw
When the total number of entries is 2, or a power of 2 (4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and so on), then all the names can be written down in a single column, and two of the players will meet in the finals. It is when the total is not a power of 2 that difficulties arise. It is then necessary to so arrange your first round that the number of players thereafter will equal a power of 2; otherwise there would be three players left to compete in the finals. This is done by placing a certain proportion of players in the second round. These are termed "byes," and have one less match to play than the other competitors.
In making the draw, first determine the number of byes by subtracting the total number of entries from the next higher power of 2. For example, if you have 41 entries you subtract 41 from the next higher power of 2, which is 64. This leaves 23 byes, 11 of which should be placed in the upper half of the draw and 12 at the bottom.
This leaves 18 players in the first round (41, the total number, minus the 23 byes). After these men have played, nine of them will be advanced to the second round, in line with the 23 byes. We now have 23 plus 9, or 32 players in the second round, and as 32 is a power of 2, only two men can meet in the final round.
The Draiu with 41 Entries. 64 — 41 = 23 byes in 2d round. 41 — 23 = 18 entries in 1st round. 18 -T- 2 = 9 winners in 1st round. 9 + 23 = 32 entries left in 2d round.
The method of drawing for doubles is identical except that a pair is substi- tuted for a single player.
Several other examples of making the draw are given in "Tournament Regu- lations," but reference to them will be unnecessary if the principle, explained above, is once grasped: The goal is to bring into the second round a number of players equal to a power of 2; the rest is clear sailing.
For "Seeding the Draw" see Tournament Regulation No. 17.
44
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
SCHEDULE FOR A ROUND ROBIN TOURNAMENT.
To ascertain the number of matches to be played in a round robin tournament, multiply the number of players or teams by one less than the total number and divide by two. Thus, if there are four players or teams, 3X4 = 12-^2 = 6 matches to be played.
Another method is to take the number of players or teams and set down the figures, thus: 4, 3, 2, 1. Cross off the highest figure and add together (3 + 2 + 1 = 6).
Where a tie or ties occur, one or more additional matches must be played, unless the tie is broken in some other way.
The schedule herewith provides an interesting doubles tourna- ment for five players. One player sits out each time. The teams play four games each round, no matter how many they win or lose. The number of games won is placed in the open brackets and the man winning the most games at the end of the fifteen frames wins the tournament.
|
Teams to Play |
Plaver Sitting Out |
1 Player's Name and No. |
2 Player's Name and No. |
3 Player's Name and No. |
4 Player's Name and No. |
5 Player's Name and No. |
||
|
1 |
1 and 2 |
3 a;:d 4 |
5 |
Out |
||||
|
2 |
2 and 3 |
4 and 5 |
1 |
Out |
||||
|
3 |
3 and 4 |
1 and 5 |
2 |
Out |
||||
|
4 |
4 and .5 |
1 and 2 |
3 |
Out |
||||
|
5 |
1 and 5 |
2 and 3 |
4 |
Out |
||||
|
6 |
1 and 3 |
2 and 4 |
5 |
Out |
||||
|
7 |
2 and 5 |
3 and 4 |
1 |
Out |
||||
|
8 |
3 and 5 |
1 and 4 |
2 |
Out |
||||
|
9 |
2 and 4 |
1 and 5 |
3 |
Out |
||||
|
10 |
2 and 5 |
1 and 3 |
4 |
Out |
||||
|
11 |
1 and 4 |
2 and 3 |
5 |
Out |
||||
|
12 |
2 and 4 |
3 and 5 |
1 |
Out |
||||
|
13 |
1 and 3 |
4 and 5 |
2 |
Out |
||||
|
14 |
1 and 4 |
2 and 5 |
3 |
Out |
||||
|
15 |
3 and 5 |
1 and 2 |
4 |
Out |
I
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 45
Instructions for Tournament Officials
(Copyright, 1922, by American Sports Publishing Company)
DUTIES OF THE REFEREE.
The tournament committee elects the Referee.
The Referee shall, during the tournament, be ex-officio a member o£ the committee.
His name shall appear on the circular issued by the committee giving the conditions of the competition.
He must be able to decide quickly and take full responsibility for his actions.
He must know and apply the rules.
He has the power to appoint a substitute.
The Referee or his substitute must be present at all times when play is in progress.
The Referee cannot umpire a match unless he appoints a substitute Referee.
He has the power to appoint or remove Umpires, Linesmen, Foot Fault Judges and Net Umpires.
He has the power to remove an Umpire or a Linesman upon the appeal of a competitor.
Where a competitor requests the removal of an Umpire or Linesman from his match, the Referee should decide whether such protest is well grounded and not act simply on the player's appeal. He must be fair to both.
He shall decide if an unfinished match is to be entirely replayed, if the con- testants are so agreed. (Rule 25.)
He has the power to assign courts.
He has the power to start matches.
He has the sole power to excuse a competitor from playing for a definite period.
He can default a competitor who has not been excused and is not ready to play when called upon to do so.
The Referee in his discretion may at any time postpone the match on account of darkness or conditions of the ground or weather.
Where an Umpire has stopped a match the Referee must give his approval to such postponement or order the match to be immediately continued.
The committee shall keep order on the grounds, and shall decide any question arising out of the competition, except a point of law, if summoned for that purpose by the Referee or by any two of their number; and they shall have power, when so convened, if the misconduct of a competitor be reported to them by a member of the committee, or by an Umpire, to disqualify the offender after a hearing. The members of the committee present on the grounds shall constitute a quorum.
The Referee shall not bet on a match.
The Referee shall decide any point of law which an Umpire may profess himself unable to decide, or which may be referred to him on appeal from the decision of an Umpire. Such decision shall be final, unless reversed by the National Executive Committee.
A question of law is the construction and application of the rules of the game to the admitted facts.
46 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
During the play of an important match, and certainly during the final, he should sit beside the court, preferably alongside the Umpire's chair. He will thus be in close touch with anything that may happen during the match and consequently in a position to base his decisions, if appealed to by a player, on positive facts.
The foregoing duties of the Referee are an enlargement and explanation of his exact legal duties which may be found in Tournament Regulations No. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (Section G), 12, 13 and 14.
DUTIES OF THE UMPIRE.
The legal duties of the Umpire are found in the Tournament Regulations. Regulation 10, Sec. (a) to (i) and Regulations 7, 9, 11, 12, 13 and 14.
While the Tournament Regulations cover his legal duties, an official following them might still be far from an ideal Umpire, Let us construct such an ideal person by consecutively outlining his duties for an important championship match. Some of these instructions may seem unnecessary, but all have been tried and found practical.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE UMPIRE.
(Numbers in parentheses refer to various useful comments at the end of this article).
In championship matches an Umpire is generally notified of his appointment in advance.
Be on hand and ready when your match is called. Nothing is more annoying to a Referee or Umpire's Committee than to make last minute substitutions. An Umpire must not bet on his match.
Provide yourself with a score card, two soft pencils with erasers and a copy of this Annual. Write the names of the competitors on the score card and be sure you can pronounce the names of the players correctly (1).
Before going to the court, make up your mind you are going to devote your best efforts to the match, mentally and physically. Physically an Umpire needs a good voice (2) and the ability to use it, so that his announcements carry to the gallery, clearly and distinctly. Mentally, resolve to be keen and to devote your entire attention to the match and nothing else. The slightest outside distraction generally results in calling the score wrongly, annoying to both players and spectators.
At the call of the Referee go directly to the court with the players. Measure the net at posts and center with the stick provided for that purpose and see that the net is free from holes and extends flush with the posts and is at right angles with the court in accordance with the rules (3).
Note if there is a full complement of chairs for Linesmen, Foot Fault Judges, etc., placed in position (4).
Have the players toss for choice of court and service. Climb into your chair. Write the initials of the player or side serving first in the space on your score card opposite game 1. In space opposite game 2 write the initials of the opponent or opponents, and so on alternately for all the games in the first set (5).
As the players warm up, look around and see if the officials have taken their positions. If any are missing, notify the Referee or Umpire's Committee im- mediately, holding up the match if necessary.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 47
When the players indicate their readiness and take their positions, make this announcement: "Linesmen ready? Players ready? Play. Mr. So-and-So serving." Repeat the last sentence for each player as he serves for the first time.
The match is on ! Keep your eyes on the ball in play and rivet your attention on the correct calling of the score and the proper conduct of your match. Attention to outside distractions is fatal to good umpiring. Remember you are the conecting link between the match and the gallery.
When a point is finished, first mark your score card and then raise your head, open your mouth and call the score loudly and distinctly (6).
Call the score of the server first in calling points.
Call games as follows: "Game won by Mr. Smith; games are four to two, Mr. Jones leads first set; or, games are three-all, first set" (7).
Call sets as follows: "Game and third set won by Mr. Smith, seven-five; sets are two to one, Mr. Jones leads" (8) .
At the finish of a match call as follows: "Game, set and match, Mr. Smith; score, 3/6,10/12,7/5,6/1,6/3. In each set call first the number of games won by Mr. Smith, the winner of the match.
Repeat every decision of a Linesman or Foot Fault Judge so the gallery can hear.
Wait until the applause subsides before calling the score, but never make a call while the ball is in play or a player is beginning to serve (9) .
Repeat the correct score whenever you have called it incorrectly (10).
Call "not up" if the player just fails to reach the baU on the first bound. Call all lets unless there is a Net Umpire, in which case caU only those lets where the point is to be played over as provided in the rules. If there is not a full complement of Linesmen, call faults and outs on such lines as you have agreed to judge (11). If there is no Foot Fault Judge, call such foot faults as may be properly judged from the chair, such as stepping on or over the base hne.
Don't let the gallery disturb the players. If they do, stop play for a minute and politely ask for the co-operation of the gallery (12).
Direct the players to change courts at the end of the odd games in each set in accordance with Rule 22.
Watch the play carefully for any infraction of the rules or any outside dis- turbance of the match not within the players' control. Make your decision immediately — before an appeal is made to you — and if you know you are right, stick to it (13).
At the ten-minute intermission, announce the fact to the gallery and leave the court. Keep track of the time and notify the players in the clubhouse two or three minutes before the time is up.
On your return to the court, see that the Linesmen are in position and that the players return on time, and that they occupy the proper courts and that the right one serves.
In the case of an unavoidable mishap, see that the two-minute allowance is strictly adhered to. Watch carefully for intentional "stalling" and deal with it firmly.
Remember you have the right at any time to postpone the match on account of the condition of the light, ground or weather, but that such postponement is subject to the approval of the Referee. If the Referee is sitting near your chair, let him make the decision.
48 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
In the case of any intermission or postponement, be sure to note the point, game and set score and also the name of the server and what court he occupies.
Upon the completion of the match and the announcement of the final score the Umpire should sign the score card and return it to the Referee's desk, or to such persons as have been designated to receive it.
COMMENTS.
(1) A player is naturally annoyed when the Umpire shouts his name incor- rectly before a large gallery. Ask the player beforehand how his name is pronounced.
(2) Voices vary in their carrying power and quality. If you have a weak or indistinct voice, try to strengthen and improve it by practice. The most im- portant thing is to learn to properly "throw" your voice toward the gallery. Let the sounds come from well up in the roof of your mouth rather than from down in your throat. Don't hesitate to find out from your fellow Linesmen whether or not your voice is "getting across."
(3) The Umpire should be sure that the court is correct as well as the net. It is better to carefully check the measurements of both before the match is started. At a recent national tournament a particularly keen official discovered that not only was the net too high at the posts but that the posts themselves were ten inches off center in the court.
(4) The chair for the Umpire should be of special construction (see chapter on the Umpire's Chair) . For other officials a folding chair is best. All should be painted a dark green color and (Tournament Committees please note) the paint should stick to the chair and not to the official's clothes. The Umpire's chair should be centered on the net and about four or five feet away from it. Linesmen's chairs should be opposite the various lines, for the service and base lines and Foot Fault Judges, ten to fifteen feet from the court; for the other Linesmen, against the back screen or back nets. As far as the limitations and position of the court permit, Linesmen should sit with their backs to the sun, but the Umpire should be placed on the side from which he can be best heard by the gallery. If a Net Umpire and Referee are present, they should sit near the Umpire's chair, the Net Umpire close to the end of the net.
(5) It is very important to be able to mark the score correctly. Score cards vary. The best score card and the best method of scoring is explained in the diagram on page 28, Part III, of the Annual. Study it and be sure you under- stand it. By initialing your card at the beginning of each set, showing how the score alternates, you save time and the chance of an error. Players often begin play right after your announcement and you may not have time to both initial your card and follow the play. The same holds true at the end of each set, and here the Umpire is in real difficulty. If the number of games in the set just finished is odd, the order of initialing in the next set changes and he can- not prepare it beforehand. Let the initialing go for the moment and watch the play. But also watch your chance, and when the players are changing courts or there is some other delay, do your initialing for the set as quickly as possible.
(6) If your head is down marking the score, don't try to make an announce- ment of the score, because your voice will lose more than half its carrying power. If you delay marking the score until after you call it you are almost
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 49
sure to make an error, sooner or later, especially after a long rally. Mark first, call afterward.
You can hardly call the score too loudly or too distinctly. Make your syllables sharp and clear, with brief interval between each. A drawling or sing-song tone may be plain enough, but it tends to give the match a decidedly slow atmosphere, which has a noticeable effect on both players and gallery.
(7) Some Umpires shorten this considerably by calling: "Game, Smith; score, four-two; Jones leads."
(8) After the first set is finished, it is a good plan to announce the set score about every three or four games. For example "Games are five to one, Mr. Smith leads, fourth set; sets are two to one, Mr. Jones leads."
(9) Sometimes the applause continues without stopping up to the start of the next point. In this case either make your announcement of the score during the applause and trust that the gallery will hear it, or do not call the score at all except for the players' guidance.
(10) The best Umpires will occasionally make a mistake in calling the score. Don't get rattled. Call: "Correction. The score is so-and-so."
(11) Most tennis matches, unfortunately some very important ones, are played without a full complement of Linesmen. The further side line and the two base lines are the hardest for an Umpire to judge and such Linesmen as are present, should be assigned to these positions. The service lines rank next in difficulty. If you have no Linesmen at all, the players may agree to judge the further side line and perhaps the base lines in their respective courts; but you must agree to judge all the lines to the best of your ability if either player requests it. In any case be sure there is a thorough under- standing regarding the lines before the match begins.
(12) Here is a sample announcement frequently made: "The gallery is requested to kindly refrain from applause (other disturbance, such as moving about in the seats) during a rally. Please wait until the point is over, then applaud all you want to." Such an announcement rarely fails to have the desired effect. A sprinkle of rain is almost sure to start the gaUery moving. They should be asked to remain seated until the game or the set is finished.
(13) It is difficult to mention any particular points to watch for. To do so would necessitate a review of the entire book of rules. You should know them alL Rules 18 and 19 with their cases and explanations cover the majority of the questions which the Umpire is called upon to decide.
N.B. — It is also the Umpire's duty to call the odds at the beginning of each game in a handicap match.
DUTIES OF THE LINESMEN.
The legal duties of the Linesmen are defined in Tournament Regulation 11, Case 1.
He is appointed by the Referee or Umpire's Committee and may be removed by the Referee.
He must not bet on any match to which he has been assigned.
He should report on time and when his match is called, go to the court and take his position immediately. Once seated he must not leave without per- mission from the Umpire or until another Linesman has been put in his place.
50 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
He may, of course, leave the court during the regulation ten-minute intermission, but he should keep track of the time and be back in position when the players return to the court.
During play he must not smoke or move about, but sit as quietly as possible. Any movement is very annoying to the players. If a Linesman sees he is going to interfere with a stroke, he should make every reasonable effort to get out of the player's way, but in so doing he should make as little movement as possible. He should not catch a ball going out of court or retrieve balls for the players. Let the ball boys do it. If there are none, it is better that the players make the effort themselves.
The keen linesman is the best linesman. Nine times out of ten his decisions are comparatively simple. It is the tenth decision that is difl&cult and tests his alertness and ability.
'''Eyes always on the ball in play" is his watchword. There is just one excep- tion to this. Most Linesmen judging the service lines have difficulty with fast services. Their eyes are not quick enough to follow accurately a fast ball crossing their line of vision. Such men should watch the server just before he hits the ball, then instantly glue their eyes on the service line. Some men do not have to do this and prefer to watch the flight of the ball.
Outside distractions are fatal to good lining. Conversation with a spectator or attention to anything not connected with the match will frequently cause a Linesman to make a bad decision or to miss it altogether. Base Linesmen should not talk to the Foot Fault Judge.
The Linesman should remember that "a ball falling on the line is regarded as falling in the court bounded by that line" (Rule 17).
The call of the Linesman should be sharp and loud. It is necessary that the Umpire and the gallery hear his decision. He should accompany his call with a motion of his arm made in the direction that the ball strikes out of court, as sometimes the applause drowns even the strongest voice.
He must never call '''Good." Neither the players nor the Umpire have the right to demand such a decision while the ball is in play (Tournament Regula- tion 10-f).
Decisions should be called as quickly as is consistent with accuracy, but Linesmen who call all decisions very quickly are apt to err occasionally. On very close decisions a fraction of a second's hesitation (to make sure that the mental picture is correct) is advised.
A Linesman has the right to change his decision whenever, through voicing it wrongly or giving it too quickly, he has knowingly made an error. If he has called a ball "out," realizing immediately that it was good, he should instantly tell the Umpire of his mistake. The Umpire then decides whether or not the stroke shall be replayed (see Explanation, Tournament Regulation 11, Case 1).
Should the Umpire call the score at variance to the Linesman's decision, the latter should immediately call the Umpire's attention to the error.
Under no circumstances may a player, Umpire or Referee overrule the decision of a Linesman on a question of fact. He should make his decision as he sees the ball, and stick to it.
If the player obstructs the Linesman's view of the ball or the line, the latter should immediately call "Cannot see it." The Umpire then makes the decision as to whether or not the stroke shall be replayed.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 51
The Center Service Linesman shall judge whether or not the server is stand- ing on the proper side of the center service mark. And the Side Linesmen should judge this question at their respective side lines (Rule 6). If the server errs, they shall call a foot fault.
It is suggested that a Linesman should not wear a white suit or white trousers or a suit of light color if he expects to serve on the side line or center service line positions. Light colors at the end of the court make a bad back- ground for the opposite player.
DUTIES OF THE NET UMPIRE.
He should sit near the net post and shall call: (1) lets on service and (2) balls that go through the net, the call being "fault" or "through."
He should check the Umpire against possible error by keeping a duplicate score of the match.
DUTIES OF THE FOOT FAULT JUDGE.
He should sit directly opposite the base line, changing his position from one court to the other with the service. He must not smoke or talk to the Base Linesmen.
He must make his decisions in a voice that all can hear and must be thor- oughly conversant with the foot fault rule. He should caU a foot fault only when he is positive that the rule has been broken. The player must receive the benefit of any doubt.
As an aid to judging foot faults, the use of a large stiff card (the brim of a straw hat) is recommended. Hold the edge of the card between the eyes, close the eye nearest the net and sight the card so that its outer edge coincides with the base line. Watch the player's feet and listen for the sound of the racket hitting the ball. By this method it can be very accurately determined whether or not the player foot faults.
52 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Mana^in^ a Championship — Organization, System and Methods
System and organization properly applied will give a better result with less effort. This truism applies to tennis tournaments as well as to business, for a tournament must be treated as a business proposition and managed as such to be successful from all points of view — gallery, players and officials.
Believing that it would be helpful to those who are interested in tournament management to know just how a big event is handled, the following descrip- tion of a plan of organization and system of management is given, for no matter what the size of the tournament, large or small, this plan can be so modified as to be advantageous and effective in producing a successful result and give satisfaction to all concerned.
The four important features of the management of a tournament may be •ub-divided as follows:
1. General management of the tournament by the committee.
2. Players.
3. Umpires and officials.
4. Gallery.
The first step in the handling of the tournament is the organization of the general committee which establishes the general policy, prices to be charged and all matters on which you have to get an agreement by the committee at large. It then becomes the part of the chairman to organize his sub-com- mittees and to distribute the work.
The first fundamental is to be sure that your finances and tickets are going to be handled correctly and with dispatch so far as the general public is con- cerned. The second is that the playing surface of your courts is going to be put in the proper condition and that the proper back-stops are going to be obtainable. Then comes the arrangement of your grandstands and seats, your umpires, various officials, taking care of distinguished guests, seeing that the trains are properly scheduled, etc.
Then comes the actual playing of the tournament. It is absolutely necessary to run the tournament on scheduled time. You cannot by any means tolerate a player being late, because he then throws the whole schedule out of com- mission.
The success of the tournament depends largely upon the individuals who are members of the committee. The chairman should have enough men around him who are energetic and will undertake any details that are en- trusted to their care. The larger the committee of workers you have, the greater is the spread of the work and the more efficiently it is done. The great trouble with many tournaments is that all of the work falls upon one or two individuals. The national championship has always been fortunate in having a sufficient number of men who are willing to do their share and do it well. The players have always co-operated to a most wonderful degree. It is •eldom, if ever, that a player is late for a match, and whenever this has hap- pened it has generally been due to some misunderstanding about weather conditions.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 53
Lastly, we may speak of the gallery. Any tennis gallery is made up of good sportsmen, and if you will tell them wherein they are mistaken they will at once rectify any error that has been made. It is, therefore, important to keep the gallery fully informed as to the various moves that are being made, so they may understand what is going on. If you will appeal to their intelli- gence, they will always respond. So, do not be afraid to make announcements, even though once in a while some of the people who "know it all" may criticise what you announce. You must realize that in every gallery there are a certain few — usually the minority — who do not understand what is going on, and unless they are told will perform some breach of etiquette which may cause a player to lose a match — a most unfortunate occurrence.
So it would seem that the handling of the tournament depends entirely upon the co-operation between the management, the players and the gallery, and when they all understand that they are all working, playing and looking on for the good of the game and the enjoyment which they get out of it, it is easier to make things run with the necessary smoothness.
The following plan of arrangements and committees has been tried and found practical:
Referee — Prizes — Tournament Notice — Hotel Arrangements.
Committee A — The head of this committee is the chairman of the Champion- ship Tournament Committee and is usually the Referee of the championship.
He selects what prizes it is necessary to purchase and arranges to have the challenge cups on exhibition at the place the tournament is held.
He takes charge of the hotel arrangements for the players from out of town. This is usually done by designating one hotel as the tennis headquarters and obtaining special rates and accommodations for all tennis men.
Balls — Cushions — Ball Boys — Towels, Water, etc., at each court — Racket Restringing.
Committee B — The work of this committee is done by the club professional or a man delegated for such work. He furnishes the tennis balls for the entire tournament and sees that a sufficient supply is at the court when the players reach it to start their match. This work is handled through several assistants, who are held responsible for a certain number of courts.
He obtains and organizes a force of ball boys to do the work and trains them to properly collect the balls, keep still while the play is on, not go into the court to get a ball until told to do so by the player, and to give the ball to the player in the proper manner.
He sees that the umpire's chair is properly placed at each court, and that a supply of water, towels, etc.. is on it.
Any repairs or restringing of rackets that are needed by the players are immediately taken care ot by him.
Police, inside and outside grounds — Parking Automobiles — Officials Enclos- ure— Boxes.
Committee C — The chairman of this committee makes arrangements with the Police Department of the city for the handling of the crowds outside the grounds, and with the Traffic Police for the parking of automobiles.
Inside of the grounds the policing is taken care of by a special force quali- fied to do this type of work, which is paid for out of the proceeds of the tournament.
54 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
This chairman has charge of the officials' enclosure and posts guards at the entrances to it to see that no one is permitted to enter unless holding a card entitling them to do so.
He is also responsible for the officials' boxes and must see that there are sufficient vacancies each day to accommodate the invited guests.
Umpires — Announcements — Umpires^ Manuals — Linesmen — Foot Fault Judges — Roving Foot Fault Judges.
Committee D — The head of this committee has charge of furnishing umpires and linesmen for all matches. A description of this work will be found in a separate article in this book. He also makes all necessary announcements to the gallery, these announcements being first discussed with the Referee, whose decision is final as to what the announcement shall be. He also has available a sufficient number of manuals of the Tennis Umpires Association or rule books to cover any possible need in this direction. Foot fault judges for each of the matches that are played in the enclosure and roving foot fault judges for the courts outside of the enclosures are provided by him.
Grounds (court plan) — Umpires' Chairs — Measuring Sticks for Nets — Back- ground— Have seats of Umpires' chairs cleaned every day. Committee E — This chairman has charge of the courts and their arrange- ment from day to day, and works in conjunction with the Referee regarding their selection and the matches that are to be played upon them. It is his duty to see that backgrounds are properly placed on all backstops, to insure the players a good stationary background on which they can see the ball in play. He is also responsible for seeing that the umpires' chairs are properly placed and that seats of the chairs are kept clean. On every umpire's chair is hung a measuring stick three feet six inches (3' 6") in length, with a mark at the three-foot (3') point to be used in measuring the net to see that it is at its proper height.
Construction of grandstands and all other construction work — Scoreboards — Big board of the draw at end of each stand — Board on which matches are scheduled — Names of players for each court and those in the enclosure. Committee F — The chairman of this committee is responsible for the con- struction of grandstands and all other construction work that has to do with the handling of the gallery, the officials' enclosure and the press stand; the scoreboards that are used in the officials' enclosure and the large scoreboard at each end of the stand for the information of the public; a large blackboard at the end of each stand, on which the matches of the day are announced, the court that they are played on and the time that they take place. It is his duty to see that the names of the players of each match are printed on a sign, which is displayed on the umpire's chair of the court upon which the match takes place.
House — Lockers — Meals — Tents — Massage.
Committee G — This chairman makes all arrangements for the inside of the clubhouse, and the chairman of the house committee of the club is usually selected for this position. He arranges for lockers for the visiting players by sending out a letter to the club membership requesting those members who do not expect to use their lockers during tournament week to advise him so
' SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 55
that their personal belongings can be removed and the lockers given to visiting players. He also sees that proper arrangements are made with the steward so that meals are served at the clubhouse during the tournament. The refresh- ment tents that are placed near each stand are in his charge, and the wants of the public in the way of edibles and drinks are furnished by a professional caterer, on an arrangement that is made with this chairman. It is also his duty to arrange to have a sufficient number of rubbers in the locker-room to massage those players who want it, and a separate room is set aside for this with the proper tables in it.
Pencils — Telephones (pay stations at the stands and interior of house) — Care of Prizes — Exhibition of Prizes — Megaphones — Thumb Tacks. Committee H — This man is the superintendent of the club. He sees that sufficient telephone accommodations on the inside of the house and pay stations outside are provided. It is his duty to call for the prizes, and see that they are properly arranged for exhibition and guarded. He provides stationery^ such as pads, pencils, thumb tacks, etc., at the officials' desk, and places mega- phones where they are needed.
Entertainment — Arrangements for Tennis Dinner.
Committee I — This chairman has charge of the entertainment that is offered to visiting players and tennis men from out-of-town. This has usually been done by arranging a dinner which is given by the club holding the champion- ship, and in a second dinner given by the Tennis Umpires Association. He sees that all visitors are made to feel at home and are properly taken care of while at the clubhouse or grounds.
Train Service.
Committee J — This chairman has entire charge of transportation and arranges with the railroad officials for extra trains necessary to handle the crowd to and from the grounds.
Ushers — Responsibility of handling the crowds in the stands.
Committee K — The head of this committee is responsible for handling the people in the stand and furnishing ushers to see that they are properly seated. These ushers are recruited from college students, or boys of the neighborhood willing to work courteously and competently, so as to witness the matches.
Score Cards — Draw Sheets — Programme.
Committee L — The chairman sees that the daily score cards and the full results of the matches that have been played the day before are delivered at the grounds each day before the matches start. It is also his duty to see that there are sufficient draw-sheets to take care of the different events during the tournament. He also has charge of the programme which is sold to those who attend the tournament. This programme carries a considerable amount of advertising, and a stated sum is paid by this chairman for the privilege of publishing and selling it.
Tickets^Ticket Sellers — Ticket Takers — Supervision over all entrances.
Committee M — The head of this committee has charge of the sale of all tickets for the tournament. This is a big job and requires considerable work before the tournament starts. An office is usually opened fully thirty days
56 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
before the opening day of the tournament, at which diagrams of the stands are shown and season tickets are sold. On the days of the matches, those seats which have not been disposed of for the entire season are sold as single day tickets from the ticket booths at the grounds. The chairman of this com- mittee has supervision over all entrances, has charge of all ticket sellers and is responsible for all moneys received from the sale of tickets and paid out for expenses. For the protection of all concerned, he always has been bonded.
Balls — Cards of admission for officials — Letter to Club members — Practice — Officials desk — Messengers at desk — Always have desk covered — Group pictures — Letters of thanks after tournament — Badges for officials. Committee N — This chairman is the director general of the tournament and has always been the chairman of the National Tournament Committee of the club. He has the power to issue cards for the admission of officials to the clubhouse and grounds. It is from him that the players must receive permis- sion to practice, and he designates what courts this practice may take place on. He is general supervisor of the officials' desk and sees that it is always in charge of a person in authority, and that there are sufficient messengers at this desk to do necessary work of this character. He arranges for the badges for the officials and, some time before the tournament takes place, addresses a letter to the club members asking them for their co-operation in running the tournament and requests an offer of their services to work on it. In case he deems it well to have group pictures taken, it is his duty to arrange for anything of this kind. He is also responsible for there being a proper number of balls at the grounds before the tournament starts. In 1919 one hundred ninety dozen balls were on hand and one hundred sixty-four dozen were used. All of the matches outside of the enclosure are started with four balls and there is an extra supply at the umpire's stand in case any of these are lost.
Entries — Press — Publicity — Posters — Poster Distribution — Press A ccommoda- tion — Camera Men — Cards of admission for players. Committee 0 — The chairman of this committee is the Field Secretary of the National Association. It is to him that the entries for the championships are sent and he has charge of the arrangements for the Press during the tourna- ment and for the designation of the seats in the press-stand. He sends out all publicity and arranges for the printing and display of the necessary posters. He is responsible for the establishment of a connecting link between the officials' desk and the press-stand and for the posting of all necessary informa- tion on the bulletin board located in the press-stand. He gives to the desig- nated camera-men the necessary badge or card which permits them to take pictures in the grounds or on the courts while the men are warming up. He also sends cards of admission to the clubhouse and grounds to all players who are entered in the tournament.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 57
Method of Handling the Umpires at the National Championships
One of the problems of every tournament committee is how to provide all the matches with a sufl&cient number of competent officials. The Tennis Umpires Association has assumed the responsibility of furnishing Umpires, Linesmen and Foot Fault Judges to the national championships during the past few years, and their system has been thoroughly tested by experience. Its main ideas might well be copied by smaller tournaments, and suggestions for con- ducting the umpiring in such tournaments will be found at the end of this article.
About ten days or two weeks before the start of a national championship a bulletin is mailed to all members of the Association asking their co-operation and stating the event, place, dates and hours of play. It points out that officials are most needed for the numerous matches during the early days of the tournament, and the individual member is requested to fill out, sign and return a detachable coupon stating the exact hours and days he will agree to serve in an official capacity. Upon the receipt of this coupon the Umpires' Com- mittee mails him a card of admission and his name and the hours of service he has promised are listed on a card index file.
The day before the tournament starts, every match for the succeeding day is registered on a separate diagram called the "Umpire and Linesmen's Diagram'" (see example on page 58). These diagrams list not only the names of the con- testants and the hour of play but also the names and positions of all officials assigned to that particular match. The names of these officials are obtained from the card index file and the listing is carefully done so that men are only assigned to matches scheduled for the hours they have agreed to serve.
When these diagrams are complete, assignment cards (see sample on page 59) are made out for each individual official with the number of the court, time of play and his position clearly marked. Each official receives a separate card for every position to which he has been assigned. These assign- ment cards are then arranged alphabetically. The bulletin has already requested the officials to report at the Umpires' desk, which is always placed adjacent to the Referee's desk and close to the courts. When play starts (the next day), and as the men report, each official is handed his assignment cards for that day complete. As he receives these cards his name is checked off where it appears on the Umpire and Linesmen's diagram. The Umpires' Committee can now see by a glance at the diagram if any men are missing from a match when the time for play draws near and can substitute others from a special unassigned force which is always kept as a reserve. When the match is finished and the score card turned in, the diagram of that match is removed from the desk sc that at any moment it can be ascertained what matches are still being played and what courts are vacant.
This same procedure is followed on the succeeding days of the tournament, each day's work being easier as the tournament grows smaller. It not only obviates the endless confusion formerly present during big tournaments, but it also keeps a check on the men's work and prevents abuse of the free admissior privilege.
58
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Umpire and Linesmen's Diagram
Coup/ S'o.
Time.
Match.
Assignments
Umpire.
Set Umpire. F. U Judge -
5
D
7
n
9
D
Linesmen
NORTH COURT
NORTH COURT
The Umpire's desk not only contains the cards, diagrams and card index, but also a full supply of pencils and score cards for the Um- pires, extra copies of the Umpire's Manual and such small necessities as rubber bands and thumb tacks. From this central point special instructions are issued to the officials and ques- tions answered on their duties or in- terpretation of the rules. Umpires are particularly remind- ed to sign and re- turn the score card immediately after every match. Men of long tennis ex- perience are dele- gated to watch all matches to see they are properly handled and to report back where improvement is needed. Incom- petent men are eliminated. Men who are continually late or fail to fulfill their assignments have their cards of admission cancelled. This system is run by two or three men in constant at- tendance, and since its installation all national championship matches have been furnished with an Umpire and two Linesmen and the very important matches on the enclosure courts with a full complement of officials.
S
2
D
4
□
SOUTH COURT
SOUTH COURT
□
6
D
8
□
10
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
59
SUGGESTIONS FOR SMALLER TOURNAMENTS.
Smaller tournaments can hardly be expected to comply with all these details. In the national tournaments the number of oJB&cials about equals the number of entries — for 128 entries 120 officials are necessary — an impossible proposition for a small tournament. However, the following are the important points to remember:
Obtain as large a number of competent men as possible several days before the tournament starts and have a thorough understanding as to the days and hours they will serve. A bulletin to your club members and to nearby clubs is suggested. A surprisingly large number may be gathered if some individual preliminary work is done. Appoint your best man (he had better have an assistant if the tournament is large) to take charge of the umpiring and the
will be appreciated by an overworked beforehand insofar as possible, giving Try to have a full complement of ten officials for the big match of each day. On no account allow an incompetent person to serve. He is worse than no official at all and annoying to both players and gallery.
Those unfamiliar with the work should watch or receive instructions from an experienced official and then try their ability on a practice or relatively unimportant match. Be sure all the men know the rules and are familiar with the instructions to officials in the Umpires' Manual.
The Tennis Umpires Association will be glad to answer any questions relating to umpiring or to send you the names of such Umpires as may be registered in your district. Communications should be addressed to the Tennis Umpires Association, c/o United States Lawn Tennis Association, Room 721, 20 Broad Street, New York City.
of all officials. His aid Let him assign his men preference to the principal matches.
assignmg Referee.
^D D D
Officials Assignment Card
D
2
D
A
D
NORTH COURT
SOUTH COURT
Mr.
N Match.
Courr ^a.
Time.
you are
requested
lo act as
UMPIRE
L INES MA N
rOO T FAULT JUDGE. NET UMPIRE
D
D
8
D
ni-EASE BE /N YOUm POSITION ON TIME
TO FIND voun POSITION AS LINESMAN hold
THIS CARD SO THAT AniRQW POINTS north: TAKE VOUR POSITION AT THE SQUARE MARKED [x]
IN DOUBLES SIDE LINESMEN SHALL JUDGE BOTH THE OUTSIDE COURT LINE AND THE SIDE SERVICE LINE
60 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
The Umpire's Chair and Its Equipment
By Edward C. Conlin,
Umpire of the Final Matches jot the National Championships, 1915-1920, inclusive.
Comfort and ease of mind means much to a player in a tennis match — the difference, perhaps, between victory and defeat. A match that runs smoothly is best for player and gallery, therefore it is both necessary and proper to so equip your court that you are ready to meet any emergency which may arise during play, and some very unlooked-for happenings do occur. The descrip- tion of an Umpire's chair which follows is suggested by experience, not by any desire to carry detail to an unreasonable degree.
The Umpire's chair, to be properly placed, is centered to the net post and about five feet from it. The seat should be not less than six feet from the ground, preferably eight feet, and under it are three shelves. The first shelf is placed at a height of about four feet from the ground and is used for the purpose of holding two white agateware pails filled wnth water. Directly behind them are placed two basins of the same material. Holes are cut through the shelf so that pails and basins fit snugly into them. In each of the basins is a large sponge which the player uses for bathing his face and neck whenever necessary. An ample supply of hand and bath towels and several pieces of sliced lemon, or anything else that the player may want for refreshment or drink, are also placed on this shelf.
Above the first shelf there is a second, for a box or container; in some cases a drawer is used. In this drawer or box is placed nearly everything that a player might want during the actual playing of a match. A list of these articles follows :
Hammer Shoe Horn Steel Picks, for removing dirt from
Scissors Handkerchiefs shoe spikes
Penknife Belts Powdered Rosin, in large shaker
Talcum Powder Garters Safety Pins, several sizes
Rule Book Smelling Salts Shoe Laces, black and white
Pair Pliers Chewing Gum Adhesive Tape, several widths
Button Hook Aromatic Spirits of Ammonia
Cloth for cleaning eye-glasses
Above this drawer or shelf is a third shelf, placed' directly under the seat of the chair. On this shelf the extra rackets are placed. A canvas cover over the opening protects the rackets from rain.
Hung from the side of the chair is the usual stick with which to measure the net. It is 3 feet 6 inches long, with a notch cut in it at the 3-foot mark. Under the chair or at the side of it is placed a good sized megaphone to be used by the Umpire in making announcements to the gallery.
On the ground at one side of the chair is a box of sawdust for the players to use in drying their hands. On the opposite side the supply of tennis balls is kept in their original boxes.
On one of the standards that supports the arm of the Umpire's seat it is well to have an Ingersoll watch for use in timing the ten-minute rest period
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 61
or the two minutes' cessation of play allowed in case of an unavoidable acci- dent to a player.
There should be no awning over the chair, as this tends to throw the sound of the Umpire's voice down rather than permit it to carry. The entire chair is painted dark green.
It may seem like overdoing it to have such an equipment on an Umpire's chair; but the purpose of this is, first, the player's comfort and his ease of mind. A little thing like a nail sticking out from the leather binding of his racket will worry a player and get on his nerves to such an extent that his game is materially affected; but when a man knows that everything that he could possibly need in the playing of a match is immediately at hand, his mental attitude is considerably helped. Further, it prevents any of those small delays which are annoying to the gallery and sometimes work to the disad- vantage of one of the players.
Attention to detail makes it easy to handle big things — a match for a tennis championship is an event in someone's life.
Should any point arise upon which you find it difficult to give a decision or on which you are in doubt as to the proper ruling, immediately write, giving full details, to the Tennis Umpires Association, care of U.S.L.T.A., 20 Broad Street, New York City, and full instructions and explanations will be s%nt you. Suggestions are wanted and will be appreciated.
62 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
Lawn Tennis Etiquette
By Edward C. Conlin, Member Rules Committee, 1919-1921.
Copyright. 1922, by American Sports Publishing Company.
The most notable asset of lawn tennis is the high standard of sportsmanship developed by its pla>ers and followers through so many years that it has become the tradition of the game. This tradition is in your keeping, for the sport's reputation is made — or marred — by everyone playing it. Therefore you should cherish this tradition above all else, as a legacy from past generations to be handed down unimpaired to those who follow you.
With this in mind you can realize the significance of the statement that tennis is a sportsman s game — played for the sake of the sport. So you should acquire the "sporting" habit of mind. Know the rules, and observe them in every particular. Always give your opponent the benefit of the doubt and, at the same time. Play hard, play fair, and play to -win! Thus you will help to maintain the traditional place of honor for tennis in the realm of sport and will be of the greatest assistance to those who are giving their best efifort to increase the prestige and popularity of the game.
Always look neat and clean on the court. Wear the clothes of a gentleman and have them clean, particularly so in a match. Every champion of the game has livad up to this, and it will not hurt your game to do so.
"Stalling" is not a nice word — keep it out of the game. You, the player, can do it; for the umpire to do so is a most difficult task. The player knows he is "stalling" before his opponent or the umpire does; it is up to you to be a sportsman, game and true.
BEFORE THE TOURNAMENT.
Help in every way possible to make the work of the committee easier, for theirs is a hard job, at the best.
Send your entry to the person mentioned in the notice as the proper recipient. Do not give it to someone else who is apt to forget about it.
Enter only those events you expect to play in.
If you want to play in the doubles, secure a partner before you send in your entry. Do not trust to pick one up when you reach the grounds.
Put your address and telephone numbers and that of your doubles partner, also the name of the club that you belong to, on your entry.
Send your entry fee in with your entry. Do not make the committee mem- ber ask you for it. Pay for all the events you expect to play in.
AT THE TOURNAMENT.
Bear in mind that the tournament comes before your individual preference.
Be at the courts promptly at the time the tournament notice states that play will start.
Report to the man in charge of the scoreboard just as soon as you reach the grounds, and when you do, tell him your name and your partner's, if you are playing in doubles.
Do not ask the committee every few minutes if your opponent has arrived.
Do not ask the referee to excuse you for a day, for by so doing you are apt to tie up a whole bracket. It gives him no pleasure to default you.
Do not tell the committee how to run the tournament — just play in it, that's your job.
SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL 63
The committee works for the good of all — they have no grudge against you.
When you go out to play a match, try to take everything with you that you think you wiU need. It is better for yourself, your opponent and the match.
Accept and play on the umpire's or linesmen's decision whether it is for or against you, for bad calls in a match will even up, and you must respect the official's decision or ask to have him replaced.
Be back on your court promptly after the ten minutes' rest. Do not make your opponent wait for you — play fairly to the rule on this point.
Thank the umpire when your match is finished. It is a courtesy that is appreciated by the official.
Read and know the rules, then play right up to the letter of them.
IN GENERAL.
"Thank you" is an appeal, not an acknowledgment. Comply by returning the stray ball quickly and good-naturedly.
When returning the balls between strokes to the server, look first to see where he is standing, and return the ball as near to that part of the court as possible. Roll them along the ground and under the net if you can.
If you touch the net while the ball is in play or commit any other infraction of the rules that loses the point for you, instantly announce the fact of your doing so.
Do not leave it to your opponent to keep the point or game score. It is your job as much as his, and it makes the game run smoother and faster.
Do not call a ball that you have hit "in" or "out." That is for your oppo- nent to do.
Do not serve until your opponent seems to be ready; a glance at him will tell whether he is or not. It is not fair to hurry your service.
When a service is a fault, let it go by you and do not hit it, as it is very apt to annoy the server as he is delivering the second ball.
Your opponent will call the balls on his side of the court, and, no matter what you think, play on his call; the breaks will even up during a match. There are very few players who will knowingly call them wrong.
Readf study and know the rules.
ETIQUETTE FOR THE GALLERY.
When you are a spectator at a tennis match, you are one of the "gallery" which has assembled to see good tennis played. There are well defined (although unwritten) laws of conduct for the gallery, which are as binding upon them as the laws of tennis are upon the players and officials. Only by your co-operation in observing these unwritten laws can the perfect playing conditions be secured which make for the successful conduct of a tournament and your enjoyment of the matches you witness.
A tennis ball in play moves very fast, and other moving objects in his range of vision distract a player by making it hard for him to follow the ball's line of flight. Therefore, the ladies particularly, should be careful to keep parasols and fans in the background.
The committee strives to make the gallery comfortable and give to the con- testants playing conditions as perfect as possible. The committee's task of satisfying the players and pleasing the gallery is a hard one at best, and any co-operation that both can accord should be freely given.
64 SPALDING'S TENNIS ANNUAL
It is with this in mind that the following suggestions are made:
A moving background is the most disturbing condition that a player can experience; it makes perfect play of the ball next to impossible. For this reason you should not move about when opposite the end of a court, except when it is absolutely necessary to do so.
If you are in a stand that faces more than one court, do not move from one match to the other while the play is on; it is fatal to good play. If you want to watch the other match, wait until a set is finished before moving.
Do not applaud or give vocal expression of your feelings while a rally is on, but wait until the point has been played out and then applaud all you want to.
Do not applaud errors; by that is meant that your approval should be given to good strokes only. Do not applaud a shot that goes out of court or into the net, even if it gives a point to the player you want to win.
Do not coach the players. Never call "Good," "Out," "Let it go," "Hit it," etc., because thereby you are influencing a player's judgment, which is a factor m the outcome of the match. Coaching interferes with the fair playing of a match and may become extremely disconcerting by causing doubt as to whether some particular call came from a 'spectator or was an official's decision.
Never talk to an umpire, linesman or player while a match is in progress.
If you do not agree with the decisions as they are given, withhold your disapproval; remember that the linesmen and umpires are in a better position to judge the play than you are and that the committee has selected the most competent men available for these duties.
Do not throw a stray ball into the court while play is on; wait until a stroke is finished and then roll it in.
Refrain from talking loudly while a match is on, as a player hears you and frequently takes it as a call from a linesman and does not play a good ball.
Under no circumstances walk or stand so near a court that you obstruct a contestant; this is inexcusable.
Do not walk or stand on the playing surface of a court before or after a match, as the heels of your shoes make holes in the surface that cause the ball to take bad bounds when a match is played.
Just before a match, do not try to renew an old acquaintanceship or express your wishes for victory to a player. Leave him alone; he has enough on his mind at that time. See him after the match; he has more time then and you will find him more cordial.
If you have to bring a dog with you, see that he watches the match from the side lines. All players are fond of dogs — after the match.
Know your neighbors at a tennis match before you criticize a player — friends and relatives frequently attend.
The request, "Please do not smoke," is made by the committee in their endeavor to get you to help them obey the laws of the Fire Department that generally apply to stands built of wood.
Bear in mind that tennis is an amateur sport, played for its own sake and not for profit. Most tournaments are run at a loss. Neither the players nor officials receive a cent for their services. The matches give pleasure to the spectators and players and your attitude toward these contests should always be governed by this consideration.
Read and know the rules; it will add to your enjoyment of the matches.
And last, do what you can to help the committee, for they are working for your pleasure.
ABNER Y. LEECH,
United States Lawn Tennis Association
MUL B. WILLIAMS. Field Secretai
20 BflOAO STREET
NEW YORK CITY
TELEPHONE RECTOR 3i4T
OFTICE OF THE SECRSTARy Pittsburgh, Pa., Pebruaiy 18th. 1922,
MESSRS. A. G. SP AIDING & BROS., 124 Nassau Street,
New York. N. Y.
Gentlemen: -
At the Annual Meeting of the United States Lawn Tennis Association held on Pebioiary 4th, 1922, the Spalding Hard Court Ball was approved and adopted for use in the National Clay Court Champion- ship for the Season of 1922.
Kindly accept this as official advice of such approval, and believe me.
Yours sincerely.
A
SPALDING "AUTOGRAP RACKET
4
'<\.
New Feature
in Spalding ''Autograph' rackets for 1922 is the
Laminated Throat
The greatest improvement that has yet been made in a tennis racket. It gives
1 — Greatest strength obtainable in a racket frame,
2 — Weather-tight protection at throat — the most sensitive part of the frame.
3 — Individuality and beauty of finish.
Model
AA HA BF MB
Autograp
Lamb's G.
Stringin
^13.5
Each
♦ 6 et7t7 908 900 0
4 i:i ^..
■«i Mx,m
H *i ."i
1^ & ^ ^ ^' 1 i?i ^